Understanding Dual Sovereignty Doctrine

If ‘They’ Take Control, Will The Republicans Do What Needs To Be Done

By Roger Anghis

August 28, 2022

There is a very good chance that the Republicans will take control of the House and possibly the Senate in the 2022 Mid-term elections. As they should because what the Democrats have done to this country is a crime. Literally. But there needs to be a lot of concern from the voters about what they will do with that power. Unfortunately, we have seen the need for continuous investigations into the corruption that is the Democrat Party. Failing to protect the border, destroying our energy sector, insider trading done by the Pelosi cabal, and unreported business meetings with Pelosi and her son with business leaders in Taiwan just to scratch the surface of their corruption.

The problem I see is when they’ve had power in the past, they have failed miserably at investigating and bringing to justice the culprits that have been working hard to destroy America for the last 50 years. Remember the only Attorney General ever found in contempt of Congress, Eric Holder, that was guilty of running guns to Mexico? He was never investigated. Remember when he said he didn’t like a specific law and therefore refused to enforce it? When states tried to clean up voter rolls, which is required by law, he sued them to stop the cleanup. He refused to investigate the IRS’s political targeting under Lois Lerner.[1] This is a short list of literal crimes he committed that the Republicans conveniently ignored when they took power.

Then you have the Benghazi disaster that involved both Obama and Hillary Clinton. Again, the Republicans did nothing. Hillary was proven to be the one behind the Russian Dossier and silence from the Republicans. She had 30,000 emails subpoenaed and then deleted them all. Nothing from the Republicans. It was proven that she had a private unsecured server that held classified information on it and used an unauthorized email and silence from the Republicans. Her phones and other devices were subpoenaed and she either busted them up with hammers, removed the SIM cards and used BleachBit to wipe the hard drives of her computers. Crickets from the Republicans,

We’ve heard that all these investigations are going to take place but what we want are prosecutions. No political party should be allowed to do what the Democrats have done. They’ve gotten away with it for years and believe that they will continue to get away with it because the Republicans never follow through with their promises.

We just saw Bidens DOJ pull another early morning raid on Trump’s home at Mar-a-Lago. They claim that he had refused access to certain classified documents but the truth is he personally told the National Archives and Records Administration, NARA, that whatever they wanted to look at he would give them access. He has cooperated completely with the NARA when they’ve asked. They knew where the records were kept but, in this raid, they reportedly ransacked Trump’s entire residence for nine hours including searching through Malania’s closet! The warrant that they used for this raid also allowed for Trump’s lawyers to be present but they were denied access. The FBI even told them to turn all surveillance cameras off. Fortunately, they didn’t. You have to ask Why did they want the cameras off? What would they be doing that they didn’t want anyone to see? Now they are demanding the tapes and I hope they don’t get them. A copy maybe but not the originals. The magistrate that approved the warrant was a one-time lawyer for Jeffery Epstein. This is nothing more than a fishing expedition trying to find something to charge him with. Democrats are desperate to keep him off the ballot. Will we see anybody prosecuted for this unprecedented act of political targeting when we get control? If we judge by the past actions of the Republicans, it will be very unlikely that anyone pays for this.

Here’s a good one, when Obama left office, he took thirty million pages of documents, and the NARA has never even questioned what was taken.[2] Do try to convince me that this isn’t a witch hunt. Remember Sandy Berger? He went to the NARA and stuffed documents pertaining to 911 in his shorts, socks, and anywhere else he could stick them and all he got was a slap on the hand. Don’t forget the spying Obama did on the Trump campaign and while Trump was president. Obama used the FBI and the CIA to facilitate that; This includes the FBI and CIA, which conspired against and spied on Donald Trump, both before and after Trump succeeded him as president.

And the liberal establishment media, which swooned over Obama, not only let him get away with it, but cheered him on. Obama had their number and they knew it.[3] This is irrefutable not to mention illegal yet not one person has been charged or convicted. Democrats aren’t afraid to charge anybody. Just ask Paul Manafort, Roger Stone, Peter Navarro, and even Donald himself. Then the FBI seized the cellphone of a Trump supporter: Federal agents seized the cellphone of Rep. Scott Perry (R-Pa.) while he was traveling with his family Tuesday, executing a court-authorized search warrant that a person familiar with the situation said was part of a criminal probe into efforts to overturn the results of the 2020 presidential election.

Perry, an ally of Donald Trump who played a key role in promoting the former president’s false claims of election fraud, wrote in a statement that the contents of his phone are not the “government’s business.”[4] Why haven’t the associates of Obama, Clinton, Holder, Axelrod, and the rest of the Obama cabal had their homes raided, computers and cellphones seized, and drug out into the streets in the pajamas for all the neighbors to see?

How about the video evidence we have of Joe Biden’s quid pro quo with the political leaders in Ukraine? What he did was illegal. Silence from the Republicans. We have discovered he lied about meeting with Hunter Biden’s ‘business’ partners as there are fourteen times he met with them at the White House when he was vice-president not to mention the pictures we have seen of both Bidens and Hunter’s partners together. Then there is the LapTop from hell. Pictures of him smoking crack, as well as being in obvious very inappropriate situations with underage girls. The FBI has had that laptop for over two years and has done nothing to pursue what has been witnessed on that computer. The FBI has done nothing and the Republicans are only talking about it.

Attorney General Garland has stated that his Department of Justice applies the laws equally which is a lie straight from the pit of hell. While all the people protested at the homes of our Supreme Court justices, illegally, he did nothing. When parents showed up at school board meetings protesting the pornography they are pushing as curriculum, the teaching of CRT, and the other things parents have a legal right to confront the board about, Garland sends out a letter telling school boards to classify these rightly concerned parents as domestic terrorists. Will we see any effort from the Republicans to bring the decision makers of this act of travesty to justice? I question whether we will see any action from that at all.

First, we have a corrupt so-called justice system that is blind to the actions of the Democrats but are willing to charge a conservative with a felony for jaywalking. Second, our political system is simply a two-headed snake. Republicans won’t prosecute the Democrats for fear that the Democrats will prosecute them when they get back in power. This is why the American people must become involved in our political system. We have to replace most of the people in DC with people who will govern according to the Constitution, believe in America first, and take care of our vets the way they deserve to be taken care of.

We don’t have many chances left to do this. If we make good progress in 2022, we will be able to make a lot of progress in 2024. David had the rocks but nothing happened until he put one in the sling and threw it. We can talk all we want but we have to take action, run for office, vote, support good people that are running, and standing up for what America has always stood for . . . FREEDOM!

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

Report from Hades on the Covid Plan for World Domination

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

August 27, 2022

“We get really, really power-hungry, monstrous, soulless people who love money and sin, and we ensnare them! They lose their brains, their hearts, their souls. We OWN them. We got a team, man. Like Bill Gates and Klaus Schwab and George Soros and Tony Fauci: what a team! Just to name a few! And then…”

A World Community Films Production

Watch film in full screen mode for the best lighting.

(View 18 minute film below.)

Introductory narrative:

INT. TV SCREEN

The screen is flickering with static, and suddenly a face appears. It’s a MAN, glaring at the viewer.

MAN

Somebody should fix this damn TV. Don’t worry, I can say damn because I’m transmitting from Hades, where we use damn as punctuation. It’s just who we are.

You might wonder where Hades is, or what it is. It’s a classical term for what some of you clods call Hell, but we don’t like that term. It’s very othering and offensive and Hell-phobic, so we’ve decided that you must use the term Hades. We think it might confuse you just a bit, which is always good.

But just between you and me, this is where the Hounds of Hell come from. Right here. I just love those big, nasty, slobbering, bloodthirsty hounds. They’re so cute when they bite someone.

The man shuffles some papers on his desk and scowls.

MAN (cont’d)

I’m quite annoyed that I have to do this. This stupid report about our marvelous totalitarian Covid plan for world domination. What a pain.

He looks around furtively.

MAN (cont’d)

But, I’m trying to avoid having my ears cleaned by South American fire ants. You wouldn’t know, but, well, ouch and all that. Oh, you want to know my name? That’s classified. Just call me “The Man.” Or, “The Man from Hades.” I don’t really care.

I’m actually more than one person. Who you get depends on our mood, for we are legion, we are many. If you’re very clever, you might be able to tell us apart because of our mannerisms and accents. But only if you have a superior intellect.

He coughs and clears his throat.

MAN (cont’d)

Anyway, a Hades muckety-muck sent me a memo that some of you people on Earth are getting discouraged about the state of the world, and he wanted me to really help that wonderful process along.

So, my job is to tell you how hopeless life is because unbeknownst to you, all of us in Hades have been working you over for a LONG time.

The man laughs and giggles, and guffaws, and almost collapses. He wipes the tears from his eyes and sneers at the camera.

MAN (cont’d)

We’re very clever in Hades, and we have a Multi-Prong Strategy to turn your world into hell.

Some of you think that you can pray, and God will help you defeat us. I’m here to tell you: Fugget about it!

We’re too clever. You wanna know how clever? Let me tell you!

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Why are tuitions skyrocketing anyway? The answer is quite clear…

A Commentary on Power vis a vis Social Order

By Jerry Jewett

August 27, 2022

I have always been a curious sprite, posing “Why?” queries in many dimensions. Some of those questions were in science, history, economics, and the like, but the greater bulk were regarding moral philosophy, ethics, social order, and such as that.

Well, there’s no end to learning, we can reckon on that: Death just transfers learning to another dimension. I have kept wondering about a great many things for a good long time, and although I get tired and frustrated in the search, I never really stopped looking.

Finishing Servando Gonzalez’s brave book, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order [1] was an important milepost. He connects all the dots and does so with a smooth curve, too! As with most books, I take most of it at face value, but I pursue Footnotes and End Notes with a vengeance, when my curiosity has been sufficiently piqued.

E.g., in Brad Linaweaver’s Moon of Ice, [disclosure: Brad was a big Anarcho/Libertarian influence for 25 years and a close friend] his references to Lawrence Dennis and Dennis’s compact history of American bellicosity and outbursts of wars since the Revolution spurred me to order and read the Dennis book The Dynamics of War and Revolution. There I found the complete list up through 1934.

Thus, when I found, in Servando’s book, a more complete listing up through the 1980s, I was not aghast at the idea that the American State has sent killing teams to places where East Coast Bankers, Big Oil, “Old Money,” and some other major Internationalists have large investments at risk of “the natives.”

Thoreau, A.J. Nock, Oswald Spengler, A.H.S. Korzybski, Jacques Ellul, Hannah Arendt, Norbert Wiener, Butler Shaffer, Brad Linaweaver, Servando Gonzalez; many have given me clues and insights, enough to knit together a working understanding of some things. I am grateful. I claim no originality. I sort and compile.

Let us recall some of the watershed divisions between Progressives and what for lack of a better term we may as well dub Conservatives. Progressives tend to be overwhelmingly Secular and also to think that the Nature of Man is good, only tainted by bad environment (smell the dualism, the Gnostic perspectives, the Manichean heresy there?). American Conservatives tend to be at least marginally religious, often of a Christian bent, and however feebly they “get it,” they know there is Original Sin.

Friedrich Nietzsche [hereinafter F.N.] may have been the best-publicized foreteller of the Death of God, though Nietzsche is dead and God is alive. But the work of F.N. with his Nihilistic, hubris-laden philosophy, has colored the views of the West, even if just tangentially, for the last 125 years or so. People who bought the God is Dead dogma also saw fit to cast aside Christianity (especially Christianity) and the mellowing influence of two millennia of Christian teachings and practice. Can we say you cannot cast stones at The Tao without bruising Christianity?

Another tenet of fanaticism and folly is F.N.’s “the Will to Power.” This was no new thing. The Bible features histories and legends of people whose Will to Power drove them to hideous conduct and heinous outcomes. Herod’s slaughter of the newborns (Mt. 2:16) is but one example among very many throughout The Bible. Indeed, Satan’s fall from Heaven stemmed from his Will to Power, to make himself equal to God.

Much of the history of the ancient world, and the world at large, is filled with accounts of tyrants trying to exact worship from those about them, wreaking havoc on those who would not do so.

The point is, F.N. sort of elevated the Will to Power and formally identified it as the thing it is, namely, an urge for broad and unmerited control over others for any end, however vain or evil, “just because I want to.” Really.

Because he is such an aberration and such a loathsome character, my awareness of F.N. is marginal at best. I have never read more than some selected quotes of his. I understand there are two schools of thought about F.N., one holding him in some regard as a prescient genius and sort of a prophet, the other recognizing him as a talented but evil mad man.

European social critic of the late 19^th and early 20^th Centuries Max Nordau showed a profound detestation for F.N. and his teachings. In fact, Nordau said,

“Mystics, but especially ego-maniacs and filthy pseudo-realists, are enemies to society of the direst kind. Society must unconditionally defend itself against them. Whoever believes with me that society is the natural organic form of humanity, in which alone it can exist, prosper, and continue to develop itself to higher destinies; whoever looks upon civilization as a good, having value and deserving to be defended, must mercilessly crush under his thumb the anti-social vermin. To him who, with Nietzsche, is enthusiastic over the ‘freely-roving, lusting beast of prey,’ we cry, ‘Get you gone from civilization! Rove far from us! Be a lusting beast of prey in the desert! Satisfy yourself! Level your roads, build your huts, clothe and feed yourself as you can!

Our streets and our houses are not built for you; our looms have no stuffs for you; our fields are not tilled for you. All our labour is performed by men who esteem each other, have consideration for each other, mutually aid each other, and know how to curb their selfishness for the general good. There is no place among us for the lusting beast of prey; and if you dare return to us, we will pitilessly beat you to death with clubs.”[2]

Nothing too mild or conciliatory there, is there? I admire Nordau for his energy in stating his opposition. At core, of course, though not literally named, is, I think, the Will to Power. For those outside The Tao, that hubristic lure to Power must be great. In fact, for those who consider themselves divine or otherwise exalted, Power must seem a necessary accoutrement, to be had at any cost.

Now this is much more than I think of F.N. in any given week, or even month, but in the first week of July, 2022, I found a passage from an address given by Fr. Ivor Kraft to a church in Fort Worth, Texas.[3] My Church does not subscribe to this periodical, and we are not in communion with the Anglican Church of North America [ACNA], whose periodical this is. But we get it. I asked my Bishop about the ACNA, which he told me to be wary of, so I am.

Even so, however, I once in a while find in the pages of this periodical something of durable value. Such was my recent experience. I read Fr. Kraft’s article, “Barbarians Within the Gates,” with rapt attention.

Fr. Kraft refers to such things as making women priests, same-sex marriage, and abortion, as “expressions of the anti-culture which denies all sacred order and of necessity exults in the will to power, which is all that’s left when men divinize themselves. Nothing so clearly symbolizes this will to power as the so-called ‘transgender’ which is why the anti-culture is so violently committed to imposing ‘transgenderism’ on everyone everywhere.” Pg. 15. [emphasis added]

This is the first time I have had a clue about the Transgender Movement. And it is more than a clue, it is the key.

In George Orwell’s 1984, the Inner Party inquisitor demands that protagonist Winston Smith prove his allegiance to Inner Party doctrine by demanding that Winston acknowledge seeing five fingers, instead of the four being held up. The parallelism with the Transgender movement is obvious: absolute denial of facts coupled with the demand to affirm blatant fictions. Only someone in a dominant position of superior power could make such demands.

A disquisition on power, the limits of power, the abuses of power, checks and balances to prevent the consolidation of Absolute Power, etc., exceeds the scope of this essay. A few passing comments must suffice.

In 2014, libertarian attorney James Ostrowski wrote, “Evil sorts will tend to gravitate to arbitrary power since arbitrary power is intrinsically evil. Good people will shy away precisely because they are good and have no use for arbitrary power.”[4]

What more is there to be said about Power?

In an April 5,1887 letter from Baron Acton to Bishop Creighton, Acton wrote:

“I cannot accept your canon that we are to judge Pope and King unlike other men, with a favourable presumption that they did no wrong. If there is any presumption it is the other way against holders of power, increasing as the power increases. Historic responsibility has to make up for the want of legal responsibility. Power tends to corrupt and absolute power corrupts absolutely. [comment: absolute immunity is the greatest corrupter of all] Great men are almost always bad men, even when they exercise influence and not authority: still more when you superadd the tendency or the certainty of corruption by authority. There is no worse heresy than that the office sanctifies the holder of it. That is the point at which the negation of Catholicism and the negation of Liberalism meet and keep high festival, and the end learns to justify the means. You would hang a man of no position, like Ravaillac; but if what one hears is true, then Elizabeth asked the gaoler to murder Mary, and William III ordered his Scots minister to extirpate a clan. Here are the greater names coupled with the greater crimes. You would spare these criminals, for some mysterious reason. I would hang them, higher than Haman, for reasons of quite obvious justice; still more, still higher, for the sake of historical science.” [5]

Seeking and acquiring power over others for any sake is a questionable proposition in the first instance. And if the power is of an executive, judicial, administrative or legislative nature, the Power of Law, with a supposedly inherent legitimate privilege to initiate force and violence, what then? Who decides? By what criteria?

“[T]he essential premise [of institutionalism, which is that condition which obtains ‘When the preservation of the organization becomes more important than the informal and spontaneous practices that created it,’ p. 11] is that the self-interests of some are to have priority over the interests of others, and that restrictions upon the activities of the latter [regulations and laws] may be justified by the presumed superiority of purpose of the former.”[6] What could be a more clear shot across the bows of Progressivism, the Council of Foreign Relations, and the Federal State of which Lincoln is the godfather, these insidious agents of Chaos?

Turning away from the general to the specific, what is up with this Transgender thing, taking a long view? Some people seek “the Upper Hand.” In families, in schools, in corporations, in churches, anywhere people gather, the Will to Power and the desire to Have the Upper Hand raise their ugly heads.

Who can doubt it? What can be seen in Life? Is it not so?

For me, this recognition of The Transgender Movement as a free-wheeling and energetic exercise of The Will to Power on a huge scale comes as a near-complete surprise. It is that big a deal and no laughing matter to anyone who still thinks clearly. Do we resist Evil as we call a spade a spade, or do we respect the feelings of others so much we subscribe to lies about them, including lying to ourselves?

I recognized The Transgender Movement as something based on flashy abuse of language and the enshrining of “Feeling” above all else, early on. But I did not see the “Movement potential” that it carries, until I saw and was able to apply Fr. Kraft’s insights.

Now, my disregard for The Transgender Movement is more vehement than it was before. These times are worse than when Hunter S. Thompson cried “the pigs are in the tunnel,” for The Barbarians run the Big Table, setting snares and digging pitfalls.

Some pretty intense, principled, and long-term resistance is needed. My energy and focus won’t last forever. But while they do, I mean to pray this prayer and live by its intentions:

ALMIGHTY God, who hast created man in thine own image; Grant us grace fearlessly to contend against evil, and to make no peace with oppression; and, that we may reverently use our freedom, help us to employ it in the maintenance of justice among men and nations, to the glory of thy holy Name; through Jesus Christ our Lord. 1928 BCP, p. 44. [emphasis added]

And why will I pray this? Eph. 6:12 “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.” KJV That would be very great wickedness in quite high places.

And comes then the considered Afterthought, not by way of limitation but by way of illustration.

From an Acton Institute imprint,[7] we get this: “Political problems are preeminently moral problems, according to Lewis, and technocrats are not equipped to function as moralists. ‘I dread specialists in power,’ he said, ’because they are specialists speaking outside their special subject. Let scientists tell us about sciences. But government involves questions about the good of man, and justice, and what things are worth having at what price; and on these a scientific training gives a man’s opinion no added value.’” Pg. 10.

[Bio: Prior publications of Jerry Jewett were in Mondo Cult magazine, The Heinlein Journal, The Lamp-Post of the Southern California C.S. Lewis Society, and Prometheus (The Newsletter of the Libertarian Futurist Society). In summary: popular culture, Christian and libertarian publications. Certificate in Theology and Ministry, Princeton Theological Seminary, Princeton, NJ

Informal Education following graduation from Business School consisting of thousands of pages of reading in political philosophy, jurisprudence, Austrian economics, Christian theology and moral reasoning, history, comparative law, private social ordering, natural law, and such one-off writers as Spengler, Korzybski, Lawrence Dennis, and similar outliers.]

E-Mail Jerry Jewett: mojave357mag@yahoo.com

Foototes:

Spooks Books, Oakland, 2010.
Degeneration Translated from the Second edition of the German Work With an Introduction by George L. Morse, published by Howard Fertig, New York, 1968 first published in English in 1895; 557 [emphasis added]
It was published in full in Forward in Christ, The Magazine of Forward in Faith North America, Vol. 14 No. 3, March-April 2022.
Progressivism A Primer on the Idea Destroying America, Cazenovia Books, Buffalo, NY 2014, p. 165. [emphasis in original]
Quoted from The Online Library of the Liberty Fund Network, emphasis added.
Butler Shaffer, Boundaries of Order, Ludwig Von Mises Institute, Auburn, AL 2009, Pg. 63.
Public Life in the Shadowlands What C.S. Lewis Can Teach Us About Politics, John G. West, Jr., Acton Institute, Grand Rapids, MI 1998.

Selling Your Freedom for a Pittance

By Lex Greene

August 26, 2022

Like easily predictable clock work, the O’Biden regime is in pre-election rapid fire attempts to buy votes from unsuspecting young YOLO (you only live once) voters only thinking about today, with no foresight into the hellish future they are creating for themselves and everyone else.

For those who still think actual facts matter, allow me to begin with the current state of college student debt as reported by Forbes on June 9, 2022.

The current student debt level is $1.75 trillion in total student loan debt (including federal and private loans), approximately 8.75% of the total projected GDP for 2022, with $28,950 owed per borrower on average. 92% of all student debts are federal student loans. This marks the biggest wholesale socialist grand giveaway in U.S. history, just to buy the Marxist indoctrinated youth vote at a time when democrats are predicted to lose elections all across the country.

Let’s be clear, there is no such thing as “debt forgiveness.” None of the student debt in question is being “forgiven,” vanished into thin air, as though it never existed. Instead, the subject debts are being transferred from the original borrowers to taxpayers, who didn’t borrow the money, many of whom also had student loans that they paid off by working, none of whom will benefit from grand Marxist giveaway.

This is nothing more than typical pre-election Marxist Democrat vote-buying 101 for the terminally stupid. How many students are thrilled to dump their debt on others, after being raised on socialism in K-12 and especially on the college campus? I suspect a majority…

But let’s be honest here, it’s not just the YOLO kids who are so willing to sellout future freedom and liberty for a pittance in federal crumbs, all of it at taxpayer expense. Parents who took out loans for their kids want their debt dumped on others too. It’s a free-for-all for federal freebies and all of it will result in punitive taxation and regulations for generations to come.

As of today, every new child born in the USA is born almost $1 million in debt if the skyrocketing national debt is spread fairly and evenly across all US Citizens. But it’s not, is it! We have a graduated tax scale system, whereby the more one makes, the more the government takes. It’s a direct penalty on hard work, sacrifice and success.

Even in a flat rate tax system, someone making $250,000 a year will pay ten times that of someone making $25,000 a year. But that’s not enough, they still aren’t paying “their fair share,” according to socialists.

When O’Biden was asked in his news blitz if this was fair to those who paid their loans, he didn’t answer the question. Instead, he asked if it’s fair that multi-million dollar businesses get tax breaks… Huh, what does that have to do with this?

For the record, tax facts 101 for dummies – businesses and corporations never pay taxes. Their employees do, in lower wages and benefits. Their stockholders do, in lower return on investments. Their consumers do, in higher prices at the pump and on the shelves. WAKE UP for heaven’s sake!

Face reality here … poor people don’t pay any taxes because they can’t. Rich people only pay a rate they are willing to pay because they have options. When the USA is no longer a good investment, they will invest elsewhere around the world.

It’s always the middle class that gets stuck with the tax bill. They can pay taxes and don’t have any options. The taxable class is the middle class!

Trillions poured into colleges and universities placed these institutions on a runaway tuition burst, with the cost of college steadily increasing over the last 30 years. In that timeframe, tuition costs at public four-year colleges grew from $4,160 to $10,740 and from $19,360 to $38,070 at private nonprofit institutions (adjusted for inflation). As costs have risen, so has the need for student loans and other forms of financial aid. Even worse is the fact that 90% of college graduates never find work in their studied professions.

But this isn’t just about socialist student debt handouts.

Prior to the Great COVID19 RESET plot to takeover the free world by the WEF and its global partners, almost 40% of Americans were already on some form of federal or state assistance. But after the fraudulent COVID lockdowns, approximately 70% of US citizens were receiving some form of government aid, often referred to as “stimulus” money, which only stimulated the national debt and increased a freeloading sense of entitlement in our society.

Compare this to the Great Depression when at the peak, only 25% of Americans needed assistance in breadlines. The difference is stark… back then, pride, hard work and sacrifice kept 75% out of those breadlines and today, those breadlines are invisible, grocery carts filled with the swipe of an EBT card, as they head out to the parking lot to load their new SUV with taxpayer-funded groceries.

Meanwhile, the US economy is in recession headed for a greater depression, as the WEF global cabal has the USA in the crosshairs for extinction, and our military being reduced to nothing more than compliant women, gays and transgendered misfits, all true freedom fighters purged from the ranks for refusing the deadly jabs.

You have to hand it to the democrats, for their ability to con the masses with crumbs from the treasury and perfecting the art of stealing elections. They are the reason Khrushchev was right.

“You Americans are so gullible. No, you won’t accept communism outright, but we’ll keep feeding you small doses of socialism until you’ll finally wake up and find you already have communism. We won’t have to fight you. We’ll so weaken your economy until you’ll fall like overripe fruit into our hands.” — Nikita Khrushchev

Back then, it was the soviet empire seen as the greatest threat to American sovereignty and security. But after the fall of the Soviet Union, the threat started to move within the halls of our own government. Day by Day, year by year, Americans have been slowly Pavlov trained to accept global tyranny, socialist policy by socialist policy, all perpetrated by the Marxist Democratic Socialists in power and the RINO Republicans who allowed it, some even profiting by it.

Indeed, this latest vote buying trick from the O’Biden regime is just one of many socialist scams used to rip the freedom and liberty right out of the soul of America, especially the YOLO (you only live once) voters who live only for this moment, without a care in the world of what future they are creating in their short sighted greed.

We now have generations of people willing to sell their soul and the future of freedom and liberty for all future generations, for a few scraps from the democrat socialist powerbrokers in charge. Even doctors and hospitals are guilty of maiming and killing their patients with faulty COVID19 protocols and fake “vaccines” that are causing far more harm than good, for what? Yes, government bonuses and profits.

Of course, just like the stolen elections of 2020, under COVID19 “emergency” authorization for unlawful elections, and the thousands of businesses lost due to unconstitutional COVID mandates and coercive employer mandates, student debt delinquencies shot through the roof in 2020, 2021 and 2022, due to loss of income opportunities.

It was all part of an ingenious elaborate plot to do exactly what Khrushchev warned about decades ago –

“We’ll keep feeding you small doses of socialism until you’ll finally wake up and find you already have communism.” Khrushchev

“And when the WEF Global COVID Reset is complete, you will own nothing, and be happy!” – Klaus Schwab (WEF)

And THIS is why they have to destroy Trump and all Trump supporters!

The 2022 mid-term elections will tell us whether or not the USA has crossed that great Rubicon, from freedom loving and liberty fighting Citizens, to dumbed-down, drugged-up and a terminally government dependent society no longer capable of freedom and liberty.

This is that moment in history. We will learn just how rock bottom Americans are willing to go, come November.

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

Blue Ovals and Infrastructure Boondoggles Are Targeting Tennessee

By Kathleen Marquardt

August 26, 2022

Tennessee is being overwhelmed by global public/private partnerships that are pretending to be green while, in truth, they are damaging to the environment and their real purpose is to redistribute middle class wealth.

Earlier this year, local activists in Tennessee, along with Mississippi and Arkansas, fought off the Global Public/Private Partnership (GPPP) of “RegionSmart Development District that would cast a net of control over portions of all three states. Now we are looking at another big GPPP incursion into the Volunteer state. Ford announced that it is building 3,600-acre ‘campuses’ called cities that will be “the home of 6,000 new jobs, and will be total carbon neutral by the start of production.”

Blue Oval City

“The first of the investments is a new $5.6 billion “mega campus” in Stanton, Tenn. It’s going to be formally named “Blue Oval City,” because it’s literally going to be as big as a city. The complex will comprise 3,600 acres — almost 6 square miles. Ford plans on using it for vehicle assembly, battery production and a supplier park. It will be the home of approximately 6,000 new jobs and will serve as “a hive of technical innovation” to build next-gen electric F-Series trucks. Ford says it will be a vertically integrated system and feature numerous sustainability solutions and use renewable resources. The goal of the plant will be total carbon neutrality by the projected start of production in 2025.”

It’s going to be interesting. Let’s start with the total carbon neutrality. So, all the harmful effects from Electric Vehicle (EV) production occurs before the materials enter Blue Oval City. Yes, let’s let other countries deal with the carbon issue – and the issue of human rights abuses and environmental degradation associated with the mining of the minerals and other materials necessary for EV batteries?

Now, let’s look closer to home. 3,600 acres. I am guessing that those acres are not in brownfields. Nope, according to Delta Farm Press, the Ford plant will occupy “a large footprint in the heart of Tennessee’s row crop production area. Haywood County produces more cotton than any other county in the state and is near the top of the list for soybeans and corn.” Forgive me for being so petty, but right now – with the decimation of farm and ranch lands, with the food production plants being burned to the ground across America – I think we Tennesseans will have a hard enough time purchasing food, and I for one, cannot afford (even if I wanted) to purchase an Electric Vehicle.

The Delta Farm Press article also made another good point, “Will Ford’s claims that the new plant will be carbon neutral, powered by local renewable energy, mean more cropland converted to solar farms?” Just asking.

The Carbon Capture Pipelines in the five Midwest states are going to be stealing a lot more land and the Global Public/Private Partnerships behind this project are hoping that the farmer-owners of the land will willing cede their land for a few tokens – or the land will be “taken” from them by eminent domain. Will that be the case in Tennessee, too, if the landowners are not willing to sell? Just asking.

Obviously, that early tool of asymmetrical warfare the global elite used to great effect – environmental destruction – no longer matters. According to them, we were supposed to be “saving” the rural and suburban areas of the country to protect the environment and its non-human occupants. Blue Oval cities and the Carbon Capture Pipeline do the opposite – they destroy perfectly good arable land.

Maurice Strong, forerunner of George Soros, as the grand poobah of environmentalism and the new world order said, “Current lifestyles and consumption patterns of the affluent middle class…involving high meat intake, consumption of large amounts of frozen and convenience foods, ownership of motor vehicles, golf courses, small electric appliances, home and work place air-conditioning, and suburban housing are not sustainable…” Note: the elite who control and spend far more than all the middle and lower classes combined are not the problem here. In fact, they are the solution, because soon they will rid the world of the other classes. So, what are we to believe – that we need to protect as much land as possible from human use or should we emulate the elite and tear up the earth for our pet projects – four-wheeling, rodeos, and stockcar racing – because we know that CO2 is not the problem, so we will work to make more of it? Moving on.

Infrastructure Disingenuity

U.S. Secretary of Transportation Pete Buttigieg announced an award of $64 million for three Tennessee infrastructure projects from the Rebuilding American Infrastructure with Sustainability and Equity (RAISE) program. In my humble opinion, I think it should be the Raze program as it is helping the Global Elite and the New World Order destroy America.

According to the U.S. Department of Transportation, the RAISE program was made “to help urban and rural communities move forward on projects that modernize roads, bridges, transit, rail, ports, and intermodal transportation and make our transportation systems safer, more accessible, more affordable, and more sustainable.”

First, look at the “Complete Streets and International Traffic Signal (ITS) Traffic Signal Coordination Project” that has invading nearly community in the nation.

What are “Complete Streets” projects? Let me quote from the American Policy Center’s Activist Handbook, p.84.

“Heartland 2050 includes the program called the ‘Complete Street’. That is an edict that cars must share the road with bicycles, It calls for ‘Traffic Calming’, which means large speed bumps placed in the center of residential streets that make driving a very unpleasant experience. (planned) In addition there are traffic circles that are menaces to emergency equipment as well as the normal driver. Across the nation, through smart growth plans, communities are now building residential apartment buildings without parking. It’s all designed to discourage interest in driving so that residents use bikes for short trips or public transportation, including light rail trains.”

“One of the leaders of this project said, ‘What we are trying to do is see equity of public space. When you build your streets for cars you’re actually building in the expectation that people are going to have cars.’ So if you stop having streets, obviously people will stop wanting cars.’” It goes on, but you should ‘get’ the picture by now.

The global elite want us to stop building streets; actually they want us to quit driving cars. EVs are just the next – incremental — step in that direction. Look at California this summer – officials telling people not to plug in their EVs to recharge them because of the power shortages. Do you want to buy into that? Just saying.

The other two projects are 1, to replace a bridge in Chattanooga so a 12.5-foot wide multi-use (bike and walking) path can be added to the edge, and 2, re-engineering the intersection of U.S. Highway 127, redesign right-of-way to include bicycle lanes and ADA-compliant pathways as well as vehicle lanes, stormwater runoff management, new curb and curb cuts, a new network of pedestrian walks, crossing points, pedestrian bridges and amenities, ITS infrastructure, and wireless broadband throughout the corridor. As we are inundated with news stories about “the coming food catastrophe” and “a global food crisis”, our tax dollars are being spent on bike paths, ‘pedestrian bridges and amenities”. Did someone forget to tell our ‘esteemed leaders’?

Why the “attack” on Tennessee? Yes, I seen this as an attack – to redistribute wealth, to destroy farmland, to tear up streets, to get us out the suburbs – to have more control on us. Well, as a Tennessean, I think we are smarter than those pushing Smart Cities, Smart Cars, Smart Growth, Smart meters, and on and on. But we are not alone, every state is being attacked, even red states.

It is time to say no to the Newspeak version of Smart. It’s really stupid to destroy what the Industrial Revolution built. It is destroying our civilization and eliminating the moral compass.

It is taking us back to savages – what else would you call those in Antifa and Black Lives Matter? Those who would control the world by eliminating 90% of us. Those who believe the Rule of Law means “he who holds power at the moment makes the law.”

Let’s not go there.

Let’s, instead, take back our counties and begin to rebuild with moral humans in mind.

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

It’s Getting Confusing

by Lee Duigon

August 25, 2022

While “teachers” are feeding children roasted crickets in the classroom, we have two alleged law professors in the New York Times calling for the abolition of the U.S. Constitution. And if that weren’t enough, suddenly we have these weird polls claiming a great “surge” for SloJo Biden and his handlers and a big win for Democrats in the midterms.

Confusing, isn’t it?

The Constitution, we are told, is “famously undemocratic.” Could that be because it’s the constitution of a republic, not a “democracy”? Yeahbut, yeahbut! It’s “broken”! It doesn’t let Far Left Crazy do anything it likes. Getting rid of it, Congress could do all sorts of neat stuff with abortion and “labor rights,” whatever those are, “without having to bother with” the Constitution. It’s so inconvenient, having the law of the land written down for everyone to see! Getting rid of it, say the professors, we can “reclaim America.”

Reclaim it from what? For what? We aren’t told, but we can guess. Hey, we can always draft a new one! A whole mob of Ivy League professors, along with feminists, globalists, out-there politicians, and activists in 100 different flavors—they could all come together and draw up a brand-new “living Constitution” that changes every day, offers no certainty as to what will be the “law” on any given day, and show those wimps in Venezuela what a real socialist hell-hole looks like.

Meanwhile, Forbes.com tells us that thanks to “a recent stretch of accomplishments”—what?—Slojo and his sham of a presidency has shot up to a 47 percent approval rating. Good news for Democrats! They’ll keep the Senate, probably keep the House, and for sure keep their stranglehold on America.

What accomplishments? Our panicked skedaddle from Afghanistan? Doubling the price of gasoline? A mass invasion of illegal aliens? The transformation of the FBI into a partisan goon squad that raids an ex-president’s home and spies on parents as “domestic terrorists” when they object to crazy school board policies? And don’t forget this—“There is no inflation.” Try that on for size, in your next trip to the supermarket.

Not to put too fine a point on it, but these “accomplishments” are only lies. Big fat thumping lies. There are no accomplishments.

Yeahbut, yeahbut! We’ve got a Gender Revolution that we’ve got to finish! We’ve got to erase all limits on abortion! There’s racial paranoia to plant and cultivate and harvest! They can’t finish a Fundamental Transformation Of America in just two years—although they’ve already done more damage than anyone thought possible. Are those the accomplishments of this regime?

So why the up-with-Biden polls? How did we go from Red Wave to Blue Wave in the blink of an eye? Who’s believing all the lies? Who likes paying almost $5 a gallon for gas? And that was quite a show of applied hypocrisy: jack the price up to $5-plus, then shave off a few pennies to bring it to $4.75, and then jump up and down crying “We brought the price back down!” Who in his right mind has been taken in by this?

Maybe the polls are… well, dishonest. Maybe they’ve been purposely constructed to yield results that would, they hope, demoralize all the voters but the handful of delusional Biden zealots. I admit that I can’t conceive of any explanation for this weirdness.

So we’ll have to play it as a worst-case scenario in the making. Work hard, fight hard, and pray harder—

Because if we lose this election, I think we lose America.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit before the FBI drops in on you. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Invasion or Surrender?

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

August 25, 2022

Did you know that we have all been birthed into a battlefield?

Every human being born unto a woman has arrived on this planet in the midst of a war. It began a little over 6000 years ago when God Almighty declared in Genesis 3:13-16…

“And the Lord God said unto the serpent, Because thou hast done this, thou art cursed above all cattle, and above every beast of the field; upon thy belly shalt thou go, and dust shalt thou eat all the days of thy life: And I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel. Unto the woman he said, I will greatly multiply thy sorrow and thy conception; in sorrow thou shalt bring forth children; and thy desire shall be to thy husband, and he shall rule over thee.”

Websters defines ENMITY as “The quality of being an enemy; the opposite of friendship; ill will; hatred; unfriendly dispositions; malevolence.”

The world is divided into two kingdoms…the Kingdom of darkness and the Kingdom of His Dear Son. One is dark and one is light. The two Kingdoms have been at war against each other ever since.

It is into this SPIRITUAL war that we have all been birthed. There is no demilitarized zone in this war. It is all encompassing. It is a battle for rightful ownership of the WORLD. The natural world. The one into which each and every human has been birthed. That is the first Truth that one must grasp before a deeper understanding of this war can be understood.

Good versus evil. Right versus wrong. Truth versus falsehood. Team Jesus or team Lucifer. There is no middle ground. This is the class of the Kingdoms.

It is bigger than you know. It involves every area of your human life. It requires choices and decisions. Every minute of every day we are forced to make decisions. Some are easy, some are not. But it is in the power to CHOOSE that war is won and lost.

Choose you this day whom you will serve… As Bob Dylan famously sung, You Gotta Serve Somebody.

Your choices reveal whom you serve.

The Bible teaches that the Carnal man is wicked. Apart from Christ man is incapable of doing the right thing. God gave man free choice…the right to reveal each day just who it is that man will serve. The Bible says “you shall know them by their fruits.” That simply means that you will know who one serves by what you see him DO. Choice and action reveal Lordship.

That’s why it is a war. The Apostle Paul called it “warring in his members.” The battle between the Carnal Man and the Spiritual Man. Not doing the things I want to do, and doing the things that I don’t want to do. The Bible teaches that choice is the gateway to sin.

Satan is the father of sin. When you sin, you serve the Devil. When you do what is right you serve Jesus. But the Bible tells us that “no man can serve two masters.” You can’t serve both Lucifer and Jesus. The double-minded man is unstable in all of his ways.

America is unstable because there are two “masters” striving for control of this natural world. One team believes you can kill unborn children while the other team believes abortion is wrong. The problem occurs when “Christians” have difficulty determining which choice their team should make. You can’t be on team Jesus and support killing children.

Jesus is pro-life. Satan is pro-death. Christians who are “pro-choice” are on team Lucifer. Double-minded. It is really that simple.

“I set before you today life and death…choose life that both you and your children might live.”

God is pro-choice…but the choice you make reveals which King you serve. Jesus is life. Satan is death. “All those who hate me love death.” You can’t be on God’s team and live by the other team’s values.

CHOOSE you this day whom you will serve. Your choice always reveals your King.

Unfortunately, individual choices have consequences. Life would be simple if the choices we make do not impact other people. But most choices do. Wrong choices are the sperm of sin. Good choices create good consequences. Bad choices create bad results.

No one can serve two masters. We cannot survive as a nation if we cannot agree on what is right and what is wrong. My neighbor says abortion is right and I say abortion is wrong. Who is right. What determines who is right? To whom do we turn to settle the dispute?

The Bible is the foundation of all organic law used to establish this nation. The American legal system provides no RIGHT TO DO THAT WHICH IS WRONG. Good behavior is to be rewarded and bad behavior is to be punished. We all innately understand that.

For at least 200 years this nation survived because our leaders agreed on what was right and what was wrong. We had a common standard by which all laws were based. The battle used to rage in obeying right over wrong.

Today, that war is over WHAT is right and WHAT is wrong.

For centuries The Church set the moral barometer. The 10 Commandments were the Gold Standard of morality. Don’t lie. Don’t steal. Don’t covet. Don’t fornicate. If we just taught those four…if we simply rewarded those who obeyed them and punished those who didn’t we would live in a different America.

Right and wrong is a standard…not an opinion. Woe to those who call good, evil, and evil good.

Most of America’s institutions are enemy held territory. We must endeavor to breach the wall…to invade their territory…to storm their gates. Our work must now be done behind enemy lines.

We have been here before. What will we choose? Advance the Kingdom? Recover enemy held territories? Or cower and capitulate?

It is time for a Spiritual Omaha Beach invasion. The battle is raging. Christ’s enemies are entrenched. Casualties will be high.

Invasion or surrender? The stakes have never been higher. It is past time for Believers to earnestly contend for the Truth.

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

Is Anyone Taking Climate Change Seriously? Apparently Not!

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 25, 2022

Re: “Taking Climate Seriously” by Justin Worland, page 48, November 23, 2020 issue, Time Magazine, Update in 2022

If you visit any truck stop in America during the summer or winter, you will see 90 percent of the big rigs idling without their drivers sitting in the seat. They’re drinking coffee at the diner counter. In fact, each trucker in America wastes an average of 1,000 gallons of diesel annually, from idling. All of it exploding the “carbon footprint” upon this planet. Can you imagine the figures for truckers all across Europe, Australia, South America, China, India and beyond?

If you pass Department of Transportation workers in your state as they pave our highways, they leave trucks running all day long with no one in them—just to keep their orange lights blinking. That’s an insane amount of wasted fuel and horrific carbon footprint spewing into the atmosphere.

As a journalist, I watch what’s happening in Denver and many other cities during my summer travels throughout the USA. This summer, I’ve traveled through Phoenix, Tucson, Las Vegas, California, Oregon, Seattle and over to Glacier National Park in Montana.

I see lights being left on all night at baseball fields. I see lights burning in office buildings 50 stories high in big cities. We’re talking millions of office rooms with the lights burning all night with no one occupying the room. Total waste of money, lights, and of course, explosion of carbon footprint to keep them burning!

Every single light left on all night in every empty office in America contributes to billions of tons of coal being burned to power the systems that create electricity. Take that worldwide, and you’ve got unimaginable waste, fossil fuel burning, and sheer destruction of our biosphere’s ability to keep balance.

Let’s present the facts: nobody takes “Global Climate Change” seriously at all. A better term, “Catastrophic Climate Destabilization” defines it more compellingly. Why? Because it’s wreaking havoc on the natural world. With all the fires and hurricanes, along with warming oceans, nobody addresses its main driver: human overpopulation. Not one world leader speaks to it, period. Yes, we hear every kind of mitigation plan, but none of them takes into account that we humans remain on course to add two billion of ourselves within 30 years. Which means, there’s nothing that will change our fate as the Earth’s environmental systems go haywire.

At this point, the three largest populations in the world include China, India and America, yet they accelerate their growth numbers. China, at 1.4 billion expects to add 100,000,000 by 2050 to reach 1.5 billion according the United Nations Population Projections. India at 1.3 billion is projected to add 250,000,000 to reach 1.55 billion within 30 years. America will jump from 335 million to 440 million around 2050.

Worland’s article gave descriptions of the disasters that occurred in the USA alone in 2020. Those wildfires continue in 2021. But not a peep about the fact that we humans add 83 million more of ourselves, net gain, annually on our way from 7.9 billion to 10 billion by mid-century!

So why are we pretending? Why all the fuss? The worlds’ largest religion with 1.5 billion members stresses having more children rather than less. Africa’s population explodes off the charts and expects to double from 1.4 billion to 2.0 billion by mid-century. Capitalistic systems demand more consumption, not less. Humans consume ever more natural resources and exhaust more carbon footprint. We ravage the planet without any understanding of what we’re doing to ourselves. You won’t hear one word about 5 trillion pieces of plastic floating or submerged in our oceans—killing millions of marine lives annually—but not one world leader will pitch an international 50 cent deposit-return law to stop THAT insanity.

My challenge to Time Magazine editors: get off your complacent rear-ends and start reporting the down and dirty facts of what we face: massive human die-off, endless animal extinction rates, accelerating water scarcity, growing loss of energy, exhaustion of natural resources, toxic biosphere from 10 billion people burning fuel to eat, keep warm and transport. Can you do that for all of us? Because what you’re reporting now is “pure pretend.”

Would you like to write your own letter to Time Magazine and demand they address what we all face? Here’s their address: letters@time.com or letters@timemagazine.com Also, 60 Minutes: 60M@cbsnews.com Also, thestory@foxnews.com Also, watters@fox.com

You and only your actions will force the big media networks to stop avoiding the obvious. If you write and 10,000 other readers of this column write to those addresses—something monumental will happen. Do it for your kids.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

9/11 Demolitions, Diversions, & Deceit – Devilish Driver of the NWO

By Sidney Secular

August 24, 2022

The paramount crime of the still young 21st Century – at least until the contrived COVID calamity changed the way the world worked (or stopped working, if you will) – was the unprecedented, terrible, and tragic events of September 11^th, 2001! This is not only because of the direct deaths, injuries, and illnesses those events caused – and continue to cause! For the curse of “9/11” persists through the ongoing physical and political fallout that include the suffering occasioned by the contrived and continuous “War on Terror” whose perpetrators can never be named – and thus can be any and every one the Deep State considers an “enemy,” to the aimless, pointless wars in Iraq and Afghanistan supposedly to “spread democracy” when anyone with brains knows such a concept could never find fertile soil in those regions, to the draconian control measures introduced by the ill-named “Patriot Act” instituted (supposedly) as a result of 9/11 but having no real connection to that tragedy, to the fear and disillusionment of the insouciant masses who remain in thrall to the false explanations given for the Towers takedown. This mindless acceptance of what is clearly false instigated the sheepish reaction of most people in the civilized world to the unnecessary COVID lockdowns and crackdowns. As a result, the powers-that-shouldn’t-be have had two decades to further brainwash what little gray matter is left in the basically mindless masses who now mimic whatever the mainstream media pronounce as “gospel.” Their minds, such as they are, have turned to mush and they have become mannequin-like marionettes whose strings are pulled by their manipulating masters – the Global Elite.

Until we have a fully open, true, and complete revelation of what happened – and why – on that fateful day in September, 2001, we will not be able to take control of our destinies and bring Western Civilization back – making it great once again. We must throw off the shibboleths that blind us and shackles that bind us to do so. The official 9/11 investigation of the event like so many other “official investigations” of the past was a farce, but unlike those of the past, it is now readily admitted to being so by its investigators who went along to go along with the narrative. Of course, one wonders if they are now somewhat contrite over their trite findings or if they believe that they are so close to victory it no longer matters! Yet, it is too late for another investigation of the 9/11 crime for too much water and time has flowed over the dam of history. As well, nearly all the damning evidence was quickly and purposefully carted away and/or destroyed.

On the other hand, another investigation is not necessary because the facts are plain to see and we just need the mental and emotional fortitude to face them. There is, of course, much more to be said about 9/11 and much of it has been set forth in the multitude of books and media exposés that have been churned out on the matter and in the independent investigations of many of the leading authorities in the subjects involved such as intelligence, engineering, architecture, forensics, safety &etc. For instance, the following are just some of the troubling and pertinent facts about the entire episode, any one of which would cast doubt on the official narrative:

1] None of the (obvious) “crime scenes” were secured;

2] Hard evidence was hastily removed by convoys of GPS-monitored trucks, and then either destroyed or shipped overseas for scrap;

3] The immediate crime investigation was conducted not by the FBI and/or qualified federal or local detectives, but by FEMA, an agency without prior investigative skills or responsibilities;

4] The official investigation into the worse depredation on US soil (notice I did not say “attack” as the establishment does, as that designation presupposes an actual foreign attack) was delayed for over a year by the White House until pressured by the families of the victims. When the “investigation” was launched, it was underfunded at only $15 million (half the amount for probing Bill Clinton’s blowjobs, and 10% of the $152 million spent on the shuttle Columbia disaster).

5] The Commission was forced to finish its report prior to the 2004 elections.

6] Volunteer engineers (not official investigators) pored through the debris at landfills and saved 146 pieces of steel as evidence for future analysis. These 146 pieces were the ONLY physical evidence the NIST analyzed.

Using absurd backward logic as a means of opting for obfuscation while ignoring federal rules, NIST (The National Institute of Standards and Technology) said it did not test for accelerants or explosives because “there was no evidence of explosions” whereas people at or near the site heard distinct explosions after the initial hits by the “planes” (guided missiles that looked like passenger aircraft) involved. Officially, WTC (World Trade Center) dust is uniquely identified by the presence of iron-rich microspheres in quantities 150 times that normally found in dusts resulting from fires and explosions. However, only thermotic reactions can produce these, not jet fuel/kerosene fires nor ordinary office fires. Unexploded thermite chips were found in countless samples of WTC dust.

Also, NIST used computer simulations based on flawed assumptions about the WTC7’s construction to determine the cause of that building’s collapse. However, the NIST simulation scenario in no way resembles the actual collapse sequence, and the released video ends abruptly before the building actually falls. And, of course, nobody seems to recall one of the persons in charge at the site at the time giving his “okay” during TV coverage to bring the building down!

And then, NIST continues to refuse to release the data used for its WTC7 simulation on the grounds that it “might jeopardize public safety.” How revealing how to prevent such destruction could “jeopardize public safety” is not explained in any detail – or, in fact, at all! But as a result of their “care” for public safety, their conclusions can never be reviewed and validated, and, as a result, engineers can never learn how to prevent such anomalous collapses for in that WTC7 was never hit by anything larger than pieces of debris, the reason for its collapse is totally without explanation.

The 9/11 Commission Report (CR) admitted that “some unusual stock trading (put options) did in fact occur” on both American Airlines and United Airlines stock just days before 9/11 that would pay millions to those with advance knowledge of the attacks. The CR stopped short of identifying who these fortunate individuals might be, but what must be considered insider trading perps have otherwise been identified if not by the Commission.

Despite the fact that the Twin Towers alone needed more than $1 Billion in renovations and asbestos removal, plus another $800 million in electrical, communications and cooling systems upgrades, Larry Silverstein took out a 99 year lease on the WTC complex just 6 weeks before 9/11, and insured the buildings against terrorist attacks. Of course, we must admit that the complex had already been a terrorist target in the ‘90s, but still, his “instincts” paid handsomely for Silverstein collected $4.8 Billion on his $14 million “investment.” Silverstein also admitted pulling the plug on WTC7 but then tried to deny it. Yet the 9/11 CR never mentions questioning him. Also, none of the contractors with secure access to the WTC buildings (e.g. Ace, Turner, LVI and Securacom) were investigated or even mentioned in the 9/11 CR report.

Then, consider the fact that despite this deadly, first-ever anomaly that happened 3 times on the same day, there has been no worldwide scramble to change engineering or building codes or condemn existing steel skyscrapers, or change firefighting practices to prohibit firefighters from going into such buildings that NIST now claims (without presenting proof) are susceptible to collapse. Because there has been no appropriate alarm raised about these alleged structural failures, there has been no frenzy of alternative simulations and studies to oppose the official claims that should trigger billions of dollars in skyscraper retrofits or demolitions or push architectural and engineering professionals to identify and correct the flaws in these building designs. And meanwhile, buildings are being constructed all over the world that make the World Trade Center look like pimples on the forehead of progress! See Dubai!

The GovMint and their media propagandists knew who was to blame within minutes of the attacks and yet “tragically” no one was able to warn about the matter just a few hours sooner, despite countless warnings in White House briefings and in reports of the FBI, CIA, and other agencies. The 9/11 CR blames bureaucratic bumbling and understaffing for these failures to act in time, but as in all cases where acknowledged great tragedies were not prevented when the opportunity presented itself, no one was fired, arrested or court-martialed – or even reprimanded. Instead of being called on the carpet, the “players” were given the red carpet treatment and in some cases promoted – probably because they had been able to restrain themselves, keep their mouths shut and not cause problems for those involved.

Osama bin Laden – the first person mentioned by the media as being responsible! – was a supposed friend of the Bush family and was NEVER wanted by the FBI for the attacks because there was insufficient evidence to connect him to them. There is evidence Osama died shortly after the attacks from kidney failure . Yet, he was “kept alive” as a straw man to blame for subsequent witch hunts. Thus, when it was deemed convenient to “bury” him as a source of media stories, he was allegedly hunted down and assassinated by a SEALs team and then buried at sea without ceremony with no photographic record. Later, the SEALs were themselves eliminated to assure that the phony narrative would never be revealed. Despite blaming the Saudis and bin Laden for the attacks, shortly after 9/11 the White House gave special permission for Saudis and the bin Laden family to take private flights out of the US without detaining or properly questioning them, even though innocent Americans with no possible connection to the 9/11 events were still prohibited from flying.

In another interesting event, the Twin Towers underwent a massive elevator renovation prior to 9/11. Elevator shafts with access to the core columns were off limits except to Ace Elevator work crews for 9 months. Good opportunity to weaken the columns for a demolition. Ace crews left the premises on 9/11 without helping others evacuate. Shortly afterwards they were out of business. They really had “aced” it. Also, just before 9/11, Turner Construction had access to the Twin Towers to allegedly perform fireproofing renovations. LVI Services similarly had access to the buildings to allegedly perform asbestos removal. It so happens that both companies had experience with demolition preparation.

There is much more to be said about 9/11, of course, and much of it has been set forth in the multitude of books and media reports that have been churned out on the subject and in the many independent investigations of the leading authorities in the many disciplines involved such as engineering, architecture, forensics, etc. The whole thing comes off as one gigantic gaslighting operation on a population too naïve, dumb or scared to understand what happened or to respond if they did suspect the truth. No, most Americans put up an American flag and were more than happy to believe that the Glorious USA was in the cross-hairs of foreign wicked folks, a narrative the media was promoting at the time. But who knows? The horrors that have been performed during and since the Obama years might actually allow Americans to be much more willing to believe that many of our enemies are not found in other countries but rather, in Washington, DC!

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

The Department of Homeland Security Whistleblower Confirms the Unthinkable

By Bradlee Dean

August 24, 2022

“Apparently Americans still have not learned the lesson that this is history repeating itself at the expense of the young people.”

Well, Americans, you know how the unconstitutional Department of Homeland Security was sold to us. It was sold to us by a corrupt system of government that told you that a bunch of foreigners attacked the twin towers in New York and then, in turn, attacks a country (Iraq) that has nothing to do with the attacks; and in the end, that government attacks its own American citizens (Leviticus 26:15-17).

This is the same Homeland Security that was stacked with Muslim Brotherhood operatives after September 11, 2001 by that of Barack Obama during his criminal incumbency. Remember that we were told that we were under attack by the Muslims for 18 years by the Mainstream media (John8:44).

https://investortimes.com/freedomoutpost/sharia-advisers-barack-obamas-muslim-appointees/?fbclid=IwAR2gUxA3Iz-XqqG4e5ru-9wbvn_PiQFTYFarmhOYef2BtK99c9HrMdocr8Y

The same Homeland Security was ushering in illegals into America thereby further endangering the American people (Deuteronomy 28:43).

https://www.judicialwatch.org/dhs-quietly-moving-releasing-vanloads-illegal-aliens-away-border/

Well, now knowing this, and this is just the tip of the iceberg, it should come as no surprise that this is the same unconstitutional agency illegally trafficking young children (Luke 17:2).

Banned Video just found that the DHS is trafficking 30-40,000 kids illegally through the state of Texas.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XXII

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

The World of the Left is Like a Well-Used Litter Box

by Kat Stansell

August 23, 2022

Anyone who has ever had pet cats will understand this reference immediately. If you have not, try to extrapolate, and take my word for a few things. The box can contain some pretty ugly “surprises”. It may look only slightly used on the surface, but when you dig…well, you know.

First, a litter box has a purpose. Things done in it get buried, often deeply. Second, the deposits always smell bad. Left uncleaned, the stench will fill the entire house.

The innocent animal uses a litter box to deposit its ugliest truths; most of the time, it hits the enclosed area, sometimes things are left outside the box – by accident or on purpose, one never really knows…. They always try to cover it up, though, regardless of the landing area. Cats do that because they don’t like their own stink.

The Left is proud of their foul droppings but hides them so we can’t see. Apparently they don’t comprehend how much the rest of us can smell. Or , aren’t concerned if we do. Let me elaborate.

Recently I enjoyed an article in the Canada Free Press, wherein the author gave a good list of some of the turds the Left has dropped in public for us all to enjoy. He was more polite about it, but I’ve lost my desire to be even mildly courteous to this regime.

I won’t give you the entire list of droppings, because have already groaned or screamed over many of them, but here’s few to get things into focus. Let’s start with Pelosi; she is the reigning queen of crap.

“You need to vote for Democrats. Otherwise the illegal aliens will lose their rights”!
“You don’t need God anymore; you have us Democrats.”
Then, of course, the one that has become a classic, “We just have to pass the (Obama healthcare) bill to see what’s in it.”
Obama the great divider, was pretty good at spewing excrement too. By now, we’ve heard (or smelled) all this before:
You have a business; you didn’t build that. Someone else did!”
America is, is no longer, uh, what it, uh, could be, uh, what it once was, uh, and I say to myself, uh…..” Obviously, spoken without teleprompter.
“I have campaigned in all 57 states.” Spoken like someone who doesn’t know much about the country where he (wasn’t) born.

Speaking of not knowing much about your country, the ever- braying AOC said, “Owning guns is not a right. If it were a right, it would be in the Constitution.” I’ll stop with just one…she is a ripe source of offal. Awful, too, now that I think about it…

Then a current goody from the lips of the ever-obnoxious Elizabeth Warren, christened long ago as “Lieawatha”, (Why do these lefties have such trouble with their roots? Could it be

because they’re shallow and rotted? Or transplanted?) I’ll skip the Native American heritage turd; we’ve already scooped that one out.

*”Having an abortion is no different that having one’s tonsils removed,” says Lizzie. Really.? Ending a life is no different than removing an infected piece of blood filter? The physical remains of the tonsils get dropped into a surgical waste pail, while the Luciferian Left profits from the sale of the aborted fetuses. Yes, the profit motive is behind every abortion. Don’t let the stink they make about “women’s health care rights” cause your eyes to water and obscure the truth. They march for their profits, not anyone’s health.

On a lighter note, ol’ Sheila Jackson Lee has informed us that “homicide is the leading cause of murder.” Don’t you feel better knowing that people like this are leading our country?

The Vice-Dimwit in the White House, Kamala, has had laid so many turds in public that they are impossible to scoop up. She just keeps stepping in them. One of my favorites is, “Gorsuch isn’t fit to serve (in the Supreme Court) because he uses law and not emotions.”

Our Constitution and its body of law is foreign to these people; they have not a clue as to what it says or means. They just want to shred it, and defecate in its remains.

The Dimwit-in-Chief shows his disrespect for our great founding documents, and his ignorance of us at the same time, when he blurts out, “No ordinary American cares about Constitutional rights.” Dear Joe, OH, we care, alright. Don’t push it.

Still my favorite in the category of public dung-dropping, is Biden’s brag, ahead of the 2020 general election. To a very small crowd in GA, he babbled, “We’re in a situation where we have put together, and you guys did it for President Obama’s

administration before this, we have put together, I think, THE MOST EXTENSIVE AND INCLUSIVE VOTER FRAUD ORGANIZATION IN THE HISTORY OF AMERICA.” Sure they won

in 2020. Sure they won’t try it again and again. Sure.

* * *

SO much crap, SO many lies, SO few skills and abilities to run a country! The fire hose of utter BS from which we are expected to drink, courtesy of this “administration” and it’s lapdog media, is enough to gag the best of us at times. The amount of lies and criminal – even treasonous – dealings they The fumes are gagging the country. The Left’s big box of awful offal is far more than we should be expected to bear. Like a disgusting cat pan, it brings tears to my eyes. I cannot let it stay the way it is.

It’s the utter disrespect for the American citizen that infuriates me, and, I hope, you as well! There is not a thing about the average hard-working American that they respect. The good people of this country are of no import whatsoever except as a source of revenue.

They believe that we are stupid and not worthy of intelligent exchange. They believe we deserve to be on our knees to their demands. Just shut up and pay, they tell us. They do believe that they are the Superior Power, and that we and our God must obey them and their Dark Angel.

It’s OUR bad, as the kids say, if we allow this to continue – our bad, and quite probably our end, as residents of a free country. We MUST act, where our power is strongest and most effective – our local communities.

Local action is not an option. It is a requirement of a free people. Stand up for your rights, or “you will have nothing and like it.”

If you think things already stink to high heaven in DC, just wait. If nobody cleans and disinfects the federal litter box soon, Lady Liberty will be asphyxiated, and her light will be extinguished forever.

Politicians will always need to keep a litter box handy, for hiding their crap. It’s just the nature of the beast. We just need to remember it’s there, and keep it as clean as possible, to allow Freedom to flourish in fresh air.

Not trying to be catty. Just sayin’…

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

The American Gestapo

By Kelleigh Nelson

August 23, 2022

You’ve got the NSA doing all this collecting of material on all of its citizens – that’s what the SS (Schutzstaffel), the Gestapo, the Stasi, the KGB, and the NKVD did. (NKVD is The People’s Commissariat for Internal Affairs.) —William Binney – Former intelligence official with the United States National Security Agency and whistleblower.

We must rid this nation of the United Nations, which provides the communist conspiracy with a headquarters here on our own shores, and which actually makes it impossible for the United States to form its own decisions about its conduct and policies in Europe and Asia. —John T. Flynn – author of While You Slept

Experience hath shewn, that even under the best forms of government those entrusted with power have, in time, and by slow operations, perverted it into tyranny. —Thomas Jefferson

No cause is left but the most ancient of all, the one, in fact, that from the beginning of our history has determined the very existence of politics, the cause of freedom versus tyranny. —Hannah Arendt

“Not yet, O Freedom! close thy lids in slumber, for thine enemy never sleeps” comes from William Cullen Bryant’s poem, The Antiquity of Freedom. Close not your eyes in slumber fellow citizens, but rise as warriors for the cause of freedom!

Are Americans so weak that they will keep their heads down and hope the evil passes? Are they so propagandized by the Democrat’s media comrades that they believe what is happening is righteous? Or are they oblivious to the very threats of evil occurring in our nation and around the world?

Not only are we a nation now known for genocide, we mirror third world tyrannical dictatorships. Hitler had his Gestapo and Biden has the armed federal agencies, including the entire intelligence community. Do our fellow citizens have a clue what the Gestapo represented? Afterall, few government schools teach world history, much less American history and the US Constitution.

Hitler’s Gestapo

In 1933, Hermann Goring combined the various political police agencies into an organization. It was called the Gestapo, an abbreviation of Geheime Staatspolizei, the official secret police of Nazi Germany. They were the policing arm of the dictator in charge. Goring’s Prussian Secret Police force was originally formed in 1851 with the police forces of Austria, Prussia, Bavaria, Saxony, Hanover, Baden and Wurttemberg. They were initially organized to suppress political dissent in the wake of the 1848 revolutions which spread across Germany. In previous articles I’ve mentioned the 1848ers who emigrated to America after their attempts to establish socialism failed in Europe. In 1933, Hermann Goring recreated them with the Gestapo, and in 1936, it became a branch of the Schutzstaffel (SS) run by Heinrich Himmler.

Think we don’t have the same thing here in America? We certainly do. Like Lenin, Stalin, Pol Pot, Hitler, Mussolini, Ho Chi Minh and others, Biden used dictatorial powers and his politicized DOJ in a huge show of force against an opposition leader and former president. The August 8^th FBI raid on Mar-A-Lago was a wild abuse of power. We have seen these actions in other countries where it is immediately denounced as an act of a dictator.

Mainstream media comrades have always called January 6^th an insurrection and attack, albeit the billions of dollars of damages incurred nationwide by BLM and Antifa communists is never mentioned. According to Roll Call’s article of April 2021, “Capitol hill lawmakers were grappling with how best to respond to the rising threat of violent white supremacy nationally. Lawmakers are divided over the need for a new domestic terrorism law. Every single democrat agrees that right-wing violence has become an alarming problem.”

What absolute rubbish!

The psychological projection propaganda used by Saul Alinsky acolytes in politics and media has much of America’s electorate fooled enough to believe conservatives are a danger. Yet, every violent insurrection in America during the COVID nightmare over George Floyd’s death was perpetrated by communists whose aim is to incite riots and division. The democrats, mainstream media and Justice Departments supported them, bailed them out, dismissed charges and squelched the truth of their roots and actions.

Church Committee Report – 1976

The 1970’s Church Committee Report details the dark history of the corrupt FBI, NSA and CIA propaganda and political interference. The Committee was chaired by Frank Church (D-ID) and Vice Chairman, John G. Tower (R-TX).

The Church Committee’s reports have been said to constitute the most extensive review of intelligence activities ever made available to the public. Much of the contents were classified, but over 50,000 pages were declassified under the President John F. Kennedy Assassination Records Collection Act of 1992.

Writing for LifeSite News, on August 4, 2022, Robert L. Kinney III notes that the “agency previously engaged in ‘covert efforts to influence social policy and political action’ and at times used methods ‘reminiscent of the tactics of totalitarian regimes,’” as noted in an April 1976 Senate report called “Intelligence Activities and the Rights of Americans.”

The following two paragraphs are from the Senate Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence Activities.

After holding 126 full committee meetings, 40 subcommittee hearings, interviewing some 800 witnesses in public and closed sessions, and combing through 110,000 documents, the committee published its final report on April 29, 1976. Investigators determined that, beginning with President Franklin Roosevelt’s administration and continuing through the early 1970s, “intelligence excesses, at home and abroad,” were not the “product of any single party, administration, or man,” but had developed as America rose to a become a superpower during a global Cold War.

“Intelligence agencies have undermined the constitutional rights of citizens,” the final report concluded, “primarily because checks and balances designed by the framers of the Constitution to assure accountability have not been applied.” In a separate appended view, Senator Tower acknowledged “intelligence excesses” and the “need for expanded legislative, executive, and judicial involvement in intelligence policy and practices.”

The reports on the intelligence agencies are 46 years old, and confirm that they are the most weaponized and politicized agencies against the American people and our Constitutional Republic. They are a menace and a danger to our citizens.

They are today’s American Gestapo.

Armed U.S. Agencies

The DOJ has been weaponized for years, and every single one of our 18 intelligence agencies is likewise politicized, including our military. Many are funded by largely classified budgets. Agencies you’d never suspect would need firearms are now armed.

John Watson’s American Thinker article of June 18, 2020, Where are All the Guns and Ammo Purchased Under Obama, gives us a good idea of the arming of civilian government employees during the Obama regime. The author quotes Obama’s troublesome statement during his campaign.

We cannot continue to rely only on our military … we’ve got to have a civilian security force just as powerful, just as strong, just as well-funded. We cannot continue to rely only on our military in order to achieve the national security objectives we’ve set.

Like Herman Goring, Obama and Biden are creating an armed federal police force.

Watson then continues and lists all the various agencies who are now heavily armed, as well as the largess spent on ammunition and firearms. (The government purchased over a billion pieces of ammunition, causing a national shortage.) Agencies include the Small Business Association, The Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, The Department of Health and Human Services, the Smithsonian, Social Security, the Forest Service, National Park Service, and Inspector General’s Office and tons more.

Some of these agencies are armed with sophisticated weaponry normally carried by special forces.

Are these government employees the new “civilian security force?”

The American Gestapo?

The Department of Homeland Security, the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, and the IRS are three of the largest and most dangerous agencies to citizens of the once free republic, and they’re all heavily armed.

DHS

The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) put out a National Terrorism Advisory System Bulletin on Feb. 7, 2022, stating that, “The United States remains in a heightened threat environment fueled by several factors, including an online environment filled with false or misleading narratives and conspiracy theories, and other forms of mis- dis- and mal-information (MDM) introduced and/or amplified by foreign and domestic threat actors. These threat actors seek to exacerbate societal friction to sow discord and undermine public trust in government institutions to encourage unrest, which could potentially inspire acts of violence.”

No mention of Antifa or BLM.

On August 16, 2022 James O’Keefe’s Project Veritas released a leaked DHS document on Domestic Violent Extremists (DVEs) in wake of the FBI’s raid of Trump’s Florida residence. Here is the leaked bulletin.

Document lists perception of “government overreach” and “election fraud” as red flags.
“The threats we have observed, to date, underscore that DVEs may view the 2022 midterm election as an additional flashpoint around which to escalate threats against perceived ideological opponents, including federal law enforcement personnel.”
“Information contained in this intelligence bulletin is for official use only. No portion of this bulletin should be released to the media, the general public, or over nonsecure Internet servers. Release of this material could adversely affect or jeopardize investigative activities.”

Again, communist groups, Antifa and BLM, are never mentioned. However, Fox News tells us that the rosary has now become an extremist symbol, because they claim Catholics are a growing contingent of Christian nationalism! And just what is wrong with being a Christian nationalist?

ATF

Let us not forget the DOJ’s Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF). The ATF has a corrupt and abusive history, just as does the FBI and CIA. Harry S. Truman, Stalin’s number one choice for American president, created the CIA by presidential directive in 1946. (Page 41, Red Rat Race, by Morris Bealle)

An ATF agent allegedly created an illegal gun registry of Black Metal Firearms in Mesa, Arizona with her personal cell phone. That has been the agency’s goal as they have acquired nearly one billion 4473 “background check” forms to pin down how many and which Americans are purchasing firearms. This action by the ATF is an attempt to establish a permanent National Gun Registry, the first step towards outright gun confiscation. It is illegal, and unconstitutional, but they have it. The ATF was involved in the Waco Siege and Operation Fast and Furious, which left U.S. Border Patrol Agent, Brian Terry, and hundreds of Mexican citizens dead. The ATF needs to be eliminated.

IRS

As for the Internal Revenue Service, the recent $770 billion Inflation Reduction Act. will double the size of the IRS, and authorize it to hire up to 87,000 additional employees as well as an additional $80 billion in funding. The IRS currently has 93,654 employees. Their budget last year was $12.6 billion. On August 10^th, National Review exposed the job listing for new agents “willing to use deadly force,” and then the IRS pulled the job post. Open the Books investigation showed that by 2019, the agency had spent over 20 million on guns, ammo, and military style equipment. How much more will $80 billion purchase?

Watch the alleged IRS “training” video here:

Any idea of what all those new armed agents are going to do? Their targets are defined as domestic terrorists. The DOJ classifies them as conservatives and Trump supporters along with parents who are unhappy with what is happening in the government controlled public schools.

The elite want the middle class totally destroyed, losing 46% of small businesses during COVID and the Antifa and BLM riots wasn’t enough for them. What is left of America’s small businesses will also be a new target…the harassment will be endorsed and promoted by Biden’s weaponized agencies. They’re coming after those earning $400K or less.

Small businesses operate on a tight marginal basis, not having the ability to survive a full up audit. In his August 7, 2022 article, John Hinderacker of Power Line believes that the new hires will be used like Lois Lerner was doing, going after conservative 501(c)(3) groups and political campaigns in order to shift the political wars in the democrats’ favor. Lois Lerner ended up being a test run, a successful test run congressional democrats just turned into a business model.

Most law-abiding citizens know they have something to fear from a state agency that doesn’t concern itself with due process, has no regard for your privacy and is empowered to target anyone it wants without any genuine oversight.

An American Gestapo.

The Enemies List

Trump allies and constitutional conservatives are the enemies of the illegitimate neo-Marxist collectivists. Aaron Kliegman’s August 17^th article in John Solomon’s Just the News documents the blacklisting of conservatives who have been targeted by the DOJ.

From Mike Flynn to Rudy Giuliani, from Roger Stone and Paul Manafort to Peter Navarro and Steve Bannon, a long list of Trump allies and Biden critics have been probed, raided, handcuffed, charged, and jailed by the Justice Department.

John Solomon’s June 6^th article chronicled the two-tiered justice system. In just one comparison, Eric Holder escaped punishment of contempt of congress charges for not complying with a congressional subpoena in the Fast and Furious scandal and his own DOJ department failed to prosecute him. Ten years later, academic Peter Navarro “was handcuffed and shackled after being indicted for contempt of Congress for refusing to comply with a congressional subpoena.”

Worse yet, those who supported our 45^th president and went to the January 6^th 2021 rally are excoriated as lawbreakers in what was called an insurrection worse than Pearl Harbor and 9/11. John Solomon’s January 26, 2022 article tells us, “Trump gave the order to ‘make sure’ January 6 rally was ‘safe event,’ Pentagon memo shows.” Former career federal prosecutor, David Sullivan said the entire hearings lacked an accountability process and both the Justice Department and congressional hearings raised questions of fairness and gave viewers a reason to tune out what proved to be “very scripted” interrogations. Mr. Sullivan called the hearings Stalinist.

American Tyranny

John Guandolo stated the following in his August 10, 2022 article on his website, Understanding the Threat, “The Stalinist tactics should not surprise us. Why?”

This is the same federal government that:

Put America in debt to the tune of over $30 TRILLION dollars.
Let over 100,000 illegals into America each month while paying them and transporting them across America on the tax payer dime.
Funds the Iranian regime so it can develop a nuclear weapon.
Funds and supports terrorists of Al Qaeda, Hamas, the Taliban and others.
Supported the Chinese communist Black Lives Matter organization as it burned down American cities and killed American citizens on the streets.
Told us “There is no organized Antifa” while Antifa burned down American cities and killed American citizens.
Illegally electronically surveilled the President of the United States, his family and his staff with no prosecutions after 6 years.
Calls the MAGA Movement “the most dangerous political movement in American history” and targets Patriots for prosecution and persecution while wittingly lets felons free from jail and fails to prosecute high government officials for treason, sedition, and other crimes.

And the list goes on.

Conclusion

Love him or hate him, Donald Trump has been a target of the left since 2015 and the raid on Mar-A-Lago was an obvious abuse of politicized power. This easily should have and could have gone through attorneys, but the DOJ loves using their comrades in the media to convince the propagandized and deliberately dumbed down Americans that Trump is a criminal with their explosive use of force.

Why would they take the family passports? Why would they take Roger Stone’s pardon when it was on the front page of the Washington Post? Why would they take declassified materials? Because the DOJ, i.e., Attorney General Merrick Garland gave them license to do so through approval of the warrant by Judge Bruce Reinhart who should have recused himself.

Trump is the target, but what has been done to him and the people who worked for him can be done to the average citizen. This time it’s not just our Jewish brethren, it’s all of us.

The enemies of freedom have created Obama’s civilian security force.

They are the American Gestapo.

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

How and Why Republicans Lose Elections

By Cliff Kincaid

August 23, 2022

Although Republican Mitt Romney lost an easily winnable election in 2012, many conservative commentators and analysts believed that Romney would win no matter what Obama threw at him. These same commentators predicted Donald J. Trump would lose in 2016.

Romney got only 48 percent of the vote, just two points more than Senator John McCain’s (R-AZ) total in 2008.

Bombarded with messages from the Obama campaign and the Soros-funded propaganda machine, including the Super PACs he funded, voters found Romney’s private sector experience on Wall Street and wealth more objectionable than Obama’s record as a Marxist president. Romney, acting on the advice of Karl Rove, never uttered the word “Marxist” or “socialist” when talking about Obama. Romney ran a campaign that was designed in part to win the votes of those who went for Obama in 2008. It was a disaster in the making that many prominent conservatives in the media did not see coming.

Are they repeating these errors as they predict a “Red Wave” this November?

Contrary to what Senator Mitch McConnell says, when he implies Trump-backed candidates lack “quality,” the problem is failing to recognize the nature of the opposition.

Going back in time, to understand Obama’s victory, we need to remember where the Republicans and their main mouthpiece, Fox News, went wrong, and how they could go wrong again. These people are never held accountable for their faulty predictions.

Fox News pundits, led by Karl Rove, underestimated the aggressive nature of the Obama political machine and its ability to exploit economic, class, and cultural divisions in society for political gain. They also demonstrated no real understanding of how the new progressive infrastructure, financed largely by George Soros, had assumed great importance for the Democratic Party. My group, America’s Survival, Inc. (ASI) began exposing this infrastructure when we held our October 27, 2011 National Press Club “Soros Files” conference.

Mitt Romney and other top Republicans, such as Karl Rove, steered away from any involvement in charges that Obama was a Marxist or socialist with a mysterious past that needed to be investigated. Rove, Former Deputy Chief of Staff and Senior Advisor to President George W. Bush, became famous on Fox News programs as “The Architect” and “Bush’s Brain” for George W. Bush’s two electoral victories. But Rove and his investors were the biggest losers on Election Day 2012 and haven’t learned any lessons.

Rove had raised $330 million for anti-Obama advertising through his Super PAC, American Crossroads, but had been advising Republicans NOT to call Obama a socialist or left-winger. Rove believed that undecided, moderate or left-leaning voters would jump to Obama’s side if that charge were leveled against him. “If you say he’s a socialist, they’ll go to defend him,” Rove said. “If you call him a ‘far out left-winger,’ they’ll say, ‘no, no, he’s not.’” Rove said Romney had to remain “focused on the facts and adopt a respectful tone” toward Obama.

That meant:

No talk of Obama’s communist mentor, Frank Marshall Davis.
No talk of his backing from the Communist Party USA, Democratic Socialists of America, and other such groups.
No talk of his extremely close personal relations with such figures as Hugo Chavez of Venezuela and the rulers of Russia.
No talk of how Obama couldn’t pass a basic background check in order to get a low-level federal job.

Americans were faced with a Marxist President in the White House and yet the “Party Boss” of the GOP, Karl Rove, wanted to be “respectful” toward Obama and refused to discuss his true nature. It was a recipe for disaster.

Here are the predictions from that time:

Rove had predicted Romney would get 285 electoral votes to Obama’s 253.
Also on Fox, Michael Barone had predicted a Romney victory.
The Weekly Standard had run a story, “Why Romney Would Win.”
The late Charles Krauthammer was on Sean Hannity’s show, saying the race would be close, but Romney would win.
Dick Morris said Romney would win the popular vote by 5 to 10 points.
Glenn Beck said Romney would win the electoral College by 321-217.
Larry Kudlow predicted a Romney landslide.
Ann Coulter said she was “confident” of a Romney victory.
Hugh Hewitt said Romney would win because the economy was tanking.
Matt Vespa at Red State: “My Prediction: Romney Wins Comfortably.”
Edward Morrissey (Hot Air): “Joe Biden Can’t Save Obama.”
James Pethokoukis of the American Enterprise Institute said, “…Mitt Romney will be elected the 45th President of the United States, winning the two-party popular vote 51% to 49% and the electoral vote by 301 to 237 for President Obama.”

Republicans and many conservatives still fail to grasp that Marxism is a means of obtaining power and maintaining power over the people, in the name of the people and “the struggle.” The two main aspects of Marxism, mastered by Obama and top Democrats, are:

Exploitation of alleged vulnerable populations and groups – workers, minorities, women, immigrants, homosexuals, animals, the earth, etc.
Abolition of private property, the traditional family, and traditional values and institutions.

The late author, Robert Chandler, described how the “New Marxism” was based on the premise that “the problem with Karl Marx was that he was not Marxist enough.” While

Marx focused on workers, there were many others who also were seen to be exploited by the capitalist system, including women, racial minorities, sexual libertines, and many other social and economic victims of so-called “neoliberalism” or the free market philosophy.

The left called for “Marxist renewal and re-emergence” by constantly expanding the “victims” of capitalism. Hence, homosexuals have now been superseded by transgenders.

In 2016, Republicans and conservatives repeated their mistakes.

“Addressing a luncheon of Republican governors and donors in Washington on Feb. 19,” reported the New York Times, referring to Rove in 2016, “he warned that Donald J. Trump’s increasingly likely nomination would be catastrophic, dooming the party in November.”

Veteran conservative journalist Fred Barnes wrote a Wall Street Journal article about how the campaign of Donald Trump, was supposedly dividing and weakening the Republican Party — thus guaranteeing a Democratic Party win in November. Matt Walsh at Glenn Beck’s The Blaze commented that Hillary Clinton would be elected president “because Republican voters decided to squander the best GOP field in decades by flocking to a cut-rate impostor in an expensive suit…”

Commentators get things wrong, and that doesn’t disqualify them from continuing to hold their jobs and make predictions. But getting elections wrong, without analyzing whether the “progressives” are still outsmarting the Republicans, is a recipe for another disaster.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

Can Congress Create Term Limits for the Supreme Court?

By Paul Engel

August 22, 2022

Since attempts to pack the Supreme Court has failed, is there another way for the politicians to take control of the court?
What are the constitutional issues with attempting to place term limits on the court via legislation rather than amending the Constitution?
There is more to this legislation that just limiting the terms of Supreme Court Justices.

After years of trying to pack the Supreme Court, there’s been a new attempt to take control of the third branch of government. Rather than placing extra justices on the court (all of which would be appointed by the current President), they want to set term limits for, and a complicated method of, appointing justices. Is any of this constitutional? How will Congress and the courts react to this abuse of power? Will the American people meekly sit back and watch while the Constitution is once again set aside by Congress for political ends? What would happen to America if this legislation is allowed to see the light of day?

Term limits in general are a controversial subject. Many believe that allowing people to remain in an office for extended periods of time is detrimental to the republic, while others value the experience that comes with time in service. Still, when it comes to offices created by the Constitution of the United States, is legislation all that is required to establish term limits? A brief look at our history should provide the answer.

Presidential Term Limits

After serving two terms, Franklin D. Roosevelt told the Democratic convention that he would run only if drafted. Roosevelt won nomination on the first ballot then won a decisive victory over Wendell Willkie, becoming the only President to serve more than eight years. Term limits became an issue during Roosevelt’s 1944 campaign against Thomas Dewey. As Dewey put it:

“ four terms, or sixteen years is the most dangerous threat to our freedom ever proposed.”

FDR, Dewey, and the Election of 1944. – Jordan, David M. (2011)

Though he won the 1944 election, President Roosevelt died just 82 days after his fourth inauguration on April 12, 1945. However, after the mid-term elections in 1946, Republicans took control of both the House of Representatives and the Senate by campaigning on the issue of Presidential term limits. To fulfill their election promise, Congress did not simply offer legislation, but a resolution to amend the Constitution itself. The language that was sent to the states became the Twenty-Second Amendment.

No person shall be elected to the office of the President more than twice, and no person who has held the office of President, or acted as President, for more than two years of a term to which some other person was elected President shall be elected to the office of the President more than once.

Why was it necessary for Congress to propose a constitutional amendment to impose term limits on the President? Because the language of the Constitution does not place a limit on the number of terms a President serves.

The executive Power shall be vested in a President of the United States of America. He shall hold his Office during the Term of four Years, and, together with the Vice President, chosen for the same Term, be elected, as follows

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 1, Clause 1

Since only laws of the United States made pursuant to the Constitution can be valid, the only way to impose term limits on the President was by an amendment.

Supreme Court Term Limits

The first problem with H.R. 5140 is the fact that it violates the supreme law of the land.

This Act may be cited as the “Supreme Court Term Limits and Regular Appointments Act of 2021”.

H.R. 5140, Section 1

Congress does not have the legal authority to set term limits on the Supreme Court of the United States. Congress can determine the number of justices, primarily by the advice and consent of the Senate, but there is nothing in the Constitution that allows Congress to set term limits or to force a justice to step down except via the impeachment process that requires the bad actions of the justice.

The Judges, both of the supreme and inferior Courts, shall hold their Offices during good Behaviour,

U.S. Constitution, Article III, Section 1

This legislation starts by establishing a schedule for appointing justices to the Supreme Court.

“The President shall, during the first and third years after a year in which there is a Presidential election, nominate, and by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, appoint one Justice of the Supreme Court.

H.R. 5140, Section 2

Right off the bat, we run into several problems. First, Congress does not have the legal authority to force the President to nominate federal justices. While the President is required to execute the laws of the United States, that does not include when they infringe on the powers delegated to him by the Constitution.

He shall have Power, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Senate, to make Treaties, provided two thirds of the Senators present concur; and he shall nominate, and by and with the Advice and Consent of the Senate, shall appoint Ambassadors, other public Ministers and Consuls, Judges of the supreme Court,

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 2, Clause 2

The second problem this section of the legislation creates is too many justices. Congress has placed a limit on the number of Justices at nine.

The Supreme Court of the United States shall consist of a Chief Justice of the United States and eight associate justices, any six of whom shall constitute a quorum.

28 U.S.C. §1

So how would Congress deal with this particular problem? By effectively replacing all of the justices.

“(a) In General.—Except as provided in subsection (c), the panel of justices exercising Judicial power in Cases and Controversies shall comprise the nine most junior Justices.

“(b) Deemed Retired.—After a Justice has served 18 years, that Justice shall be deemed a Justice retired from regular active service under section 371(b).

“(c) Exception.—No Justice appointed before the date of enactment of this Act shall be counted toward the panel of nine Justices described in subsection (a), nor shall they be required to retire from regular active service under subsection (b).

H.R. 5140, Section 2

So Congress plans to simply “put out to pasture” the most senior justices as they add new ones? Did you notice this panel of nine justices are not exercising the powers of the Supreme Court, but judicial powers in general? Furthermore, subsection (c) says that the current justices are not counted toward the panel of nine justices who are to exercise the judicial power. Does that mean they are immediately removed from the court, even if they’ve served less that 18 years? It does say they will not be required to retire, but they cannot serve on the panel, so what would they be doing? Also, since the currently sitting justices could not be on this panel, does that mean we effectively start with one justice on the Supreme Court, and wait for years for more to be appointed?

“If the Senate does not exercise its advice and consent authority with respect to a President’s nominee to the Supreme Court within 120 days after the nomination, the Senate shall be deemed to have waived its advice and consent authority with respect to such nominee, and the nominee shall be seated as a Justice of the SupremeCourt.”.

H.R. 5140, Section 2

H.R. 5140 wants to put a 120 day time limit on the Senate’s advice and consent role, but what defines the Senate exercising its authority to advice and consent? Would the Senate Majority Leader be advising the Senate to not hear nominations by exercising its advice authority? Would there have to be a vote? Isn’t this infringing on the authority of the Senate to set their own rules for their own proceedings?

Each House may determine the Rules of its Proceedings, …

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 5, Clause 2

As another insult to the Constitution, this legislation would create a new type of justice called a “Senior Justice”. Just what would the “Senior Justice” do?

“(a) Any Chief Justice of the United States or Associate Justice of the Supreme Court who has retired from regular active service under section 371(b) of this title shall be known and designated as a Senior Justice and may continue to perform such judicial duties as such Justice is willing and able to undertake, when designated and assigned by the Chief Justice of the United States.”;

H.R. 5140, Section 3

I’m not sure quite what to call this? Semi-retirement? This does, however, give us a clue as to what this legislation is all abut, and what the ultimate goals of the sponsors are.

Conclusion

While the official title of this legislation is “Supreme Court Term Limits and Regular Appointments Act of 2021”, it should be called “The Reinvent the Federal Judiciary Act”. Not only is Congress claiming the authority to change the duration of a justice’s service, but also how and when they are appointed, by creating a “post court” position they may fill.

Whether you think there should be term limits for justices on the Supreme Court, or federal judges in general, it cannot legally be done by simple legislation. What these Congressmen want to do requires an amendment to the Constitution. If there’s one thing that has become obvious, it’s that Congress has become disconnected from the Constitution, their oaths of office, and any semblance of the rule of law.

If you support the Constitution, and want representatives who do the same, then you must contact your Representative and Senators to either demand that this legislation be turned into a proposal for a Constitutional amendment or simply discarded on the ash heap of history. If Congress can reshape the judiciary by simply passing legislation, why not the entire government? Why bother with a Constitutional Convention? Just let Congress recreate the United States in its own image. Wouldn’t that be awful?

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Protectionism vs Isolationism

By: Devvy

August 22, 2022

Way back in 1993 so many of us tried to warn Americans about the unconstitutional NAFTA (No American Factories Taking Applications) Agreement and what it would do to this country. Of course, back then there was no home Internet to speak of so we relied on newsletters, faxes and astronomical phone bills.

“What Congress will have before it is not a conventional trade agreement but the architecture of a new international system…a first step toward a new world order.” July 18, 1993, CFR/Trilateralist Henry Kissinger, LA Times on NAFTA.” That was a quote from my January 26, 2014 column, It’s War: Stop the TPP and TAFTA. That one column drives home the point about all those “free” trade treaties and how they would continue to destroy this country – first target the middle class. I hope you’ll take the time to read it.[1]

Boehner And McConnell Work To Kill Off America As We Know It – TPP [2] (Mine), May 5, 2015: “Off all the articles I’ve read which full explain this monstrosity, I encourage you to read the ones below:

Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP): Bigger and More Dangerous Than ObamaCare – “Like the infamous NAFTA trade agreement passed in the ’90s, the TPP would usher in another wave of outsourcing, as the remaining manufacturing and technology bases would be given incentives to move to Pacific Rim countries, resulting in millions more American job losses.”

Trans-Pacific Partnership To Facilitate U.S.-China Merger

Rand Paul to Obama: “Prioritize” Passage of Trans-Pacific Partnership – Like the two above, this one is packed with how American workers will lose their jobs if that treaty is passed.

There’s no question based on what’s been leaked this latest, treasonous sell out would achieve what the North American Union architects want so bad: an unlimited open border with Mexico bringing in more floods of unskilled workers, drugs, criminals and terrorists. It is such an assault on our Constitution and way of life it’s no wonder Barry Soetoro and his Republican supporters are doing everything they can to keep it secret – including the media. Why isn’t this a major subject of discussion on Greta, Hannity, O’Reilly or Megan Kelly? Where is ANY coverage about the dangers of that treaty on any “mainstream” or cable networks?

Full page ad, NY Times, April 15, 1994: 1944. Bretton Woods: The IMF and the World Bank. 1945: San Francisco: The United Nations. 1994, Marrakech: The World Trade Organization. History knows where it’s going. The final act of the Uruguay Round….to the WTO, the third pillar of the New World Order, along with the UN and the IMF.” Henry Kissinger, a tried and true traitor and Soviet agent recently said when asked the most important role Marxist Obama can play regarding the middle East: “Obama can give a new impetus to American foreign policy….his task is to step forward to create a new world.” [3]

Of course, Kissinger is a Bilderberg attendee as is Jared Kushner (Trump’s son-in-law) and the empty-headed darling of the communist left, Stacey Abrams. Bilderberg Post Mortem: What Is the Trump-Pompeo-Kushner-Bilderberg Connection All About?, June 10, 2019, The New American by William Jasper is a really must read: “Bilderberg’s annual roster brings together top-level politicos and government ministers with the titans of industry and finance — such as the leaders of Goldman Sachs, Deutsche Bank, Credit Suisse, Google, LinkedIn, Microsoft, Royal Dutch Shell, Kissinger Associates, Daimler, etc. — and the maestros of media manipulation, such as the Washington Post, WarnerMedia (formerly Time Warner), The Economist, Bloomberg News, NBC, and the Financial Times. Any sober, eyes-wide-open review of geo-political developments over the past several decades would show that Bilderberg has become a key coordinating event for the ruling global oligarchy, the shadow world government, the Deep State.”

Perhaps Pompeo & Kushner were there to see what the evil doers were planning next. Know your enemy. The one world government, one world religion globalists were on a roll with GATT/WTO ready to roll out despite all the warnings of what it would continue to destroy: Our three most important job sectors: Agriculture, manufacturing and industrial.

From my Oct. 1, 2002, column [4]: “U.S. Senator Ernest Hollings had just the opposite prediction, “…described the vote as ‘the gravest mistake the U.S. has ever made on economic policy.'”

“Hollings’ statement turned out to be right. Our nation has been plundered as a result of GATT and We the People, our businesses, our commerce, and our livelihoods, have been under attack ever since, losing virtually every single challenge made by some foreign country. On September 26, 2002, counterfeit U.S. Senator Max Baucus said he was deeply troubled by the WTO dispute settlement process and “Things are looking more and more… like a kangaroo court against U.S. trade laws.”

“Funny thing about Baucus’ stand on trade. He’s a “free” trader. On his web site it states, “I’ve also been a leader in the successful efforts to open Chinese markets to U.S. products and to bring China into the World Trade Organization.” Lie down with dogs, get up with fleas. Do business with our mortal enemy, the Communist Chinese? Remember, in October 2001, a video came out officially sanctioned by the Communist Chinese government which glorified the attacks on America last September 11, 2001, with the moderator chiming that we got what we deserved. That’s a fact.

“The vote on GATT was 76-24. Guess how many members of the entire Congress read GATT? One! Former counterfeit Senator Hank Brown (R-CO). He’s the only one who read this 28,000-page treaty and declared that in no way would he vote for it.

“During the hearings on this monster, French financier Sir James Goldsmith testified in front of Earnest Hollings’ committee. He demonstrated that GATT would gut the American textile market.

“Global free trade will force the poor of the rich countries to subsidize the rich in poor countries. What GATT means is that our national wealth, accumulated over centuries, will be transferred from a developed country like Britain to developing countries like Communist China, now building its first ocean going navy in 500 years.”

“China, with its 1.2 billion people, three Indochinese states with 900 million, the former Soviet republics with some 300 million, and many more can supply skilled labor for a fraction of Western costs. Five dollars in Communist China is the equivalent of a $100 wage in Europe.”

“It is quite amazing that GATT is sowing the seeds for global social upheaval and that it is not even the subject of debate in America….If the masses understood the truth about GATT, there would be blood in the streets of many capitals. A healthy national economy has to produce a large part of its own needs. It cannot simply import what it needs and use its labor force to provide services for other countries.”

“We have to rethink from top to bottom why we have elevated global free trade to the status of sacred cow, or moral dogma. It is a fatally flawed concept that will impoverish and destabilize the industrialized world while cruelly ravaging the Third World.” Billionaire Sir Goldsmith (now deceased) could see into the future, only it’s been far worse than he predicted.

Within five years following NAFTA we lost thousands of factories that had been providing long-term, steady employment. In a few short years our textile industry was gutted because of GATT. OUR ranchers and farmers suffered enormously: Find out why many Florida growers are calling for NAFTA renegotiations, May 18, 2021: “NAFTA, a treaty between Canada, Mexico, and the U.S., is the world’s largest free trade agreement. In short, the three countries agreed to remove trade barriers, and supporters believed this would enhance all three economies. In some ways, it has – particularly in the Grain Belt of the U.S., where exports of crops such as corn, soybeans, and wheat have more than quadrupled since 1994 – however, Florida’s experience has been different.

“In the Sunshine State, many fruit and vegetable farmers have gone bankrupt or are struggling to make ends meet because the U.S. is purchasing a significant amount of produce from Mexico due to cheaper prices. According to government data, Mexican imports have had a significant impact on Florida markets. Tomato imports have quadrupled to 3.57 billion pounds, and strawberry imports have risen six-fold to 568 million pounds since NAFTA was created. On the other hand, there has been a steady decline in both the acreage and production value of Florida crops such as bell peppers, tomatoes, squash, and eggplant since 1994, effectively putting farmers out of business.” NOT ME. I buy grown in USA or I go without and that includes fruit during the winter.

NAFTA’s replacement is one of the WORST trade agreements ever and it’s really, really too bad Trump signed such a disaster. I know Trump meant well when he signed the USMCA trade agreement but he was once again sold poison by his “advisors” that is killing America. He walked right into another trap set by billionaire globalists who had his ear.

The USMCA “Trade Agreement” Violates Our Constitution And Sets Up Global Government, Jan. 15, 2019 and USMCA “Trade Agreement”, the North American Union, an Article V convention, and Red Flag Laws: Connecting the Dots, Dec. 10, 2019 // Get US Out! of the USMCA – Instructions.

We warned turning America into an entertainment economy and paper pushing jobs (for foreign companies) would destroy this country’s independence, security and push us into being reliant on foreign countries to provide what WE had always manufactured and grown for Americans first. NAFTA & subsequent treaties destroyed the steel industry. So many thousands of good paying jobs gone.

I covered this as a guest on a radio show years ago. A caller said he wasn’t going to work on some damn farm or factory and was happy sitting in front of a computer everyday for his job. Well, good for you and God bless our ranchers and farmers barely hanging on today for feeding us. Like our fishing families, it’s grueling every day. And to the caller: Happy are you we are on our knees begging for goods and food from foreign countries who hate US? Damn fool. America’s great-great-great grandparents and some of our parents worked in factories that built this country and don’t forget our coal miners who are badly needed. Want to talk about a tough job? Far more dangerous than sitting in front of a computer.

“He, therefore, who is now against domestic manufacture, must be for reducing us either to dependence on that foreign nation, or to be clothed in skins, and to live like wild beasts in dens and caverns. I am not one of these; experience has taught me that manufactures are now as necessary to our independence as to our comfort; and if those who quote me as of a different opinion, will keep pace with me in purchasing nothing foreign where an equivalent of domestic fabric can be obtained, without regard to difference of price, it will not be our fault if we do not soon have a supply at home equal to our demand, and wrest that weapon of distress from the hand which has wielded it.” The Letters of Thomas Jefferson: 1743-1826. To Benjamin Austin Monticello, January 9, 1816

Fast forward and see what reality is as a result of “free” trade: Supply Chain Shock Triggers Perfect Storm At US Ports As Shipping Disruptions Break The System, August 16, 2022: “The supply chain breakdown is set to reach catastrophic levels during this peak shipping season, and the distortions we’re witnessing right now are just a hint of what’s coming next.”

Absolutely true: Supply Chain Problems Will Persist Because The System Is Being Sabotaged, August 5, 2022: “This is something that I and many other alternative economists have been talking about for a decade or more. The globalist dynamic of interdependency is a disaster waiting to happen, and now it’s happening. Without decentralized mining of raw materials, local manufacturing, locally sourced goods, local food production and locally integrated trade networks there can be no true stability. All it takes for the system to implode is one or two crisis events and the economy’s ability to meet public demand stagnates. The system doesn’t completely stop, but it does slowly shrivel and degrade.” (Emphasis mine.)

Remember 2020 and the Plandemic panic buying? Stores couldn’t keep stocked because so much of what WE used to manufacture and grow was coming from foreign countries. Hell, the COMMUNIST Chinese can bring America to her knees just on this one thing: ‘Made In China’ Includes Most US Medicines, Expert Says ‘It’s Mind Boggling’, Feb. 27, 2020

Today it’s all about the Internet, IT jobs, making videos of yourself as so-called “influencers” or dancing around nearly naked making big money at age 17, absurdly expensive ‘smart’ and IPhones glued to people’s ears and working for foreign companies (like cars & trucks, clothing, medicines, you name it) who take the profits OUT of this country instead of the profits staying here in OUR country.

Too many are too young to remember Detroit when it was considered one of the greatest cities in the world: How Detroit, the Motor City, turned into a ghost town, Oct. 31, 2009 – “There is little doubt that Detroit is ground zero for the parts of America that are still suffering. The city that was once one of the wealthiest in America is a decrepit, often surreal landscape of urban decline. It was once one of the greatest cities in the world. The birthplace of the American car industry, it boasted factories that at one time produced cars shipped over the globe. Its downtown was studded with architectural gems, and by the 1950s it boasted the highest median income and highest rate of home ownership of any major American city. Culturally it gave birth to Motown Records, named in homage to Detroit’s status as “Motor City”.

“Decades of white flight, coupled with the collapse of its manufacturing base, especially in its world-famous auto industry, have brought the city to its knees. Half a century ago it was still dubbed the “arsenal of democracy” and boasted almost two million citizens, making it the fourth-largest in America. Now that number has shrunk to 900,000.

“Its once proud suburbs now contain row after row of burnt-out houses. Empty factories and apartment buildings haunt the landscape, stripped bare by scavengers. Now almost a third of Detroit – covering a swath of land the size of San Francisco – has been abandoned. Tall grasses, shrubs and urban farms have sprung up in what were once stalwart working-class suburbs. Even downtown, one ruined skyscraper sprouts a pair of trees growing from the rubble.” (Emphasis mine).

Selling NAFTA by Congress and the biggest mouth being Newt Gingrich was America wants cheaper goods! Yep. NAFTA and the GATT/WTO gutted cities and towns across the country and there has been nothing cheap about it. Ask me because I’ve driven through hundreds from Sacramento to DC and back; north and southern routes several times. Downtown areas in smaller cities (pop 20,000 or less) became ghost towns. Small business owners, the backbone of our economy, went broke and ended up working at the big, shiny new Walmart full of Made in China or India. Americans fled to Indianapolis from outlying areas and states to find any kind of work but Indy’s infrastructure couldn’t take such a mass migration at the time. A mess.

Back in 1969, Ezra Taft Benson, former Secretary of Agriculture said in his outstanding book, An Enemy Hath Done This, pg 155:

“Already, I can hear the chorus chanting “Isolationism, isolationism, he’s turning back the clock to isolationism.” How many use that word without having the slightest idea of what it really means! The so-called isolationism of the United States in past decades is a pure myth.

“What is isolationism? Long before the current trend of revoking our Declaration of Independence under the guise of international cooperation, American influence and trade was felt in every region of the globe. Individuals and private groups spread knowledge, business, prosperity, religion, good will and, above all, respect throughout every foreign continent. It was not necessary then for America to give up her independence to have contact and influence with other countries. It is not necessary now.

“Yet, many Americans have been led to believe that our country is so strong that it can defend, feed and subsidize half the world, while at the same time believing that we are weak and “interdependent” that we cannot survive without pooling our resources and sovereignty with those we subsidize. If wanting no part of this kind of “logic” is isolationism, then it’s time we brought it back into vogue.”

At the risk of repeating myself, you can’t solve a problem until you go back to the beginning. Was/is there really a plot to destroy America as a sovereign nation and create a world government? Yes. Without question.

Hon. Marjorie S. Holt of Maryland, In the House of Representatives, January 19, 1976, page 240:

“Mrs. Holt: Mr. Speaker, many of us recently received a letter from the World Affairs Council of Philadelphia, inviting Members of Congress to participate in a ceremonial signing of “A Declaration of Interdependence” on January 30 in Congress Hall, adjacent to Independence Hall in Philadelphia. A number of Members of Congress have been invited to sign this document, lending their prestige to its theme, but I want the record to show my strong opposition to this declaration.

“It calls for surrender of our national sovereignty to international organizations. It declares that our economy should be regulated by international authorities. It proposes that we enter a “new world order” that would redistribute the wealth created by the American people. Mr. Speaker, this is an obscenity that defiles our Declaration of Independence, signed 200 years ago in Philadelphia. We fought a great Revolution for independence and individual liberty, but now It’s proposed that we participate in a world socialist order.

“Are we a proud and free people, or are we a carcass to be picked by the jackals of the world, who want to destroy us? When one cuts through the high-flown rhetoric of this “Declaration of Interdependence,” one finds key phrases that tell the story. For example, it states: “The economy of all nations is a seamless web, and that no one nation can any longer effectively maintain its processes of production and monetary systems without recognizing the necessity for collaborative regulation by international authorities.” How do you like the idea of “international authorities” controlling our production and monetary system, Mr. Speaker?”

Marxist Bill Clinton gave many rousing speeches in favor of “interdependence” with other nations and giving up our sovereignty. You can see reality today and what “free” trade has done to a once self-reliant, independent, sovereign nation who never had supply chain problems at ports as we are experiencing for nearly two years.

I know I’m always recommending books, but the only way I became educated on many issues was reading. No leisure time, no fishing; just learning time. Of course, today there are dozens of free non-censored video platforms. There are several books I have on “free” trade and how it’s destroyed millions of secure good paying jobs. The one to read to fully understand how our protectionist policies brought such wealth to OUR country and people is America’s Protectionist Take Off 1815-1914 by Michael Hudson:

“The contribution of the American School of Political Economy (1848 to 1914) to America’s wildly successful industrial development has disappeared from today’s history books. American protectionists and technology theorists of the day were concerned with securing an economic competitive advantage and conversely, with offsetting the soil depletion of 19th century America’s plantation export agriculture. They also emphasized the positive effect of rising wage levels and living standards on the productivity that made the American economic takeoff possible.

“The American School’s “Economy of High Wages” doctrine stands in contrast to the ideology of free traders everywhere who accept low wages and existing productivity as permanent and unchanging “givens,” and who treat higher consumption, health and educational standards merely as deadweight costs. Free trade logic remains the buttress of today’s financial austerity policies imposed on debtor economies by the United States, the World Bank, and the International Monetary Fund. By contrast, the lessons of the American School of Political Economy can provide a more realistic and positive role model for other countries to emulate – what the United States itself has done, not what its condescending “free-trade” diplomats are telling them to do. The lesson is to adopt the protectionist policies of the late 19th and early 20th centuries that made America an economic superpower.” (Emphasis mine).

Do We the People want to continue to be dependent upon foreign countries for our food, medicines, clothing, etc? Do we want this misery to continue or return to protecting and growing OUR major job sectors that made America the wealthiest and greatest country on the planet?

Stop buying foreign products. Go without. Tell the store you’re in you want Made in America. Use a search engine like duckduckgo.com or startpage.com (who don’t track you). List what you want to buy and Made in USA. There are thousands of businesses in America owned by Americans who produce and manufacture HERE and provide jobs for Americans who want your business.

Yeah, it might take a little longer and sometimes what you need just can’t be found made here but make the effort for America. Try to buy locally and stop enriching globalist corporations in this country that don’t give a damn about you, only about how many more billions they can haul in.

The more consumer pressure and lack of sales will get the message across. AND, we have to get out of all of those destructive “free” trade agreements and treaties, period. Yes, we can do fair trading but not at the expense of forfeiting America’s sovereignty and reducing our workforce to nothing more than ants for international corporations and corrupt regimes.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Footnotes – My columns:

[1] – It’s War: Stop the TPP and TAFTA

[2] – Boehner And McConnell Work To Kill Off America As We Know It – TPP

[3] – Congress refuses to bring home millions of jobs)

[4] – Is The Way Congress Votes Moral or Even Legal?

Take a good look at this map published in the Denver Post, August 30, 1992 before the unconstitutional NAFTA Agreement was signed into law by dirty traitor and serial adulterer, Bill Clinton on December 8, 1993. – A New North America. The globalists are going for the kill because millions and millions of Americans are finally waking up.

Nationally recognized investigative journalist and talk radio veteran Devvy Kidd speaks to “The Perils of NAU and the NAFTA Superhighway” at the Concerned Citizens Council Lecture Series in Big Spring, Texas, at Howard College. Much easier then to move drugs from Mexico, human smuggling and more foreign made goods while Americans suffer due to a thoroughly messed up supply chain.

Part 2: Will America Survive Our Multicultural Future? The Rest Of The Plan!

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 22, 2022

Part 2: The factors destroying America saturate every community with incompatible cultures, religions and languages

You hear it from all the talking pundits from Joe Scarborough, Jake Tapper, Chuck Todd, John Dickerson, Tucker Carlson…right down the local diner where middle Americans ponder what’s happening to our country.

“We’re so divided,” they call out in unison. “Worst division of America since Watergate….”

Without a doubt, race, religion, language, culture and politics can be deemed “The Great Dividers” in human history. What stuns me stems from the fact that some fat cats up in Washington DC tossed buckets of gasoline on the fire in 1965 with the Immigration Reform Act. You couldn’t have dreamed up a more destructive scenario for the United States. And man, oh man, it’s coming full circle on all of us.

You’ve got religious people screaming for pro-life while the pro-choice crowd paints threats on churches. After rescinding the Roe vs Wade Supreme Court decision, it created an even more violent divide in America. Ironically, 70 percent of Americans support pro-choice. But each side wants to “gut” the other side with screaming, fighting, placards and marches. There’s no middle ground.

Then you have the “race” card played virtually every day on every evening news cast. This month, a 30-year coach had to step down from the Oklahoma Sooners football program because he read one single racial word from a text he received. His 30 years were trashed in a nano-second.

At the same time, Black Lives Matter, a highly destructive organization that riots, pillages and plunders entire cities—doesn’t see any of its members being arrested or stopped from their anarchy. Along with that, Americans must be subject to “All Black TV” and “Black Entertainment Television”. If anyone ever dreamed of “All White TV” or “White Entertainment Television”, all hell would break loose.

America’s minorities are now dictating to the majority as to what the majority can say, do or how to act. Quotas for schools, quotas for movies, quotas for actors, quotas for pilots, quotas for advertisements, quotas to make certain of absolute inclusivity. But that doesn’t count for BET or All Black TV.

Since George Floyd, notice that 90 percent of all advertisements on TV are filled with minorities. It’s like the majority Caucasian group in America is being quickly relegated to the sidelines.

My Plan for Destroying America by Governor Richard Lamm

Lamm said, “I would then get the big foundations and big business to give these efforts lots of money. I would invest in ethnic identity, and I would establish the cult of victimology.”

If you listen to NPR on a weekend, it’s one story after another in America’s racist society. Ironically, about 90 percent of NPR’s audience is white. You would think that after being blamed for everything and endlessly brow-beaten, folks would turn off NPR.

Lamm said, “I would establish dual citizenship and promote divided loyalties. I would “celebrate diversity.” “Diversity” is a wonderfully seductive word. It stresses differences rather than commonalities.”

It’s been 19 years since I heard Governor Lamm’s speech. What stuns me is how fast his predictions are coming to pass. “Diversity” is killing American culture because that “diversity” antagonizes against everything “American.” One trip to Detroit or Minneapolis or San Francisco or LA or Miami…and you quickly understand our dilemma. Everyone self-segregates in restaurants, movies, pools and clubs.

Douglas Murray said exactly the same thing in his book: The Strange Death of Europe—Immigration, Identity, Islam. It literally shows the same progression that’s destroying Europe via mass immigration, is now accelerating in the USA. Like I said, visit Detroit, NYC, Miami, Chicago and/or any hugely impacted city in America, and you will see Murray’s book erupting before your eyes.

Lamm said, “Then I would place all these subjects off-limits–make it taboo to talk about. I would find a word similar to “heretic” in the 16th century that stopped discussion and paralyzed thinking.”

Just like that Sooners coach who was fired for reading one racial word in a text on his phone, everyone is terrified to speak up. It almost reminds me of when Hitler gained a toehold, then foothold and then his entire leg, and then his entire body into the politics of Germany. Once he gained so much power, he couldn’t be stopped.

Lamm said, “Lastly, I would censor Victor Davis Hanson’s book “Mexifornia” –this book is dangerous; it exposes my plan to destroy America.”

If you’ve ever heard Victor Davis Hanson interviews with Tucker Carlson, Hanson’s probably the smartest and wisest historian in America. His book predates Murray’s book by 20 years. Southern California has been devolved into El Norte Mexico of America.

What do you think it all means? Should any country ever intermingle incompatible cultures, religions and languages into its midst? Should it allow its own culture to be usurped, degraded and pushed into oblivion? Should it allow its majority to become a minority? Should it give up its language? Should it allow its majority religion to become non-existent?

Should Americans take history into their own hands or simply become victims of history?

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

The World Economic Forum and the Great Reset, Part 4

By Roger Anghis

August 21, 2022

The direction that the WEF is going is towards totalitarian enslavement. A quote from Klaus Schwab: To achieve a better outcome, the world must act jointly and swiftly to revamp all aspects of our societies and economies, from education to social contracts and working conditions. Every country, from the United States to China, must participate, and every industry, from oil and gas to tech, must be transformed. In short, we need a ‘Great Reset’ of capitalism. The problem they have with capitalism is it gives everyone that is willing to work an opportunity to attain wealth. The WEF does not want you to have that opportunity. They want you to be enslaved to them.

This is why the WEF is calling for the Great Reset. What is really disturbing is our government is going along with this plan to destroy our way of life. The Great Reset is caused by government manipulation, with the guidance of the World Economic Forum (WEF), the United Nations, and other elites, Rockefeller and Ford Foundations, etc., who believe they have the right to steer nations and economies into a new “totalitarian world order.” All of this is being fueled by green energy policy lies. The Greta Thunberg fools of the world are so propagandized with fear, it is impossible to reach them with truth. Unfortunately, many Americans have fallen prey to these lies.

The very core of the evil we’re seeing is a hatred of God and His Creation and a desire by those promoting this evil to be in control of humanity and become gods themselves. They belong to their father, the devil, and like those before them, Lenin, Stalin, Mao, Pol Pot, Hitler, Ceaușescu and so many others, their time is short.

Too many Americans surrendered their God-given freedoms out of fear of a lie, a lie promoted by evil entities throughout the world. “Protocols” were installed and millions were murdered in hospitals because we were told there was nothing that could save them except a vaccine! Millions have died and many more are disabled from the dangerous C-19 inoculations. Newstarget recently reported that Pfizer’s own documents admit that mRNA covid vaccines will result in mass depopulation.[1]

We need to look at how a totalitarian government initiates policies. Hannah Arendt, a holocaust survivor, wrote a book titled The Origins of Totalitarianism[2] and describes how this is done. Terror regimes use isolation as a weapon of oppression, and terror arrived in America in 2020 via the mainstream media’s fear propaganda. Even the conservative stations segregated all their hosts and spoke of nothing else but COVID. Anthony Fauci struck even more trepidation in Americans with his constant updates and statements of how dangerous the Wuhan virus would be to everyone. Deborah Birx and Robert Redfield echoed Fauci’s doctrine of lies.

Families were kept apart, children were kept from grandparents, nursing home elderly were sequestered from their loved ones, people were locked in their homes for months, and fearful mothers masked their toddlers. We were kept from each other, kept from standing close, kept from hugging others, kept from coffee and conversation. We were alone out of fear. We stood six feet or more from each other and mask Nazis raged at those who didn’t comply with face diapers. Fear promoted loneliness.

Hannah Arendt spoke of loneliness as the capacity to think and to know ourselves, even when in isolation, depends, in part, by making meaningful connections with others. How much has technology, the internet, smartphones, and social media affected how we relate to others? It is obvious when you see people out to dinner or at a gathering, and instead of being engaged in conversation, they are looking at their phones.[3]

When looking back at the supposed pandemic we see that the people behind the so-called vaccine are all members of the WEF. Pfizer CEO, Albert Bourla, Moderna CEO Stephane Bancel, and Johnson and Johnson’s Alex Gorsky are all members of the World Economic Forum. Albert Bourla tells Klaus Schwab that he wants compliance of the populations for his inoculations.[4] Notice that Pfizer CEO demanded ‘compliance of the populations’ for his vaccines. No regard there at all for the will of the people. Just like Hitler, you will comply! I can assure you that the pandemic was more of a plannedemic than anything. Schwab has fully intended on using it as a springboard for his Great Reset. Klaus Schwab tells us that we will never return to normal after COVID. He states, “Nothing will ever return to the ‘broken’ sense of normalcy that prevailed prior to the crisis because the coronavirus pandemic marks a fundamental inflection point in our global trajectory.” I highly doubt most patriotic Americans felt we lived in a “broken” America before the Wuhan virus hit, and what if we don’t want to go on Schwab’s Orwellian chosen course?

All these globalists, including their counterparts in China want to “Reset” the entire world and they call it the “Fourth Industrial Revolution,” but how many people will be left after their depopulation schemes? Far too many died with the fraudulent hospital “protocols,” and now many more are dying from the COVID injections, jabs that didn’t protect anyone from contracting or dying from C-19.[5]

We have to look at all the people who are involved in this Great Reset and study their ideologies to understand what their end goal is. In the last installment, we discussed Henry Kissinger but there is one guy that is a major threat to the American way of life and that person is Yval Noah Harari. He is one that we cannot allow to attain any more power than he already has and what he has must be taken from him. Yuval Harari is considered by Klaus Schwab to be a brilliant futurist. Both claim that by 2030, “You will own nothing and be happy!” Mr. Harari says the Bible and thousands of years of faith in God and Jesus is fake news. He is openly gay and married to Itzic Yahav, who is also his personal manager. They married in a civil ceremony in Toronto, Canada.

Harari’s website homepage states, “History began when humans invented gods, and will end when humans become gods.” Harari believes in massive surveillance, even surveillance inside our bodies. In fact, under the skin surveillance, and even surveillance via ingestible medications that will alert authorities when the medication has been taken.[6]

These are just a few of the people that are behind this WEF Great Reset. I do believe that there is a Great Reset coming but Schwab and Harari will have nothing to do with it. The men I listen to are saying that God is going to initiate the Great Reset and it will decimate those pushing the WEF.

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

When the Credit Card Comes Due

By Rob Pue

August 21, 2022

Imagine with me, if you will, what it would be like to live next door to a family with the fanciest house in town. In fact, the fanciest house in the country. These next-door neighbors of yours have everything: they live in a mansion, drive the world’s most expensive cars, have a fleet of private jets and eat like kings. Yet, they don’t really work. On paper, they work less than half the days in a year, but even when they’re working, their performance is so poor that any employer paying any amount of attention would have fired them years ago. Still, they continue to hold their so-called “jobs” and are never held accountable for failure after failure.

One day, these neighbors of yours, come begging at your door, hat in hand, with a very sad story about how they’re about to have their mortgage foreclosed. They admit to you that they’re utterly broke and unless you help them, they’re going to lose their home and everything they own. But they’re very sneaky in the way they present their plea. In fact, before they leave, they have you convinced that they’ve actually come to HELP YOU!

You’re a conservative Christian and you work every day, from sun-up to sun-down. You’ve been very fiscally responsible. You work hard to pay your bills on time, you drive a 15-year-old car and you watch every penny, giving freely to Christian ministries and those in need. As a result, you have a small “nest egg” put away for a rainy day when your family may run into trouble. Being the most generous Christian on earth, you give your entire savings to this next-door family, which leaves your own savings account now at zero. “I can always start over again,” you tell yourself. “This family is in need and I will help them.”

Immediately, however, you notice something amiss. Your neighbors start throwing huge parties at their house. Upon investigation, you find they haven’t spent a single penny you gave them toward their mortgage payments. Instead, they’re spending it on parties, lavish vacations, prostitutes, drugs — and their giving much of the money to wicked organizations that you, as a Christian and a conservative, vehemently oppose. They’re donating to Planned Parenthood, Marxist/Communist groups, the LGBTQP+ movement, the Freedom From Religion Foundation, and they’re actively supporting a radical transgender curriculum in your local public school.

A month goes by and your neighbors are back at your front door, weeping openly about how they have no money. They’re completely, utterly broke and deeply in debt. But this time, they show up with a pre-approved credit card application, good for $100,000 and they’ve already filled it out and signed your name to it. They just came to your door to show you what they’ve done, assuring you that they desperately need the money in order to keep their household running, and telling you they’re sending it in and the credit card will arrive in the next two weeks — to THEIR house, in their name — but the bills will be sent to you. And somehow, once again, they convince you this is for your benefit.

Another month goes by, the same as the first time. They’re still not paying their bills, but continue spending with reckless abandon and now you’re getting notices in the mail that the credit card has exceeded the limit and now you’re liable not only for the $100,000, but also for the 25% interest rate as well as the over-limit and late fees, accruing daily.

By now, it’s gotten to the point that YOU are bankrupt, yet your neighbors continue living their high lifestyle. They still only bother to show up for work less than half the time; they’re still the worst employees imaginable, yet they still keep their jobs, for which they rake in more in one year than you would ever earn in ten. But they’re still broke. You then find out they’ve done the same thing to everyone else in your neighborhood, yet they’re not even attempting to pay so much as the interest on the debt they’ve racked up.

Then, you discover they’re actually traitors to our country, working hand in hand with our enemies and selling out our country. Some in this family are even dealing drugs now, engaging in child sex trafficking and routinely sponsor or attend sadistic satanic rituals — all the while collecting huge sums of money, and lining their own pockets with it. They still don’t have their financial house in order, they’re deeply in debt, beyond anything you could ever fathom, and they just don’t care. You also learn they’ve been illegally printing counterfeit money, and every law enforcement agency in the country knows about all of their many crimes, but this family is “untouchable.” There’s no longer a court in the land that would ever even consider their crimes, much less convict them. They own everyone.

Because of that, they’re now emboldened to do whatever they wish, with no accountability to anyone. There’s no limit to the evil they will do, and get away with. Then one day, you wake up and find they’re at your door with a long list of rules which they say you must obey or go to prison. Handing over most of your hard-earned paycheck is among the least of these rules. They also announce, you will need to pay them for virtually everything you do. If you drive your car, you’ll be forced to pay them for the privilege. You were diligent in paying off your own mortgage, but you’ll still be forced to pay huge amounts of money each year to live there.

If you buy food, clothing or anything else, you’ll be forced to pay for those privileges too. When you take your dog out for a walk, you’re reminded that you’re being forced to pay for the privilege of having a dog in the first place, as well as for the sidewalk you’re walking on, and the shoes you’re wearing.

Then one day, they call you up and tell you you’re not allowed to open the business you started from scratch and worked so hard over the years to build up. Others in your family are no longer allowed to go to work either. But it’s ok… they’re going to give you a small allowance to live on until you’re allowed to work again. But if you’re a business owner and if the company you built goes under after being forcibly shut down, it’s not their problem.

The next day, they come over and tell you that now you’ll be forced to wear a dog muzzle in order to be allowed to go out in public. If you don’t wear one, you have to stay home. They’ve now partnered with just about every “privileged” company in the country as well, so those companies now take their orders from your next-door neighbors who have now become so rich and powerful, they literally control everything, from the food you eat to the home you live in, to the thoughts you are allowed to express in public. Then, they declare that you to be stabbed with a shot that has a very good chance of permanently injuring you or killing you. YOU have no choice. These neighbors continue to tell you that everything they’ve been doing is for your own good, and most of the town believes them. Oh, and not only do they control everything you do — they also openly spy on you, listen to your phone calls and private conversations and they even claim ownership of your DNA now.

But they’re not really rich. In reality, they’re poor, blind and naked, but they don’t have the sense to realize it. They’ve been living on credit all this time — in more ways than one. But now, having spent all the money that you and others in your town once had, they’re now using the credit cards issued by our country’s worst enemies. But our enemies are not so weak, and far from forgiving. They’re demanding payment, but the neighbors are still broke.

So they make some backroom deals with our enemies. They hand over control of massive amounts of farmland, ports of entry and then start selling off private homes — just to pay the interest on their debt. They’re so desperate to keep the wolves away from their own front doors, they’re willing and eager to do whatever our enemies tell them to do — to US. For now, they’re not suffering at all. In fact, they’ve exempted themselves from all the rules they set for the rest of us. What’s more, they’re piling up even more “monopoly money” given to them by our enemies — for themselves, off the books, of course — while the official balance sheet has been in the red since long before you were even born.

Then the people of the town begin to wake up and start to say “enough is enough.” One day, they hold a massive rally to demand justice. But now, it’s too late. Hundreds are arrested and jailed — for daring to challenge the injustice. Others are persecuted and prosecuted for thinking illegal thoughts or having illegal opinions.

And the house next door continues to host wild parties, the neighbors continue to eat and live like kings, thumbing their noses at the “law” while imposing new restrictions and unjust laws on not just your town, but the whole nation. After all, they’ve learned they can easily get away with it, and now that they’ve tasted power, they’ll do literally anything to continue to imbibe.

In 1981, at Ronald Reagan’s inaugural address, he stated, “The nine most terrifying words in the English language are, ‘I’m from the government and I’m here to help.’” Indeed. Nothing the government does is efficient, cost effective or helpful to American citizens anymore. Our greatest enemies have become our so-called “public servants” — who enter politics with a modest net worth but somehow become multi-millionaires or billionaires within a year or two of their so-called “service.”

Meanwhile, our country mourns. I believe we’ve past the point of no return. Short of a revolution in this nation, I see no way we’ll ever reclaim our God-given rights, enshrined in our country’s founding documents and engraved on the very walls of the chambers where our “servants” strip us of those rights and load us down with ever-increasing heavy, bone-crushing burdens. Our servants have now become our masters, or perhaps better stated: the inmates are running the asylum.

Now we have the “Inflation Reduction Act” — with a price tag said to be $740 billion. There’s no doubt that it will cost much, much more than that. Analysts across the board have stated that this new move by Congress will do anything BUT reduce inflation. Even those who imposed this monstrosity upon us are no longer talking about “inflation reduction.” Instead, they’re referring to it as “climate change” and “healthcare” relief. But friends, lies are lies. Climate change and the whole agenda that goes with that is a lie, and so is our healthcare system. Our “justice” system is equally beyond repair as the innocent are imprisoned while the worst of the worst criminals walk free and continue to party on.

Among the many things charged on this latest credit card are 87,000 new IRS agents. And not just any IRS agents. The new recruits are going to be hand-picked and they must be willing to undergo firearms training and be willing to use deadly force against US citizens in their new careers with the “SS.” It was said these agents were only going to be looking at tax-cheaters who earn $400,000 or more a year. But you don’t need 87,000 new agents to accomplish that. They’re coming for you and me, friends. And now, they’re planning to come armed…even as they work hard to remove all our defenses.

Couple this with the now fully compromised FBI — which has steadfastly looked the other way regarding the crimes of Obama, Hillary Clinton, Jeffery Epstein and the Biden Crime Cartel, to name just a few; our Department of Defense, which has now been authorized to use force to inject citizens with the Monkeypox stab — or any other stab of their choice; the CIA, which continues to perpetrate black ops and then roll out the “official narrative” to the public via the mainstream media, as they’ve been doing for years — and it’s obvious to anyone with eyes to see that our government is absolutely, totally and completely corrupt to the core.

How do we rescue ourselves from such despotism? The answer is, we don’t. God can, and maybe He will, if we will sincerely repent of our national hedonism and apathy and the lukewarmness among professing Christians. But I believe we’re too stiff-necked as a people to ever bow the knee to the Almighty — until that Day when the “credit card” comes due and ALL knees will bow and every tongue confess that Jesus Christ is Lord.

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066. Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com. Ask for message number 369.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Will Republicans Stop the 2022 Election Fraud?

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

August 20, 2022

I’m a Republican. And I have questions for all the Republicans who think that Trump didn’t win the 2020 Presidential race; who think that there was no election fraud and Biden won, fair and square.

I’m not sure what percentage of Republicans believe “the fraud didn’t happen,” but I’m under the impression that it’s a LOT.

My first question is this. What do you think the Democrats and the Hard-Left would have been doing since November, 2020 if Trump had won and they thought that fraud had been committed by Republicans? Not just fraud, but the same types of fraud and the same level of fraud that have been articulated by many conservative Republicans since that date? Not just suspicions of fraud, but allegations with the same kind of evidence that has been presented since 2020?

Can you imagine the tsunami of outrage that would have erupted from the Left if the situation had been reversed? Think about it. Think about how the Left would have exploded in riots, burning, violence, and demands for action, with no let up, day after day after day. The liberal media and Deep State would have been in lockstep “against the Republican Electoral Fraud” as much as they are now parroting the opposite.

Don Lemon of CNN reported that the Department of Homeland Security stated that the 2020 election was “the most secure in American history.”

If Democrats were accusing Republicans of fraud, the media would be trumpeting headlines that declared that the 2020 election was an act of treason and insurrection. They wouldn’t have needed to instigate a January 6^th so-called “insurrection” so that they could block Trump and other Republicans from running based on the 14^th Amendment.

They would have convened the “Subcommittee to Study the November 3^rd Insurrection and Theft of Liberty” and hauled out the 14^th Amendment on November 4^th.

And… by now, the Democrats and their lackeys would have overturned the election. Trump would be in jail and Biden would be President. Of course, that statement is based on the premise that Trump and company had actually committed fraud—which they did NOT.

My second question is this: why haven’t Republican leaders on every level, from the towns to the governors to the US House and Senate, been responding the way that the Left would have done?

Every single Republican leader in the country should be screaming out the truth that Biden the Basement Dweller did not win in November, 2020. Not just elected officials, but also the GOP machinery. They should have been, and still should be, pushing, confronting, writing, speaking, and demanding thorough investigations about every speck of evidence.

Objections from the conservative side were indeed loud and numerous. Evidence was collected of fraudulent activity, with leaders like Mark Levin, Patrick Byrne, Mike Lindell, Peter Navarro, seventeen State Attorneys General, and many others joining the call for a review of the election. Recently, Dinesh D’Souza and True the Vote produced the movie 2000 Mules. Many commentators like Wayne Allyn Root have consistently declared that the election was stolen.

But, the months since November, 2020 have seen judges reject election court cases and government officials at all levels ignore serious allegations of election fraud. “Nothing to see here, move on, folks,” has been the response from those who could have publicly and openly investigated the matter but instead ignored it. Was their lack of response affected by corruption, intimidation, and malfeasance? I believe it was.

One might expect this from Democrats. But Republicans? Why are so many Republicans silent about the 2020 Election Fraud allegations?

One could cite any number of reasons, some of them honorable. Some might sincerely believe that there really was no election fraud. I would then respond: have you really dug into the evidence as presented? If you have, well, at least you’ve done that. Good for you.

But others may not have bothered to even look at the evidence. If so, shame on them!

Other Republicans might be compromised. Or they might just hate Trump so much that they’re willing to throw the entire country away.

Here are my two bits for the Republicans who are not fighting to decertify the 2020 elections.

#1: Because the Republican response was so pathetically disunited and weak, it’s highly likely that the Democrats will try to steal the 2022 elections.

#2: If Republicans with honor and conscience don’t win—Bigly—in 2022, it’s quite possible that America as we know it will finally fall over a cliff.

There are just over three months until November 8, 2022. Will Republicans in power stop the election fraud of 2022 before it’s too late?

That, my friends, is the question.

E-Mail E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Republican, Democrat, or Independent

By Lex Greene

August 20, 2022

If you know anything about American politics at all, our Constitutional system of self-governance, the means by which “We the People” direct the future of our country through peaceful Constitutional processes, then you know that American politics is a team sport, and there are only two sides to every issue, right and wrong.

Every issue presents either truth or lie, and an opportunity to choose either right or wrong, not just for ourselves, but for our town, county, state and country, and all posterity. Like any other team sport, if you are not part of a competitive team, you’re not even on the field of play and cannot possibly affect the outcome of the game.

According to a recent Gallup survey taken in July 2022, political party affiliations are as follows;

INDEPENDENT 41%
DEMOCRAT 29%
REPUBLICAN 28%

57% of voters are registered democrat or republican, with 41% claiming independent status, belonging to neither party. While this well demonstrates the emotional state of American voters, it totally lacks any form of common sense or clear strategic purpose for all who claim to seek control of their country again. If we can’t even control our party (team), we sure can’t control our entire country.

First, for you proud self-proclaimed “constitutionalists,” the U.S. Constitution does not guarantee every State of the Union or any Citizen of the USA, a “democracy” – “democratic” – “socialist” – “communist” – “Maoist” – Fascist” – “Marxist” or even multi-party “European parliament” style of government.

Article IV, Section 4: of the U.S. Constitution guarantees every State and every Citizen a “Republican form of government.” This alone makes it very strange to see only 28% of Americans registered as “Republican,” since it is the only form of government guaranteed in the Constitution.

Despite this Constitutional guarantee found in Article IV, a staggering 70% of voters stand opposed, either promoting “global democratic socialism” or by opting out of the game altogether, by taking “independent” status. Independents don’t like either team on the field, so they left the field.

Next, for you “constitutionally minded independents,” in any team sport, you will need a competitive team in order to be in the game. When you left one of the two primary parties, you created the following disasters…

You left both parties under the control of the very people you rightfully distrust.
You left the field altogether because you are no longer part of any competitive team.
When you left the two, you scattered to more than a dozen 3^rd parties, none of them competitive.
Instead of working to throw the trash out of your house, you left the house full of trash.
No matter what you think you want, you have no viable means of achieving it, without a team.

And yes, we know, neither party represents their stated objectives today, or even their publicly posted party platforms. What did you think would happen to your party when you quit and left the party under the control of criminals? How did you think that would improve the situation? Has it?

No Participation Trophy for Not Participating

If you waste time talking about how politicians behave in both parties, or any party for that matter, failing to represent you, you’re right. But you don’t get a participation trophy for figuring out what we all already knew.

This problem exists because left to their own devices, every politician will serve their own self-interest first and foremost, and party affiliation has nothing to do with it. It’s not even the best Citizens among us who run for office. Talk about needing a tin foil hat…if you think there is any such thing as a “perfect candidate” in politics, you might even need a visit to the mental facility.

There are no “perfect politicians” simply because there are no perfect people. No matter how much you’d like to elect a messiah, there isn’t one on any ballot. When 41% of voters left the two competitive teams in the game, they left the game. Instead of standing up for what’s right and making the fight to control the two parties, they turned tail and ran from the fight, falsely claiming the moral high ground. Rather than fight, they quit.

Fighters don’t always win, but quitters never do. Further, political cheating happens because most of you will turn a blind eye, and tolerate the cheating, so long as your criminal wins.

No Difference Between the Two Parties

A common theme among the quitters – While politicians in general seldom fail to act like self-serving politicians, there is indeed an important difference between the two major political parties, and there always has been.

Aside from the fact that today’s democrat party is really a global socialist party, with a long history of abusing minority groups and targeting average American workers with ever increasing financial burdens, high taxation, more regulations, record inflation, destruction of the family and worse – the biggest problem is there is nothing “democratic” about the democrat party.

The entire National Democrat Party is run by just eleven unelected party generals.

Jaime Harrison, DNC Chairman
Mayor Keisha Lance Bottoms, GA
Governor Gretchen Whitmer, MI
Senator Tammy Duckworth, IL
Congressman Cedric Richmond, LA
Ken Martin, MN
Jason Rae, WI
Virginia McGregor, PA
Chris Korge, FL
Chuck Schumer, NY
Nancy Pelosi, CA

Democrat party voters did not elect these eleven people to run the national party. There is no democratic process within the democrat party, whereby democrat voters can elect their party leadership. The DNC is run by eleven, basically self-appointed leaders, a small cabal of likeminded political powerbrokers mostly from the worst run states in the country, who rule the party and country with a tyrannical iron fist, no better than Stalin or Mao.

It’s the National Republican Party that is led by democratic process, where the national leaders of the party are elected by state party delegations at party conventions held in each state. Unlike the DNC run by eleven unelected tyrants, the RNC is run by 151 elected party leaders, three elected by elected delegates from each of the fifty states.

The DNC is a party of, by and for the eleven self-appointed tyrants in charge, nothing democratic about it. But the RNC is a party of, by and for the republican voters, with leadership elected by party supporters in every state and sent to D.C. to lead the party in a cohesive manner at the national level. While the DNC is solely a top-down party, the RNC is designed as a bottom-up party. Most republicans just don’t know it and don’t engage properly.

That’s a very important difference and distinction. The biggest problem in the GOP is; a lack of patriot engagement; and open primaries allowing democrats to manipulate GOP primaries.

Who is Supposed to be Forever Vigilant?

“A Republic ma’am, if you can keep it” is what Ben Franklin said to Mrs. Powell, as he walked from the Constitutional Convention in 1787. Every Founder then spoke about two foundational things that would become the responsibility of every American Citizen in their posterity, you, and me.

All governments are at best, a necessary evil. Therefore, every American is called to be forever vigilant, not just as it pertains to foreign threats, but more importantly, threats from within, from a government run amok, becoming a grave threat, and enemy within the gates.
The Constitutional Representative Republic, in fact freedom itself, is only suited for a “moral society.” Our prisons are full of “immoral” people incapable of freedom and self-governance. Thanks to anti-law and order democrats, so are our streets now.

It isn’t Donald Trump or any other politician who is called to be forever vigilant, it’s every single freedom and liberty loving American who must be forever vigilant, and because most haven’t been for decades, they struggle to understand the problem, or find viable solutions.

Instead of Quitting (a form of Surrender)

TNALC.org launched Model State Legislation all the way back in 2011-2013, titled The State Balance of Powers Act. Had the State legislatures enacted this model legislation then, all of the total destruction thrust upon our nation since, could have been easily and quickly stopped at the State lines. But “patriots” were too busy with nonsense, while others expected the swamp to drain itself.

More recently, TNALC.org launched a citizen activist initiative titled Time To Meet With Your State RNC Representatives. They published a sample letter for how to get the meeting, and on August 1, 2022, a group of committed Michigan patriots delivered a letter to the Michigan Republican Party HQ requesting the meeting. Party officials in Michigan have so far refused to respond to the request, likely due to the fact that they are under attack on all sides from republican voters already. The upcoming State Michigan GOP Convention promises fireworks!

In essence, the Republican Party has not been representing its conservative base, on a State or National level. In fact, it hasn’t even been representing its published Party Platform, and even worse, has been misusing donations to fund republican candidates who openly work against the party platform, which is a form of campaign finance fraud.

Proving that direct engagement does work, recent GOP primaries just removed eight of ten congressional RINOs who voted to impeach Trump, including the all-powerful and full of herself, Liz Cheney.

The point is, people determined to do something, can do something. People who quit, or wait for someone else to do it, or work alone without any competitive team, cannot do anything helpful.

If the USA is lost to a global Marxist takeover, it will only be because Americans failed to be forever vigilant, or to engage in directing their own future, where they could have.

At the end of the day, political parties, and the nation, will be whatever the American people make it, or allow it to be. In a free sovereign nation of, by and for the people, the buck always stops with the people.

Only better decisions can lead to better results…

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

Is the Narrative War About to Explode?

By Steven Yates

August 19, 2022

A little over a week or so ago, a man entered an FBI field office armed with an AR-15 and a nail gun. He was killed in a firefight later. Apparently he’d posted threats against the FBI on Truth Social, Donald Trump’s Twitter alternative.

Others face charges after threatening FBI agents and the federal government generally on social media. The judge who signed the warrant authorizing the raid on Trump’s Mar-a-Lago residence reports receiving death threats.

First things first. I repudiate such tactics unconditionally. Walking into an FBI office armed not only gets us nowhere, it is grade-A stupid! As with threats against police, it’s a great way to get yourself killed!

Not to mention the fact that anyone doing this is playing right into the hands of those railing hysterically about threats to the “rule of law” and to “democracy.”

DON’T DO IT, PEOPLE!

Let’s use our heads!

Sure, the FBI did something unprecedented in U.S. history: raiding the private property of a former U.S. president, ostensibly seeking mishandled classified documents (agents took Trump’s passports as if they expected him to flee the country!).

But let them prove the hypocrisy of A.G. Merrick Garland’s “No one is above the law,” when Trump is publicly accused of doing something Hillary Clinton was able to skate away from. Let the Bidenistas prove their hypocrisy by continuing to protect Hunter Biden and his now-infamous laptop.

Let’s continue shouting the truth from the rooftops WITHOUT ADVOCATING VIOLENCE!

President Trump himself has called for calm. The “temperature has to be brought down in the country,” was how he put it. “If it isn’t, terrible things are going to happen.”

What I fear is that even his voice will go ignored. It’s not hard to see why.

Large numbers of people are fed up. They are sick and tired of hearing about the Big Lie amidst Deep State and Corporate Media’s bigger lies and outright fabrications going back to Russiagate.

They are sick and tired of double standards.

They are sick and tired of lies about the economy

They are sick and tired of being called racists, or beneficiaries of “systemic racism.”

And they are sick and tired of the plan-demic.

We know now that the coronavirus did not “evolve in a bat.” People with their eyes open are tired of Legacy Media repeating lies about the “pandemic of the unvaccinated,” the “safety and efficacy” of the vaxes which are contradicted by all the VAERS data.

They are frustrated, not knowing what to do. Their sense is that “the system” turned on them long ago, which it did.

The Democrats used to be the party of the white working class. Not anymore!

They see an elite-sponsored hate campaign against the one figure who has tried to stand up for them, and fear this campaign might win the day.

Consequently there are hotheads out in the hinterlands whose mantra is “lock and load.”

All one has to do is browse Truth Social, or other sites like Gab and Telegraph.

These people will not start a civil war. They will just place themselves and their families in great personal danger.

Unless, of course, there are enough of them, and they decide not to go off half-cocked as did the guy in Ohio, and instead get organized.

If that happens, and they again rally around Trump, or possibly around the leadership of someone we haven’t seen yet, watch out!

I’ve been following the conversation expressing fears that civil war could blow up in the U.S. I agree that what would ensue would be quite unlike the War Between the States 1860-65. There were mostly clear geographical lines then.

Today’s “lines” are very different! They are cultural and economic, not geographical.

Today’s divides are rural versus urban, localist versus globalist, those who favor smaller government versus those who want larger government, those who support traditional ways of doing things versus purveyors of “disruptive” change, and those who do not worship the almighty dollar as a secular god versus those who do (or act as if they do)….

Above all, there is the vast difference between those who want to be left alone, versus those who refuse to leave them alone.

These divides cut across all the visible borders and boundaries. All “red” states contain a few “blue” urban centers. And all the “blue” states contain regions that do not identify with the cultural Marxism of academia or the money-driven cosmopolitanism of Big Business.

What the former in each of these pairs deeply resent is being looked down on, their interests disregarded, and then regarded as inferior and ridiculed publicly by unaccountable elites who have treated them like crap all their lives … and then wondered, back in 2015-16, scratching their heads, why those they dumped on and dismissed as backward Neanderthalic racists listened when Donald Trump spoke their language.

The latter in each pair have inverted truth and lies even as they continued the ruination of the real economy, i.e., the economy of ordinary people working at ordinary jobs, not the investment economy of the elites.

Through their chronic weakness, the Bidenista elites oversaw the clumsy pullout from Afghanistan that abandoned thousands of allies there and left U.S. equipment in the hands of the Taliban. This perception contributed to opening the door to the first war on European soil in three quarters of a century. The continued antics of clowns like Nancy Pelosi has set the stage for increased aggression against Taiwan by the Chinese Communist Party.

Because our Establishment — GloboCorp, if you prefer — has merged Communism with Capitalism’s vulnerabilities, once the latter is aligned with the materialist worldview.

This system, which many pundits dignify with phrases like the liberal world order, and which prevails outside the axis represented by Russia, China, Iran, and a few others, is a disaster, and it is no wonder there are thoughtful people who see it as fundamentally deceptive and wouldn’t mind if it went out of business!

It has proven, however, immensely useful for those driven by a lust for power (and profit)!

The prospect of a second Trump presidency literally terrifies these folks. They know that if it happens, their effort at global domination might be finished! For a second Trump presidency would be very unlike the first. Trump has doubtless learned a lot since he stepped into the White House in 2017, a complete outsider, clueless who to surround himself with. I imagine he is now far clearer who his friends and enemies are. Who he might appoint to key roles the next go-round I am uncertain, but I’m sure it will not be the ilk who repeatedly undermined him Jan ‘17 – Jan ‘21. Don’t expect any Mike Pences or James Mattises or Jared Kushners.

GloboCorp either prevents a second Trump presidency or else!

They’ve found the perfect female voice: Liz Cheney, formerly Wyoming’s resident RINO who sacrificed her seat in Congress to become a full-time Establishment narrative warrior. I fully expect her to run against Trump for the GOP nomination. It would not surprise me if, when she loses, she runs as an Independent to try to draw enough votes from Trump to give the Democrats four more years! (That is assuming the election is not again stolen outright!)

Stop Trump is the subtext that screams at me from every mainstream newsfeed!

An indictment — on whatever grounds — if made before Trump officially announces his candidacy, would not knock him out of the race but would definitely slow him down.

Even Tucker Carlson now thinks the Justice Department will move to indict him. I expect that if this happens, it will happen between now and November — assuming that comes off normally since one thing is almost certain: Republicans will retake part or all of Congress, making the stop Trump agenda harder.

Paul Craig Roberts wonders whether the Establishment will “uncover” a “white supremacist” plot on the part of the “deplorables” to steal the election.

This would increase the likelihood, he believes, of a federal takeover of the election! Then the Establishment can steal it!

I spent several paragraphs at the outset urging people on our side of the narrative war to control their tempers. But should any of several possible variations on the above scenario play out, how can any reasonable person expect them to do so? What will I be able to advise then, other than offering reminders of those millions of hollow point bullets Homeland Security purchased years ago.

I don’t think that was done so its personnel could hunt ducks.

The Establishment figured out long ago that a peasant revolt was at least possible.

The peasants, who have not millions but hundreds of millions of guns of their own, and any number of war-hardened Veterans on their side, could well give a good accounting of themselves even if they don’t win.

Were anyone with real power to read this, I would advise: do not indict Trump, and don’t hoke up some imaginary “white supremacist conspiracy” to give yourselves an excuse to hijack the November election!

Because of you do either one, or both, things could turn very ugly, very fast!

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

______________________________

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

These columns present a perspective unavailable elsewhere: of personal freedom and community autonomy, based on a philosophically-informed conservatism within a Christian worldview holding that in the last analysis, we all answer to our Creator.

This stands opposed to the major threat of our time: a sociopathic superelite using technology and financialization to gain world domination, unleashed by secular materialism and the latter’s having collapsed all forms of valuation other than money and power. Globalists see themselves as answering only to each other. They do not believe in a Higher Power. They are the culmination of the materialist / secularist / liberal worldview.

My perspective incorporates accounts of how emergencies of various sorts arise or are manufactured, how controlled media hysterics generate fear in populations, and how these enable controlled governments to grab power and do the superelites’ bidding. Hegelian dialectic: crisis, reaction, response. Foment a crisis or through inaction allow it to develop; the crisis leads to a predictable reaction within populations (“Do something!”); those with power move in with the response they had planned all along.

These ideas are dispensed essentially for free. The editor of this site cannot afford to pay writers such as myself. Nor am I on the payroll of a “think tank” or some other such entity. No university or corporate leviathan has my back. I receive no grants. I am an Independent. We live in a foreign country, because of the lower cost of living. My wife and I survive on what remains of an inheritance, my monthly social security deposit into my U.S. bank account, the occasional donation, “gigs” and “odd jobs” that come our way, and Patreon.com.

This last had been rising, but over the past few months it has fallen dramatically! I have no theories why, except that I am not one of their “creatives” consistently dispensing “infotainment” on the site.

Where this is going: the lights on this project could go out at any time, and just when they are needed most! If you value what I do, please consider becoming a Patron or arranging some other means of support to help keep this project alive. Don’t do it for me. Do it for you. Do you want to help spread truth, or do you prefer to live in a fake reality based on official narratives steeped in lies?

We all benefit from helping disseminate truth, that freedom is better than slavery or serfdom, and that persons have intrinsic value because we were created in God’s image. These things will not preserve and defend themselves indefinitely without ongoing financial support. So please consider becoming a Patron today by going to the site linked to above and making a small pledge. If just one hundred people reading this were to pledge $5/mo., that would be $500 each month in defense of truth-telling!

Why Obama Is Out to Get Trump

By Cliff Kincaid

August 19, 2022

Professor Jonathan Turley was on Fox saying he had supported the confirmation of Merrick Garland as Attorney General but now says he is disappointed in Garland’s political pursuit of Trump. Turley still doesn’t get it. Garland is an agent of Barack Hussein Obama, who approved Hillary’s plan to launch the FBI’s “Crossfire Hurricane” investigation of Trump.

Turley is the Shapiro Professor of Public Interest Law at The George Washington University Law School who once gave testimony denouncing “Eugene McCarthyism” before Congress. He was supposed to be an expert on “disinformation and extremism in the media.”

McCarthy’s first name was Joe, not Eugene. Eugene was a peacenik Democrat.

The Fox channel calls him a “constitutional scholar.”

Every day the media talk about Trump, in terms of a secret affidavit authorizing the FBI raid, the Marxists win. What we should be talking about is the Marxist president who got us into this mess and was briefed on Hillary’s Russia-gate plan by his CIA chief, John Brennan.

Two-term president Barack Hussein Obama is a not-so-secret Marxist whose communist proclivities were carefully concealed from the American people. Brennan’s Marxist proclivities were out in the open, since he had talked about voting for the Communist Party as a college student.

It was Obama, as president, who had to approve Russia-gate. He also happened to be the president who tried to get Garland on the Supreme Court.

Garland is a political fixer.

Before 20 Senate Republicans voted to confirm Garland as Attorney General, we disclosed that Garland, then a federal judge, approved a cover-up involving the dropping of terrorism charges against communist terrorist Elizabeth Anna Duke, linked to the same Weather Underground terrorists who backed Obama for president in 2008. Obama’s DOJ had requested that those charges be dropped.

Understand what is happening: Obama’s terrorist comrades are being protected while Trump and his supporters are targeted. Garland is making this possible.

Communist groups by the dozens, ranging from the Revolutionary Communist Party to the old Moscow-funded Communist Party USA, are running rampant throughout the U.S., in violation of the Communist Control Act. Garland doesn’t care.

My new report, “Barack Obama’s Third Term,” examines what is happening. Trump’s problem, from the start, was failing to purge the Obama holdovers. Sadly, his top aides didn’t know Eugene McCarthy from Joe McCarthy.

Tragically, Trump was not Reagan, a former governor and movement conservative who understood communism and fought the communists in Hollywood. Trump was a smart businessman depending on people who didn’t understand the nature of the Obama presidency. What Trump had failed to do was investigate Obama and understand the traps Obama had laid for him.

Ironically, my group, America’s Survival, Inc. had already done the research! We published three books on Obama.

In his testimony, Turley had referred to how anti-communists supposedly abused people, saying the grand jury process “was regularly used to target political dissidents and coerce people to reveal their associations and beliefs.” He added, “Of course, the most visible abuses occurred in the hearings on ‘Un-American Activities’ with figures like Senator Eugene McCarthy.”

For the record, the House Committee on Un-American Activities was in the other body of Congress. McCarthy ran the Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations.

McCarthy exposed those in government who maneuvered to cut off aid to the Chinese nationalists in order to betray China to the communists. This betrayal left mainland China in the hands of the Communists and the nationalists fled to the island of Taiwan.

The irony, as noted by the late government investigator Herbert Romerstein, is that McCarthy investigated communism for just one year. Several other Congressional committees, including the House Committee on Un-American Activities, did far more work on the problem, including questioning of Obama’s communist mentor, Frank Marshall Davis.

Turley’s ignorant “testimony” about “Eugene McCarthyism” is yet another indication that communism in government is a topic of little interest, even to guests on “conservative” cable channels. It is ironic his erroneous claims came during testimony on “disinformation.”

Rather than talk endlessly about what’s in the “secret affidavit,” we can reasonably conclude that the real reason the FBI raided Trump’s Mar-a-Lago home is that Trump was in the process of proving in court that Hillary and the Democrats were behind Crossfire Hurricane. These documents in his home were part of the proof.

But Hillary was Obama’s Secretary of State. And Russia-gate was an Obama operation, designed to sabotage Trump’s presidency and prevent the purge of the Obama holdovers.

But Trump hasn’t been the only victim of the FBI.

In my column, “The FBI’s Extreme Makeover,” I note how the FBI covered-up the crimes of the sexual pervert Larry Nassar but then launched a series of programs on the CBS network designed to make the bureau look good.

The raid on Trump’s home reminds us that one of the most important challenges we face is to educate the American people about how communism came to America in the form of the Obama presidency.

Consider that, on the popular game show “Jeopardy,” one answer (contestants are given answers and then have to provide a question with the relevant facts) was, “In 1947 screenwriter Dalton Trumbo, part of this numerical ‘Hollywood’ group, was subpoenaed by the House Un-American Activities Committee.” The answer, in the form of a question, provided by one contestant was, “What was the Hollywood Five?” That was wrong. It was the Hollywood Ten, and all of them were communists inserting pro-communist messages into Hollywood films.

Rather than less (Joe) McCarthyism, we need more. The Communists are taking over and most Republicans, including Fox News paid contributor Jonathan Turley, are pretending it’s not happening.

Remember that China Joe Biden’s Ambassador to the United Nations actually gave a paid speech to a Chinese Communist propaganda center praising China and was confirmed by the Senate by a vote of 78-21 (with one Senator not voting).

Perhaps Turley is not alone in his confusion about the difference between Joe and Eugene.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

Will America Survive Our Multicultural, Diverse And Divided Future?

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 18, 2022

CNN’s Joy Reid makes bold statements that ours is a racist, white supremist and systematically “white privileged” society by European Americans. The author of Critical Race Theory states that “white privilege” dominates America.

“To be white in America is to have the confidence to say, without a second thought: this space, this neighborhood, this city, this county, this country is mine.” – Joy Reid

NBA star LeBron James said in a videotaped interview on HBO, The Shop, “I’m going to this school to play ball, and that’s it. I don’t want nothing to do with white people. I don’t believe they want anything to do with me. It’s me and my boys.”

How can any African-Americans feel comfortable when one of their icons shows such anger toward white Americans? Later with the Brittany Griner issue, he said that she might be better off in Russia. How can reflect well on all the black kids who worship him?

Black billionaire Oprah Winfrey once said in an interview, “As long as there are people who still… And there’s a whole generation, I said this for apartheid South Africa, I said this for my own, you know, community in the South, there are still generations of people, older people, who were born and bred and marinated in it, in that prejudice and racism, and they just have to die.”

If you look at angry black leaders like Al Sharpton, Jesse Jackson, Van Jones, Brittany Griner, Black Lives Matter, NAACP, La Raza, Muslim Brotherhood, and many others—is there any possibility for peaceful co-existence in America in the coming years?

In October of 2003, I sat in the audience in Washington DC when former Colorado Governor Richard D. Lamm stood up to give one of the most repeated and shortest speeches since the Gettysburg Address by Abraham Lincoln. In Lincoln’s speech, he asked us to “bind-up the wounds” of that terrible Civil War.

But Lamm showed us how to destroy America. I sat there dumbfounded. After his five-minute speech, no one applauded from over 300 people listening to his words.

Lamm said, “I have a secret plan to destroy America. If you believe, as many do, that America is too smug, too white-bread, too self-satisfied, too rich…Then let’s destroy America. It is not that hard to do.

“History shows that nations are more fragile than their citizens think. No nation in history has survived the ravages of time. Arnold Toynbee observed that all great civilizations rise, and they all fall, and that “an autopsy of history would show that all great nations commit suicide.”

So here is my plan:

Lamm said, “We must first make America a bilingual/bicultural country. History shows … that no nation can survive the tension, conflict and antagonism of two competing languages and cultures. It is a blessing for an individual to be bilingual; it is a curse for a society to be bilingual.”

Scholar Seymour Martin Lipset put it this way: “The histories of bilingual and bicultural societies that do not assimilate are histories of turmoil, tension and tragedy.”

From what we’re all witnessing in 2022, Lamm’s prophetic speech hits the mark with just about every news cast every week of the year. Our own angry youth march, destroy, paint, burn and steal whenever provoked by something they don’t like. Whether it’s about CRT or abortion rights vs pro-life, we’re in the middle of a sociological meat grinder. And, it’s spitting out our Constitution in shreds. Who would have thought that citizens would try to kill Supreme Court justices or harass them in their own homes?

Lamm said, “I would then invent “multiculturalism” and encourage immigrants to maintain their own culture. I would make it an article of belief that all cultures are equal … there are no cultural differences that are important … and the black and Hispanic dropout rate is only due to prejudice and discrimination by the majority. Every other explanation is out-of-bounds.”

Well, we’ve got female genital mutilation that dates back to the 6th century—now being performed on little girls in our 21st century first world country—by the hundreds of thousands of cases via our new Middle Eastern immigrants. We’ve got “honor killings” in America, but zero reporting by the mainstream media. How do you explain that?

Lamm said, “I would encourage all immigrants to keep their own language and culture. I would replace the melting pot metaphor with a salad bowl metaphor. I would make our fastest-growing demographic group the least educated. I would add a second underclass, unassimilated, under educated, and antagonistic to our population.”

We face millions of illiterate teens and 20-somethings who cannot read, write or perform simple math problems. We’re seeing Spanish, Arabic, Portuguese and 800 other languages being spoken in enclaves of immigrants around America. How long do you think we can survive the linguistic divide and separation?

The rest of Lamm’s speech totally stunned the audience…and me. I sat there speechless with distress. Why? Answer: because in my world travels, I’ve already witnessed it in other countries. Back in October 2003 when he gave it at a www.fairus.org conference, you could see the onslaught creeping up on America because our borders were not being secured. Today, Joe Biden gives an open invitation to countless millions of refugees from 190 countries around the world.

So, I ask you dear fellow American, do you think we’re going to survive the next 100,000,000 refugees and their offspring projected by 2050?

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation. Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!” www.NumbersUSA.org

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Teachers’ Unions… vs. America

by Lee Duigon

August 18, 2022

Has there ever been a worse idea than allowing public school teachers to unionize? Nothing springs to mind—except maybe the Soviet Union.

Teachers’ unions are dead set against Racism—right? Let’s see how right.

After a two-week teachers’ strike some months ago, the Minneapolis School District and the city’s teachers’ union have signed and just ratified a new contract… which is outstanding for its blatantly racist provisions.

According to the terms of the agreement, whenever the district has a need to reduce its teaching force, “white” (whatever that means) teachers are to be laid off first… and re-hired last. Because there have to be “Educators of Color protections” to make up for whatever “systemic racism” was practiced by other people in the past.

Normally, for years and years, everywhere in America, the standard for executing a reduction in force (“RIF,” in union parlance) was seniority. Teachers with the least seniority, regardless of skin pigmentation, were to be riffed first and rehired last. It was not a difficult rule to follow, and the unions seemed content with it. Until now.

How is this new standard anything but flagrantly racist? If the district were to apply the standard to favor “white” teachers at the expense of Educators of Color, the unions and the nooze media and what passes these days for our nation’s leaders would be crying bloody murder and demanding that a court nullify the rule toot-sweet. They’d also be calling for criminal penalties. So how is it just peachy-keen when the rule penalizes white teachers for being white? Heck, they could have drawn up a standard based on merit: best teachers, regardless of skin color, riffed last and rehired first. But then the usual suspects would be crying “racism!” as they always do whenever merit is even momentarily considered.

The union in Minneapolis trumpets “Public Schools—the Heart of Our Community.” God help us if that were true. It would denote a community with heart disease.

Let’s skip over to New Jersey now, where the New Jersey Education Assn. has just released a public service video that declares “Our schools are under attack by extremists… Some New Jersey schools are under siege… Extremists are attacking our schools.”

Extremists? What extremists?

Parents! Parents who don’t like the brew of racial paranoia, transgender propaganda, and sexual grooming served up by the public schools that they have to pay for. But the teachers’ union writes off objecting parents as “people who only want to fight to score political points.”

Pesky parents. Why can’t they just shut up and let our Far Left Crazy teachers’ union turn their kids into useful idiots who despise their families and hate their country? Who are they to complain? But we’ve been to teachers’ college!

The arrogance is so thick, you could cut it with a knife.

The whole public education enterprise is corrupt beyond repair. School boards, the omnipresent “school officials,” state and federal departments of education, teachers’ colleges, and way too many of the teachers themselves—they’re not going to change. They’re not going to give up their socialist fantasies, they’re not going to go back to being sane and decent. And the communities they prey on have no power to fire them all. It’s a major event if we can fire even one or two of them.

The only thing we can do is to pull our children out of public schools and let these communist weirdos preach to empty classrooms. Why in the world should we have to bankroll a racist school sytem? Why should we have to pay them to invent new pronouns? (I am presuming that the Democrat Party would never, never, never let us get rid of teachers’ unions.)

There is nothing that hurts our country more today than its overpriced, socialist, oversexed and underqualified public education system.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop by for a visit—before they give us all detention. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

The USA is Totally Insane

By Lex Greene

August 18, 2022

The vast majority of Americans trust no one now, and largely for very good reason. Americans have been openly betrayed by politicians in all political parties, every news outlet, the social media CEOs, church leaders, “patriot” group leaders, Hollywood, and due to COVID, even their friends and family, all of it one great big “cancel culture” designed to divide and conquer the USA. If you don’t buy into their blatant lies, or participate in their mass divisions, you’re a conspiracy theorist or domestic terrorist, maybe both.

The USA is on the verge of collapse, not for one reason, but for two. Indeed, we are currently ruled by the most maniacal cadre of totally insane criminal politicians in history. They are a combination of tyrannical criminals and outright idiots, often those who are both, like Biden and Harris. But this problem could be solved, if not for a society full of equally insane people.

How many examples do I need to provide before the light bulb goes on for you? Frankly, the list of examples could be nearly endless today. But under current mental conditions in the country, allow me to keep this very simple.

Death by Political Correctness

The mere notion that anyone has some lunatic nonexistent Constitutional Right to not be offended is itself, insane. Far too many Americans have been dog whistle trained to think they have a Right to silence others simply because they disagree.

Political Correctness (PC) is a term used to refer to language that seems intended to give the least amount of offense, especially when describing groups identified by external markers such as race, gender, culture, or sexual orientation. The term first appeared in Marxist-Leninist vocabulary following the Russian Revolution of 1917. At that time, it was used to describe adherence to the policies and principles of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union.

Simply stated, it is, always has been and will always be a form of mind control, thought and speech control. In the early-to-mid 20th century, the phrase politically correct was used to describe strict adherence to a range of ideological orthodoxies within politics. In 1934, The New York Times reported that Nazi Germany was granting journalism permits “only to pure ‘Aryans’ whose opinions are politically correct”.

In the 1970s, the American New Left began using the term politically correct. In the essay The Black Woman: An Anthology (1970), Toni Cade Bambara said that “a man cannot be politically correct and a male chauvinist, too.” William Safire marks this as the first use in the typical modern sense, and the movement to neuter all males in the USA.

PC quickly became a cornerstone of the Democrat Party, a means by which they control the minds of their sheep and demonize everyone who dares to speak truth on any subject.

From PC to Cancel Culture

Being nice to others by not going out of our way to offend them seems like a good idea. That’s just common sense and common decency. That’s not what PC or the advanced cancel culture is about though. It’s a draconian attempt to silence all voices of dissent, going so far as to imprison citizens for simply not sharing extreme far left global communist concepts, or put them on the “red flag” short list and send a new Nazi arm of the IRS to intimidate, threaten and penalize.

Just as darkness is the absence of light, deception is the absence of truth.

The leftist movement has two audience targets, the sheep of course, but also you and me. The goal is to totally control the thoughts of the sheep and it’s been very successful in this regard. But the sheep don’t need to curtail their offensive speech or violent behaviors at all. It’s the approved narrative. They are free to offend all of us at will, daily. We’re just not allowed to offend them.

It’s you and me who are supposed to limit our thoughts and speech, and far too many Americans have gone-along to get-along, to their own demise. The result of this is mass national delusion and destruction on pretty much every major issue, taking on the look of a nation gone mad.

A Few Examples

Few surrendered to COVID mandates because they thought it was in their best health interests. Most complied under extreme duress, their jobs, families, friends, incomes, and lives threatened by the government, employers, and their mass media machine hourly.

Science told us all that the mask mandates were useless…printed on the side of every mask box. But the mad scientists told us the opposite. Science taught us that we never quarantine healthy people, but only sick people. But the mad scientists told us the opposite. The mad scientists told us that if we just succumb to untested, unproven, and unapproved experimental vaccines, we’d never get COVID. But the facts have proven that false as well…after 70% of Americans took the first jab, 30% a second and third jab. More than 90% of new COVID cases today are in vaccinated people, including Dr. Fauci, Joe and Jill Biden.

Who told men they could be a woman if they just put a dress on? Who told women they can be a man if they just take hormone injections to grow a beard? Who decided kids who don’t yet know their favorite color, they can choose what sex they are? And who taught the parents to allow such utter insanity in their kid’s lives?

If I believed I was a horse, I’d belong in a mental hospital. But if you look at me and see a horse, then it’s you who belongs in a mental institution. I’m not suggesting we should poke fun at or bully people who are different from us. But to engage in their insanity makes us just as insane as they are.

Our country is clearly under a very dangerous mass invasion on our southern border and beyond. Our government refuses to do anything about it, while sending billions to Ukraine and other foreign nations to protect their borders. If you don’t think this policy is nuts, then you are insane.

Nobody in their right mind thinks mumbling stumbling Joe Biden is capable of running to the bathroom on his own, much less running a country. We’re talking about a guy who can’t complete a sentence without a teleprompter and can’t even read that right, or even work his sport coat correctly. Still, some 30% of the country claim he’s a great leader and every last one of them is nuts!

The Most Insane Among Us

Indeed, about 30% of the US population is just plain bat-guano crazy. We see them everywhere we look. But the most insane among us is the other 70%, who know better, but go-along with the insanity anyway.

Convinced we were just being kind…we fell for it. Even though we knew better, we decided to let it pass, as if a lie told often enough would eventually become true. American conservatives are non-intrusive by our nature. We just want to live free, and we understand that the only way to do that is to support freedom and liberty for everyone. But when we let evil exist, it advances, until it consumes everyone and everything.

We thought that if we’d just live and let live, others would do the same for us, but we were wrong. The PC cancel culture won’t allow any opinion but their own to exist. Sadly, it isn’t even their opinions they project. It’s the opinions of global Marxist maniacs they regurgitate, as if they have no mind of their own. Asked to back up their nutty claims, they can’t…so they cancel your right to ask instead.

The American left has been Pavlov trained with treats from the public trough when they obey, labeled stimulus money now. Now they are attack dogs for the global left, and we are the red meat. They can’t debate any issue honestly because the facts simply are not on their side. So, they demand that the facts be ignored, as though completely irrelevant. If we won’t let the facts die in silence, then we are mere enemies of the new Marxist state they have built.

Nutjobs look at a DC political rally on January 6, 2021, and see an “insurrection,” clearly unaware of what an insurrection really is. The same nuts watch BLM and ANTIFA burn whole cities, loot and damage property and threaten lives with violence, and see a “peaceful protest.” Such views are entirely void of reality.

“All that is required for evil to triumph, is for good men to do nothing.”

Today, insanity is all we can see, from shore to shore, border to border. It’s everywhere, in the schools, churches, governments, businesses, academia, Hollywood, the news media, political parties, our courts and even our broken families who can no longer stand to be in the same room together.

The powerful have intentionally divided us, in order to conquer us. Pitted American against American, all by erasing truth, history and the foundations of freedom and liberty, covering the nation in a blanket of lies with the obvious intent to ignite a civil war, American against American, as they plunder the nation unchallenged.

They have raped and devoured the average American mind through public education, higher indoctrination in the lecture halls, and even the new age churches. Almost no one knows who or what to trust anymore, drowning in an ocean of lies, our very existence threatened from within our own gates, as the government and their mindless minions heap crisis after crisis upon an unsuspecting nation adrift.

An insane people cannot survive their own folly. People who can no longer tell up from down, right from left, truth from lies, are doomed. It’s reminiscent of the fall of the Roman Empire, and all once great civilizations. Consumed by self-interest and living under a blanket of lies, the American people have little hope for survival.

Yet, it is that truth that can set us free once again, the truth most Americans are afraid to speak. For truth to reign, it must be spoken, or it doesn’t exist. All government power is derived from the consent of the governed, and our silence is our consent.

We either speak truth now, or we will perish by the sharp edge of mass deception and national delusions, all a direct result of our silence, a form of quiet self-destruction.

An insane nation cannot exist…it is doomed to the ash heap of history.

“A nation can survive its fools, and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within. An enemy at the gates is less formidable, for he is known and carries his banner openly. But the traitor moves amongst those within the gate freely, his sly whispers rustling through all the alleys, heard in the very halls of government itself. For the traitor appears not a traitor; he speaks in accents familiar to his victims, and he wears their face and their arguments, he appeals to the baseness that lies deep in the hearts of all men. He rots the soul of a nation, he works secretly and unknown in the night to undermine the pillars of the city, he infects the body politic so that it can no longer resist.” —Cicero 106 BCE – 43 BCE

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

Fractured Bedrock, Part 1

By Oregon Senator, Dennis Linthicum

August 17, 2022

The Department of Homeland Security (DHS), which came into existence post 9/11, will spend $52 billion ($52,000,000,000) annually on President Biden’s newly created “Disinformation Governance Board.” George Orwell, in his insightful and dystopian novel, 1984, used a more satirical name for the disinformation board in his story, calling it a, “Ministry of Truth.”

Elon Musk’s successful acquisition of Twitter has spawned a new series of political firestorms and Biden’s disinformation and propaganda board is ready to plow $52 Billion into the effort to over criminalize, needlessly surveil and censor every stray thought that occurs on the web.

The hyper-inflated and outlandish dust-up between the online universe of woke-censors verses Elon Musk is telling. Media is parroting leftist talking points, especially the government’s, as they focus on protecting their own turf, gaining clicks and pretending to have empathy for truth-seekers.

Remember, Musk used to be the darling of the clean-energy zealots and pot-smoking elites who roam throughout California, Oregon, and the rest of the US. But, just as Trump used to be a celebrity favorite, Musk, too, has fallen from grace. His only failing is a willingness to allow conservative voices a share in the Twittersphere.

The elites fear uncensored discussions which might bring to light things like the FBI and CIA collusion using the Steele Dossier and the Hunter Biden laptop story. I haven’t heard Musk venture so far as to claim that the election was stolen or that during COVID-19 the CDC engaged in willful misconduct and criminal fraud. However, the left isn’t standing by to be exposed and are diligently working to keep details hidden.

Given the left’s single-minded totalitarian obsession, Biden’s disinformation bullies have enormous latitude and resources to silence questions as they arise. We have seen this before with proof that there was a concerted effort by NIAID Director Anthony Fauci and NIH Director Francis Collins to run a smear campaign against the Great Barrington Declaration.

The good news is that more people are becoming aware of the importance of free speech. The bedrock of our Republican form of self-governance is like a lava flow from a single source – free speech. Our beautiful history is made from the basics of freedom of conscience, free thought, free speech and freedom to join and assemble as one pleases, without government interference. The result is free and open debate and decision making organized through a free electoral process.

Today’s free speech quagmire stems from misunderstanding the true meaning of tolerance. Tolerance is not a choice between cheer-leading or cancelling. Tolerance leans more in the direction of forbearance. It is more than mere accommodation, and includes self-control and self-restraint, such as resistance to our impulsive yearnings to cancel, score points or to “get even.”

These patterns of censorship are similar throughout history. In one colonial example, a British loyalist, Thomas Hutchinson of Boston, tried jailing his opponents. Hutchinson was a merchant, politician, judge, chief justice of the Superior Court, and lieutenant governor for colonial Massachusetts.

Colonial patriots took issue with Hutchinson’s support for the “passive, fawning, corrupt, and venal” acts of Parliament and King George III. Most of these pesky harangues came from colonial newspapers like the radical Boston Gazette.

The Gazette lit the fires of discontent and then other Bostonians followed suit. They expressed their own opinions and threw additional condemnations upon Hutchinson for his backing of the King and Parliament. Sidewalk broadsides also appeared in high-traffic areas of the city stimulating public awareness and conversation, much like today’s Twitter and Instagram.

In August 1767 Hutchinson decided to convene a grand jury in order to silence his detractors. He was confident of his legal standing because he was a local colonial official seeking justice after having been, “treated in the most abusive Manner, and vilified beyond all Bounds.”

History tells us that Hutchinson lost all three of his attempts to silence and jail the editors at the Gazette. What would have happened had he been victorious? Would history have taken a different path had he been successful in his censorship attempts?
The next layer in this story occurs, six years later, when Benjamin Franklin acquired a series of letters between Hutchinson and Lieutenant Governor Andrew Oliver regarding colonial malcontents. These letters exposed the true nature of the man, and his low opinion of the colonials’ hopes for self-governance. Newspapers responded and exposed the “low artifices and ministerial lies” which had lulled New Englanders, “into a state of supineness.”

Like Hillary Clinton’s eMail cache or Hunter Biden’s laptop shenanigans, these letters were eventually made public by the Sons of Liberty and published in local newspapers, starting with the Boston Gazette.

Where would we be today, if Hutchinson’s censorship efforts had succeeded? Would the Declaration of Independence and the Constitutional Bill of Rights exist? Would the founding generation have been allowed to pen, “We the people,” as the first three words of our constitution?

What if the King’s elites had successfully stopped those who, “attend at taverns, where they talk politicks, get drunk, damn the King, Ministers and Taxes; and vow they will follow any measures proposed to them by their demagogues, however repugnant to religion, reason and common sense.”

These words echo today’s rhetoric. There is nothing new under the sun. The only question becomes, whose religion, reason, or common sense will be protected? And whose will be maligned?

Most Americans claim to believe in the ideas of free-speech, freedom of conscience and the freedom to worship the God of their choice, “because it’s guaranteed in the 1st Amendment.”

The 1st Amendment is not the “guarantee” but rather a codification of this right. It is part of our human endowment, our natural, undeniable and inviolable right of conscience.

The phrase which starts our US Constitution, “We the people,” asserts that all people have these undeniable rights. Power is inherent within the hearts, minds and souls of the people. In fact, the citizen is the permanent ruler. The citizen is the umpire. The citizen blows the whistle and calls strikes, fouls and out-of-bounds.

This understanding means that people are competent enough to choose temporary representatives for elected positions. The claim also ensures that the citizen always retains their place as the “permanent rulers.” This is why administrations come and go and regimes change. They are only temporary and are installed into office for a limited time and purpose.

These provisional administrations occupy the Governor’s Mansion, or the White House, only with the peoples’ permission. They reside there as any guest would occupy an Airbnb rental. The citizen must still clean the toilets, vacuum the carpets, and clear out the trash left by any hooligans who slept on the couch.

In closing, free speech, a free press and the free expression of ideas shows itself most powerfully, not on Twitter, Facebook, or Google but at the polling place. This is why ensuring the voice of the citizen through Election Integrity must be our highest universal goal.

E-Mail Dennis Linthicum: d4linthicum@gmail.com

Radio Show Censored for Exposing the Media’s Conspiracy Theories That Turned Out Be True!

By Bradlee Dean

August 17, 2022

“We’ll know our disinformation program is complete when everything the American people believe is false.” -William Casey, CIA Director, 1981

How telling can this be? Saturday’s The Sons of Liberty radio show was censored for exposing the mainstream media’s conspiracy theories that turned out to be true (Jeremiah 11:9). This happened all in the face of the viewers’ responses stating: “The Sons Of Liberty ought to be required listening.”

As you well know, the CIA controlled media has a long history of propaganda, blatant lies, half-truths and even attempting to cover for conspirators (John 8:44). They helped prove the point again on Bradlee Dean’s radio show.

[YouTube Video]

America, Sheep To The Slaughter

Saturday’s censored radio show

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Thoughts on the Alex Jones Saga: “Conspiracy Theories” the Good, the Bad, and the Bogus

By Steven Yates

August 16, 2022

The Alex Jones Saga.

As most readers doubtless know, Alex Jones has been ordered to pay a whopping $49.3 million to two Sandy Hook parents whose child was allegedly killed in the mass shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary School on December 14, 2012.

This may be the largest defamation award of all time, and with two more suits against Jones pending, combined awards might end up accomplishing what the Establishment wants, which is to put Jones’s media organization out of business.

I’ll admit, I’ve never been an Alex Jones fan. His bombast, exceeding that of the late Rush Limbaugh, was always too much for me. Sometimes, especially when appearing as a guest on someone else’s show, he simply lost it. Almost a decade ago, Piers Morgan interviewed him on gun control. For the first couple of minutes, Jones made reasonable arguments, however animated. Then he launched into a tirade. I know it’s CNN, but watch. Note that having deep-sixed Jones’s own channel, YouTube hasn’t censored this. Morgan, representing the Establishment, comes off cool and collected. Jones sounds like a loon. I did not trust him after that.

That said, we must acknowledge that he was in the forefront of those exposing globalism. He drew attention to unanswered questions raised by the Oklahoma City Bombing and, six years later, 9/11. Mainstream corporate media hated his guts from the get-go, especially when his audience began to rival theirs in size.

The question: did he go too far with Sandy Hook?

After all, it’s one thing to criticize members of the political class or other highly visible public figures as not being what they seem, or as working for malevolent powers. First Amendment rights afford lassitude regarding such.

It is quite another to claim that private citizens, such as Sandy Hook parents, are really “crisis actors,” in the context of claiming that one of the worst alleged mass shootings of the past decade was a hoax concocted by the Obama-era Deep State with the intent of bringing about more gun control.

Someone doing the latter better have all his ducks in a row, because the First Amendment wasn’t written to protect such allegations unless they could be backed up with rock-solid evidence!

Conspiracy Claims Can Go Overboard.

Before penning this, I checked my archive. Did I write anything about Sandy Hook when it happened? I found nothing on it here, or elsewhere. Looks like I went mostly silent for several months. Sometimes my “muse” deserts me. Or is overridden by circumstances. In 2012 I was exploring a foreign country, learning its language, meeting new people. Except for the election, what was going on in the U.S. was mostly off my mind.

Researching it a little now, I’m unsure what I would have said then. So this may be 20-20 hindsight.

First, some people go overboard with conspiracy claims. Not everything bad, or every act of violence, can be blamed on nefarious agencies. As the quasi-Freudian quip goes, a cigar is sometimes just a cigar.

Second, as I’ve often noted, much of what I write about doesn’t fit the conspiracy label. It relies on published materials, some penned by the “conspirators” themselves or by those who have been close to them: readily available if you know where to look. If a conspiracy is something hidden from you, then superelite agencies — GloboCorp, if you prefer — are not hiding but just exploiting public preferences for what the Kardashians did this week. So we shouldn’t use that label. I’ve used the term directed history a time or two.

Third, when searching for conspiracy claims about Sandy Hook specifically, one thing stands out: disproportionately severe and costly backlash against those making them.

James Tracy, formerly a communications professor at a South Florida university, also alleged that Sandy Hook was a hoax. By 2015 he’d lost his teaching career following a legal battle with Sandy Hook parent Lenny Pozner over whether his son Noah had ever existed. Tracy had declared Pozner’s son’s birth and death certificates to be forgeries.

Jim Fetzer, a retired philosophy professor, and another author, co-edited a book of essays entitled Nobody Died At Sandy Hook (2015), which made the same claims as Tracy. Amazon carried the book for a while, then banned it. Pozner also sued Fetzer for defamation and was awarded $450,000!

I would have avoided the subject, but then I discovered this article by Ron Unz: a gamechanger I recommend wholeheartedly! Even before finishing this! Go there! I’ll wait!

Cognitive Infiltration: What It Is, Why It Is Dangerous.

Unz cited an author not (yet) widely known: Michael Collins Piper, who wrote several books critical of U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. He specifically criticized the U.S.’s unconditional support for Israel. This made him powerful enemies, and he died in relative poverty in 2015. His posthumously published False Flags (2019) argues what seems to me a plausible thesis going something like this:

The IT Revolution, especially the Internet, made centralized control over information impossible. By the turn of the millennium we were in a period in which anyone could research anything and put the results on a website or blog available to anyone with a computer and an Internet connection. Then one could build an email list and distribute their information to a huge and expanding audience.

This was our Gutenberg moment. But it arrived with its own dangers. You could find sober commentary on real world effects of globalization that differed greatly from what George W. Bush’s court economists said. You could also find claims that the Bush administration answered to space aliens.

Piper put his finger on something that occurred to me long ago: how easy it would have been back then (maybe still is) for globalists to “seed” the Internet with bogus “conspiracy theories,” planting what were already called urban legends, then get them in front of the Alex Joneses of the world hoping they would excitedly latch onto them. Those whose critical thinking skills had not atrophied would turn away, thinking all claims of nefarious activity behind the scenes are the province of nutjobs.

The process is called cognitive infiltration.

I’ve happened upon conspiracy claims I can’t take seriously. Some sound credible until you think them through.

Surely we noticed that mixed in with sober analyses of whether jet fuel could burn hot enough to bring down the steel-reinforced Twin Towers into their own footprint on 9/11 are claims that there were no planes! Those were holograms! Directed energy weapons brought down the Towers!

This is one such claim. There are others.

And what bothered me about films like Loose Change, which contended that a missile, not a plane, struck the Pentagon, were two simple questions.

First, the approaching plane was seen/heard by hundreds of people in vehicles or on foot that morning. If a missile hit the Pentagon, what happened to the plane? How was it gotten out of Washington airspace without anyone seeing it, or tracking it on radar?

Second, where was the missile fired from? Answers to such queries (when addressed at all) left me dissatisfied. These elements of 9/11-was-an-inside-job claims seemed dubious — unlike very credible claims that the event was known about in advance because it was planned in advance, and that something other than burning jet fuel brought down the Towers. Not to mention the loopy idea that Congress pulled the 400-plus page USA Patriot Act out of their derrieres in just six weeks!

Were we seeing calculated efforts to destroy the credibility of all inside-job / false flag thinking about 9/11?

Is Cognitive Infiltration Making Us Crazy?

It is difficult to write from this perspective, because so many patriots are sold on claims that ultimately don’t make sense. These well-meaning folks appear to constitute a substantial audience.

Talk radio show hosts thus risk alienating listeners by being nuanced, by suggesting, “Wait a minute…. Let’s think carefully about this.”

Writers such as myself risk losing readers.

When I revealed my doubts about the-moon-landings-were-faked thinking a couple of years ago (here and here), I received hostile emails saying I’d destroyed my credibility, a few saying they’d never read anything I wrote ever again!

The problem: I just can’t envision tens of thousands of engineers being fooled in pretty much the same way seven straight times! Engineers are not stupid! Thus the envisioned scenario seems to me highly unlikely!

And: what about the upsurge of flat-earthism over the past few years?

I am unable to engage at all something so patently ridiculous. Once a flat-earther replied to my sole online comment on the subject with something like, “Newton led the Royal Society! The Royal Society was controlled by Freemasonry! Freemasonry serves Satan! Therefore Newton’s theory and globism [sic.] are Satanic! Gravity doesn’t exist! Show me some gravity! Things float in water, do they not? Where’s the gravity there?”

That wasn’t exactly it (I’m going from memory), but it’s in the ballpark. How do you answer a screed like that? You don’t. You do the only thing you can. You walk away.

If such things are credible — if Satan has deceived us all to that extent — then we might as well give up seeking knowledge about the world altogether. My convictions have long been that physical science is possible because God created us in His image, creating our intellects in such a way as to be able to grasp, with some effort, the fundamental physical workings of His Creation. This is aligned with a school of thought known as presuppositional apologetics, which sees God’s existence is a first premise. If the first premise is false, then not just physical science but technology (which relies on physics at every juncture) is inexplicable.

That’s a Christian epistemology (theory of knowledge). Secular epistemologies tend to begin with sense experience. They’ve had to struggle mightily to stave off skepticism. It’s a long story.

In any case, learning the truth can be very difficult, made worse if your efforts are confounded with conflicting messages and narratives, some absurd and introduced on purpose to throw you off track and possibly even make you slightly crazy. Flat-earthism tells me there is an element out there that’s gotten progressively crazier.

Cass Sunstein: Architect of Cognitive Infiltration. The “Crisis Actors” Con.

Ron Unz draws our attention to a federal operative whose efforts overlapped the Bush and Obama years: Cass Sunstein, author of books on various subjects — and of an article published in an obscure academic journal back in 2008 suggesting that “conspiracy theories” should be fought not directly but through the infiltration method, which tries to drive people away from them by making them look ridiculous.

What he advocated, and what may have already been underway: superelite infiltrators enter the conspiracy fray with outlandish theories to compete with those of serious researchers. Then, over time, they ratchet up the outlandishness.

Sadly, the superelite mindset gets a few things right. The masses are by nature followers. In a society the educational system of which has basically gone off the rails, and in a culture driven by constant titillation and excitement, it will be easy to lead a lot of people by their noses. Especially those encouraged, or who have encouraged each other, to see and believe they’ve been manipulated by hidden, malevolent forces disrupting their lives and livelihoods.

Piper suggested that Sandy Hook was the Sunstein strategy’s first major test. Unz quotes him:

The Sandy Hook affair was tailor-made for putting the Sunstein gang’s experiment in motion. It involved violence. It involved the explosive issue of gun control, inasmuch as the incident was said to have been a mass shooting. And it was another sensational school shooting — and one at a grade school, no less.

The dynamics were absolutely on target — no pun intended — for the Sunstein thesis to be put to the test.

And, quite predictably, the mass media — as a consequence of its typically reckless nature — played right into the scheme. The frenzied rush in the heat of the moment to get “the scoop” led to sloppy reporting and presumably otherwise honest mistakes by journalists.

And naturally, a lot of these errors were quickly the subject of discussion among emailers and those participating on Internet discussion forums who were concerned about the obvious push for further gun control that was accompanying the media reportage relating to the events at Sandy Hook.

At this point Ron Unz interjects:

Piper argued that a small group of establishment operatives successfully manipulated the conspiracy community on the Internet, promoting ideas that soon captured the imagination of these activists, many of whom were excitable and overly gullible:

Piper again:

One of the first and most outrageous of these Internet “revelations” that did so much to make sincere truth seekers look foolish was the oft-repeated theme that “Sandy Hook was a hoax” and that no children were even killed there…. Even the introduction of the word “hoax” was carefully calculated and with the mass media reporting that “conspiracy theorists” were using that term to describe the tragedy, many in the general public began to doubt the sanity of a lot of good people who were rightfully raising questions about what happened at Sandy Hook and the way that it was being exploited…

This was their first big “test tube” case and it was proving to be a success, perhaps beyond even their wildest dreams….

The Crisis Management Conspirators mesmerized and manipulated American patriots and other skeptics via a nonstop wave of Sandy Hook “factoids” that quickly spread like wildfire across the Internet. And patriot websites by the hundreds — by the thousands — were picking them up and reporting them. These legends — spawned by the Crisis Management folks — because the staple daily diet of email addicts who were eagerly helping distribute the latest Sandy Hook “revelations”….

Precisely because so much disinformation was being repeated by well-meaning and entirely innocent folks, a lot of good patriots concluded that something had to be amiss with the “official” Sandy Hook story or otherwise — they said — so many good patriots on so many websites and elsewhere wouldn’t be raising these questions.

As the saying goes (I’ve quoted it before), what tangled webs we weave….

The idea is that if you can’t defeat your opponent in open debate, furtively join them and sabotage them from within! It’s a species of fifth generation warfare, fought with misdirection and subterfuge.

I think this explains the false rabbit trails I’ve mentioned and probably others besides. At least we should think about it. Continuing:

[O]ne of the biggest cons of all perpetrated upon legitimate truth seekers was the legend of the “crisis actors” … that came to be an article of faith surrounding Sandy Hook…. As we’ve already noted (perhaps all too often) in the wake of Sandy Hook many people actually believed that there hadn’t even been any gunplay at all — that no children and no adults were shot that day, that it was all a big staged event, with the purported victims and their families (along with law enforcement) in on the deal…. And in many respects, it may have been one of the most ingenious scams ever pawned off on American patriots designed to misdirect their attention.

Notice how specific superelites can be credited with “anticipating” the coming of Captain Covid. The obvious example is Event 201, organized by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and the World Economic Forum, carried out at John Hopkins University on October 18, 2019. Another of those events that happened “in view,” i.e., not exactly hidden but not reported in corporate media. You had to seek it out, or you’d not know about it.

We find nothing of the sort with “crisis actors.” To the best of my knowledge no one has claimed credit for the idea. Someone will point out that we have seen ads for crisis actors. Yes, ads that could easily have been placed by agents of Piper’s/Unz’s Crisis Management Conspirators where patriots would see them.

If this line of reasoning is correct, it seems that Alex Jones — among those others we mentioned, and more besides — fell right into the trap the Sunstein crowd laid for them, and are paying the price.

What Might Have Happened at Sandy Hook.

Are there legitimate questions about Sandy Hook? Probably. But which of the following is more logical:

A subgroup within the superelite plan a hoaxed “mass shooting.” They recruit dozens of “crisis actors” to pretend to be parents of murdered children. They enlist local law enforcement as well as local media.

Now consider an alternative scenario … the elites just send in a trusted, trained professional killer, a bona fide psychopath, who possibly uses the Lanza kid as a patsy (akin to Oswald and JFK, or Sirhan and RFK). He does a job about which most of the after-the-fact reportage was essentially correct: twenty children and six teachers or administrators were shot to death by someone who knew exactly what he was doing.

We have a timeline indicating that the shooter got off a rough average of one shot every 13.8 seconds — do the math. Some shots were reportedly much closer together, meaning much less time between them. I know of no information on how many shots missed, the bullets lodged in walls, but that would reduce the average time between shots still more.

The former would have been a massive undertaking! Agents of the superelite would have to buy the silence of each one of the dozens of people “in the know,” or otherwise threaten them, and manage to fool hundreds of other local people, continuing the masquerade indefinitely. There would always be the risk of someone credible blowing the whistle.

An advantage of the latter scenario is that it could have been accomplished without involving anyone outside a tiny inner circle. It accuses no one of being a “crisis actor.” Parents, police, the media, etc., could have been kept in the dark. What happened to the real shooter? Some reports indicated a “second shooter” initially apprehended outside the school moments later. This person seems to have disappeared. Or the real shooter, having left his weapon(s) with the Lanza kid (who received the final bullet), could have found a place to quickly change clothes, then pose as a parent and simply walk out with everyone else exiting the building in a state of panic.

I can’t prove that this second scenario is what happened, of course. I wasn’t there, and I doubt you were either, gentle reader. But consider the old and venerable principle known as Occam’s Razor. Roughly stated, other things being equal: given two competing ideas or explanations for the same event, the one with the fewest moving parts or basic postulates — structurally the simplest — tends to be the right one.

This idea has worked time and time again.

(In a universe designed by a rational God, a cosmos in which the deepest truths are ultimately the simplest makes sense, does it not?)

What Really Matters: the Superelite and Their Goal of Global De Facto Totalitarianism.

My thesis has long been, and continues to be: a small group of humanity, fundamentally sociopathic and seeing themselves as most fit to rule, is obsessed with power and global domination. This group has been using financial systems, economies, and over the past two and a half years, the psychology of mass hysteria, to extend their control over the world. They want a world government that will further enrich their global corporations, while exercising de facto totalitarian control over populations. This group recruits other sociopaths out of general populations who show a willingness and readiness to kill for the cause. They now have the technology enabling them to shift this scheme into high gear, and are using it!

The evidence for this is literally overwhelming!

The superelite, or GloboCorp, will stop at nothing to get what they want. Constitutional patriots in the U.S., as well as nationalists and so-called populists in Europe and elsewhere — also Christians the world over — continue to stand in their way.

They suffered a setback when the Internet got away from them. They partly lost control of national and international narratives, and since 2016 have pulled out all stops to get their power back. They see figures like Trump and possibly Putin as existential threats to their plans for the world. These figures don’t do their bidding as did the Clinton’s and Biden. They can’t be controlled. And they’ve proven strong enough to stand up against the superelite while leading populations at the national level. Hence controlled corporate media demonizes them as “fascists” and “autocrats.” Hence also the campaigns of censorship by Corporate Media and Big Tech which began after Trump’s upset victory in 2016.

The superelite know they are running out of time, because of the number of people out here who know about them and are organizing to oppose them, or at least get free of them.

Hence, finally, the frantic effort to block a second Trump presidency, which would be a catastrophe … for them!

Conclusion.

These are the sorts of things that merit our focus. We should avoid going down false rabbit trails, often based on incidents like Sandy Hook that go off the beaten track. Alex Jones’s fate shows what can happen when both prominent voices and their followers fall victim to cognitive infiltration.

Imagine the pain felt by parents who really did lose children in a mass shooting that, yes, really did happen even if by some chance Adam Lanza wasn’t the shooter! How would you cope, when you were accused in public of being a “crisis actor”? What would you do?

The situation is worse. For the past several weeks I’ve not seen a single reference to Jones that did not demonize him with the conspiracy theorist label. Some authors go further, denouncing him as a liar, despicable, malicious, and so on. In the wake of Jones’s likely financial ruin, millions of people watching it all will conclude that pursuit of anything smacking of “conspiracy theory” is not just nutty but evidence of personal malice! They will avoid it like the plague, and thus never see what is really going on in the world.

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

___________

We Can’t Impeach Our Way Out of This

By Cliff Kincaid

August 16, 2022

Communism has come to America but the conservative and Republican establishments can’t admit it. They are afraid of being labeled McCarthyites.

An outfit called the Conservative Action Project, comprised of the conservative elite, just released a “Memo for the Movement” entitled “Garland and Wray Must Be Impeached,” referring to Attorney General Merrick Garland and FBI Director Christopher Wray. It’s too little too late. We can’t impeach our way out of this predicament.

Even abolition of the CIA and the FBI won’t be enough. The corruption is too deep.

As if the CIA and FBI were not enough, an additional 87,000 IRS agents will be unleashed on those who resist.

Some say the villains are Soros, Schwab, and their ilk. The immediate problem is that, building off 8 years of Obama, we are witnessing the creation of a communist regime in a free country that is designed to use the police powers of the state to destroy the working class through socialist economic policies and Cultural Marxism.

Their champion, President Donald J. Trump, must be destroyed as well.

Communist Jan Kozak’s blueprint, How Parliament can Play a Revolutionary Part in Transition to Socialism, explains how a socialist one-party state can be accomplished through an electoral strategy. It is the Democratic Party’s playbook.

At this late date, conservatives must begin to identify the “progressives” as the communists they are and explain their tactics and strategy. Fearing the label of “McCarthyism” only confuses people about the need for congressional internal security committees to expose and identify communists and Islamists. Until that happens, Trevor Loudon has the best on-line encyclopedia, KeyWiki, to keep track of the “enemy within.” One current profile is of Senator Richard Blumenthal (D-CT), who was caught addressing the Connecticut Communist Party’s annual awards dinner on December 12, 2021.

Blumenthal is the tip-off that the Democratic Party is their chosen vehicle.

The key ally in Congress for Obama and Biden was and is House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, whose communist connections included Dr. Carlton Goodlett, a notorious communist associate of the communist Peoples Temple cult leader Jim Jones, whose more than 900 followers committed “revolutionary suicide” in Guyana in 1978. Goodlett, a Lenin Peace Prize winner, was a central figure in the Democratic Party in San Francisco. House Speaker Representative Nancy Pelosi praised Goodlett after his death as a civil rights leader.

Pelosi is a fellow traveler, to put it charitably.

The Deep State assault on Trump and his supporters demonstrates that, despite Hillary’s defeat in 2016, Obama’s personnel were occupying important positions of power and continue to do so. Our report at the time explained all of this.

But some of the key Trump aides didn’t understand or appreciate the work of Senator Joseph McCarthy and the House Committee on Un-American Activities.

And many still don’t get it. Stephen K. Bannon, who was fired by the former president, has just devoted hours of his “War Room” show on the America’s Voice network to Alex Jones, even though Jones is facing millions of dollars in jury and judicial fines over his ludicrous claim that the Sandy Hook school massacre was a hoax.

Jones will go down in history as a Texas-based radio/TV host who made millions of dollars posturing as a “conservative” while making some of the most outrageous claims in the history of American media. Those backing or promoting him are playing into the hands of those seeking to discredit Trump and his supporters.

Jones’ claims also include:

Muslim terrorists were not responsible for 9/11 and were patsies for the real villains.
The Boston Bombing, carried out by two Muslims from Russia, was a “false flag” operation.
NATO and Israel provoked the Russian invasion of its former republic of Georgia in 2008.

For those in the dark about Jones’ role as an agent provocateur in the conservative movement and an apologist for Vladimir Putin, I suggest subscribing to World Revolution Report.

I would also recommend my collection of a 500 anti-communist videos, except for the fact that YouTube has terminated them. The censorship was preceded by another smear of yours truly by the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC).

Years before I was targeted by the SPLC and the Council on American-Islamic Relations, the communists demonized Senator Joe McCarthy, coining the term “McCarthyism.” On the eve of investigating communist infiltration of the CIA, as documented by J.C. Hawkins in the book Betrayal at Bethesda, McCarthy went in Bethesda Naval Hospital for a knee problem and came out in a body bag, dead from hepatitis.

Look at a few of the communist connections in our current predicament. Trump’s CIA director, Gina Haspel, had reportedly arranged the transfer of the phony Russia dossier (when she was London station chief) to the FBI to use against Trump. It was paid for by Hillary and used KGB sources. Haspel was mentored by Obama CIA Director John Brennan, who voted communist in college and rose briskly through the ranks of the agency.

Soviet/Russian moles in the CIA and FBI have included Aldrich Ames, Harold Nicholson, and Robert Hanssen. There are undoubtedly many more, especially of the Chinese Communist variety that are known backers of the California Democrats.

Officially, the record shows, communism came to America through Obama’s “fundamental transformation,” another euphemism.

No Administration was more important in U.S. history than that of President Barack Hussein Obama. A Marxist with Muslim sympathies, Obama deceived the people about his mentor, Communist Party operative Frank Marshall Davis, a member of the Soviet espionage apparatus in Hawaii who had been under investigation or surveillance for at least 19 years. We released his FBI file. The media attacked us for exposing Obama’s true loyalties, succeeding in terminating our YouTube channel and draining our organization of financial resources.

Our report at the time had explained how Obama made a series of personnel decisions to drive America in the direction of what we called in our book, Permanent Revolution. This is a Marxist concept that involves constant “struggle” and “change” through a direct and unrelenting assault on the traditions – and traditional institutions — of our nation. Our two other books on Obama, Comrade Obama Unmasked and Red Star Rising, explain more of the significance of America’s first Marxist president, including his secret life and legacy.

As if to pay homage, Obama in November 2017 rushed over to Beijing to clink glasses with Chinese dictator Xi Jinping, General Secretary of the Communist Party of China. The Chinese media hailed the reunion as a meeting of “veteran cadre,” an extraordinary term that means the former U.S. President has been operating as a communist agent or operative.

Obama also worked with the Russians, when he was caught telling them he needed “more flexibility” to accommodate Vladimir Putin’s objectives.

Why didn’t conservatives call Obama a Marxist? They were scared of being called McCarthyites.

GOP strategist Karl Rove had been advising Republicans to avoid calling Obama a socialist or left-winger. His Republican opponents, John McCain and Mitt Romney, took his advice, failing to brand Obama the Marxist he was and is.

Meanwhile, it has now dawned on businessman John Mackey that “socialists are taking over” the country. The Whole Foods co-founder told Reason magazine, “They’re marching through the institutions — they’re taking everything over.”

Ominously, he added, “It looks like they’ve taken over the military.” That means that we don’t have the option they had in Chile.

Remember that Chile was once run by an associate of Fidel Castro, the communist Chilean President Salvador Allende, who seized power with only 36 percent of the vote.

The military responded with a coup against Allende and General Augusto Pinochet took power.

Faced with a popular rebellion against his communist policies, Allende shot himself with an AK-47 assault rifle given to him by Castro.

Pinochet saved Chile from communism, and presided over a transition to a free-market economy and democratic system that produced the greatest prosperity in Chilean history. He led a revolution in Chile that by communist standards was virtually bloodless. Some 3,000 people were killed by the military when they overthrew Salvador Allende. By contrast, in Russia and China, millions were slaughtered.

Pinochet stepped down from power voluntarily, giving the people of Chile a chance to chart their own future.

But if the U.S. military has indeed been taken over, as Mackey suggested, what option do the American people have?

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

Maine’s Tuition Assistance

By Paul Engel

August 15, 2022

When parents accept government money to pay for their children’s schooling, it always comes with strings.
What are the limits can a state place on where their tuition assistance go?
Can a state single out religious or sectarian organizations to be denied the ability to participate in their programs?

When parents saw what their children were being taught during the COVID-19 school shutdowns, school choice has been a topic of increased interest. If government schools were going to substitute political theory for reading, writing, and arithmetic, parents wanted another choice. Most people cannot afford private schools, and others cannot dedicate the time to home schooling. Since the people pay for these government schools through their taxes, shouldn’t they be able to use that money for better options?

As the most rural state in the union, Maine is in a unique situation.

Maine’s Constitution provides that the State’s legislature shall “require . . . the several towns to make suitable provision, at their own expense, for the support and maintenance of public schools.”… In accordance with that command, the legislature has required that every school-age child in Maine “shall be provided an opportunity to receive the benefits of a free public education,”

While the Constitution of the State of Maine requires towns to provide for public schools, some districts do not have a secondary school. Maine enacted a program to allow parents in these districts to designate another secondary school for their children to attend, either in another district or a private school, and the state would send money to the school to help defray costs. Of course, with money comes strings, which two families got caught in.

David and Amy Carson sought tuition assistance to send their daughter to Bangor Christian Academy, while Troy and Angela Nelson sent their son to Temple Academy, but could not afford to also send their daughter. There was one problem for these two families though; since 1981, Maine has limited tuition assistance to “nonsectarian” schools. While both schools met the state’s requirement of being accredited by the New England Association of Schools and Colleges (NEASC), the schools did not qualify as “nonsectarian”.

Petitioners sued the commissioner of the Maine Department of Education, alleging that the “nonsectarian” requirement violated the Free Exercise Clause and the Establishment Clause of the First Amendment, as well as the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment. The District Court rejected petitioners’ constitutional claims and granted judgment to the commissioner. The First Circuit affirmed.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

Let’s start with the complaint. As I’ve said more than a few times before, this cannot be a First Amendment issue because the law in question did not come from Congress.

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof;

This detail didn’t seem to influence the Supreme Court’s opinion:

The Free Exercise Clause of the First Amendment protects against “indirect coercion or penalties on the free exercise of religion, not just outright prohibitions.”

Maine Constitution, Article I, Section 3

It’s worth noting that the court did not come to this opinion based on the language of the Constitution. Rather, they once again placed the opinions of previous courts above the supreme law of the land.

While this requirement cannot violate the First Amendment to the United States, it does violate the Constitution of the State of Maine.

All individuals have a natural and unalienable right to worship Almighty God according to the dictates of their own consciences, and no person shall be hurt, molested or restrained in that person’s liberty or estate for worshipping God in the manner and season most agreeable to the dictates of that person’s own conscience, nor for that person’s religious professions or sentiments, provided that that person does not disturb the public peace, nor obstruct others in their religious worship;

As the suit. alleges, Maine’s policy also violates the Fourteenth Amendment’s Equal Protection Clause.

nor shall any State … deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV

Does Maine’s “nonsectarian” requirement violate the rights of its citizens to equal protection of the law?

The First Circuit held that the “nonsectarian” requirement was constitutional because the benefit was properly viewed not as tuition payments to be used at approved private schools but instead as funding for the “rough equivalent of the public school education that Maine may permissibly require to be secular.”

The First Circuit Court of Appeals thought the requirement was constitutional because, in their minds, the money wasn’t a tuition payment but school funding. Meanwhile I’m not quite sure what that has to do with the constitutionality of the requirement. Can the State of Maine create public schools that are required to be secular? Yes.

But the statute does not say anything like that. The benefit provided by statute is tuition at a public or private school, selected by the parent, with no suggestion that the “private school” must somehow provide a “public” education.

According to the First Circuit it’s OK to discriminate if the funding is for the equivalent of a public education, but not if it’s for tuition? Thankfully, the majority of the court did not agree.

Maine’s “nonsectarian” requirement for its otherwise generally available tuition assistance payments violates the Free Exercise Clause of the First Amendment. Regardless of how the benefit and restriction are described, the program operates to identify and exclude otherwise eligible schools on the basis of their religious exercise. The judgment of the Court of Appeals is reversed, and the case is remanded for further proceedings consistent with this opinion.

Dissent

Justice Breyer dissented with the opinion, and was joined by Justices Kagan and Sotomayor.

The First Amendment begins by forbidding the government from “mak[ing] [any] law respecting an establishment of religion.” It next forbids them to make any law “prohibiting the free exercise thereof.”

Carson et al. v. Makin – Dissent

As I’ve already shown, the First Amendment forbids Congress, not “the government”; that came from the Supreme Court. Which makes the next quote even more disturbing.

The Court today pays almost no attention to the words in the first Clause while giving almost exclusive attention to the words in the second.

Carson et al. v. Makin – Dissent

Actually, the Supreme Court as a whole paid no attention to the words of the First Amendment, period. Like any good lawyer, Justice Breyer is good at playing with words to support his opinion.

The majority also fails to recognize the “ ‘play in the joints’ ” between the two Clauses. … That “play” gives States some degree of legislative leeway. It sometimes allows a State to further antiestablishment interests by withholding aid from religious institutions without violating the Constitution’s protections for the free exercise of religion.

Carson et al. v. Makin – Dissent

The Constitution doesn’t have any ‘joints’ to play with. The First Amendment strictly prohibits Congress (not the states), from abridging the people’s right to exercise their religion. What Justice Breyer refers to as “antiestablishment interests” seems more like anti-religious interests.

In my view, Maine’s nonsectarian requirement falls squarely within the scope of that constitutional leeway. I respectfully dissent.

Carson et al. v. Makin – Dissent

It should be no surprise that a justice of the Supreme Court placed their own preferences above the actual language of the law, and that is not the only place Justice Breyer got it wrong.

We have never previously held what the Court holds today, namely, that a State must (not may) use state funds to pay for religious education as part of a tuition program designed to ensure the provision of free statewide public school education.

Carson et al. v. Makin – Dissent

As the majority pointed out, nothing in their opinion claims the state must fund religious education.

The dissents are wrong to say that under our decision today Maine “must” fund religious education. … Maine chose to allow some parents to direct state tuition payments to private schools; that decision was not “forced upon” it. … The State retains a number of options: it could expand the reach of its public school system, increase the availability of transportation, provide some combination of tutoring, remote learning, and partial attendance, or even operate boarding schools of its own.

Conclusion

As I’ve already pointed out, the majority of the court sided with the parents. Yes, they claimed that Maine’s “nonsectarian” requirement violated the First Amendment.

In particular, we have repeatedly held that a State violates the Free Exercise Clause when it excludes religious observers from otherwise available public benefits.

However, since the First Amendment specifically prohibits Congress from passing laws abridging the free exercise of religion, it appears once again the court got to the right answer, but for the wrong reasons. What Maine’s “nonsectarian” clause did by singling out religious schools for discrimination, was violate the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment.

So where does that leave this case?

Maine may provide a strictly secular education in its public schools. But BCS and Temple Academy—like numerous other recipients of Maine tuition assistance payments—are not public schools. In order to provide an education to children who live in certain parts of its far-flung State, Maine has decided not to operate schools of its own, but instead to offer tuition assistance that parents may direct to the public or private schools of their choice. Maine’s administration of that benefit is subject to the free exercise principles governing any such public benefit program—including the prohibition on denying the benefit based on a recipient’s religious exercise.

Steve Bannon UNLOADS at CPAC: The Federal Reserve Has Usurped the Power of the People and Must Be Ended (VIDEO)

While we should take the win, I think constitutionally minded Americans should also learn from the court’s mistake. We may be happy with the outcome, but all it would take for the next group of parents to be discriminated against is a court with a couple of different justices on it.

The Establishment Clause does not require government to be hostile to religious observances or organizations. While there are plenty of government actors, including judges, who may disagree, the Establishment Clause does not require a secular government, it only prohibits a national church. Those who have stoked the fears of America becoming a theocracy have used the misinterpretation of Jefferson’s “separation of church and state” to effectively do what they claim to be avoiding: Establishing a national religion of secularism. This case is one small step for religious freedom in America. Hopefully, it will lead to a giant leap towards liberty for all.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

87,000 New IRS Agents to Enforce the Big Lie

By: Devvy

August 15, 2022

Last week there were a lot of headlines regarding the Internal Robbing Service hiring 87,000 new agents: IRS Is Hiring New Employees — Including Armed and Fit Federal Agents “Willing to Use Deadly Force” …Update: IRS pulls Job Post, August 10, 2022

Nothing new for those not familiar with the IRS and their special agents armed to the teeth. And, make no mistake about this: Just as what happened a decade ago, these newly minted “public servants” will go after constitutional groups and non-profits fighting back against this in-your-face tyranny we are living in every day.

Now that the communists controlling Congress and Hussein Obama and his Comrades running the Red House on Pennsylvania Ave have passed another massive, unconstitutional spending bill called the Inflation Reduction Act, it’s time to finally kill off the middle class in this country.

Hundreds and hundreds of billions of BORROWED “dollars” to continue fleecing us to fund the great hoax called climate change. Of course, if the Republicans take control of the House and Senate in November, come January they can pass a bill to stop funding this new rape. Congress can and has overridden a legitimate president’s veto of a bill. Think about that when you vote back the same incumbents who continue to cover up the big lie about the income tax.

The ONLY reason the Internal Robbing Service has been able to steal from We the People this long is FEAR. IRS freezes your bank accounts with no notice. So many have killed themselves, families ruined. Best to stick your head in the sand, reject the truth, accept your lot in life: A slave to the banking cartels. 1913: Unconstitutional “Federal” Reserve Banking Act, 16^th Amendment (income tax) to feed the thievery and the 17^th Amendment to destroy the rights of the states. See here and you will see the truth.

The bottom line is the federal income tax DOES NOT APPLY TO DOMESTIC AMERICANS. Period. How many thousands of Americans have been thrown in prison to keep the big lie going? Former IRS tax preparer, a wonderful human being and patriot, Sherry Jackson, dared to challenge the big fat lie about the income tax went to prison for speaking out.

Oh, well, you know, we all gotta pay our fair share and as the old saying goes: Two things in life you can’t escape are death and taxes. Let me tell you something as someone whose been educated on this for nearly 30 years (the “Fed” is what first drew my attention), there are a whole lot of U.S. Attorneys who prosecute people who know the truth but when it comes to truth vs lies, the Constitution vs lies, the truth and Constitution mean nothing. It’s all about that paycheck and that includes federal judges in collusion with the IRS.

The liars in the prostitute media and members of Congress have been smearing those who’ve come forward – just like the doctors and scientists have over COVID-19 injections – using all the usual Soviet-style propaganda group-think language. Over the decades we know (those of us in the trenches) many past members of Congress knew the truth about the income tax but remained silent. After all, Congress (both parties) need to continue raping us to pay the private banking cartels as they put us further and further into double-digit TRILLIONS of dollars in unpayable debt.

I know someone who used to be one of those well-armed IRS Special Agents. Your tax dollars trained him and he thought he was doing the right thing when presented an assignment regarding ‘tax cheats’. His name is Joe Banister and I’ve been proud to call him friend for over 20 years. A man’s man who when he found out the truth, Joe could no longer play their game and resigned from his high paying IRS job with a wife and two sons to support.

Let that sink in. A good man with a heart of gold and the courage of a lion. After leaving the IRS, Joe started doing radio and public appearances and then the federals went after Joe with a vengeance.

Can’t have former IRS Special Agents running around the country educating Americans on what the IRS Code actually says and means. I attended his trial as it was held in Sacramento where I lived at the time in the big, new federal court house. Thank God, Joe was acquitted. This is my column on the trial: The Agony, The Ecstasy, The Agony, June 25, 2005

Like so many others over the decades, I’ve written on this issue endlessly but probably 90% of Americans have zero understanding about the income tax – other than pay up or off to a federal cage; usually a minimum-security prison.

Don’t take my word for any of this, take the time to watch or listen to Joe and ask yourself: Who’s telling the truth? A man of integrity who gave up his paycheck to uphold his oath of office or the whores America continues to reelect – along with U.S. Prosecutors and federal judges who are in collusion with each other?

And let me tell you something else that is a FACT. Expert witnesses like Joe Banister and other former IRS agents are barred from testifying at trials as well as submitting the factual truth: The IRS deliberately misrepresents who is required to file income tax forms and pay the thieves. Only by the grace of God was Joe and Tommy (below) acquitted by their juries who saw through the lies by U.S. Prosecutors.

This is a presentation speech Joe gave that should go viral. WATCH IT – the first video. You can enlarge screen.

Former IRS Special Agent EXPOSES Government Tax Scam – Video interview, 2013 (17:15) – You will be shocked at what Joe says in that interview.

This is Joe’s web site. READ the truth.

Truth Frequency Radio (Interview)

Corruption in the IRS (Interview)

Tommy Cryer was a lawyer for over 35 years before he passed away on June 4, 2012, which broke my heart. Tommy was a roaring lion about the IRS and they came after him; Tommy was indicted and tried just like Joe. He was unanimously acquitted. Tommy wrote a document titled The Memorandum. If Americans take the time to read it, the rage across this country would make a sonic boom sound like a whisper.

It’s not necessary to abolish the IRS. Just cut out the federal “income” tax. The IRS would then be an agency that collects constitutional taxes like corporate taxes, excise taxes like cigarettes, alcohol, tobacco, gasoline, etc.

[Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. [Order two books and save $10.00]]

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

Americans Love the IRS and the Income Tax , mine, April, 2012

Why an Income Tax is Not Necessary to Fund the U.S. Government (mine)

ALERT: What’s Happening Is The Purchasing Power Of Our Paper Currencies In The West Is Collapsing, April 2, 2022 (Audio)

INFLATION HELL: US Fed Created 50% More Money Out Of Thin Air In 2 Years Than Ever Existed In The Previous 256 Years, August 7, 2022

Leo Hohmann: What is Biden administration trying to tell us with its recent violent actions against nonviolent Americans and hiring of 87K militarized IRS agents?, August 12, 2022

Trying To Wrap Your Arms Around Our Criminal Society

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 15, 2022

“A crowded society is a restrictive society; an overcrowded society becomes an authoritarian, repressive and murderous society.” ― Edward Abbey, Postcards from Ed: Dispatches and Salvos from an American Iconoclast

On August 3, 2022, in a McDonald’s burger joint, a 23 year old white kid served another kid a bag of burgers, fries and soft drink. Because the fries were too cold, the 20 year old customer, Michael Morgan, took out his gun and shot the cashier in the neck. He later died. The shooter’s mother defended the shooting.

Lisa Fulmore, 40, told the New York Post that she, “Talked to my son with the cops” and that he, “Is just saying that he gotta do what he gotta do…and whatever happened, happened.’”

“History yields no examples of diversity creating stable societies.” —Richard Lamm, Governor of Colorado 1975-1987.

On August 7, 2022, three teen girls and a teen boy used their talents to hot wire via a USB port, a KIA automobile. They drove off only to be tracked by the Minnesota helicopter police…then they crashed the car on the expressway…and then, fled. Later arrested and now sitting in jail.

But what is totally disconcerting stems from the fact African-American youth are creating videos on how to steal cars, electronically. I watched one on YouTube. But there many getting more into the act. It’s as if stealing a car is their “right” and that there is nothing wrong with their actions.

Let’s repeat this quote:

One look at the Chicago, Minneapolis, Detroit, LA, San Francisco and NYC weekend crime sprees should wake up the leaders of this nation that something with our youthful citizens is going terribly wrong.

We’ve got Somalian immigrants in Minneapolis ripping off the EBT cards into the millions of dollars. Total anarchy.

“For five months, Fox9 investigated rampant welfare fraud by the Somali “refugees” and immigrant community in Minnesota, which cost the state’s taxpayers a whopping $100 million a year. Even worse, the millions defrauded were then wired to Muslim terrorists in Somali.” (Source: Investment Watch, 5/23/2018)

All of this has been set up by your two senators and House member to degrade your community. Just ask anyone in Minneapolis, once the most pristine and beautiful city in the Midwest.

Whether it was $2 billion worth of burned down buildings, riots, killings and total anarchy during the Black Lives Matter, which VP Kamala Harris and many other leaders supported during 2020—you can’t help wondering what kind of minds would support such anarchy, and make sure none of the anarchists was arrested or prosecuted.

At the same time, the January 6^th hearings make a mockery of justice when our borders have been totally open to terrorists from any country in the world for the past 18 months…by the hand of our own Joe Biden. He should be criminally charged with treason for actually doing everything in his power to usurp the U.S. Constitution.

Instead, Biden hired 87,000 IRS agents to tap into every Americans’ pocketbooks TO PAY for more than 25,000,000 illegal aliens living in our country in violation of our laws.

Do you realize that we continue to pay billions, upon billions, and in fact, into the trillions for illegals? They tap into our schools, free lunches, medical, food stamps and much more.

For what this society once was after WWII, it’s almost beyond frightening as to what’s coming once the baby boomers die out. There won’t be any moral, ethical or spiritual foundation left to carry on our way of life. Why? Because the Constitution needs a responsible, educated, moral and ethical citizenry to continue.

I fear for the future. What about you?

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

One Blood, One Family in Jesus Christ

by Rolaant McKenzie

August 14, 2022

Many years ago, I was listening to a morning news, commentary, and opinion radio show when a man calling himself Davey called in to give his opinion on a news story covered by the show host. But it became clear very quickly that he was more interested in changing the subject to talk about his religious views. And since the radio show host was a strong advocate of free speech, even speech advocating ideas he personally abhorred, he allowed him to continue.

Davey had a great interest in bloodlines. He expressed his “Christian” belief that White people were the true descendants of Adam and that people of all other races were made beforehand on the fifth day of creation as the “beasts of the earth” mentioned in Genesis 1:24-25. He went on to say that White people were the true Israel, the chosen seed line superior to all other peoples, and heirs of the promises made to Abraham and his descendants.

According to Davey, Cain was the offspring of Eve and Satan (the serpent in the Garden of Eden), and that Cain and his descendants intermarried with the pre-Adamic races mentioned previously, resulting in a “serpent seed” race called the Jews. He believed in an Armageddon scenario he based on Genesis 3:15 that there was coming a final conflict between the woman’s seed and the serpent’s seed, where there would be a victorious war waged by the true Jews (Whites) against non-Whites, especially the “serpent seed race” (false Jews).

I was appalled at Davey’s racist views he tried to pass off as “Christian”. In the spirit of 1 Peter 3:15, which calls on Christians to be ready to make a defense respectfully and gently for their hope in Christ Jesus, I responded to his twisting of Scripture after his call was over, which the show host graciously broadcast on air.

What Davey was promoting was a belief system called Christian Identity, known for its hostility to non-Whites, especially Jews and Blacks. Its theory that all non-Whites are descended from a pre-Adamite race of human beings is contradicted by passages such as Genesis 1:27 and Acts 17:24-26, which teach that God created man in His image. “Man” in this passage includes people of all races and nations. The phrase “beasts of the earth” in Genesis 1:24-25 has always referred to land animals and never to humans of any ethnicity. Genesis 4:1 clearly describe Cain’s parents as Adam and Eve, not the serpent and Eve. Also, nowhere in the Bible is the final judgment of the wicked presented as a battle between peoples of different races.

The radio show host welcomed my well-reasoned and Biblical response and hoped that anyone else listening to the show who held such odious views would take heed.

Sadly, there are other religious groups claiming belief in Jesus who hold to similar kinds of views. Another such group is the Israelite Church of God in Jesus Christ. It is a religious group of those professing to be Black Hebrew Israelites. Based in New York City, it has congregations in several cities in the United States. This group teaches that the descendants of the Ten Lost Tribes and true biblical Jews are the Black Americans, West Indians, and the Native Americans of North and South America and those scattered throughout the world. The group claims that the “Black Israelites” have divine favor, inspiration and are superior to “Edomites” (White people) and all other non-Israelite people. They also hold strong apocalyptic views regarding the end times. They believe that Yahawashi (Jesus) is God’s divine Son and Messiah, and the redeemer for the sins of the Israelites and no other nation. They also believe that the Old and New Testaments and Apocrypha are inspired Scripture, but the group does not believe in the doctrine of the Trinity.

Sometimes the situation is not necessarily one ethnicity forming a religious group and declaring others of different skin color to be inferior or inherently evil. It can involve an attempt to remedy wrongs done by one group to another within the same religious organization.

On September 22, 1943, Lucille Byard was admitted in critical condition to the Washington Sanitarium and Hospital, a Seventh-day Adventist institution in Maryland. Mrs. Byard had fair skin, so the hospital staff did not realize at first that she was Black. But once this became known, they arranged to transport her to Freedman’s Hospital (now Howard University Hospital) six miles away in Washington, D.C. While these arrangements were being made, she was removed from her room and put in the hallway in a hospital gown. Although Mrs. Byard was admitted in critical condition, no one at the Washington Sanitarium examined or treated her before they attempted to transfer her. She was eventually discharged and transported by car, not being allowed to use the ambulance, to the Freedman’s Hospital. Thirty-eight days after being denied equal treatment at the Washington Sanitarium, Lucille Byard died at Freedman’s Hospital on October 30, 1943.

The word circulated among Black Seventh-day Adventists in the Washington, D.C. area about her treatment and it greatly angered them. They were not only upset about admittance to hospitals, but exclusion from certain Adventist colleges and facilities such as the Review and Herald cafeteria, and lack of employment or leadership opportunities in Adventist institutions generated much resentment.

This tragic situation eventually led to the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists creating in North America separate conferences where Black Adventists could have the employment, educational, and leadership opportunities not available to them in White conferences. This arrangement continues to this day.

An ideology that is gaining ground in many mainline and evangelical churches is Critical Race Theory (CRT). This theory, derived in part from Marxism, divides society based on race into oppressors and groups that are oppressed by them. In the context of American culture especially, it proposes that systematic racism instituted by White people (whether consciously or unconsciously) has been designed to suppress people of color throughout the major areas of society. Promoting the sentiment that racism is everywhere all the time, CRT becomes the standard by which virtually everything is viewed and judged.

Some of the results of CRT include the viewing of people as groups rather than individuals, and the attitude that all White people are guilty of racism merely for being White. As this ideology has grown in many mainline and evangelical churches, those formerly united by their faith in Jesus Christ have found themselves being polarized, with racial bias being promoted against brothers and sisters who happen to be White.

In Donna Fletcher Crow’s book, The Fields of Bannockburn: A Novel of Scotland from Origins to Independence, Margaret, a Saxon and English princess fled England after William the Conqueror, a Norman, defeated King Harold II at the Battle of Hastings in 1066 A.D. The sailing vessel meant to aid her escape back to continental Europe was blown north off course and shipwrecked in Scotland. She received refuge from King Malcolm III, whom she later married and became Queen of Scotland.

Queen Margaret was known for her pious devotion to Christ and charitable works serving the poor and orphans. She desired to build a great stone church in Scotland with the help of renowned architect Cyril de Vailly. But Cyril was viewed with deep suspicion by some in the Scottish court because he was a Norman, and King William was at war with the Saxons in England and with Scotland.

However, on one occasion Cyril saved the life of the Queen’s primary aide, Elswyth, while she was running to get help for the Queen who was in labor with her first child and heir to the throne. She slipped on a wet hillside path over a deep, would-be-fatal drop. But Cyril grabbed her hand just in time to prevent her from falling down the steep incline to her death. As result, not only was Elswyth saved, but also the Queen and her son.

On another occasion, the now toddler Prince Edward wandered off into a rushing stream near a waterfall. A large log was moving quickly toward him and would have hit him. If the log striking Edward did not kill him, it would have knocked him over the waterfall to his death. But Cyril leaped into the water and grabbed the child, taking the full blow of the log on his back. Though seriously injured, he managed to maintain his grip on the child and get him to shore.

While recovering on a bed, Cyril was confronted by Elswyth. She wanted to understand how a Norman, an enemy of her people, would risk his life to save a Scot and Saxon. Cyril expressed his sorrow for the Battle of Hastings and the Saxons who were slain there. But Elswyth added that thousands in the north of England died during King William’s scorched earth campaigns where whole towns were slaughtered.

Cyril said, “You are right. William is my king, but he has done much of which I disapprove. But I serve also a higher King, and He bids us to love one another. As His created ones, we are to be reconciled to Him and then to each other. In such there is no Norman or Saxon or Scot. That is why I build. I build places of worship to serve for reconciliation in a world where so much would tear men apart.”

Cyril de Vailly in this story seemed to have a better understanding of the gospel message than those described in the previous four situations. He looked beyond his ethnicity, his nation and king, to the King of Kings, Jesus Christ, the Creator of all humanity, the Mediator that reconciles to God all who trust in Him.

His words echoed that of Paul in Galatians 3:26-29,

“For you are all sons of God through faith in Christ Jesus. For all of you who were baptized into Christ have clothed yourselves with Christ. There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free man, there is neither male nor female; for you are all one in Christ Jesus. And if you belong to Christ, then you are Abraham’s descendants, heirs according to promise.”

The apostle Paul, in his gospel presentation to the Greeks at Mars’ Hill in Athens, pointed out the unity of humanity from the fact that God created from one man every nation and that in Him we have life and movement (Acts 17:22-31). This message he presented was for people of every nation, and not just for a particular ethnicity.

“The God who made the world and all things in it, since He is Lord of heaven and earth, does not dwell in temples made with hands; nor is He served by human hands, as though He needed anything, since He Himself gives to all people life and breath and all things; and He made from one man every nation of mankind to live on all the face of the earth, having determined their appointed times and the boundaries of their habitation, that they would seek God, if perhaps they might grope for Him and find Him, though He is not far from each one of us; for in Him we live and move and exist, as even some of your own poets have said, ‘For we also are His children.’” (Acts 17:24-28)

The apostle Peter after his meeting with Cornelius, a Roman centurion, where he and his family believed the gospel message he brought and were saved, realized that God welcomes anyone from any nation who fears Him and seeks to do what is right (Acts 10:34-35). Being born again of the Spirit was for the Gentiles, too.

“While Peter was still speaking these words, the Holy Spirit fell upon all those who were listening to the message. All the circumcised believers who came with Peter were amazed, because the gift of the Holy Spirit had been poured out on the Gentiles also. For they were hearing them speaking with tongues and exalting God. Then Peter answered, ‘Surely no one can refuse the water for these to be baptized who have received the Holy Spirit just as we did, can he?’ And he ordered them to be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ. Then they asked him to stay on for a few days.” (Acts 10:44-48)

The apostle John in his first epistle to the church emphasized that hatred has no place in the life of a believer in Jesus. The one who loves his brother shows that he loves God who made him and walks in the light of Christ, while the one who does not is blinded by lies and walks in darkness (1 John 2:9-11).

“If someone says, ‘I love God,’ and hates his brother, he is a liar; for the one who does not love his brother whom he has seen, cannot love God whom he has not seen. And this commandment we have from Him, that the one who loves God should love his brother also.” (1 John 4:20-21)

Those involved with religious groups professing some belief in Jesus but are fixated on racial identity show that they have never truly embraced the gospel. Religious organizations that racially divide its adherents for what they believe are for reasons of equity, have also failed to embrace the gospel. Churches that adopt philosophies that divide people by skin color or ethnicity, have forgotten the good news of the new birth, redemption and reconciliation with God brought through the life, death, and resurrection of Jesus Christ.

In the gospel of Christ, bloodlines, skin color, ethnicity, and national origin do not matter. Only the blood of Jesus shed on the cross for the forgiveness of all who trust in Him matters. In Christ, believers of all nations are united to each other in one body (Ephesians 4:1-6) in love of God and of each other.

“For even as the body is one and yet has many members, and all the members of the body, though they are many, are one body, so also is Christ. For by one Spirit we were all baptized into one body, whether Jews or Greeks, whether slaves or free, and we were all made to drink of one Spirit.” (1 Corinthians 12:12-13)

During the opening ceremonies of the Olympic games, it is customary for the athletes of the many participating nations to march into the stadium under their own nations’ flags. This is in preparation for the national teams to compete against each other to gain glory for their respective countries. In contrast, during the closing ceremonies flag bearers of the nations proceed into the stadium together followed by the athletes from the countries those flags represent. The athletes come into the stadium as one body singing, dancing and celebrating their common bond that they participated in the Olympic games, no matter to what nation they belonged.

There is a greater unity the Lord grants all true believers from wherever they originate in the world. It is an unending bond of love and fellowship that continues into the greater celebration to come.

“After these things I looked, and behold, a great multitude which no one could count, from every nation and all tribes and peoples and tongues, standing before the throne and before the Lamb, clothed in white robes, and palm branches were in their hands; and they cry out with a loud voice, saying, ‘Salvation to our God who sits on the throne, and to the Lamb.’ And all the angels were standing around the throne and around the elders and the four living creatures; and they fell on their faces before the throne and worshiped God, saying, ‘Amen, blessing and glory and wisdom and thanksgiving and honor and power and might, be to our God forever and ever. Amen.’ Then one of the elders answered, saying to me, ‘These who are clothed in the white robes, who are they, and where have they come from?’ I said to him, ‘My lord, you know.’ And he said to me, ‘These are the ones who come out of the great tribulation, and they have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. For this reason, they are before the throne of God; and they serve Him day and night in His temple; and He who sits on the throne will spread His tabernacle over them. They will hunger no longer, nor thirst anymore; nor will the sun beat down on them, nor any heat; for the Lamb in the center of the throne will be their shepherd, and will guide them to springs of the water of life; and God will wipe every tear from their eyes.’” (Revelation 7:9-17)

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

The World Economic Forum and the Great Reset, Part 3

By Roger Anghis

August 14, 2022

I’m sure we have all heard about the upcoming food shortages and mothers are already experiencing shortages of baby formula for the last few months. This is not an accident. It is contrived by not just our government but our cooperation with the WEF to purposefully create the shortages so it will be easier to take control of the population. This is also the drive behind the Gren New Deal. Making fossil fuels so expensive that you have to use alternative energy sources even though fossil fuels are actually the best energy source we have. Also, keep in mind that Klaus Schwab is a student of Nixon’s dirtbag Secretary of State, Henry Kissinger. Kissinger is a major proponent of the New World Order. He believes that the elites need to control everything. He has stated: “Control oil and you control nations; control food and you control the people.” US strategy deliberately destroyed family farming in the US and abroad and led to 95% of all grain reserves in the world being under the control of six multinational agribusiness corporations. He has been pushing this concept for decades and is even behind the vaccine mandates. In a speech to the WHO Council on Eugenics in February of 2009 he stated: “Once the herd accepts mandatory vaccinations, it’s game over. They will accept anything – forcible blood or organ donation – “for the greater good”. We can genetically modify children and sterilize them — “for the greater good”. Control sheep minds and you control the herd. Vaccine makers stand to make billions. And many of you in this room are investors. It’s a big win-win. We thin out the herd and the herd pays us for extermination services”. Remember I called him a dirtbag? That is the nicest thing I can say about him.

The Deep State is up to its eyebrows in the WEF. Many states have adopted the UN’s Agenda 2030. It is loaded with so-called ‘sustainable development goals’ that will do nothing but devastate our food supply and destroy our individual freedoms. The escalating regulatory attack on agricultural producers from Holland and the United States to Sri Lanka and beyond is closely tied to the United Nations’ “Agenda 2030” Sustainable Development Goals and the U.N.’s partners at the World Economic Forum (WEF), numerous experts told The Epoch Times.

Indeed, several of the U.N.’s 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are directly implicated in policies that are squeezing farmers, ranchers, and food supplies around the world.

High-level Chinese Communist Party (CCP) members within the U.N. system helped create the SDGs and are currently helping lead the organization’s implementation of the global plan, The Epoch Times has previously documented.

If left unchecked, multiple experts said, the U.N.-backed sustainability policies on agriculture and food production would lead to economic devastation, shortages of critical goods, widespread famine, and a dramatic loss of individual freedoms.

Already, millions of people worldwide are facing dangerous food shortages, and officials around the world say those are set to get worse as the year goes on. There is an agenda behind it all, experts told The Epoch Times.

Even private land ownership is in the crosshairs, as global food production and the world economy are transformed to meet the global sustainability goals.[1]

This Agenda 2030 is designed to eliminate all private land. They don’t believe you are smart enough to own your own property. The worse thing about this concept is our local governments and our federal government have signed on to this blatant violation of American principles and our Constitution. One of the earliest meetings defining the “sustainability” agenda was the U.N. Conference on Human Settlements known as Habitat I, which adopted the Vancouver Declaration.

The agreement stated that “land cannot be treated as an ordinary asset controlled by individuals” and that private land ownership is “a principal instrument of accumulation and concentration of wealth, therefore contributes to social injustice.”

“Public control of land use is therefore indispensable,” the U.N. declaration said, a prelude to the World Economic Forum’s now infamous “prediction” that by 2030, “you’ll own nothing.”

Numerous U.N. agencies and officials have outlined their vision of “sustainability” since then, including calls for drastic restrictions on energy, meat consumption, travel, living space, and material prosperity.

Experts interviewed by The Epoch Times say that some of the world’s wealthiest and most powerful corporate leaders are working with communists in China and elsewhere in an effort to centralize control over food production and crush independent farmers and ranchers.

The WEF, a network of major multinational businesses that collaborates closely with the CCP, is a “strategic partner” of the U.N. on Agenda 2030.[2] You can check out the ‘guidelines’ of what the UN believes should be done for living accommodations for the ‘useless eaters’, which is everybody but the elite, here.[3]

Don’t forget the wisdom of Dennis Prager who has stated on many occasions that “The left destroys everything it touches.” These elites can’t wrap their heads around the fact that the government that our Founders gave us has been the most successful government in the history of mankind. We don’t need anybody’s help to better it. What we need is for the whole world to follow the lead of our Founders. But this won’t happen because that would not allow the elites to control everything we do. They refuse to share the wealth a system like that would generate. They want it all to themselves.

Everything the WEF does towards agriculture is geared towards corporate ownership of all farmland. Bill Gates is buying up farmland and is the single biggest owner of farmland in the US.[4] China is buying up farmland in America and a lot of it is next to military bases, How could anything go wrong with that?[5], [6] We can’t allow this to continue. Americans should control America’s food supply not the UN and China shouldn’t be allowed to own any land in America. PERIOD!

For decades the American people have failed to pay attention to who they put in office. Both parties have people in office that do not have the best interests of America or the American people in mind. The Democrat party is the worst. We can see that by the present administration that has done nothing for America since they took office. Everything has been for the elites and for illegals and foreign nations. They voted against tuition funding for the children of our fallen soldiers but voted for giving illegals free tuition. If we intend on keeping America free, we have to replace who we send to DC. The ones that are there now are failing us miserably and getting rich in the process. We need more citizen involvement and term limits!

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

Our Country, Apart From God

By Rob Pue

August 14, 2022

As we continue to endure the tragic consequences in our nation of a country that has rejected God in favor of sin and “self,” the future of America has never been more bleak. The bad news seems to be never-ending, and it’s blatantly obvious that everything our government officials are doing — and have been doing over the past several years — is designed to further a Leftist/Communist agenda that’s much, much bigger than most of us realize. To say that those in power do not have the best interests of the country and our citizens in mind as they push their wicked plans forward, would be a most ridiculous understatement.

The United States is now controlled by the God-hating Left. Perhaps, in their twisted, demented minds, they think they’re working toward an admirable goal. Unfortunately, they are demonic — of their father, the devil — and it’s HIS work they’re doing, and his goals they’re working toward, and achieving.

The current illegitimate occupant of our White House now has the lowest poll numbers of anyone in history. A recent Gallup Poll showed that only 13% of Americans now approve of Biden’s performance. Yet the destruction continues. This is the man who took an oath to “protect and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic.” Unfortunately, he himself is Enemy Number One domestically and he’s in strong allegiance with all our foreign enemies as well. More unfortunate yet, it seems just about every politician has violated their oath of office as well.

This is to be expected, as our country has steadily sought to push God out of every institution and area of life. We’ve rejected God’s laws and replaced them with those of depraved men and women. The satanist Aleister Crowley stated “Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the law.” And so we have, and so we have what we have today.

God gave us His Holy law — the Ten Commandments — for our benefit. If we were to base our national laws on these ten, or even if we were simply to keep the first two, we would not, today, be in such desperate turmoil. Instead, we did away with God’s Ten and replaced them with countless thousands of others, which only us poor people are bound to follow. Our political “masters” are above the law, never held accountable, even when they’re caught red-handed. There will be a Day of reckoning for them when they stand before the Holy, Almighty God, their Creator. Until then, though, we seem to be at their mercy.

Perhaps this is the “justice” we deserve. Not the justice we seek, but the justice we deserve, for allowing them to get away with it all for so long. The righteous in America ceded their God-given authority to evil dictators, and so we understand what Proverbs 29 means, first-hand: “When the righteous are in authority, the people rejoice, but when the wicked beareth rule, the people mourn.”

We’ve been moving steadily away from God and His Word for more than seventy years, and the further away we go the heavier the burden and the more we suffer as a nation. And as we’ve left God behind, we’ve embraced all manner of sin and evil, selfish desires and lustful behaviors. Perhaps you haven’t, but our nation has, as a whole, and so our whole nation will continue to suffer, unless and until there is national repentance. But it’s going to take some serious repentance of Biblical proportions to stay the hand of God’s judgment now.

Abortion — the shedding of the most innocent of blood in the womb, has led to unbridled bloodshed in our streets. Mass shootings, mob violence, and lawlessness. As a youngster, I learned that “Jesus loves the little children.” Indeed, and He’s serious about that. For us to allow them to be murdered by the millions,under color of law for fifty years, seems unforgivable. We’re also dealing with human trafficking, CHILD trafficking, pornography, drug and alcohol abuse, unprecedented mental illness and suicides, and now we’re not only pridefully embracing sodomy, we’re teaching young children to embrace and celebrate it as well.

Speaking of child murder, on August 2nd, voters in Kansas had an opportunity to pass what was called the “Value Them Both Amendment,” which would have ended any questions regarding the legality of killing one’s own child. The amendment failed, as 86% voted to make abortion a constitutional right in Kansas.

The organization Abolish Abortion Texas” recently shared a video posted on YouTube showing women how to build a “Do It Yourself Abortion Altar.” This literally teaches women how to sacrifice their murdered unborn children on an ALTAR. Yes, an altar. The woman in the video built her abortion altar with crystals, candles, tarot card and incense. She adds her abortion pills to the altar to “bless” them before she takes them. She also recommends that women place their murdered child’s body in a container on the altar to “save for later when we find a way to properly dispose of the fetal remains in a way that gives reverence and respect and support to this ‘sacred abortion experience.’” This is sick stuff, friends.

Meanwhile, we’re still facing the largest economic crisis since the Great Depression. Hyper-inflation has already begun. The cost of essentials, like energy and food will soon be beyond most people’s reach. Studies show that the majority of Americans are only nine meals away from starvation. What happens when the food in the stores becomes too expensive to purchase — or stops showing up in the stores altogether?

The housing market is crashing and burning even as mortgage interest rates continue to rise, making it impossible for first-time home buyers to qualify. And as the economy slows to a snail’s pace, people lose jobs and credit cards are maxed out, it will be impossible for most to refinance their homes, so they’ll be out on the street. We already have more homelessness in America than we had during the Great Depression.

Many places of business are no longer accepting cash for payment and the US dollar is poised to be phased out in favor of a World Digital Currency. Meanwhile, Klous Schwab of the World Economic Forum recently stated that people should not be allowed to own their own cars any longer — cars should be shared with others or “rotated” between groups of people — but people should not be allowed to own their own cars. This is their “build back better” plan. It’s just the start of “you will own nothing and you’ll like it.”

Most are not aware that the Chinese military has been training in Mexico and Canada for several years now. There are military bases in both those countries with thousands of Chinese troops. Multiple high-level Chinese officials have stated openly that the purpose of these bases is for the coming invasion of the United States. They’re not even trying to hide their intentions any longer.

Videos have shown ships owned by China loaded with weapons already nearby. We’ve all seen the footage of all those container ships off our coastlines, backed up by the supply chain seige, waiting to unload their cargo to trucks and trains which can’t move anything because there’s no diesel to run them. But embedded among those cargo ships are highly sophisticated weapons systems built into the containers on the ships themselves. Those containers actually contain high-powered missile launchers and we’ve seen live video footage of them being tested. At the same time, even as China owns and operates multiple ports in Mexico, not to mention the Panama Canal, cruise ships have been converted into troop and weapons carriers. They still look like normal cruise ships, but they’re loaded with Chinese tanks and troops.

But what are our politicians and so-called “leaders” now most concerned with? Besides depopulating the earth of white Christian males, I mean… Homosexual rights, “transgender” indoctrination, and brainwashing our children from the youngest of ages. If you still don’t take this seriously, consider the Pennsylvania Department of Education. They’re now claiming that children as young as three can identify as “transgender,” and the website for that department advises teachers to ask students before assuming what a student’s preferred pronouns might be. According to Breitbart, “The department also advocates for teachers to celebrate a ‘gender-neutral day’ in which students are asked to pick ‘two to three ways they will reject gender stereotypes for the day.’”

Meanwhile, the San Diego Unified School District has just adopted a new K-12 “queer” curriculum. It’s stated goal is “dismantling heteronormativity and promoting a constellation of new sexual identities such as ‘gender-queer,’ ‘non-binary,’ ‘pan-sexual’ and ‘two-spirit.’” The curriculum vilifies straight people, especially straight WHITE people and especially straight WHITE MALES. If you think this is just the state of Pennsylvania or the city of San Diego, you’d be absolutely, completely, totally wrong. This stuff is being forced into every public school system, large and small and even charter and private schools are embracing it.

Remember when homosexuals said they just wanted to be treated “equally?” I’ve dealt with these militant monsters on the streets, face to face, and they’re the most mean-spirited, violent, wicked people I’ve ever encountered. It’s not equality they want. They want our blood, they want supremacy, and they especially want kids.

Their “lobby” is so all-encompassing and powerful, they now direct public discourse in everything from public schools to professional sports. On July 19th the House of Representatives passed H.R. 8404, also known as the “Respect For Marriage Act.” This codifies sodomite so-called “marriage” into federal law and forever smashes the Defense of Marriage Act. The measure passed the House on a vote of 267-157 and now heads to the Senate, where it’s predicted to pass — if the Leftists can get just ten Republicans to vote “yes.” You’d probably be stunned to know the Republicans who’ve said they’ll likely vote for it. Our Wisconsin Senator Ron Johnson is among them, just so you’re aware.

And even as the veil is slowly being lifted on the scam-demic of the COVID STAB, we’re now being led by the rings in our noses into the “world-wide health emergency” known as Monkeypox. This is a pestilence in which 98% of those who have caught it are men who have sex with other men, or bi-sexual men who have sex with men and then with women. In a handful of reported cases, children have contracted Monkeypox — but in EVERY ONE of those cases, they were children who lived in sodomite homes. I shudder to think what is going on behind those closed doors. Even worse, if facts were brought to bear proving these poor children were being raped and sodomized, I doubt any court in the land would ever convict the perpetrators.

So now, even as we head into fall, and the November elections, we have another “world-wide health emergency” and a ready-made vaccine STAB that can easily be made mandatory. The US Department of Defense already has the power to force it. It’s not enough that fewer Americans than ever still trust the election system — now there will be a new thing for the sheeple to fear, new dictatorial powers within the health establishment, government and military, to keep the running joke of the elites running. Now that they’ve tasted “power” they’re not giving it up without a fight, no matter how many of us die.

This is our country apart from God. This is our country following Satan’s decree of “do what thou wilt.” This is our country — once blessed by God as we reverenced and honored Him and His laws, established for our benefit; now cursed by God and given over to our depraved minds.

If there’s any hope left, it’s only in a true, deep repentance and humble return to Christ. A return to the biblical precepts on which this nation was established so long ago, if such a thing is even possible at this late hour. May we all grab a hold of the hem of His garment and beg His mercy — and may all who will go to Him, go to Him now.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066. Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com. Ask for message number 368.

Public Utility Commission’s Smoke and Mirror Tactics

Oregon State Senator, Dennis Linthicum

August 14, 2022

At the beginning of entrepreneur Vivek Ramaswamy’s book, Woke, Inc.: Inside Corporate America’s Social Justice Scam, Vivek relates a story about magic. He describes the art of distraction, sleight-of-hand, and deception. He links these smoke and mirror tactics to today’s version of woke capitalism and its vague, subjective, undefined, and unquantifiable progressive values that are advanced by stakeholders, at shareholder expense.

Vivek highlights that magic tricks consist of three parts. First, comes the Pledge, which is something you know and understand, like a deck of cards, a bunny or a girl. Second, comes the Turn, where something extraordinary happens to that which you know and understand, such as the bunny or the girl disappear. At this point people may gasp but there is no applause. The magician will need to bring the bunny or the girl back to get people cheering. This part is called the Prestige. The key to this discussion and what follows is there is no magic and there never has been any magic. The entire setup is a charade, sleight-of-hand, and trickery.

The same holds true in politics.

There is no magic that makes government spending better than private spending. There is no magic that makes government commissions and their assessments better than private party associations and their assessments. To wit, both may be biased in certain ways, but government power and funding has no parallel. To illustrate this point, think of the false claims regarding COVID, Global Warming, or inflation. Government has harnessed our tax dollars to further its own agenda with complete disregard for the citizens they are supposed to serve.

Here in Oregon, we can see the same large-scale charade taking place. Oregon’s Democrat legislators are simply keeping the con alive. They have amassed expansive power while keeping the game rolling along like a roulette wheel or magic show. However, their act is fast losing its “Prestige”.

This week my mailbox is filled with letters asking questions about SB 762. People want to know where it came from, how did it get passed, and what can be done about it?

For now, the so-called Wildfire Risk Assessment maps have been withdrawn by Oregon Department of Forestry (ODF) because they caused so much public outrage. But these maps are the least of our worries and they will be back, after all SB 762 was passed by legislators backed by the environmental left.

To set the stage, SB 762 was a 2021 Forest Policy bill requested by Governor Kate Brown and the Legislative Committee on Natural Resources and Wildfire Recovery. This committee chaired by Sen. Jeff Golden (D-Ashland) was formerly named the Environment and Natural Resource committee. I believe this committee was renamed to promote the illusion that wildfire is a concern for the environmental left and their legislative puppets.

This bill arose from Kate Brown’s unshakeable adherence to Rahm Emanuel’s advice, “You never want a serious crisis to go to waste. And what I mean by that is an opportunity to do things that you think you could not do before.” Many of these never-thought-of-before ideas are absurd on their face but others have been pushed into the public domain by heedless fear-mongering and traitorous promises by government experts.

SB 762, like most leftist legislation, fantasizes that more government rules will magically solve significant problems, like the mismanagement of our forests. SB 762 arose after several devastating wildfire seasons and became a focal point after seeing the horror from the 2018 Paradise, California fire.

In that tragedy a regional electric utility provider, Pacific Gas and Electric, had neglected maintenance and upgrades to their utility lines. This led to sparks in a heavily forested area and ignited fires during a high-wind event. More than 100 lives were tragically lost, and PG&E was quickly bankrupted.

The CA PUC approved a Chapter 11 bankruptcy plan that paid $5.4 billion in initial funds and 22.19% of PG&E stock into a trust for victims of wildfires caused by its outdated equipment. As of today, most lawsuits have been settled with $13.5 billion earmarked for more than 80,000 people who lost family members, homes, businesses and other property in the fires. Of course, this will never fully compensate for lost lives, memories, histories, or belongings.

Oregon’s Democrat super-majority, not wanting to let a crisis go to waste, strategized on how to use this as the starting place for loading the bureaucratic state with more power while stripping property rights and common-sense from families, land owners, municipalities and corporate entities. The Pledge starts the trickery by setting the focus on the Electrical System:

At its heart though, it is focused on the rural landscapes throughout Oregon, regardless of proximity to transmission lines or electrical substations. The key question is, how will risks be assessed? If the assessment comes from “science,” what “science” will be used and where will that “science” come from? What are the trade-offs between risk and reward? How would our state’s bureaucracies determine an entirely subjective assessment about “risk”? Risky to whom?

Can the state weigh your unique situation, individual circumstances and capabilities? How well did the state do on their risk-based assessments for your health under the COVID-19 debacle?

Corruption at the highest levels of government defies level-headed analysis. SB 762’s tax and spend political goal is aimed squarely at those living outside the metro, Democrat controlled, municipalities. Note, there is no risk-based analysis for sub-stations or transmission lines within the smoldering ruins of downtown Portland. In SB 762, we see political exploitation in deviously hidden ways.

When the legislature puts more demands on an agency, the agency typically needs more personnel, more office space, more computers and resources. SB 762 places 122 increased demands on state agencies, commissions, and contractual relationships. Some of these are quite complicated and others, less so, but they are easy enough to find by looking for “shall” clauses in the bill. Each of these is a demand which gets tagged onto each citizen’s share of the social contract, meaning you and I will fund them, regardless.

How much will this cost? What are the budgetary limits? ORS 477.060 spells out considerations in determining cost of protection for ODF which may “include the special or additional cost of fire protection for property owners within a forestland-urban interface classification, including the special or unique costs of assessment processing and administration.” Additionally, these “special or additional costs may not exceed $25 annually for each real property lot.”

However, this limitation has been struck with laser-like precision and ODF is not bound by any form of cost constraint. This means that the costs, regardless of how atrocious, will get passed onto property owners because ORS 477.270 stays in place and the cost for “providing protection for privately owned forestland shall be a lien upon such property.” This means ODF now has enormous financial incentive to exert its power as a proportional claim on your property.

Additionally, ORS 477.270 specifies, these fees “shall be levied and collected by the governing body with the next taxes on the land in the same manner and with the same interest, penalty and cost charges as apply to ad valorem property taxes in this state. The governing body shall instruct the proper officer to extend the amounts on the assessment roll in a separate account, and the procedure provided by law for the collection of taxes and delinquent taxes shall apply.”

In essence, what started as periodic workshops for utility grid providers ends up allowing ODF to place annual liens on every property in Oregon based upon some arbitrary risk-assessment and the supposed costs associated with providing fire protection. Landowners will also bear increased costs as private insurance providers get pulled into the one-size-fits-all maze of capricious rules and assessments.

This is why I continually argue that those running the Democrat super-majority are actively moving us toward socialism. They consistently pursue the expansion of the regulatory machine while limiting entrepreneurship, actively curtailing competition, and inhibiting private property rights. “You will own nothing and be happy” is part three of the con, the Prestige, the final result of their smoke and mirror magic.

Earlier I mentioned that your response and outrage caused the withdrawal of the original assessment maps. Stay vigilant as we work together to bring common-sense back to forestry management.

E-Mail Dennis Dennis Linthicum: d4linthicum@gmail.com

Totalitarians Caused and Committed the Three Mass Murders of Covid

By Peter Falkenberg Brown

August 13, 2022

A video episode of “The FalkenBrown Show.”

Synopsis:

Totalitarian actions surrounding COVID entirely disqualify the mainstream “COVID narrative.”

There are Three Mass Murders of Covid: Making the Virus, Blocking the Cures, and Making Killer “Vaccines.”

The tragic consequences of the COVID pandemic happened because of the totalitarian censorship of discussions about treatments for COVID and the subsequent totalitarian blocking of verified COVID cures. It’s as simple as that.

Who is Responsible?

Dr. Anthony Fauci, most certainly. Many other “elite” bureaucrats and government leaders are also culpable. Nuremberg-like trials and enormous class-action lawsuits should be the order of the day.

We must follow the money trail and the power trail. Who has benefited from the COVID lockdowns and the push to “vaccinate the entire world”?

Was this part of the “Great Reset” and a global depopulation strategy, advanced with explicitly malevolent intentions by a global cabal?

Or was this just a crass and greedy plan to create a pandemic and then produce the vaccines that would be sold to the world at an enormous profit?

Or a combination of the two?

Whatever the genesis of the “pandemic,”the guilty parties are the totalitarians at every level of society who acted against the principles of freedom.

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

[1] Letter to State Legislators – Sound Money Bill
[2] Letter to State Legislators – Seventeenth Amendment
[3] Jurisdiction Questioned
[4] Treaties Empower Congress to Ignore States Rights
[5] FDA, DEA Find Basis in International Treaties
[6] Obama’s Executive Orders & the constitutional militia
[7] States’ rights rebellion over National Guard

Lost White Migrations and Civilizations – Part 3

By Sidney Secular

August 12, 2022

THE ADENA: THE FIRST CIVILIZERS OF NORTH AMERICA

The pyramid-like structure was discovered 60 feet at the bottom of Rock Lake in Southern Wisconsin in 1991. Three thousand years ago, that same structure stood at the edge of the lake. Sea levels had risen since the end of the Ice Age, hiding the now submerged remnants of extinct civilizations in various locations around the globe.

Archeologists affected surprise that a structure of such intricacy requiring complex social organization, a hierarchy of labor, building technology, tool production and a uniform system of measurement existed in an area previously supposedly populated only by hunter-gatherer Indians at the turn of the First Millennium, BC, a time before even the bow and arrow were invented. The sunken structure, called the Temple of the Moon, was not an anomaly. Similar structures just as old had already been discovered/uncovered in many scattered areas east of the Mississippi River and near the Great Lakes but were more numerous in the Ohio Valley than elsewhere. Indeed, there may have been thousands of them extant at any one time. They were stumbled upon by settlers and pioneers moving west and were nearly all obliterated for use as building materials for wells and walls and to provide land for farms with little fanfare or efforts at preservation. These were the remnants of North America’s first civilization named by archeologists, the Adena from the name of a complex of such structures located at the plantation of Ohio’s sixth governor, Thomas Worthington of Chillicothe.

The civilization showed no signs of gradual development but seemed to appear full-blown around 1,000 BC. Radiocarbon dating showed that the civilization was long-lived, expiring about 700 AD having reached an apex of development about 300 BC and gradually declining after 400 AD. The people were called Allegwi, Alleg and Talligewi by their Indian neighbors, and later Allegheny. This is the derivation of the names Allegheny Mountains and the Allegheny River. There was a tradition there were “giants” among them, people of a larger size and stature than the Indians. They were robust and many were about 7 feet in height, both men and women. The Adena introduced artistically advanced pottery that the Indians copied. They also introduced copper and iron bracelets and necklaces having the talent, knowledge and capability to produce; they also produced beads of precious stones, chert axes and crescents.

All of their fabrications shared basic common features indicating that they were produced during the same time period and by the same people. Their burial mounds consisted of long trenches in which were laid varying numbers of their dead with burial accoutrements including copper ornaments, ceremonial daggers and impressive necklaces. For dwellings, stones were selected for size and heaped symmetrically into a tent-shaped structure resembling an elongated pyramid 102 feet long by 12 feet wide by 12 feet high oriented exactly to the compass points, north-south or east-west and all without exception were built in close proximity to water, whether a stream, river, lake, or the seacoast. The few stone mounds that have survived were initially mistaken for heaps of rock left behind by retreating glaciers despite their organized appearance. In several locations, they also built gigantic geoglyphs representing natural subjects such as eagles and other animals. A particularly noteworthy example is located near Lake Pepin in Minnesota being comprised of thousands of white crystals, each the size of a baseball, carried to the site from all over the Adena’s far flung trading network. Over time the site was robbed of its crystals that were then replaced with ordinary rocks. These are laboriously washed each year by members of a Boy Scout troop to preserve a resemblance/remembrance of the original geoglyph.

Two nearly identical geoglyphs are found in Georgia. All three structures are 102 feet long and located on high ridges overlooking rivers. Adena ceremonial centers and gathering places were earthen or stone structures in the same typical somewhat pyramid-like configuration. The most prominent survivor of these is West Virginia’s Grave Creek Mound, the largest conical earthwork in the United States with a diameter of 295 feet and standing 69 feet high. It is believed that about 3 million basket loads of soil comprising some 57 tons in weight went into construction of that site. It was then encircled by a massive moat of water 40 feet wide and 5 feet deep. A causeway also ran around the structure’s perimeter. One of the male skeletons found in the structure was accompanied by over 2,000 finely cut discs of seashell, 250 pieces of mica, 17 beads made of bone, together with a collection of copper bracelets and rings. These offerings came from such far-flung locations as the Gulf Coast, the Carolinas and the Upper Great Lakes.

Another mound, the Miamisburg Mound in Ohio, comes close to the stature of the West Virginia mound, it’s circumference being 877 feet with a height of 70 feet. 54,000 cubic yards of earth went into building that structure that was originally encased in stone. But “Alleg” accomplishments did not end with their prodigious mounds. They built prodigious walls, over 3 miles long that served not only as defensive ramparts but as enclosures for huge ceremonial centers. At least fifteen of these entities have been found in southern Illinois, Indiana, Ohio, and Tennessee located atop high bluffs overlooking rivers in thickly wooded areas. “Fort Ancient,” near Lebanon, Ohio, is the largest known structure of this type and has been incorporated into a state park of 764 acres featuring walking trails and 3.5 miles of wall left by the Adena. It is thought that about 12,000 people gathered there for special occasions.

Other complexes of a similar nature are found at “Indian Fort Mountain,” 3 miles east of Berea, Kentucky; and “Old Stone Fort” in Coffee County, Tennessee. Clearly, North America’s so-called “Indian mounds” were not crude piles of dirt produced by primitive savages. Rather, they were expressions of applied geometry, skilled materials handling and structured design accomplished by an organized workforce with advanced skills able to create structures that would defy the passage of millennia, succumbing only to the greed and ignorance of modern man who discovered them.

The Adena also produced objects that can be characterized as representing the fine arts. Tablets of fine-grained sandstone, baked clay, and limestone were used as media to create complex designs exemplifying lively expressionism and abstract art. Paint pigments were produced from graphite, manganese oxide, red ochre and pulverized galena.

Materially, these were the first true farmers in the United States living in permanent settlements and cultivating a wide variety of plants including squash and corn usually associated with the Indians. They were in no way a “hunter-gatherer” civilization. Indeed, it is more than likely that the Indians copied Adena techniques for growing these crops rather than being their source as is still believed to this day. As would be expected from an advanced culture, the Adena hunted and fished for the great variety of fish and game plentiful in their primordial surroundings. Sadly, experts believe that less than one percent of their cultural artifacts remain and that the rest have either been destroyed or otherwise lost and so are not subject to further examination and analysis.

The Adenas’ sad fate was extermination at the hands of neighboring Indian tribes carried out in coordinated attacks in large numbers – although there is evidence of genetic and health problems that also decimated their numbers and weakened them physically over a period of centuries. Indeed, those very factors may have led to the above more directly hostile circumstances. As well, other factors may also have been involved in their disappearance, but more on that anon. And so, by the time the traders and pioneers from Europe had arrived, the Adena had long since vanished into local Indian lore leaving their actual existence to be considered nothing but “Indian lore.”

There are many enigmas associated with the Adena, and if you believe the conventional archeologists, their origin is one of them. They literally burst upon the scene over 3,000 years ago as public works engineers, astronomers, metalsmiths, and the land’s first farmers and potters, but today are only remembered as “the mound builders.” Pitifully few shreds of their material accomplishments remain and as their lineage had no commonalities with the woodland Indians, they are virtually considered mere folklore as noted. But if we look beyond – and outside – North America, we can trace their origins.

Of all the major events that transpired beyond the Americas circa 1,000 BC the most notable one was the simultaneous rise of the Celts. Having moved westward in massive waves from their primeval homelands in the steppes of Central Asia, thence to the bogs and swamps of Poland, then through Bavaria, southern Germany and Austria, and then into northern France and central Spain – where they were called “Gauls” – and then finally winding up for the most part in the British Isles, they were described as being “tall of body, muscular, white of skin, and blond of hair.” They were given to fighting like frenzied beasts and were characterized as barbarians though they were admitted artists of consummate skill. They manufactured prodigious quantities of tools, weapons, luxury goods, and art objects (especially jewelry and metalwork) and they bartered throughout Europe and the Near East, engaging in far-flung commerce. They had extraordinary maritime abilities and built especially sturdy and seaworthy ships that were better than others extant including those of the Romans, whom they bested in a famous battle. As a group, their main fault was that they did not form cohesive military and political units better able to confront their adversaries. They acted as assemblies of individuals rather than a cohesive force fighting for group goals.

Without doubt, the Celts possessed deep water vessels capacious enough to ferry thousands of people across the Atlantic Ocean. As such, their sudden appearance into central and western Europe and their abrupt debut as the Adena into eastern North America at the same time should at least prompt an examination of the commonalities among them. Such an examination would show that the two groups were remarkably similar. The European Celts were above average in height and so too the Adena stood out from North America’s indigenous populations with larger skulls, higher and broader foreheads, prominent jaws, and more pronounced cheekbones. These characteristics were very similar to those of the European Celts. There are very few Adena skulls to work with so it is difficult to make definitive statements on the matter. Studies show the Adena entered America on the eastern seaboard and then moved into the heartland of the continent. The stone chambers found in New England, especially at “Mystery Hill” (dubbed “America’s Stonehenge”) in New Hampshire, are architecturally similar to those in Scotland and Ireland. Three stones at Mystery Hill have markings associated with Beltane, an annual pagan Irish festival. The aforementioned fort-like Adena hilltop structures and mounds are remarkably similar to structures found in Europe in areas through which the Celts passed.

While the American pioneers were busy obliterating nearly all the Adena mounds, some of the earthworks near bogs revealed a surprise – a primitive kind of pit furnace used in the production of iron along with heaps of white ash, the result of high temperatures used in iron smelting. The local Indians claimed to know nothing about the “ancient race of white giants” who built the mounds and were responsible for “all kinds of strange magic.” The said furnaces were not properly identified as such until 1949. In Europe, Celtic life was centered around bogs where the same kind of smelters were found as in the Ohio Valley. In fact, the Celts were the ones who inaugurated the Iron Age producing weapons, tools, and various implements of the medal that replaced bronze as the primary one that had characterized the Bronze Age.

The Celts were also famous for painting their bodies with exotic colors and designs – as did the Adena. The Romans referred to the Scots as “Picts,” a term derived from a Latin root meaning “to paint.” The Romans also found that the Southern people of Britain, also painted themselves with woad. Among the most emblematic of symbols used by the Celts and Adena was the swastika. A Celtic rendition known in Ireland as “Brigid’s Cross” is identical to that found on Adena artifacts. These crosses are still employed by superstitious Irish Catholic households to ward off fire and evil. Like all other swastikas, the Irish variant is used to symbolize the return of light and regeneration and is displayed on the first day of Spring. The swastika was and still is regarded as a sign of good luck by many Indian tribes – most famously by the Hopi – and the symbol’s origin appears to have been the Adena.

The Adena were great weavers excelling in complex patterns and techniques. Although rare, a few examples still exist to prove that the mound builders arrayed themselves in magnificent attire. Like the Adena, the Celts were master weavers, delighting in complex, colorful, expressionistic patterns that bordered on the abstract. Helmets of Celtic warriors were often adorned by representations of hawks or eagles, an image often stylized in artistic renderings of unusual helmets and imitated by officers in the Imperial German Army during World War I. As well, both the Adena and Celts revered the wolf for its courage, worshipping animals in their spiritual lives, a practice that was passed to the American Indian and Eskimo. This belief was reflected in elaborate costumes and ceremonial artifacts. Adena shamans dressed as werewolves in their ceremonies.

It is amazing that no records or representations of the long-dead language of the Mound Builders are extant. However, Algonquian speech which once spread across a large swath of North America is peppered with Celtic cognates and loan words. Appropriately, a strong concentration of Algonquians was centered in the Ohio Valley, the Mound Builders’ heartland. The Algonquians themselves show some “whitish” traits, including being taller than the other Indian tribes. Stone tablets scattered throughout the Adenas’ area of settlement have been found inscribed with Celtic symbols.

What became of these North American Celts? Folk traditions of the Ottawa, Ojibwa and Pottawattamie relate that their ancestors formed an alliance to kill the “white giants.” Since their population had been dwindling, the Indians decided to “gang up” on them in their reduced circumstances. The Indian alliance proved irresistible and the “fair-skinned Giant Sorcerers” as they were called by the Tuscarora made a last stand below the rapids at “Sandy Island.” It was there that thousands of human skeletons were found by colonists well into the late 18th Century. It is also interesting to note that the Adenas were accused of cannibalism when it appears that it is more likely that they were its victims. That last stand was the finale of a war that ranged from the Atlantic Coast to the Mississippi River and beyond. Vast killing grounds have been uncovered near the junction of the Hart and Missouri Rivers. One is one-hundred acres in extent. The ground there was filled with trenches piled full of dead bodies of both man and beast and covered with several feet of earth. In many places, mounds from 8 to 10 feet high, some more than 100 feet in length have been thrown up and are filled with broken pottery, vases of bright colored flint and agates. The work shows great skill and a higher degree of civilization available from the Native Americans of the time. Some of the vast cemeteries have yet to be explored. Indian lore of the genocidal conflict is profuse.

In May 1773, a representative of Lord Dunmore, the governor of Colonial Virginia visited the town of Chillicothe in what was to become Ohio. Thomas Bullitt was seeking permission from the Shawnee for his fellow Virginians to settle in the area. Chief Black Fish told Bullitt that he was not able to authorize the Whites to settle in the lands involved, which were then part of Kentucky. The Chief said that “. . . we have never owned that land. It belongs to the ghosts of the murdered Azgens (Adena) – a white people from across the eastern sea. Their bones and their ghosts own and occupy every hill and valley of the country. Long ago our forebears killed off the Azgens, but we now fear the spirits of these people more than our forebears feared them when they were flesh.” It is amazing how the Indians were willing to acknowledge the existence of those whom their own people refuse to recognize.

The reason for the Adenas’ dwindling numbers, other than the Indian attacks, have never been fully ascertained, although disease is likely to have something to do with it. Their warrior and exploratory spirit and advanced weaponry would seem to militate against hostile activities leading to a sufficient decrease in numbers and geographical considerations seem unlikely as they were always ready to move from one place or another to meet their needs or their fancies. However, as with all past civilizations, it is possible that they might have been growing soft and too content with a growing materialism, a matter that has been the downfall of all civilizations to date.

There are some strange anomalies to be noted in all of this. For instance, not one example of the Celts’ most iconographic artifact – the torque – has been found in prehistoric America. The torque was a twisted ornament of precious or semi-precious metal worn around the wrist or neck. Although its significance is not understood, its far-flung reverence as a cult object is beyond question. Large numbers of torques were produced by the Celts in Europe for over 1,000 years until they were prohibited by the Christian Church. Even so, no mound builder grave has yielded a single specimen. Moreover, Celtic warriors were renowned for their silver ornaments and iron and steel weapons, but no such items have been found in Adena earthworks. Far less than 1% of the Adena cultural residue remains, but that doesn’t explain this lack of finds.

One problem or deficiency, if you will, of the Celts in general in Europe and with the Adena in North America in the early historical periods was that the Celts presented as a people vice as organized nations. They didn’t get beyond the tribe or clan level of organization. That phenomenon made them less politically united or militarily cohesive, and thus more prone to disunity and unable to present a united front against their enemies. This could have contributed to the downfall of the Adena, as each group of them could have been picked off, one by one. Still, it is all rather strange and disheartening that such an advanced race could disappear virtually without an understandable history. Today, basically all that remain are broken bones, the gaunt ruins of their grand but failed hill forts, a dwindling collection of their earthworks, fragmentary artifacts, and folk memories preserved by the descendants of their enemies. Thus, a lost White civilization of America remains lost.

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

The Presidency from ‘Beyond’ Hell

By Cliff Kincaid

August 12, 2022

Joel Gilbert argues that Michelle Obama will replace Joe Biden as the Democratic Party presidential nominee in 2024. Whether it’s Michelle or somebody else, Barack Hussein Obama is running the show. His former vice-president, Biden, is clearly a front man, who nominated another front man, Attorney General Merrick Garland. His job is to keep Donald J. Trump out of the White House so that the Democratic Party can consolidate its power as the leading socialist/communist organization in the “Free World,” on the road to a global utopia through a process the Marxists call “Permanent Revolution.”

The report that a federal magistrate linked to Obama approved the raid on Trump’s home is just one more example of who’s calling the shots.

Don’t worry about Hunter’s “laptop from Hell.” This is the presidency from Hell, a third term for Barack Hussein Obama.

We wrote three books about this, Red Star Rising, Comrade Obama Unmasked, and Permanent Revolution, describing what we are living and suffering through.

Leave no doubt that America’s current predicament is the result of eight years of Obama, a Marxist student of Russian agent Frank Marshall Davis who met with Chinese Communist President Xi to plot the final phase of the world revolution. The Chinese press called it a meeting of “veteran cadre,” yet another indication that Obama’s Marxist experiment was being organized in cooperation with China and Russia. That meeting preceded the release of the China virus.

Remember that Senate Republican Leader Mitch McConnell stopped Obama’s nomination of Garland to the Supreme Court, then turned around and voted for his nomination as Biden’s Attorney General. Trump got three Supreme Court vacancies as a result, but is now in the crosshairs as he contemplates another presidential run. Garland is an agent of Obama and McConnell has to know it.

In addition to publishing three books on the political significance of the Obama presidency, my group America’s Survival, Inc. warned the Senate that Garland, then a federal judge, was implicated in a major cover-up involving a member of the Weather Underground, the terror group whose leaders Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn backed Obama for the presidency in 2008.

Before YouTube terminated my channel, eliminating 500 videos from public view, I had analyzed the issue of Merrick Garland’s involvement in a court case brought by the Obama Administration to drop terrorism charges against a communist by the name of Elizabeth Anna Duke. She was a member of a Weather Underground spin-off that specialized in terrorism, including bombing the U.S. Capitol in 1983, and fake IDs. Then-Judge Merrick Garland found no problem with a magistrate who arbitrarily dropped the charges against her, at the request of Obama’s Justice Department.

Obama was determined to get Merrick Garland on the Supreme Court but had to settle for the Attorney General position. As a result, numerous communist terrorists remain on the loose.

The issue is Obama, not Joe Biden or Hunter Biden. The Biden Crime Family is real but a distraction. Obama is the one behind the curtain.

For eight years we tried to warn Americans people about the lasting significance of the Obama presidency.

More relevant than ever before, America’s Survival, Inc. released a hard-to-find copy of the 1961 House Committee on Un-American Activities analysis of the book How Parliament can Play a Revolutionary Part in Transition to Socialism. This is a how-to-book on how communists overthrow non-communist majorities and make democracies into dictatorships. The author, Jan Kozak, historian of the Communist Party of Czechoslovakia, outlined how a parliament or legislative body (such as the U.S. Congress) can be helpful in “transforming democratic nations” into communist countries. Hence, we see party line votes for more federal control over the U.S. economy, the latest being the “Inflation Reduction Act.”

For the doubters, consider Biden’s nominee, Lenin scholar Saule Omarova, as Comptroller of the Currency. Her thesis was titled, “Karl Marx’s Economic Analysis and the Theory of Revolution in The Capital.”

Can America be saved? We have to understand the history of communism and look at the examples of how Marxist regimes can be undermined and overthrown.

To begin with, let’s dispense with the terms “woke” and “cancel culture,” which mask the true nature of our predicament.

Meanwhile, Afghanistan has become a heavily-armed Islamic terrorist state, Democrat Nancy Pelosi is provoking a Chinese invasion of Republic of Free China on Taiwan, and when Biden showed his weakness by approving another Russian gas pipeline to Europe, Russia launched a war in Ukraine to demonstrate its economic power in Europe. It was President Bill Clinton who convinced Ukraine to give its nuclear weapons back to Moscow.

Biden’s response has been another no-win war.

Meanwhile, labeled by the media as the “Pink Tide,” we are witnessing the ominous advance of communism in the Western hemisphere. Even “60 Minutes” ran a story, too late to make a difference, about communist inroads in Central America.

When you hear about “The Worst Mass Migration Crisis in History,” understand the communist roots of this problem.

Vladimir Putin, speaking at the plenary session of the 25th St. Petersburg International Economic Forum, declared, “…Changes in the global economy, finances and international relations are unfolding at an ever-growing pace and scale. There is an increasingly pronounced trend in favor of a multipolar growth model in lieu of globalization. Of course, building and shaping a new world order is no easy task.”

As we educate the people, documenting global trends in our World Revolution Report, don’t fall into Putin’s trap. His “New World Order” spells the end of America. He wants the death of the dollar – and the death of America. His troops are now in Latin America.

We warned America many years in advance about the communist takeover of America. Trump’s presidency was a surprising pause in the consolidation of their power, after Republicans John McCain and Mitt Romney lost to the Marxist candidate.

Now Trump wants to take on these communists — again. He calls them “radical Left Democrats.” No, Mr. President. They are worse than that.

We saw what they intend to do with the arrest of the would-be assassin of Justice Kavanaugh. The psycho, probably on dope, turned himself in!

Forget the talk about “The Biden White House.” The Biden Administration is the spawn of Barack Hussein Obama. You can’t understand what’s happening now without an appreciation of Obama’s communist mentor and Obama’s relationship with China, Russia, and radical Islam.

The issue isn’t the “laptop from Hell.” It’s the presidency from Hell, in the form of a “former” president, Barack Hussein Obama, whose vice-president is now a figurehead president and his son, Hunter, a major distraction who will be handled with kid gloves.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

Carbon Capture Pipelines = Environmental Idiocracy!

By Tom DeWeese

August 12, 2022

I have just returned from one of the most important speaking tours I have ever undertaken. In fact, it wasn’t really a speaking tour – I was barnstorming the state of Iowa. I was there to cause trouble and stir up the citizens – AND I DID IT!

You see, in Iowa, along with North and South Dakota, Minnesota, and Nebraska, the push is on to enforce a plan to capture CO2 and bury it in the ground. Of course, the excuse is to protect the earth from Climate Change!

In all of my years of fighting the lies and insane policies of the radical environmental movement, this is without doubt their DUMBEST plan ever – but it’s also one of the MOST DANGEROUS that we have ever faced.

Here’s the scheme. Thousands of acres of privately-owned, food-producing Midwest Corn Belt farmland are targeted for a new 1300-mile long-pipeline. But NOT a pipeline to bring us desperately needed fuel oil. No – the purpose of this pipeline is to capture carbon dioxide and TRANSPORT IT UNDER GROUND!!!!

Two main forces are pushing these Carbon Dioxide Pipelines. They are private companies named Summit Carbon Solutions and Navigator CO2 Ventures. These private companies have already sent out letters to farmers across Iowa, South Dakota, Minnesota, Nebraska, and North Dakota. Explaining the project, they are saying, “Navigator is proposing to build a large scale carbon capture pipeline system spanning more than 1300 miles across five states in the Midwest…” “The pipeline system… will capture carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions from local facilities before these emissions reach the atmosphere and transport the CO2 safely via pipeline to a permanent and secure underground sequestration site in Illinois.” The letter goes on to explain that “the pipeline will materially reduce the participant’s carbon footprint and further the global goal of carbon neutrality.”

These are private companies. They are not public utilities. Yet, their letter to property owners contains this threat. “We intend to file a petition with the Iowa Utilities Board for permission to build the pipeline.” It goes on to say, “Our goal is to reach voluntary agreements with all landowners along the Project route, though if we are unable to do so, we may need to request the right of eminent domain (condemnation) from the Board.” So, the message is clear to property owners… be real nice and give up your land voluntarily, or we will just take it!

Just as I’ve been warning for over thirty years, all of this is part of the plot as called for in Agenda 21, Agenda 2030, The Green New Deal, and now the Great Reset. Clear back in 1992, when Agenda 21 was first introduced, its radical environmental promoters at the United Nations described it as “A blueprint for the reorganization of human society.”

Now, America’s farmers are on the front lines of the ground war to enforce that reorganization. And this is just the beginning to get it all started. As their land is confiscated, farmers won’t be allowed to grow food. No crops will be grown. The pipeline won’t be placed on the edges of the farm property — but will drive right through the middle, rendering much of the rest of the farm’s land useless. The first step in creating the pipeline will be to rip up the topsoil. Farmers are promised, if they will sign an easement agreement to voluntarily give up the land, in the first year they will be paid eighty percent of what they would have brought in for crop production. Sixty percent is promised for the second year, and forty percent for the third year. Little has been mentioned for what is to come after that.

As less and less farmland is available, the Great Reset scheme is to grow most of our food inside factories, providing only synthetic substitutes like the fake meat that is being marketed now. It’s interesting to note that, again, Bill Gates is right in the middle of this scheme. As he is busy buying up millions of acres of farmland, he’s also one of the biggest promoters of synthetic beef.

The Climate Change threat is a complete hoax, designed to create fear to get you to voluntarily give up your liberties. There is no scientific evidence whatsoever to back up the claims of man-made global warming.

Along with the drive for the carbon capture pipeline to eliminate CO2, there is a separate drive to lock away thousands more acres for wind and solar farms, in order to eliminate all oil and gas energy.

One plan calls for the locking way of seventeen million acres of solar farms in the Midwest to replace coal and gas power plants. It’s interesting to note that those coal and gas power plants take up only a few acres.

The solar panels use large amounts of plastic, which is made from oil. In addition, large amounts of copper are necessary for the wire infrastructure underneath. Plus, under those rows and rows of solar panels over thousand of acres is cement to cover the wires. Nothing grows under them – no grass or small animals. Valuable farmland destroyed.

In addition, plans also call for 250 million acres of wind farms. Wind turbines need huge amounts of oil in order to turn. They also need large amounts of copper, limestone, steel, aluminum, cobalt, and nickel to produce a single wind turbine. Some experts say that it will take more energy to produce a single wind turbine that it will create in its lifetime.

Wind and solar power are jokes – but they’re much worse than jokes to our environment. Picture 250 million acres of wind turbine forests. Gone will be scenic views, or peaceful land, and in the air, nothing will be flying as millions of birds, raptors, and endangered species will be destroyed. All in the name of protecting the environment.

Meanwhile, if the sun isn’t shining or the wind blowing, no energy is produced. In fact, if the goal is reached and all power is to come from wind and solar, it will supply only about four percent of the energy the nation needs.

Today, the same forces behind the wind and solar scheme are pushing the carbon capture pipeline. The most important food-producing farmland in the nation is about to be confiscated – all under the insane lie of environmental protection.

But here are some scientific facts that you won’t hear from these so-called science experts. Scientists, including Dr. Lee Merritt, an Iowa-based CO2 expert, reports that the earth is actually suffering from a CO2 shortage. The earth needs an average of 1,600 Parts Per Million (PPM) of CO2 in the atmosphere to support us. Currently, we have 410 PPM. In other words, nature is facing a CO2 starvation. Plants – including those we need to feed us — won’t be able to grow.

In addition, the massive deployment of wind and solar farms over thousands of acres may well create the beginnings of a new dust bowel that will destroy even more farmland.

And there is this shocking news. Carbon capture pipelines have now been proven to be major health hazards to people living close to them. A carbon capture pipeline in Mississippi ruptured near the small town of Satartia. A green cloud descended over the town, blocking oxygen and creating a fowl smell. Dozens of people became disoriented, nauseated, and dazed. Many collapsed in their homes. Even car engines shut off, because the also need oxygen to run. Months later, some people are still reporting mental fogginess. And first responders had no idea how to deal with it.

But the drive is on to build more of these dangerous, useless, and totally unnecessary carbon capture pipelines. Private companies like Summit Carbon Solutions and Navigator Co2 Ventures have no real reason to build them except that there is money in the Biden Infrastructure bill offering big bucks.

Opposition across Iowa and other affected states is strong. Public meetings designed to sell the idea are filled with citizens and property owners who stand opposed to the scheme. Many county supervisor boards have written letters to the Iowa Utilities Board (IUB) to express opposition. However, their commitment to a plan to stop it is weak. Some county officials have already surrendered to this tyranny, saying, “There’s not much we can do. It looks like it’s just going to happen.” One newspaper reported that “local governments have no legal power to stop carbon dioxide pipelines.” They are wrong!

And that’s why I went to Iowa and barnstormed the state. The good news is that no land has yet been taken. It’s still in the planning stage. I provided a series of plans on how citizens can organize and make this a very public issue. They don’t have to just accept it! Plus, I gave the elected officials a full game plan for fighting this in local and state government.

First, citizens and their elected representatives must understand that these companies behind the pipeline are private companies They don’t have the power to enforce eminent domain. They must have government force behind them. That’s why they are looking to the Iowa Utilities Board as their ace to give the power to take the land. I have a plan to stop that.

As I spoke directly to county supervisors, I didn’t pull any punches. Frankly, I was appalled that most of the county boards across the state have taken such a weak stand against the pipeline.

One county board had written a letter to the Iowa Utilities Board, pleading with them to not use the power of eminent domain. The letter ended by saying “…we respectfully ask that you refrain from utilizing eminent domain in your pursuits.”

I read that line to them in my public meeting and then shouted “This is how you represent your people? By pleading? Shameful!

I said, “YOU ARE THE BODY DIRECTLY ELECTED BY THE PEOPLE TO PROTECT THEIR RIGHTS…YOU MUST TAKE DIRECT ACTION TO DO THAT!”

I then outlined a plan to win. First, stop taking the coward’s way out by hiding behind an unelected, appointed board that doesn’t represent the people.

Second, I told them to prepare solid legislation that will protect the property rights of those in the path of the pipeline – Then I gave them several examples to choose from. I told them, “Declare your county protected from the pipeline.”

Third, I told them to now reach out to other county boards. Encourage them to take the same action in their county. Then, every county that takes the action must lock arms together and stand firm. In that way, they will create an impenetrable wall around their county and the state that these private companies and appointed boards cannot pierce.

One more piece to the puzzle will assure victory. If they have strong Constitutional Sheriffs that will enforce that property rights legislation, arrest any representatives of these private companies that come on private land to map it and pressure the landowners, that threat will end.

To assure these tactics are used, dedicated local citizens must demand that their elected representatives act. Then the citizens must organize to support them. Working together in that way, community by community, will result in this outrageous carbon capture pipeline never being built!

I must tell you, the response from my audiences was powerful. As I write this, they are now working to build the effective organization I called for. The citizens must do the work to convince their County Board of Supervisors to take these actions. I am now getting reports from the leaders I’ve been working with that this is starting to happen. Opposition is building.

In fact, after I returned home from the trip I was thrilled to receive a report that two counties in South Dakota (Brown and Spink) have just passed moratoriums, blocking any permits or construction on the pipeline!

This is what we can accomplish when we take a strong stand and refuse to buckle under.

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: Contact Tom DeWeese

Caution! – ‘Educators’ at Work

by Lee Duigon

August 11, 2022

I didn’t have much contact with my high school guidance counselor, but I very much doubt he belonged to a criminal street gang. But if I were going to high school in Boston now, I wouldn’t be able to say that with any confidence.

An “academic dean” in the Boston Public School system has pleaded guilty to racketeering. One Shaun Harrison, 63 years old, shot a student. It turns out that Mr. Harrison belonged to the Latin Kings street gang and was using his position in the schools to recruit more members to the gang.

What? Did no one else in that school district know, or at least suspect, that this dean might be of a dubious character? Who interviewed him for the job? Who checked his record? Who voted to hire him? What in the world is a confessed racketeer doing, “helping problem students”? And was he the only one?

Yes, I know it’s a hard story to believe.

And here’s another one.

Inderkum High School, in Sacramento (we’re going coast to coast) had a “teacher” who bragged about having pledged allegiance to Antifa, displayed an Antifa flag in his classroom, along with posters of Mao Tse-tung and other communist all-stars, and proclaimed to the nooze media, “I have 180 days to turn them [his students] into revolutionaries.”

The school board that hired him has now paid him almost $200,000 to resign and go away without a lawsuit. Click the link—you’ve got to see the picture of this guy. *This* is a “teacher”? People go to work, pay their taxes… so they can have this wacko “teach” their children? Like, if Antifa is NOT a criminal or terrorist group, it’s not for want to trying. (Hint: Democrats protect them.)

What were they thinking when they hired him? What teachers’ college prepared him to get a teaching certificate? And they’ve paid him three years’ salary just to get lost!

We ask again: What do the public schools have to do to convince you that they want to break up your family and wreck your country? What have they left undone, that you persist in sending your children there? Ours is the costliest public education system in world history—and this is what it gives us?

And that’s without even mentioning Critical Race Theory, transgender propaganda, and an ongoing campaign by “educators” to groom children for aberrant sex. Here all they’re doing is hiring gangsters and communist fanatics to “educate” America’s children.

How did all these America-hating, family-hating, God-hating weirdos gain control of our education system? But they’ve been working at it for a long, long time. R.J. Rushdoony’s “The Messianic Character of American Education” uses the educators’ own words, and their own actions, to expose them as the termites that they are, gnawing away at the foundations of our country. A hundred years ago it was mostly ivory-tower theorists with crackpot notions—and they were opposed by, of all people, the teachers. But nowadays it’s not only theorists doing all the damage: it’s the teachers’ unions, teachers’ colleges, and state and local school boards, too. All together they’ve transformed our public education system into the travesty that it is today.

There’s no hope of repairing the damage. Our only meaningful response is to remove our children from the public schools. Homeschooling has never been more affordable, more effective, or more efficient than it is now; and it’s getting better all the time. Certainly better, by miles and miles, than anything that public education has to offer.

We don’t need our public education system anymore.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit… before they sic the FBI on us. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Ask Not What Your Country Can Do For You

By Lex Greene

August 11, 2022

The title is the first half of a statement made by President John F. Kennedy (D) at his Inaugural Address on January 20, 1961. The balance of this statement was – “ask what you can do for your country.”

That was sixty-one years ago, and my how things have changed since. Today, democrat voters only ask, even demand, what our government (taxpayers) can do for them. They care not about anything else…Freedom, liberty, and justice for all, be damned. Everything is strictly about voting themselves favors from the government, all of it paid for by taxpayers, and they are obviously willing to even use extreme Nazi-style measures to accomplish the darkest of any heart’s desires.

This anti-American movement, totally at odds with President Kennedy’s call to the people in 1961, was rooted in the USA at least as far back as the early 1900s under the Wilson administration (D) and firmly advanced under FDR (D) between 1933 and 1945. The Marxist ideologies were then adopted by the 60’s peacenik crowd while they were high, and supplanted into their children, later raised by the government in government controlled education. Those peaceniks are often called “professor” today.

There are a few of those old peacenik addicts still around, although they are dying fast from COVID vaccine injury these days. But their children are now one of the biggest problems facing our nation, those between 25-45 years old now. These are the children and grandchildren of the 60s global Marxist generation, led by the likes of Che Guevara and the Weather Underground. Today, these groups are now represented by democrat street militants, Black Lives Matter and ANTIFA.

So, after decades of these groups advancing the “what can the taxpayers do for me” agenda, Kennedy’s statement changes once again.

Instead of asking what our country can do for us, we must now ask…

WHAT CAN OUR COUNTRY DO TO US?

Americans of every political stripe need look no further than what our government has done to our country just since January 2020, with the Klaus Schwab, Bill Gates, Anthony Fauci, Barack Obama, Joe Biden, and Kamala Harris Nazi regime and their maniacal psychos in every federal agency, including the US Military – via their purely evil GLOBAL COVID19 RESET.

But if that doesn’t make the hair raise on the neck of every American, the raid on the home of billionaire former President Trump should have you throwing up in your bathroom by now.

Ahead of that raid, the DOJ and FBI had already run numerous other fraudulent fake investigations working in concert with powerful democrats, trying to take down the most popular political figure on earth today, and everyone who supports him. January 6, 2021 rally goers remain in prison as nothing more than political prisoners today, except the two who have recently committed suicide.

Biden’s (Obama’s) DOJ and FBI waited for Trump to be out of town, gave the Trump’s Secret Service detail only 45-minutes advance notice, demanded that all Trump property security cameras be shut down and denied any Trump lawyers to be present during the raid – after Trump and his lawyers had been voluntarily cooperating with officials for month, which at this point, no citizens should ever do. All of this is unconstitutional, illegal, and never done before.

Within hours we find out that it was none other than former Jeffrey Epstein pedophile lawyer, now Federal Judge Bruce Reinhart, believed to have hastily signed off on the Trump raid warrant…likely a pedophile himself, truth be known.

It’s also coming to light that Liz Cheney’s husband is at the law firm defending Hunter Biden, which really pertains to Joe Biden’s international money laundering schemes, so far buried by the DOJ and FBI.

You just can’t make this kind of stuff up! The “swamp” is coming into crystal clear focus.

Now, I have watched as the mindless boobs who believe every lie the leftist politicians and their media ever tell, rage with excitement over what they just saw on their 24/7 anti-Trump TV screen and leftist social media platforms, even openly threatening violence towards the entire nation “if Trump isn’t indicted for something,” whether he has actually done anything illegal or not.

Part of me gets a real kick out of seeing idiot anti-gun folks openly threatening gun-enthusiasts in broad daylight on public social media. The other part of me knows that if any conservative or republican ever did that, Biden’s DOJ and FBI would raid their homes in minutes, as if it were the Trump compound in Florida.

Add to this the knowledge that democrats just rammed through (with no bipartisan support) another $1.3 Trillion spending bill disguised as some inflation reduction act, which includes $80 billion for 87,000 new IRS agents, (a 500% increase) on the heels of spending $700,000 for more IRS weapons and ammo a few weeks earlier, and you’d have to be deaf, dumb, and blind to miss the memo!

I think we can safely say, we get the message loud and clear. Remember what the leftists in power keep telling you? “No one needs weapons of war except the military.” – Except of course, Biden’s (Obama’s) gestapo, once proudly referred to as our US National Security agencies and US Military.

Clearly, the Biden (Obama) regime in power has rapidly and fully weaponized the entire federal authority against the American people…And since no one needs that kind of power unless they are going to war, they are going to war! This time, with us!

Indeed, it’s no longer “Ask not what your country can do for you” or “what you can do for your country” or even “what taxpayers can do for Marxist thugs,” – it’s now, WHAT CAN OUR COUNTRY DO TO US, every American?

Because Americans have been asleep at the wheel for so long and still not ready to make a united stand against tyranny, I suspect we will find out what they can do before November, when democrats are poised to lose political power from sea to sea and border to border.

Think there is anything they are unwilling to do? I don’t… Why would you?

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

Honor Killings In America and Female Genital Mutilation in 2022

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 11, 2022

In 2012, I wrote a 22-part series on “Islam in America” published by News With Views that foretold of honor killings and female genital mutilation in America. All of it occurring from Muslim immigrants that left their 6^th century Middle Eastern countries only to land in America.

Over 300,000 of them landed in Dearborn, Michigan. More landed in Minneapolis, Minnesota as well as Miami, Florida. Today, in excess of 4,000,000 of them penetrate every sector of American society where welfare offices feed, clothe and house them.

Today, according to Assistant District Attorney Ed O’Callaghan of the Department of Homeland Security at a White House press conference in October 2018, reported that there are, “…an average of 23 to 27 honor killings in the USA annually and over 500,000 cases of female genital mutilation.”

In other words, they migrated to America for a life of freedom, but continue to practice their 6^th century female killing rituals. For the record, they practice FGM on girls younger than nine years old. It’s assault and battery on a child.

Last week, a Muslim man in Texas went on trial for killing his two daughters over 10 years ago. His two sons hid him from police. He took his two daughters out in his taxi and shot them with nine bullet holes in their bodies because they were dating young boys who weren’t Muslims.

The Daughters Call 911 As They Are Being Shot By Their Father

“In a 911 call presented to a Dallas courtroom this week in the trial against Yaser Abdel Said, who is accused of killing his two daughters in 2008, one of his daughters can be heard frantically telling police, “I’m dying.”

“Help. My dad shot me. I’m dying, I’m dying,” his youngest daughter, Sarah, says in the 911 call. “I’m dying, that’s what’s up.

“She can also be heard repeating, “Stop it, stop it, stop it,” toward the beginning of the call.

“Said, 65, is on trial for capital murder after spending 12 years on the run after allegedly murdering his 17-year-old and 18-year-old daughters in what prosecutors have described as “honor killings” because he did not like that they had boyfriends. He faces an automatic life sentence if convicted because prosecutors are not seeking the death penalty.” (Source: Audrey Conklin, Fox News, August 4, 2022)

If you read my 2009 series, I predicted endless honor killings and female genital mutilation. Those deadly numbers continue to climb as more Muslims migrate to the USA. We’ve got a mosque in my tiny town of Golden, CO.

What’s really disturbing stems from the fact that my series totally and completely reported the facts, the actions by Muslims and the deadly consequences. For my reporting, the Southern Poverty Law Center made me a poster boy by character assassinating me, defamation and outright lies as to my character. In other words, they wanted to drive me into a corner with fear with their name-calling. In fact, I lost a paying job with www.CapsWeb.org in California, and the SPLC’s abuse has caused me much distress. But there is no way to fight back against them. My only defense remains my integrity.

Ironically, the mainstream media will not report on honor killings or FGM here in America in 2022. You won’t hear it on 60 Minutes, NPR or PBS. Terry Gross won’t touch it or Scott Simon. It will never be reported on CNN, ABC, NBC or CBS. Amazingly, you won’t ever hear about it from women’s rights groups.

Mark Twain called it “Silent Assertion” or the “mainstream lie” that everyone knows about, but no one will speak about.

Twain called it ‘the lie of silent assertion that there wasn’t anything going on in which humane and intelligent people were interested. Why should we help the nation lie the whole day long and then object to telling one little individual private lie in our own interest to go to bed on? Just for the refreshment of it, I mean. And to take the rancid taste out of our mouth.'”

Twain called it back in 1865, and I’m calling it in 2022. It’s all a lie by the mainstream media. They won’t touch it while it’s killing young girls at an average of 25 annually, and over 500,000 cases of FGM—here in the USA. Even Muslim mothers travel to Detroit to get the procedure done on their daughters. It’s pretty sickening, but it’s SO covered-up by Muslim families in Muslim-dominated areas like Detroit and Minneapolis.

If you don’t know what FGM entails, I can personally share with you that it is ugly, brutal, bloody, painful, razor blades, life-threatening, sepsis, and the child can never recover her cut-away genital parts. The procedure destroys any chance for a normal intimate life. As for honor killings, brothers, fathers and uncles kill their women without an ounce of regret. In fact, the United Nations reported that 20,000 honor killings occur annually in Muslim lands.

Muslims call it “Sharia Law” and for them, it supersedes America’s Constitutional Law. They have no intention of ever becoming citizens of America, but in fact, expect to continue their conquest until we submit to their Sharia Law. It’s creeping across America with every Muslim immigrant added.

So, what does that show for America? Anyone in favor of more immigrants from such backward cultures? What happens when it’s your daughter? Why do I ask? Well, that Muslim Said guy in Texas married an American woman…so it was her two daughters that the Islamic maniac killed.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Let’s Give the Gendericists a Taste of their Own Medicine

By Servando Gonzalez

August 10, 2022

[Warning: Political satire with a grain of salt. Not for the faint of heart!]

Evidently, conservative Republicans are losing the gender battle. Proof of it is that even conservative sites, radio commentators and media are calling this guy in a Russian jail a woman. Now, why are conservative Republicans losing this key battle? Well, I have a theory. Conservatives are losing this battle because they have no sense of humor. Proof of it is that I have to explicitly tell that this article is a satire for them to understand it.

Traditionally, humor have been the weapon of the underdog to fight tyranny. Why? Because tyrants hate humor, particularly when they are the but o f the jokes. Satire is the second best tool for fighting tyranny. Tyrants and heir sycophants lack a sense of humor.

This explains why tyrants, would-be tyrants and their followers hate and fear satire so much. It seems that the present crisis has awakened the dormant tyrant most of them carry in some hidden corner of their brains, so I hope this article will help you put them where they belong: in the dumpster of society.

One who recently acknowledged the power of humor is Monty Python veteran and award-winning film director Terry Gilliam. In a recent interview, he made fun of the gender-crazy activists and declared he could refer to himself as a “black lesbian.’[1]

So, I am proposing a similar way by which we can give the gender extremists in the U.S. government a taste of their medicine.

A few months ago I had to fill an application for the renewal of my U.S. passport. In accordance with the new norms set by the totalitarian-minded globalists at the U.N. and at home, it included even more personal information than previous applications in accordance to the coming global citizenship required for citizens of the New World Order.

To my utter surprise, however, there was an item of information that has not changed: sex. For the new real-id (whatever that means!) U.S. passport and driver’s license you still are either M (male) or F (female).

This obvious lack of consistency is totally out of sync with the new norms pushed down the throats of the American people by lefties and “progressives.” This lack of consistency must not be tolerated. We either have sex or gender, but not both. This dual standard is alien to the American spirit. One of the things guaranteed by the Constitution is equality for all —even (or particularly) for potential Democratic-voting illegal aliens.

The present state of things shows a total lack of respect for the prevalent mores and norms in today’s America. So, in order to be in tune with the current advances in equality, social justice and inclusiveness in this country, we the people must demand that, as soon as possible, we change the current retrograde, sexist system, an obvious remain of the times of slavery and white supremacism, and instead of sex, all official documents, birth and marriage certificates, driver’s licenses, passports, social security IDs, and all other forms of identification must show the person’s gender.[2]

So, instead of the pernicious, non-inclusive, M (male) or F (female), I propose using the more inclusive system I am detailing below:

HM (heterosexual male) / HF (heterosexual female)
MH (male homosexual) / MG (male gay)[3] / BG (butch gay) / FG (femme gay)
ML (male lesbian) / BL (butch lesbian) / FM (femme lesbian)
TM (transgender male) / TF (transgender female)
MB (male bisexual) / HB (homosexual bisexual) GB (gay bisexual)
FB (female bisexual) / BB (butch bisexual) /
MP (male pansexual) / FP (female pansexual)
MA (male asexual) / FA (female asexual)

I know that the system I am proposing may initially create some problems, but we need to advance with our new times. That is what progressivism is all about. Even more, there is an enormous practical advantage we will gain by switching to gender instead of the old-fashioned, reactionary sex classifications.

Currently, with our imperfect, out of date sexist system we are missing important statistical information that should be faithfully recorded. So, instead of the police reporting that the serial killer was a man, after the change to genders we will know that he was actually a BG. Or that the young woman who shot in cold blood her own parents because they didn’t approve her lifestyle was actually a ML. Or that some notorious serial killers were MG. Or that the woman who still is thinking about running again for the presidency of the United States is actually a BL. Or that two previous U.S. presidents were actually MH[4] and the wife of the second one is actually a TM.

The new innovative system of identification based on gender, not old-fashioned sex, will render many other advantages, Among them, we may know that most of the women marching on the streets in support of abortion rights are actually BL. We may discover also that, despite the fact that BL constitute less than 2 percent of the U.S. population, they represent close to 30 percent of the teachers in our public schools and close to 20 percent of the TSA screeners in U.S. airports.

If one is to believe the Me Too movement, all sexual harassers are HM. But, how if after applying the more inclusive classification I am proposing we discover that most sexual harassers are actually MG and BL?

We will finally know how large is the percent of MG, BG, and BL in our police force, our military, the U.S. Congress and the Courts, including the Supreme Court. We will finally know how large is the percent of MG, BG, and BL in the U.S. mainstream media, in Hollywood and the music industry. We will finally know how large is the percent of MG, BG, and BL in organizations such as the Southern Poverty Law Center and the fascist Antifa. We will finally know how large is the percent of MG, BG, and BL among members of the Council on Foreign Relatons.

In order to get the necessary information to support or deny the previous assumptions, the U.S. Census Bureau must change its current standards. The forthcoming U.S. Census must be changed to stop classifying individuals according to their sex and retrieve information according the new gender classifications.

In Orwell’s Animal Farm, all animals were equal, but some animals were more equal than others. We must not allow this to happen in today’s equalitarian, democratic, socialist America. We must demand equal treatment for all.

We must put the gendericists feet to the fire they themselves have created to drive us mad. Well, let’s see how they love it when we turn the fire against them. He who laughs later laughs the better.

Tell your Democratic friends to send letters or call their Democratic senators and representatives in Congress demanding this necessary change in America. The current system of dividing people into categories of sex, which is nothing but a social construct to favor the rich, the powerful and the reactionary conservatives, must be changed.

The sooner the better.

We, the American people deserve it!

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

1. See “Cult Director Lambasts Cancel Culture,” Russia Today, August 5, 2022,

2. People must be reminded that lying about your personal information on an official form is a felony punishable by law. So, either we change this retrograde way of represent ourselves of many of us will be selected for a free trip to enjoy the beautiful beaches in Guantanamo Bay.

3. Contrary to what gay activists want us to think, gay and homosexual are not synonyms but denote two quite different things. This is perhaps the best-kept secret of the gay movement. See Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order (Oakland, California: Spooks Books, 2010), pp. 236-241.

4. Obama’s sexual preferences are well known. For George W. Bush’s sexual preferences see Alang Stang, Not Holier Than Thou: How Queer is Bush?

Bradlee Dean Taking the Time to Confront Antifa to Their Face! (Video)

By Bradlee Dean

August 10, 2022

“Anti-Fascist Action”

This last Friday, I preached in Tennessee where we were asked to be a part of OSA National Event “Foundations of Freedom” (Luke 24:47).

The following day, we were then asked to go to downtown Nashville to protest abortion at the capitol which we obliged (Matthew 3:2).

Upon arrival, there were those that were dressed up like a bunch of terrorists trying to do their best to intimidate everyone that they could.

I guess that they called themselves ANTIFA, the Anti-Fascist Action to which I am also opposed, but like so many of these groups, we know that it is not what they are truly standing against but just the opposite (Isaiah 5:20).

As a matter of fact, we know that many of these groups ANTIFA and Black Lives Matter groups are state sponsored or rather they are paid provocateurs. They are the modern-day brown shirts sent in to create domestic insurrection and or browbeat their opposition. Well, friends, I was going to have none of it.

These are uneducated people playing into the hands of their oppressors and being used, in the end, to their own demise where they want to take everyone with them (Proverbs 14:12).

You are not to be afraid of these advocators of crime. You are to confront them and to give them the knowledge of their sin both before God and our laws in hopes that they will repent (Psalm 94:16).

The short video below will show you the encounter, as well as the opportunity given unto me by the Lord in setting the record straight (Mark 1:3)!

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

The Origin of Covid-19—Updated, Part 16

by Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

August 9, 2022

The Associated Press (AP) has once again reported on “conclusive” evidence that Covid-19 occurred naturally in nature with the epicenter being the Wuhan fish market rather than being leaked from the Wuhan Institute of Virology lab in China. Apparently, it hasn’t occurred to them that someone from the lab could have leaked it in the Wuhan fish market. Even Wuhan’s Dr. Zhengli-Li Shi when the outbreak first occurred said she thought someone in the lab practicing poor sanitation accidentally transported the virus to the fish market. Do you think the AP is welcome by the always censoring Communist Chinese dictators in Beijing who have been constantly propagandizing against the lab leak theory?.

The biggest problem I have with people concerning Covid-19 is that they think the vaccines prevent infection like previous vaccines (e.g., polio vaccine). They don’t understand that the current vaccines do NOT prevent anyone from getting Covid-19 or from giving it to others. The result is that vaccinated people basically feel fine and go about their normal life, potentially becoming superspreaders if not masked!

According to “The Covid-19 Statistical Report” (a weekly report on Covid-19 published by Public Health of Scotland), the number of Covid-19 cases between last September 18 and October 25 were not-vaccinated 32,217, partly vaccinated 3971, and fully-vaccinated 37,992. This means that fully-vaccinated people accounted for 56% of the Covid-19 cases.

The new Omicron subvariant BA.5 accounts for more than half of the new Covid-19 cases in the U.S., and as of June, it has caused hospitalizations to slowly trend higher because it evades immunity. This immunity evasion could be why President Biden had a Covid-19 “rebound” after taking Paxlovid. In July, for the first time since May, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) predicted that the number of hospitalizations would continue to increase (currently about 6000 people are hospitalized each day). Of course, one really can’t completely trust the CDC. According to Grady McGregor in “New data suggests the CDC’s COVID guidance to isolate for 5 days after testing positive is wrong” (FORTUNE, July 27, 2022), one reads that “Scientists have questioned the scientific rationale behind the 5-day quarantine policy since the CDC introduced it last December….In two new preprints, scientists found that people infected with Covid-19 remained infectious after five days….Extending the isolation period from five to ten days could be more safe, according to the study at Massachusetts General Hospital in Boston.”

In June of this year, Dr. Anthony Fauci tested positive for Covid-19, and on July 22, White House Covid-19 response coordinator Dr. Ashish Jha said, “This virus is going to be with us forever.” Can you imagine the population control elitists’ response to this? For months before CBS News announced the success of breast cancer drug Sabizabulin in treating Covid-19, I was promoting it in an article which the press refused to publish. The same is true for my promoting Allocetra and EXO-CD24, which clinical trials in Israel have demonstrated can help even severely or critically ill Covid-19 patients. Why do you think the press/media refuse to let the public know of the success of these new treatments? For months, they also refused to print my promotion of hyperbaric oxygen therapy as reversing the signs of Alzheimer’s and Dementia, even though clinical trials in Israel have also proven its effectiveness?.

Another serious problem is at the hospital level. If you look at this, you will see that the FDA announced as far back as October 22, 2020 that regarding Veklury (Remdesivir), one needs to pay particular attention to low blood oxygen levels. A friend of mine, Jay Johnson, had Covid-19 and was in Rex/UNCHealthcare hospital with a doctor who kept giving him Remdesivir, saying it was “Protocol,” despite the fact that his blood oxygen level had declined to a life-threatening level of 50, and he had shortness of breath. Then due to his wife’s research of the FDA’s announcement, he refused to take any more Remdesivir, and his blood oxygen level increased miraculously the next day to 90. He and his nurses were amazed and thankful. To see his story, go to You Tube videos and search “Tragedy, Triumph and an Angel named BREAKTHROUGH.”

So, what is next? According to David Axe in “Scientists Fear We’re Not Ready for Nightmare New COVID Variant” (August 7, 2022): “…The SARS-CoV-2 virus is almost certainly here to stay. Another wave is all but inevitable as new variants and subvariants mutate, compete for dominance, and find new transmission pathways. How fast that wave comes, and how bad it gets, probably comes down to a genetic competition between different mutations of the novel coronavirus. If we get lucky, a mild form of the virus wins out—and buys us time to prepare for a worse form of the virus that’s almost certainly coming.”

E-Mail Dennis Cuddy: recordsrevealed@yahoo.com

The Great Reset’s Luciferian Minions

By Kelleigh Nelson

August 9, 2022

When you see that in order to produce, you need to obtain permission from men who produce nothing — When you see that money is flowing to those who deal, not in goods, but in favors – When you see that men get richer by graft and by pull than by work, and your laws don’t protect you against them, but protect them against you – When you see corruption being rewarded and honesty becoming a self-sacrifice – You may know that your society is doomed. —Ayn Rand, Atlas Shrugged 1957

All tyrannies rule through fraud and force, but once the fraud is exposed, they must rely exclusively on force. —George Orwell

If I were asked today to formulate as concisely as possible what was the main cause of the ruinous revolution that swallowed up some 60 million of our people, I could not put it more accurately than to repeat: ‘Men had forgotten God; that is why all this has happened.’ —Alexandre Solzhenitsyn

The founders of this country were brilliant men of letters and statesmen whose greatest desire was to endow the inhabitants of this glorious land with our God given freedoms. As such, we the people, were to be guardians of our rights so that they would never become privileges.

Benjamin Franklin is thought of as “The First American.” He was a member of the Continental Congress and helped to draft the Declaration of Independence. Franklin was there as a member of the Constitutional Convention in 1787 and helped to draft our magnificent Constitution. He was an inventor, an author and founder of the University of Pennsylvania along with America’s first hospital and public library. He even identified lead poisoning and the charting of ocean currents.

Franklin stated, “Rebellion to tyrants is obedience to God,” and proposed it for the motto of the Great Seal of the United States. He seemed to see into the future when he said, “Freedom of speech is a principal pillar of a free government; when this support is taken away, the constitution of a free society is dissolved, and tyranny is erected on its ruins. Republics…derive their strength and vigor from a popular examination into the action of the magistrates.”

Founding Father Franklin hoped that the love of liberty would spread throughout the world, but today we see a different future for our America, a future that is anything but bright and promising. His love of liberty has certainly not spread worldwide despite the lives of our soldiers being sacrificed on foreign battlefields for freedom.

“The preservation of the sacred fire of liberty, and the destiny of the Republican model of Government, are justly considered as deeply, perhaps as finally staked, on the experiment entrusted to the hands of the American people.” – George Washington

Totalitarianism

On page 245 of The Origins of Totalitarianism, Holocaust survivor Hannah Arendt wrote the following words:

One of the most glaring differences between the old-fashioned rule by bureaucracy and the up-to-date totalitarian brand is that Russia’s and Austria’s pre-war rulers were content with an idle radiance of power and, satisfied to control its outward destinies, left the whole inner life of the soul intact. Totalitarian bureaucracy, with a more complete understanding of the meaning of absolute power, intruded upon the private individual and his inner life with equal brutality. The result of this radical efficiency has been that the inner spontaneity of people under its rule was killed along with their social and political activities, so that the merely political sterility under the older bureaucracies was followed by total sterility under totalitarian rule.

We are fast approaching the total sterility of totalitarian rule that Ms. Arendt spoke of 72 years ago. Total enslavement is the despotic goal.

Over 157 years ago, a watershed event torpedoed the nation in a direction opposite of that which our founders intended. What we’re living through today, is a massive disintegration of society, culture, human decency and liberty, leading us into feudalistic tyranny.

Collectivism/Marxism

Collectivism, i.e., communism is the subject matter of The Turning of the Tides, by former Congressman Paul W. Shafer and John Howland Snow. It tells of how America’s teachers were indoctrinated with collectivism/Marxism, and through teachers’ unions, were taught to condition our children subtly and secretly toward a socialist America.

Listed on Page 145 are the rules of the collectivists: “does it serve our purpose?” It will sound only too familiar, but was written in the 1940s.

“The Global State will at first finance itself by appropriating your earnings under the guise of taxes. It will appropriate your savings by inflation—which is a progressive capital levy on all. It will continue to shatter the value of those savings to ‘pay’ for its crusade—inflation’s sole and unique cause.

“Thus, financed into being, The Global State will substitute its collective love and wisdom for your own.

“The State will now ‘revalue’ its currency, and from this point it can permanently finance itself. This it will do by fiat control of money. It will take over every form of wealth—and substitute its collective ownership for your own.

“Unless the policy called internationalism is stopped, this is its course. By no other means can the new internationalism perpetuate itself.

“And this reversion to feudalism is being called ‘social reconstruction’—as taught in the Nation’s schools.”

Our children are reared in the public schools and brought up according to the dictates of social scientists who are global in their sphere. They are experimenting on our youngsters to rid them of individuality, discipline, character, independence and other honorable qualities of a free and mature nature. And what happens to the people and the wealth of the Nation? It declines. It is regressivism, i.e., collectivism and Marxism on a grand scale, and we are seeing the results in today’s youth. Discipline in the classroom has so declined that teachers are afraid of their students.

All of this was planned over a century ago, and Klaus Schwab and his minions are just the latest generation in the effort to bring their final goals to fruition. The left’s outcries of racism are simply a deflection of their true nature. They psychologically project on their enemies what their true goals entail. Enslavement!

Minions of the Great Reset

The latest so-called leader of this nightmare from hell is Klaus Schwab, but we know he is just another puppet, another player along the road of turning America into a communist nation. Collectivism, regionalism, governance, public/private partnerships, the New World Order, the Great Reset, and ultimately United Nations Agenda 21/30 are all the same. Changing the names is just part of the game.

Klaus Schwab was born in Ravensburg, Germany in 1938, but like many front men, his life has been white washed or silenced from public scrutiny. No one knows if he has any religious beliefs but presume he is an atheist.

Let’s clear one thing up…Schwab is NOT related to the Rothschilds despite internet stories claiming otherwise. The Rothschilds have referred this story to their defamation counsel in Basel. There are some wonderful members of this family who are generous philanthropists who do not agree with other factions of the family. Don’t bother to email me scurrilous anti-Semitic accounts of this wealthy banking family.

Johnny Vedmore’s article, Schwab Family Values contains what appears to be valid documentation of Klaus Schwab’s family being Nazi collaborators. I can neither prove nor disprove Vedmore’s claims, but his research sounds plausible to me.

Schwab has sent his new Communist 3.0 Manifesto to every world leader and every governor/premier of every state and province around the world. His game is tyranny and enslavement.

Maurice Strong, father of global warming and United Nations Agenda 21, arguably the most significant and most secretive plan for global transformation, was Klaus Schwab’s friend and mentor.

He was an advocate of Global Governance via the United Nations, and Spiritual Governance via the cultish Temple of Understanding, which blends all religions, (in New York City next to UN) and Environmental-governance via The Earth Charter and the Ark of the Gaia Covenant. When he left “Mother Earth” in 2015, Strong passed his sustainability mantel to none other than Klaus Schwab.

“I am deeply saddened that Maurice Strong passed away yesterday at the age of 86.” -Schwab, Nov. 29, 2015. “He was one of the most extraordinary personalities I ever met.

“He deeply incorporated the World Economic Forum’s mission of improving the state of the world into everything he did. He was a great visionary, always ahead of our times in his thinking. He was my mentor since the creation of the Forum: a great friend; an indispensable advisor; and, for many years, a member of our Foundation Board. Without him, the Forum would not have achieved its present significance.”

Strong’s intent for America was clear when he stated, “Current lifestyles and consumption patterns of the affluent middle class…involving high meat intake, consumption of large amounts of frozen and convenience foods, ownership of motor vehicles, golf courses, small electric appliances, home and work place air-conditioning, and suburban housing are not sustainable… Isn’t the only hope for the planet that the industrialized civilizations collapse? Isn’t it our responsibility to bring this about?”

Not only will these elite control our food, but the World Economic Forum agenda (WEF) is calling for the end of private car ownership in the name of saving the world from climate change by reducing the need for green tech resources. “We need a clean energy revolution, and we need it now,” the WEF begins its article.

One hundred years of gasoline vehicles hasn’t changed the environment, but the elite are hellbent on eliminating vehicles. Bike trails and sidewalks are now the rage throughout “smart growth” America. THE WORLD ECONOMIC FORUM A Partner in Shaping History, 1971 to 2020.

In 2009, George Kent wrote an article for the UN entitled, The Benefits of World Hunger. When it went viral after several years, it was removed, but the Wayback Machine caught it.

The United Nations has also declared war on “Dangerous” Conspiracy Theories: ‘The World is Not Secretly Manipulated by Global Elite.’ More censorship and an attack on those who spread the truth.

While their friend and partner, Bill Gates, busies himself with developing a vaccine that spreads like a virus to inoculate everyone, Schwab is advocating that no one should buy or sell without a digital health certificate, and he advocates trans-humanism while insisting on lockdowns of even religion.

Henry Kissinger was another of Klaus Schwab’s mentors. German born, Kissinger served as Secretary of State under President Richard Nixon and National Security Advisor for President Gerald Ford. He is a long-time member of the globalist Council on Foreign Relations. Schwab met Kissinger over 50 years ago when he was at Harvard and Kissinger was a faculty member. In 1980, Kissinger attended Davos for the first time and he was an invited guest speaker at the WEF in 2022.

Kissinger never could speak without mentioning the New World Order several times. He was a devout promoter of the “Great Reset” along with his friend Nelson Rockefeller who became Vice President under Gerald Ford. He was also very close to David Rockefeller and penned a love letter to the man at his death. From Rockefellers to Kissinger to Schwab, all are depopulation proponents via United Nations Agenda 21/30.

The Rockefellers and the United Nations are joined together at the hip.

The Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research was established in New York in 1902 and by 1928 had received from John D. Rockefeller $65 million in endowment funds.

In contrast, as late as 1938, as little as $2.8 million in federal funding was budgeted for the entire U.S. Public Health Service. Yet there was enough for the ungodly and evil Tuskegee Syphilis Experiment from 1932 to 1972.

In 2020, Kissinger joined with eugenicist and fellow depopulation promoter, Bill Gates in pushing mandatory vaccines, extended lockdowns and of course, “global governance.”

It is easy to see that the Rockefeller family investment in health science research predated, and far surpassed, even the federal governments. More than the New Deal, WWII created the greatest boom in federal government and private industry support for medical research.

Our POWs and MIAs were left behind in Vietnam because of Kissinger; he turned his back on a deal that would have brought them home. Kiss the Boys Goodbye, How the United States Betrayed its Own POWS in Vietnam by Monika and William Stevenson, exposes the betrayal of our soldiers by the American government via Kissinger.

On page 42-43 of Henry Kissinger, Soviet Agent, author Frank Capell tells of Henry’s love of the communists. The growth of China as a world power can be laid at the feet of Kissinger when he convinced President Nixon to open the door to China and visit Mao. He made sure the communists stayed in power when he heard of a planned coup by the military to eliminate Mao Tse-tung and Chou En-lai in order to affect a military takeover of Red China. Kissinger flew to China and his visit resulted in the execution of a group of top Chinese military men and a blackout of news from Red China.

On Page 21 of the same book, Henry Paolucci of St. John’s University, wrote a study about Kissinger which appeared in the Congressional Record of August 4, 1971, a portion of which states: “Henry Kissinger, too, expressed as recently as 1965 the conviction that the time was at hand for a surrender of nationhood because ‘institutions based on present concepts of national sovereignty are not enough.’ The goal of a supra-nationalist world community ‘will not come quickly; many intermediate stages must be traversed before it can be reached. It is not too early, however, to prepare ourselves for this step beyond the nation-state.’”

These few men and others are the ones who, in our lifetimes, have planned the destruction of humanity, freedom and liberty.

Conclusion

At the center of this evil lies the United Nations and their promotion of depopulation, vaccines, world governments, and ultimately the arrival of the evil one.

We live in dark times. Tyrannical despots seek total control.

In King David’s imprecatory psalms, he pleads with the Lord for help in destroying his enemies. “Plead my cause, O Lord, with them that strive with me: fight against them that fight against me.” Psalm 35:1. We need the Lord’s help!

Ben Franklin reminded us long ago that, “Freedom is not a gift bestowed upon us by other men, but a right that belongs to us by the laws of God and nature.”

We have failed to guard and preserve those God given freedoms from encroaching tyranny. It’s now or never to take a stand!

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

FLASHBACK: Letter to 1100 State Legislators

By Devvy

August 8, 2022

Flashback. Due to my schedule and on the heels of my column last week, Global Depression is Already Underway, August 1, 2022, what needed to get done – permanent solutions – 12 years later still hasn’t and We the People are paying a horrible price with the worst yet to come.

Knowing the truth will allow people to plan and go for solutions instead of more Band Aids. There’s been a few hick ups with the market but as I said in my Global Depression column, what’s underway will rock the world.

Some fool in the prostitute media blathered on last week about 538,00 new jobs and if the economy wasn’t booming, there wouldn’t be so many new jobs added. What rubbish. After my column above was posted, here’s even more of the “booming economy”:

SoundCloud Confirms Layoffs Impacting Nearly 20% of Its Workforce, August 3, 2022 // Mass Layoffs Coming This Month to CNN Parent Company Warner Bros. Discovery, August 1, 2022 // Very bad: Blackstone Prepares A Record $50 Billion To Snap Up Real Estate During The Coming Crash, July 22,2022

Alert: US Pending Home Sales Decline Over 13x Expected Numbers, July 28, 2022 // PayPal joins the long list of American companies that are laying off staff, August 3, 2022 // Winter is coming – American tech companies lay off workers, August 1, 2022: “According to reports, as of July, American tech companies have laid off more than 30,000 employees.” List of companies including Tesla: “Tesla recruiter: “Without any warning, I feel like life is uprooted, but billionaires can save some money…Why layoffs? All so that billionaires can continue to save more money so they can stay afloat while uprooting thousands of lives.” No warning, either.

Walmart Reportedly Planning To Lay Off 200 Staff: Here Are The Major U.S. Job Cuts As Recession Fears Grow, August 2, 2022 // Walmart’s Heirs Earn $11.6B in One Morning — and Their Net Worth Is Just as Jaw-Dropping – Of course during the bogus COVID lockdowns, private sector businesses selling the same products went bankrupt. The “big box” stores flourished. // It’s Happening: Here Is A List Of 11 Big Companies That Have Announced Layoffs Within The Last 2 Weeks, August 5, 2022 – “#11 Geico has closed every single one of their offices in the state of California, and that will result in vast numbers of workers losing their jobs…

“GEICO, one of the largest insurance companies in the United States, reportedly closed all 38 of its California offices on Monday, resulting in hundreds of workers being laid off.” This doesn’t even count the number of banks closing. // Greyerz – This Fall Will See Riots, Food Shortages, Massive Inflation, Social Unrest, Higher Gold Prices And Collapsing Stock Markets, August 6, 2022 (Audio) // Walmart, Allbirds, StockX and Other Companies Laying Off Staff Amid the Economic Downturn, August 4, 2022, while Biden’s bimbo White House Press Secretary Karine Jean-Pierre flounders all over the place daily pushing nonsense about the economy.

Letter to 1100 State Legislators – sound money bill
By: Devvy
February 2, 2010

“Money is the most important subject intellectual persons can investigate and reflect upon. It is so important that our present civilization may collapse unless it is widely understood and its defects remedied very soon.” Robert H. Hemphill, former credit manager, Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta

On January 18, 2010, I sent a letter [1] to 1100 state representatives and senators. I would like to thank all those who donated for the postage, printing, labels and envelopes to do these massive mailings (another one below). All of those legislators either voted for (if given the opportunity) a Tenth Amendment Resolution bill in their state last year or is a strong supporter of the Tenth amendment. It was no easy task tracking them all down. I might have missed one or two names, but it is nonetheless a considerable number of lawmakers in more than three dozen states.

Not all 50 states had Tenth Amendment Resolutions. I find it remarkable that so many state legislators voted against an existing Amendment to the U.S. Constitution. I guess those state legislators don’t believe the U.S. Constitution is the supreme law of the land or more likely, they wish to ignore it in order to continuing receiving hot checks from Congress as they mismanage their state budgets. Too bad so many never headed these words:

“Madison, agreeing with the journal of the convention, records that the grant of power to emit bills of credit was refused by a majority of more than four to one. The evidence is perfect; no power to emit paper money was granted to the legislature of the United States.” George Bancroft, A Plea for the Constitution (1886)

The letter is self-explanatory, but the issue of the states establishing a parallel monetary system apart from the unconstitutional Federal Reserve is paramount and one of extreme urgency. As I write this column, “The Democratic-controlled Senate (dead link) has muscled through a plan to allow the government to go a whopping $1.9 trillion deeper in debt.” Obama/Soetoro has announced “his” new budget at an insane $3.8 TRILLION “dollars.”

The people’s treasury is overdrawn $12.2 TRILLION “dollars” in paper money. You, me, our children and grandchildren each now “owe” roughly $112,998.00 in debt run up by one Congress after another. What’s another $3.8 TRILLION when you’re in the hole over $12 TRILLION shoved down our throats by the same incumbents the American people continue to return to office election after election with the help of vote fraud and illegal aliens voting. If you have never seen the debt clock, look at it – this is UNSUSTAINABLE. Mark my words: Another massive financial tsunami is picking up speed and we will see more disaster very soon. The numbers don’t lie.

Some of this “money” is funneled back to the States of the Union. The states then dole it out for expenditures like education. But, wait just a minute! Citizens in all 50 states pay either a state income tax or for those states like mine that have no state personal income tax, revenues are raised through sales tax, property taxes, state gasoline taxes and so forth.

Here in Texas the tab for the dumbing down schools runs in the billions. The citizens of California are raped in personal state income taxes to fund their dumbing down, filth peddling government indoctrination centers they call schools. THEN, the feds steal more fruits of our labor via the federal “income” tax to fund education.

We are fleeced at the state level. The fruits of our labor are stolen again by the IRS allegedly to “fund” education at the federal level. That means the same money sucked out of us is then doled back to the states. Where is all that money going for what passes as education in this country since we are paying twice for the same service? Last year, California got $6 BILLION in federal funding (“stimulus”) for schools to supplement the tens of billions they were spending, but “fell short.”

That $6 BILLION comes from you and me because California’s State Legislature spends more than they take in and it never ends. Many states have done the same thing. In other words, the fruits of my labor and yours are stolen from us to reward incompetence by another state legislature. They’re all doing it and it’s wrong.

Only two states are in the black, the other 48 are in dire financial straits; ten on the verge of extreme financial meltdown. It is imperative that one understand our monetary system, the debauching of our currency and why the “dollar” isn’t worth a dollar to fully appreciate the situation the states face if they don’t pass into law an alternative system (based on gold) to pay their bills.

As you see in the letter to the state legislators, I set up a special page which educates on the issue of money; click here. (2022: Very important)

Now, it’s up to you to contact your state representative and senator. Today and everyday until this gets done. Make a copy of the letter [1] and include it with yours and smail mail it. Pile up their desks with this issue. Here is the list (dead link) of state reps and senators who received the letter; not all in alphabetical order. Constitutional Attorney, Larry Becraft, sent this link over with a comment: “Look at the attachment for latest news (today) of how the banks have been “authorized” to cook the books.” State legislatures must see what the rest of the world can see: Financial calamity staring them in the face and sticking with Federal Reserve “Notes” is a sure fire recipe for financial collapse. As I write this, the FDIC, whose own coffers are empty, (Dead link) have already seized 15 banks this month alone.

Let your state legislator know that the financial survival of your state rests upon getting a bill through the legislature before they go out of session (many states will close for the year as early as May) and signed into law. Let them know you stand by them and will lend your full support to this effort. If you only read Dr. Edwin’s testimony to the Montana State Legislature almost a year ago on the special web page cited above, you will fully understand why this is so important.

Our national sovereignty is unique, as is our currency to our republic. If we don’t return to an honest monetary system, we will end up getting destroyed by a resurrected, diabolical replacement called “Carbon Currency.” I absolutely shuttered when I read the fine details. I urge you to read these nine pages; I hope state legislators see the danger that is already in progress. (2022: Those nine pages are a must read as it’s underway with the “Great Reset.)

If you live in the great State of Indiana, visit the Indiana Honest Money web site to get involved. If you are in another state and get involved in this effort, send me the web site and I’ll send it out via my email alert system to let people know. Visit Committees of Safety’s web site (Dead link) as this is one of our top priorities. I know this issue is being worked in several states and I will keep everyone updated as I find out bill numbers.

Second letter to the same 1100 state lawmakers concerns the original structure of the U.S. Congress, Art. 1, Sec. 3: “The Senate of the United States shall be composed of two Senators from each state, chosen by the legislature thereof, for six years; and each Senator shall have one vote.” This balance between equal rights for we the people (House of Representatives) and the states (U.S. Senate) was destroyed when the Seventeenth Amendment was announced ratified in 1913. From then on, the mobs began to elect corrupt individuals who promised them the largess of the people’s treasury.

“The rebellion has begun.” Robert the Bruce, Braveheart

This letter dealing with this critical issue [2] is also self-explanatory. The states can never regain their full sovereignty as long as the toxic Seventeenth Amendment is recognized as a valid amendment.

Again, I set up a special educational page on this issue; click here.

Last year I went to the National Archives in Washington, DC., and retrieved all the documents on the ratification of that amendment. They are court certified; there’s no question as to their authenticity. I started scanning them to post on the Internet, but due to a computer break down the file was corrupted, so I’ve started re-scanning them. In the meantime, I know there are many state lawmakers fed up with their U.S. Senators and their voting records. There is a lot of big talk about creating jobs, yet there is absolutely no talk or pledges from incumbent senators or candidates to get rid of NAFTA, CAFTA and GATT — ILLEGAL treaties that have destroyed MILLIONS of good paying jobs while Americans stand in unemployment lines.

The states also face another potential, huge tragedy with U.S. Senators like Juan McCain, who stands lock step with Marxist Obama/Soetoro in their pledge for another immoral amnesty for criminals (illegal aliens). The states are at the mercy of corrupt senators looking to appease special interest voting blocs (pro ILLEGALs) because they have no representation in Congress.

Haven’t the states and her citizens suffered enough because the U.S. Senate has refused to impeach federal judges legislating from the bench?

Haven’t the states and her citizens suffered enough because the U.S. Senate ratified unconstitutional treaties that have destroyed the rights of the states and shipped MILLIONS of good paying jobs overseas? [3][4][5]

Haven’t the states suffered enough spending hundreds of millions of dollars giving criminals (illegal aliens) free medical, education for their illegal children, food stamps, welfare and the cost of incarcerating the ones caught murdering, raping and robbing our citizens? In the bigger states, it’s BILLIONS every year. Not to mention the millions of jobs now held by illegals in all states depriving natural born and legally naturalized citizens of those jobs. Illegals have NO right to hold any job in America, period.

When will enough be enough for the states and their citizens? I said it was enough when I started pounding on this back in the mid-1990s. The only way this issue will become a priority is by doing the same as I explained above for sound money bills. Boots on the ground and stay focused on your state legislatures. They are the last line of defense to stop the insanity coming out of Washington, DC.

Stopping all of this will not come from those outlaws in Congress. It must be the state legislatures (and any governors who actually care about our republic) and we the people at the grass roots level. Will you do your part?

Legislators also need to go public with the sound money bill. Get on as much radio as possible. Have one of your volunteers contact the radio stations in your state and get you booked. State legislators all have office budgets. If ten or twenty of you pool resources, you can buy full page ads in the big state newspapers about the money bill, why it’s so important and what it means to the citizens of your state and ask them to get behind it. Ask for volunteers who supported your election to write letters to the editor for all the newspapers in the state. Get the bill number out there so the citizens of the state can then contact their rep and senator. He who shouts the loudest gets the attention.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. [Order two books and save $10.00. Give one to a friend or relative]

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Footnotes:

Educational links on money:

1 – Memorandum of Law – The Money Issue
2 – Charles Weisman The Mint And Coinage Acts
Of The United States
3 – Be sure to get Dr. Edwin Vieira’s new and excellent publication: A Practical Guide to Gold Clauses

Sometime you might wish to read a speech I made several years ago. It clearly defines the same rot and corruption we have suffered from electing U.S. Senators; click here.

Betrayed By Our Own President: Drugs Pouring Into America

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 8, 2022

Last week, I listened to NPR’s Terry Gross interview Scott Higham, the author of American Cartel, the opioid death crisis overwhelming America in 2021 with 107,000 overdose deaths. Please note that authorities expect another 100,000 deaths in 2022.

Writing for the Washington Post, Higham wrote a thoroughly terrifying book, American Cartel, showing how too many members of Congress facilitated the drug crisis by passing legislation to make sure that DEA agents could not shut down the distribution of drugs. In other words, our own elected officials and medical doctors are as criminal as the criminals who bring the drugs into the USA from our southern border, as well as the drug stores that stock them across the USA.

In 2021, 150 BILLION Opioid Pills Distributed Throughout the USA

How do you wrap your mind around 150 billion pills? Who could do that to THAT many people? How could doctors prescribe such deadly drugs?

That’s 150 billion pills—that’s the figure Higham gave Terry Gross during the interview. That’s why he titled the book: American Cartel. The enemy lives right in our own backyard as pharmacists, U.S. senators, sales persons, President Joe Biden, Mexican drug cartels, MS-13 pushers in all major cities, and God only knows how many other elected officials who benefited from opioid drugs such as fentanyl, and the list grows.

At some point, Joe Biden should be impeached for his breaking of America’s laws by inviting drug cartels to completely and totally overwhelm our border with Mexico. Joe Biden, by his own hand, invited this invasion of drugs across our borders. His legacy will be the hundreds of thousands of lives that suffered and died at the hands of the drugs he allowed into the USA.

But then you start looking at the medical doctors that prescribed them!

It’s estimated that more than 107,000 people in the United States died due to opioid overdoses in 2021. Washington Post journalist Scott Higham notes it’s “…the equivalent of a 737 Boeing crashing and burning and killing everybody on board every single day of the year.”

“In the new book, American Cartel, Higham and co-author Sari Horwitz make the case that the pharmaceutical industry operated like a drug cartel, with manufacturers at the top; wholesalers in the middle; and pharmacies at the level of “street dealers.” What’s more, Higham says, the companies collaborated with each other — and with lawyers and lobbyists — to create legislation that protected their industry, even as they competed for market share.

“Most people think it’s the political parties that run the show or it’s the White House that runs the show, but it really is the companies that run the show,” Higham says. “People were dying by the thousands while these companies were lobbying members of Congress … to pass legislation and to lobby members of the Department of Justice and try to slow down the DEA enforcement efforts.” (Source: Terry Gross, August 2, 2022, NPR)

If even one of you reading this column suffered the loss of a child, parent, friend or neighbor, you must be furious upon knowing that Joe Biden and Congress along with your local doctors facilitated and engineered this drug epidemic. All for what? Answer: money, and lots of it.

Higham says that big pharma fought to create legislation that would limit the DEA’s ability to go after drug wholesalers. The efforts were effective; more than 150 billion pills were manufactured, distributed and dispensed between 2006 and 2014, during the height of the opioid epidemic.

Meanwhile, both federal and state DEA agents are frustrated by the ways in which their enforcement efforts have been curtailed.

“If you talk to them, they’ll tell you that this didn’t need to happen,” Higham said. “The guardrails were in place to prevent an opioid epidemic. And those guardrails were removed by the drug industry, by its lobbyists, by its allies in Congress and its allies in the Justice Department.”

Higham said one DEA agent he spoke to put it stark terms, saying, ” ‘We didn’t get defeated by the drug cartels. We got defeated by the K Street cartel.’ ”

I implicitly add that Joe Biden may be deemed the ringleader. I defy anyone to argue with that point. He allowed over 2,000,000 illegal border crossers in 2021. He allowed billions of dollars of drugs to cross over the border. He allowed MS 13 drug pushers to expand their territories into your town. Without question, he’s one of the deadliest presidents in modern history.

We are living with the criminals within our ranks.

Higham said, “Johnson & Johnson and the big three drug distributors have settled for $26 billion, which sounds like a lot of money, and that money is going to go to drug treatment programs, etc., in some of these communities. But on the day that that settlement was announced, the share prices of all those companies rose by an average of 3%. So what does that tell you about how these fines and these settlements are affecting the bottom lines of these companies? It’s not having an impact.

“But when you talk to the families [of people who have died], they say: Where is the accountability? Where is the justice? This money, it’s almost like the cost of doing business and it’s not affecting them. They’ve not apologized. They’ve not said they’ve done anything wrong. And right now there are 40,000 Americans who are in jail on marijuana charges. And not one executive of a Fortune 500 company involved in the opioid trade has been charged with a crime.”

Money may be the biggest, most insipid, most prevalent criminal in America. Look what it does. Look at the gross inequities of drug addicts, the deaths and the misery from all who suffer at the hands of the CEO’s of Johnson & Johnson, Pfizer, et. al.

What does it show this journalist? Answer: we’ve got a very sick society of those who lie, cheat and steal for money. We’ve got a very sick society of illiterate, miserable and decayed lives of people addicted to drugs. Is it going to get better? What’s your guess?

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Seek the Old Paths

By Rob Pue

August 7, 2022

Just about every week, I’m contacted by folks who are desperately searching for a church body in their area to be a part of, with a pastor who is unafraid and unashamed of preaching the whole counsel of God, regardless of who it may offend. Unfortunately, I can offer little hope to them. Churches like this seem to have gone the way of the horse and buggy. [See the DVD: Enemies Within the Church]

Some time ago, a friend shared with me his experience in visiting a new church, that he had hoped would be a good fit. His experience went something like this: Upon entering the church, he was greeted by a coffee shop, replete with soft, cushiony couches, secular magazines, cable television and internet access. Nearby was the “auditorium” where the band was playing Bon Jovi on the “stage.” The auditorium was almost completely dark; only the stage was illuminated with theatrical lighting.

They passed the offering “bucket” not once, but twice, and then, just before the pastor dismissed the “crowd,” he had the ushers pass out his personal “wish list” of things he would like people to buy for him. When the “service” was over, the “pastor” didn’t greet people as they filed out, but instead, he sat in a corner and joked with a friend, completely ignoring his congregation.

Sadly, more churches than ever are now following this format in the misguided attempt to be more “seeker friendly.” Another friend told me a similar story of a church they had visited while out of town. The style and format was very similar, and my friend’s response was the same — they left with an empty feeling, wondering what had just happened, and what the purpose of the whole thing was supposed to be.

Often times, well meaning readers of Wisconsin Christian News ask for copies of our newspaper to place in their church. Unfortunately, after 23 years of publishing, I must inform them that our newspaper is absolutely NOT welcome in 99% of churches. You see, our newspaper takes a firm stand opposing abortion, we favor traditional marriage and family, and we work to uphold conservative Christian values — not to mention a literal interpretation of the Scriptures, with a simple belief that the Bible is actually true. (What a concept!) These churches could not take the chance that someone in their midst might take offense at such things, so even if the pastor will accept a few copies of the paper from one of his members, he throws them all in the trash the minute they walk out the door. The church leadership in these places walk on eggshells, being ever so careful to make sure everyone remains comfortably numb, everything is accepted and no lifestyle is perceived as wrong.

Much was made of the statistics, released a few years ago, that showed equal numbers of Christian marriages ending in divorce as non-Christian marriages. But this was just the tip of the iceberg. Today, “Christians” look so much like the “world,” that the two are virtually identical, and divorces among “Christian” couples now outnumber those of non-Christian couples. Even worse, when last I checked, 76% of regular church going evangelicals now approve of so-called “same-sex marriage.” One lost soul put it this way: “Christians are the same as we are, except Christians have a bunch of rules to follow, they live in guilt because they don’t keep the rules, can’t do anything ‘fun,’ and think they’re better than us. They’re a bunch of hypocrites.”

When you cater to the world, this is the result you end up with. Cowardly church leadership has tried so hard to be “seeker friendly” and look “cool” to the unsaved world, that they have now become as worldly as the world their forefathers once tried to reach with the Gospel. Some are simply misguided. Others are more guilty, because they’ve actively turned the faith into a money-making venture. “Seeker-friendly,” to them, is not a method of winning souls to Christ. It’s a business plan.

Repeatedly, Scripture tells us to sanctify ourselves, to be separate from the world, to not compromise, but rather to be set apart. In the Old Testament, we see that as the Israelites entered the Promised Land, the Lord told them NOT to compromise with the heathen inhabitants there. He did NOT say, “act like they act, be like them, and they will like you. Then you can teach them about Me.” No, they were not to imitate them in any way. To do so would mean certain destruction.

In the New Testament, John tells us, “Do not love the world or anything in the world. If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him. For everything in the world — the cravings of sinful man, the lust of his eyes and the boasting of what he has and does — comes not from the Father but from the world.” (1 John 2:17). We’re to be in the world, (as salt and light) but not OF the world. So why are more and more Christian leaders teaching that it’s ok to look like the world if, by doing so, we can add more people to the church?

To find the answer, we need to ask a deeper question: who are we building the church for? It’s obviously not for Christ and the Kingdom of God, because in compromising with the world, we negate the teaching of Scripture. Maybe we can get more people through the doors, but what is the purpose of that? Are we really trying to save souls? Or are we simply trying to increase our “market share?”

One pastor I spoke to boasted about the size of his church. “Yeah,” he said, “we worship about 3,000 people on a weekend here.” Oh, really? You “worship” about 3,000 people? And what is the result? How many of those 3,000 know Christ as their Savior? How many have fruitful, changed lives? Are they drawing closer to God? Or are they coming for the rock band, the comedian, the gourmet coffee? You call that worship of the Living God?

I’ve seen these churches, and the people there learn nothing of God. They come to church wearing T-shirts with vulgar sayings on them, because they truly don’t know any better. They couldn’t locate a Scripture reference if their lives depended on it (and, by the way, they do), and they cannot even explain the plan of salvation, much less tell you why Christ is the only way to heaven. There’s no reverence for God, no respect, just a feel-good pep rally.

The Christian life is not one of cushy comfort and ease. We’re specifically called to leave our personal comfort zones and impact the world. Somehow in America today, we’ve managed to get it completely backwards. Satan delights in his success as he sees one church after another trying to out-entertain the next one. It’s a circus sideshow, described in Ephesians 4:18-19, “They are darkened in their understanding and separated from the life of God because of the ignorance that is in them due to the hardening of their hearts. Having lost all sensitivity, they have given themselves over to sensuality so as to indulge in every kind of impurity, with a continual lust for more.”

Isn’t it time we get past the entertainment culture, and embrace something more wholesome and spiritually nutritious? It’s time we put away these foolish, childish things and embrace the substantial, the Holy. We can never “out-entertain” the secular entertainment world, nor should we ever try to.

Ephesians 5:15-17, “Be very careful, then, how you live – not as unwise but as wise, making the most of every opportunity, because the days are evil. Therefore, do not be foolish, but understand what the Lord’s will is.”

Have some respect for God. Have some respect for His house. Worship Him properly, with reverence and awe. Study His Word to learn His ways and His will for you. The Christian life is not restrictive and certainly not boring. But it is a higher path and a narrow gate, and it calls for godliness, righteousness, self control and self-denial. Those are just a few of the basics — and it’s time we get back to them.

Now, I realize it’s nearly impossible today to find a church body that even remotely attempts to follow the ways of the early Church that Christ built. The Institutional Church is in the midst of the Great Falling Away. But there’s nothing stopping you from starting your own Home Church. This is the biblical model of the early disciples. Maybe it’s just your own family at first, but as you take the responsibility of building yourself up for the work of the ministry, you’ll be emboldened by the Holy Spirit to invite others. What an amazing opportunity to make disciples — and then train THEM up for the work of the ministry as well.

I also have a deep and great respect for the Mennonite people. Perhaps you think you could never join such a serious and strict community. They look different and they act different and you’re not used to that. But let me remind you of 1 Peter 2:9, “But you are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, a holy nation, a peculiar people, that you should show forth the praises of Him who has called you out of darkness into His marvelous light.”

Yes, the Mennonites ARE a peculiar people — in a world gone insane with the Institutional Church leading the way. Let’s also read a portion of 2 Corinthians 6, “Be ye not unequally yoked together with unbelievers. For what fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness? And what communion hath light with darkness? And what agreement hath the temple of God with idols? For you are the temple of the living God; as God has said, I will dwell in them and walk in them, and I will be their God and they shall be My people. Wherefore, come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing, and I will receive you.”

Also from Jeremiah, 6:16, “Thus said the LORD, Stand in the ways, and see, and seek the old paths, where is the good way and walk therein, and you shall find rest for your souls. But the people said, ‘We will not walk therein.’”

God’s calling us to be different from the carnal world around us. He’s calling us to be a “peculiar people.” He’s promised us rest for our souls if we follow the old paths. Yet just as in Jeremiah’s day, the people still say, “We will not walk therein.”

Friends, I’ve learned that the Mennonite people do not crave the lustful things of this world. Their clothing is plain and modest, rather than gaudy and shameful. Their children are raised in loving homes where God is reverenced, their father is the “priest” in the home and together with their mother, the children are trained up in the way they should go. They seek to walk in the “old paths” that our Creator designed for our benefit.

They also follow in the footsteps of the early disciples in that each learns a trade to provide for their families. They’re not corrupted by the wicked public schools and colleges but still, most own their own businesses. Young men begin as apprentices and eventually begin a business of their own. There are Mennonite builders and construction workers and the craftsmanship of their work is unrivaled. Some are dentists or doctors. Some own grocery stores. Some are welders, mechanics or bakers. They know how to raise their own food and don’t rely on government handouts. And do you know why Mennonites were not so fearful of the ravages of COVID? Because they don’t watch television! But they ARE informed and very aware of current events — and they do read Wisconsin Christian News!

We can learn a lot from them. Their church meetings are filled with reverence for God. No rock bands — not even a church organ. They sing acappella and if you’ve ever heard a Mennonite choir, you know it’s a truly awe-inspiring taste of heaven. Many today are hurting in their souls and our modern churches and preachers are not helping, as they try to mix the carnal, worldly, lustful things of Satan with the Holy things of God. It’s time to seek out the old paths, as peculiar people, set apart from the profane ways of this world. There we WILL find rest for our souls.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Part 1 – ELECTION FRAUD – A Solutions Series

By Staff Writers from:
The North American Law Center

August 7, 2022

Like all political policy writers, we get a lot of reader mail, and almost all of it in recent times says the following – “I agree with everything you said and God Bless you for saying it! BUT…WHAT ARE THE SOLUTIONS?”

Meanwhile, every writer today has a burning question for YOU. Who is going to execute any real solutions presented? Because so far, “We the People” have seemed to be missing in action for well over a hundred years now.

If we give you just ONE solution to just ONE major problem, WILL YOU MAKE IT HAPPEN?

Trust us when we tell you, there is a real solution to every problem on earth. However, most don’t want the problems solved, while others wait for someone else to solve them. If you are a legal American Citizen, YOU are the person who has to solve every problem in the USA. You have to know how, and then you have to have the intelligence, determination, and courage to execute the solution, together. Otherwise, there is no viable solution to anything!

Rule #1 – “What you do, speaks so loudly, that what you say, I cannot hear.”

Americans are nothing at all if not the most opinionated people on earth. We want everyone to know what we think about everything. But when the time comes to transition from mere words into real action, “We the People” go missing really fast, as if they don’t even exist. Talk is only meaningful when it results in ACTION. If we had as many doers as we do talkers, we’d be writing about how great life in the USA is today.

Rule #2 – Every complex problem requires the simplest of solutions.

As this relates to election fraud, the cheating has taken place in so many ways on so many fronts for so many years, that people cannot fathom the notion that any solution to this critically fatal problem could possibly exist. Yet, it does…

Rule #3 – You have to work with the right group of others.

Everyone asks, “what can I do?” Alone, by yourself, NOTHING. Need we explain any further? “A house divided against itself, cannot stand.”

Rule #4 – Eliminate everything with a low or no chance of success.

Just as there is no shortage of opinions, there’s no shortage of suggested solutions, most of them, used to build databases of future donors, and they have little or no chance of success. In fact, most of the main solutions floated today are highly dangerous, as you will see in the Election Fraud Solution below.

Rule #5 – Quitters have 100% chance of losing.

Two types of people lose 100% of the time…Those who never leave the starting gate, and those who quit before they cross the finish line. In order to even have a chance of winning, you must START and FINISH.

If you agree with these five very basic rules of winning anything, then we can talk about the real solution to election fraud now. If you disagree, don’t bother reading any further, because no matter how right the solution may be, you are not able to be a productive part of any solution.

ELECTION FRAUD – THE REAL SOLUTION

NO MORE PAPER BALLOTS

We are well aware of how many Citizens have been trained to believe that paper balloting is the only solution to election fraud. They are 100% wrong! The opposite is true.

Election fraud has existed since long before machine voting. Those of us old enough and engaged enough to remember that history, know with certainty that paper balloting presents the easiest opportunities for fraud. Don’t believe us?

If there is no paper balloting, there can be no “mail-in elections,” no “ballot harvesting” and no flooding the machine with fake ballots dumped for hours and days after the election cutoff times, votes from dead people or “drop boxes” where numerous low-level people have already been arrested and charged with election fraud by these “paper ballot” methods.

In fact, most of the election fraud in 2020 and again in 2022, is being done via “paper ballots.” None of this form of cheating can happen if there are no paper ballots. Eliminating paper balloting altogether eliminates the many means of cheating with paper ballots. Only people alive and eligible to vote can show up to vote in person.

Still with us?

ELECTRONIC IN PERSON VOTING ONLY

We know, you have been trained to distrust and even hate electronic machine voting, even though you use electronics every day and believe you are secure. That’s because the people who love to cheat, control the machines, and need paper ballots to do it. They also need to count the millions of “paper” votes of those who can not show up to vote in person, because they are dead, already voted in another district, or are legally ineligible to vote.

In order to secure voting via an all-electronic voting system, the following things must be put in place.

Make Election Day a National Holiday – so that every working Citizen can leave work to vote.
All voters must prove they are legally eligible to vote in the USA, under the law.
One way to do this is, one verified social security number, one vote, one district.
100% of voting must be done within the time allowed by law, no late votes after polls close.
100% in-person voting only. (see solution for true absentee voting)
No voting eligibility for anyone who holds “dual citizenship” in another country.
No internet connectivity on site at any voting location.
Every voting location MUST have qualified independent computer technicians on site during election day to solve any glitches immediately, bonded, just in case fraud is found inside their machines.
No more accepting and counting ballots minutes, hours, days, and weeks after the voting deadlines, with the exception of overseas military ballots, which must be counted whenever they arrive.
Every voting machine must have a receipt printer (just like a credit card receipt) for every voter so that they can check that their ballot was registered properly before leaving the polling place. This is the only “paper” needed.
Voters must keep their receipts in case of an election audit.
End of day tabulations from each machine must be certified, locked, and stored on a hard drive with backups, accessible for review by any independent source, with receipt numbers for each voter accessible.
Anytime a voter wants to check their vote as it was registered, they should be able to access it in a secure online portal, using their receipt number.

Now, while it is entirely impossible to control or even verify paper ballots today due to massive methods of paper ballot fraud, we must rely on newer technologies to make voting as easy and accurate as possible.

Eliminating all paper balloting eliminates all of the methods of cheating via paper ballots, all of them.

Before the doubter’s mention “disenfranchising voters” by these means, the only way to disenfranchise voters is to have more than one set of election rules and laws, designed to only suit some people. So long as election laws and rules are applied to everyone equally, available to all eligible voters evenly, no voter is disenfranchised.

In-person voting only, along with strict enforcement of voter eligibility, and stiff consequences for any effort to commit election fraud, will eliminate a lot of funny business from dead, duplicate, unverifiable or ineligible voters.

NO-EXCUSE ABSENTEE VOTING – NO MORE

As it concerns legitimate “absentee voting,” at present, 35 states and Washington, D.C., allow any qualified voter to vote by absentee/mail ballot without offering an excuse, and in the remaining states, an excuse is required. Some states offer a permanent absentee ballot list: once a voter asks to be added to the list, s/he will automatically receive an absentee ballot for all future elections.

The number one excuse given for absentee voting is “work.” This issue is easily solved by making every National Election Day a National Holiday. Time off work to vote in any primaries for national offices must also be allowed by every employer, by law, just like jury duty, except far more important.

Other secondary issues such as voting for elderly or sick, unable to go to a polling place in person, may use absentee voting options, so long as the options are secure, void of any influence over the voter and otherwise eligible to vote. These absentee ballots must be delivered to the polling place before the voting deadline, by someone who can authenticate who they are and what their relationship is to the voter.

Now, this may sound like a lot, but if you pay close attention and think about it for a few minutes, you will realize that this is the only way to stop election fraud in the USA. Although no matter the election method, there will always be those who seek to defraud that system…this solution makes cheating much more difficult and much easier to detect and prosecute.

Last, the US Constitution assigns all power to regulate elections to each State. The federal government is assigned no authority or power over election systems or processes whatsoever. So, this solution must be enacted within your State. The US Constitution grants all Rights and Powers concerning elections, to the States.

We will end where we started – If we give you just ONE solution to just ONE major problem, WILL YOU MAKE IT HAPPEN? If not, then there is no point to providing any other solutions for any other problem and we will sink into this abyss together…One Nation, without God, and no longer FREE! The future is ours to secure…will we?

NOTE: This is the first in a series of published solutions intended to teach Americans the truth and how they can play a critical role in ending the intentional destruction of our beloved country. Additional issue solution pieces will be released in order of importance, so long as we can confirm that people are paying attention and starting to properly engage. RESPOND HERE

The World Economic Forum and the Great Reset, Part 2

By Roger Anghis

August 7, 2022

The main objective that I see for the WEF is its push for stopping climate change. According to climate.gov: The long-term trend—change over the course of a century or more—is what defines “global warming,” not the change from year to year or even decade to decade. Rising emissions of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases since the Industrial Revolution explain most of the overall warming trend over the past century, and the rate of emissions has not slowed significantly in the recent past. So what else has been going on in the climate system over the past decade that could account for the pause in Earth’s surface warming trend?

During the last decade, a longer than usual solar minimum cycle, several volcanic eruptions, and relatively low amounts of water vapor in the stratosphere may have helped cool the atmosphere temporarily. But recent research suggests that the Earth’s natural climate variability—natural, short-term fluctuations in the climate system that occur on a year-to-year basis or longer—may have played the most pivotal role of all by transferring excess heat from the Earth’s surface into the deep ocean.

One of the most well-known natural climate oscillations—the El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO) cycle—causes swings in sea surface temperatures in the tropical Pacific. Although ENSO originates in the equatorial Pacific Ocean, a strong El Niño or La Niña event is capable of bumping global temperatures upward or downward for a year or two. Since the last major El Niño event in 1997-1998, a series of La Niña events have dominated the tropical Pacific, resulting in a prolonged cooling of sea surface temperatures that has also likely stalled the rise in global temperatures.[1]

These are the figures from the federal government but when you get on the WeFwebsite you read the world is about to catch fire. Wildfires, hurricanes, floods and droughts are some of the most common, and have already seen a noticeable uptick in occurrences over the last few decades. According to Bloomberg, scientists’ confidence in the direct relationship between catastrophic weather events and rising global temperatures continues to rise each year.

Ultimately, decades-old models from climate scientists across the world have been relatively accurate with how temperatures would increase by 2020. Carbon dioxide pollution has been one of the largest drivers of this rise, many scientists say, and even a swift cutback on emissions may prove ineffective in completely halting the rapid temperature increases.[2] Who are you supposed to listen to and believe? I think it’s simple. Virtually all of the fools shouting climate change is our greatest threat are being paid to say that or they are making millions off of the so-called remedies. The WEF site states that CO2 is the biggest cause of the rise of global temperatures but CO2 is only 3.8% of global warming gases. Most of that CO2 the earth itself produces through volcanos. The more CO2 we have the oxygen trees make. Ahh, it’s a vicious cycle of Mother Nature solving her own problem. Higher CO2 levels actually benefit the plants. They grow deeper roots accessing sub-soil water which will produce larger yields.[3], [4]

The WEF believes that geoengineering may be the only way to ‘save the planet’s ecosystem. “Geoengineering might be our final and only option. Yet, most geoengineering proposals are earth-bound, which poses tremendous risks to our living ecosystem. Space-based solutions would be safer — for instance, if we deflect 1.8 percent of incident solar radiation before it hits our planet, we could fully reverse today’s global warming.”[5] Even the Biden administration is pushing the ‘need’ to do the switch to green energy eliminating the use of fossil fuels. Basically, the agenda has shifted fully to climate change as the narrative in Ukraine continues to become more problematic. It’s shaping up to be an election season chalked full of ‘climate disaster’, and, naturally, the resurgence of Covid. Wash, Rinse, Repeat.[6]

Now to go along with this mindset the WEF has made it a goal to convince us that we need an end to private car ownership. We are being too self-centered, not to mention greedy, to think that we should have the right to own a car. You have to remember everything about the WEF is ‘sustainability’. “We need a clean energy revolution, and we need it now,” the WEF begins its article.

According to the WEF, critical metals, such as cobalt, lithium, and nickel — all of which are used in “clean energy technologies” — are in short supply. And while the WEF says recycling old tech that uses these metals could lessen the impact of shortages, it’s simply not enough.

“The complication is that we do not currently have enough metals in circulation, and even with recycling taken into consideration, mineral production is still forecasted to increase by nearly 500%. So how should we proceed?” the WEF asks.

Top of the list of solutions for how the WEF thinks we should proceed is to “Go from owning to using.”

Sound familiar?

“Be honest,” the WEF continues, “you likely have at least one old mobile phone tucked in the bottom of a drawer. Possibly an unused hard drive taking up space too. You aren’t alone. The average car or van in England is driven just 4% of the time… This is not at all resource efficient.[7]

Can you see where this is going? As can be predicted it will NOT be good for the average citizen. But I’m sure that the ‘elite’ will still have their cars, yachts, airplanes, and multiple houses so they can better control you. The WEF adds that people should not only give up their ownership of everything from cars to smartphones but that technologies and civilization need to be redesigned to facilitate this transition.

“To enable a broader transition from ownership to usership, the way we design things and systems need to change too… A design process that focuses on fulfilling the underlying need instead of designing for product purchasing is fundamental to this transition. This is the mindset needed to redesign cities to reduce private vehicles and other usages.”[8]

The WEF seems to be concerned about saving democracy but thinks that the only way to preserve democracy is to battle against climate change. First, we should let democracy die. It is a horrible governing system that has always ended in death and poverty for the people. We have a constitutional republic that has been the most successful governing system in the world. Second, the threat of climate change is the only thing they have to make you believe that we have to depend on the elite to save us. It is a provable outright lie. The World Economic Forum released a position paper Monday that inexorably links two claimed global crises as one – “climate change” and the “decline of democracy.”

It says fighting the former can save the latter as long as consumers stop burning coal, oil, and gas in exchange for green renewables.

The WEF paper argues for the past 15 years, democracy has been in decline worldwide. To protect and promote freedom, “leading democracies must strengthen their economies and safeguard liberty.”

It goes on to say ignoring progress toward a “low-carbon economy could put democracies in greater economic peril, not less” while repeating the broader demand of environmental activists for companies to stop investing in fossil fuels.[9]

Their plan is control. Utter and total control. You will be here to do their bidding. Klaus Schwab stated by 2030 you will own nothing and you will be happy. That prospect does not excite me. I will fight against it.

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

Synopses, Snippets, and Short Takes of/on News You May Have Missed

By Sidney Secular

August 6, 2022

PAPER TIGERS: We used to call China a “paper tiger” but now that we have basically exported America’s industrial base to that nation, China is a real industrial and military tiger and we have become something considerably less than a tiger of any variety being now led by pencil pushing, cross-dressing Pentagon potentates more interested in “trans-gender” and “wokist” social conformity and “diversity,” than in military readiness! The US is unlikely to survive more than a few weeks of intense warfare against any major industrial power but it is also probable as just about everything and everyone is under the thrall of the New World Order’s Great Reset, as such a conflict would not be in the best interest of the “internationalists” such a war will not come to pass in the first place.

Sleepy Joe Biden boasts that he is significantly expanding NATO’s military presence on Europe’s eastern flank but it’s all a showy farce and both the Russians and the Chinese secretly chuckle over Pedoman’s “boast.” The US no longer has the industrial capacity to sustain a real war. We could not produce enough weapons, ammo, and heavy military hardware for such an effort. And God knows how many of our “warriors” would be pregnant or having pronoun problems or rendered helpless as a result of offensive “micro-aggressions.” As it is, the “Guvmint” is finding it difficult to deal with mostly older MAGA-Trump supporters who offer no armed resistance at all.

On the other hand, even if we could field an “army,” America would run out of ammo for its guns within two weeks of any sustained, heavy conflict. Ditto for anti-tank projectiles, ballistic missiles, cruise missiles and other weaponry. Once these had been depleted, they could not be quickly and/or easily replaced given our current limited industrial base and a workforce that’s more of a farce than a resource. The US hardly produces anything anymore and has few to no assembly lines available for conversion to military applications.

CUCKOO CALIFORNICATION: Bizarrely, the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) is taken to taking extreme liberties with its “daffynitions.” It recently filed a petition in a court denying that “men as a class” are defined and differentiated from “women as a class” by their “anatomy, genitalia, physical characteristics, and physiology.” In other words, the ACLU says that physical and anatomical differences between men and women do not exist. Thus, women prisoners in “LA-LA Land” (California) have been locked in cells with men who identify as women and repeatedly raped. So far, 300 male inmates in CA have sought to transfer to women’s facilities, one-third of whom are convicted sex offenders. The feminist group, Women’s Liberation Front (WOLF) is suing the state to end the policy of allowing men claiming to be women to be housed in women’s prisons. Of course, many if not most of these same “women” have no problems at all with the concept of trans-gender though women are the losers every time whether it is in prison or in sports!

SANCTIMONIOUS SANCTIONS ARE A SENSELESS BUT EASY SELL TO INSENSIBLE SUCKERS: It’s been 5 months now since the Ukraine war began, and it’s now safe to say the unprecedented and sometimes demented sanctions imposed upon Russia by the West that are in and of themselves an unprovoked act of war, have failed to hurt Russia but have caused great economic harm to the West. Russia earned a record $94.7 billion in revenue from just the first 100 days of the war. That revenue exceeds what Russia is spending on its invasion of Ukraine. In addition, the Russian ruble is now at a five year high against the dollar. As the Scottish poet Robert Burns once pointed out, “. . .the best laid plans . . .”

MARINE LE PEN BECOMES EUROPE’S LEADING NATIONALIST: In the June 19 parliamentary elections in France, a shock-wave went through the French political establishment when her National Rally Party won a whopping 89 seats in the National Assembly. Le Pen seemed headed for retirement only one year ago. French President Emmanuel Macron’s party lost its majority in the French parliament during the same elections. Who says there’s no such thing as karma?

REALISTIC SOUNDING RUMOR MAKING THE ROUNDS: The duncey duo of Biden and Harris will have to go well before their terms are up if the Dems are to have any chance of retaining the “Offal” office and the Senate and House – that is, if they don’t lose the latter two in 2022. Of course, this all is predicated on the hope by decent people everywhere that the same “fix” that took the 2020 election from Trump is not still in play! No amount of facts, truth and sanity can overcome a well-run coup!

However, if there is a modicum of honesty this time, the Dems will have to deal with the Biden/Harris embarrassment in D.C. There have been a number of very cogent “strategies” put forward to do this but the best one does not involve any true crime or an assault on the Constitution. It goes something like this: extremely ignorant, repugnant, and unpopular Harris will be offered a “golden parachute” to resign soon forcing Biden to choose a new Vice President. If you recall, this very thing happened during Nixon’s second term when Spiro Agnew was forced to resign. Nixon chose Gerald Ford. In Biden’s case, his likely choice would be former California Governor, Gavin Newsom who barely survived a recall referendum with the help of voter fraud. Newsom would be a big hit outside California because he hits all the “blue notes” in the Party’s songbook and wastes money as well as any other big-time Dem spender. Newsom has been visiting the White House frequently even when Joe was overseas! This is seen as the possibility of his being groomed as the next big Dem leader mostly because there isn’t anyone else who could excite the Left at present. Once Newsom is VP, Biden will step down for health reasons and Newsom would then become President without going through an election or having to earn any votes. Once installed, he would have the opportunity to run for – and possibly win! – two consecutive terms in the Oval Office. It is believed that his period of “chosen President” would build his credibility with “Independents.” He also has the sex appeal to garner votes from the White women libbers who form the backbone of the Party. To top off this well-conceived plan, his running mate would be a Black woman or some other politically correct shibboleth whose presence would insure the other “dem-ographics” needed for him to win two presidential elections – after which, no further such nonsense such as free elections would be necessary.

THE GREAT REPLACEMENT MEME GAINS MOMENTUM AND BECOMES MAINSTREAM: The immigration policies that are leading to the dispossession of the Historic American Nation are suddenly becoming noticed conspicuously by many who were heretofore oblivious to the issue. It is said Tucker Carlson had a role to play in this turnabout. The steely and steady troubadour for truth certainly was instrumental in it. Stridently calling the Great Replacement a myth and opposition to it racist, anti-Semitic, Islamophobic, xenophobic and “hateful” and all the dirty words the dirtbags and the usual suspects can dredge up, is losing its ability to arouse false guilt in patriots and garner “gelt” from the Left.

A majority of Trump voters and Republicans overall are saying immigrants (they mean third worlders) are having a negative effect on America. Ditto for what many voters think of racial diversity. These are no longer “fringe” ideas. Unfortunately, the lunatic fringe and their tech tyrant and deep state allies will use corporate and state power to crack down on those who dare mention or discuss these issues. This is especially true as such concepts as “hate speech” is being placed into law to the point at which voicing any rejection of the current “invasion” becomes a crime! So much for the First Amendment!

COVIDIOCY CALAMITY CONTINUES: A growing mountain of evidence indicates that the experimental “vaccines” not only don’t work but are killing and seriously injuring people in the millions. To obfuscate and hide the hideous happenings arising from the jab, a new medical term and malady called Sudden Adult Death Syndrome (SADS) has been conjured up to cover those cases where young, healthy athletes and entertainers suddenly die from heart attacks, strokes, and blood clots caused by the vaccines. Whereas these same things are happening to other young people, it’s very hard to hide the death of a well known athlete or actor. Nobody knows Jim Smith, but a dead soccer player lying on the field is hard to explain away!

It’s already been established that one in thirty-three people who receive the “clotshots” have developed blood clots. Some medical experts say such clots will take several years to fully eventuate. Celine Dion and Justin Bieber are two prominent personalities suffering paralysis from the shots. In Germany, the lunatics are readying legislation to require Germans to wear face masks every year henceforth during the winter months. Communist Canada has announced that Canadians will have to get the jab every nine months indefinitely. Governor Ron DeSantis, (R-FL), the admirable and apparently only sane governor has refused to comply with the fedgov’s recommendation that children under 5 years of age be jabbed, which means the other 49 sicko governors have ordered the injections.

NEW “BASICK” TRAINING FOR NAVY RECRUITS. The US Navy has expanded the customary 8 week basic training program to 10 weeks in order to cover the social “woke” issues that now consume the Pentagon brass such as sexual assault and harassment, racism, “trans-genderism” and political extremism – a/k/a patriotism. The brass would rather drown their recruits in drivel than teach them how to avoid drowning on the high seas. Actually, the Navy was the first branch of the Service that bought into the feminist mindset to the point at which the largest health issue aboard America’s naval vessels was pregnancy! Of course, an offshoot problem with this was the lives of the families of male sailors knowing that their husbands were sailing around the high seas with willing bunkmates in the most real and accurate sense!

POLITICAL COMMISSARIAT PILOT PROGRAM: A sneaky snitch and witch hunt program is being introduced at the Army’s Fort Jackson basic training facility at Columbia, SC. Recruits will be instructed to listen for and intervene when early signs of alleged harassment arise. It’s kind of a “say something if you see something” program on steroids; indeed, given the mind-set of our WOKE fellows, it will become more of a “say something whether you see or hear anything or not!” Your peer will constantly peer at you and be encouraged to tell you you’re out of line vice having to hear it from your drill sergeant or company commander.

Of course, this relates to racism, sexism, and political extremism and all the “isms” that are not politically correct. Your friends will be expected to shut you up when your speech in social settings is problematic, especially when you and your buddies hit the bars and bordellos when your unit is on leave. This will more effectively isolate and atomize you, making you more fearful rather than would have been the case had it come down from higher authority. You will thus shut up and go with the flow, even if the flow is headed down the toilet.

And, of course, we must remember that we have a couple of generations of people who can’t wait to be “virtue signaling” Karens and Kevins. Because of this need, they will have to have something to report – or fail in their “duty” to make everyone’s life totally miserable. Great way to encourage morale in the armed forces, doncha think?!

MILITARY RECRUITING FALLING FAR SHORT OF GOALS: The Obama/Biden Pentagon is having frequent meetings to figure out what to do because sufficient cannon fodder cannot be accumulated to conduct the worldwide wars and operate the worldwide military bases of the American empire. The typical inducements for joining the military are falling on deaf ears for many reasons especially those revolving around the fact that patriotism is flat-lining. The new weird woke agenda and the military’s callous attitudes regarding the COVID vaccination program are especially scaring people away or, in the alternative, there are still enough relatively intelligent people to realize that dying not in war but in vaccine programs is not a good way to go!

At present there are 250 “disqualifiers” regarding military service but many important ones are going to have to be dropped to augment the lower number – and lower quality – of new recruits. The Army’s problems are the worst, with their recruiting only 40% of the numbers desired for fiscal year 2022. The requirements for high school diplomas or GED certificates are about to be dropped. The Army is thinking the unthinkable of having to reduce its size. Only 9% of young Americans eligible to serve in the military have any inclination to do so. More than half of the young Americans surveyed believe they would encounter emotional or psychological problems in the military which is understandable when these same people can be offended and frightened by a motto and/or meme! Meanwhile, nearly half think they presently have physical problems or such would develop if they had to extend themselves past texting.

National pride is at an all-time low because of the constant denigration of the country and its history. Of course, given what’s going on in this country today, I can’t say as I could work up any desire to “protect” our “way of life” as it now exists. The disastrous withdrawal from Afghanistan has caused many to question the competency and conscientiousness of the military. The Left wing and woke narratives being heartily adopted by the military are scaring many normal people and not just those who could serve! The riots of 2020 especially demonized Whites and the South, the sources that traditionally supply the most recruits for the military. Why should Southerners support a military that allows the debasement of its heroes? These population segments are rightfully questioning why they would want to be part of the establishment that is engaging in that demonization. Over 40% of the 18-24 year-old men that are the Army’s target demographic have refused the COVID vaxxes – those are the smart ones!

The military’s dismissal of the very large number that have refused the vaxx has demonstrated how little the military cares for its members. Most citizens don’t want to die for the present extreme left agenda and those who embrace that agenda don’t see the need for them to pay for its continuance with their lives! The US military no longer exemplifies the peak of physical fitness and culture that once was a special attraction for joining. In addition to lowering educational requirements, the Army has boosted bonuses, offering more flexible contracts and duty stations of choice – all to no avail. It is well to remember that no nation remained free when its own troops were replaced by mercenaries. Furthermore, beating the war drums relentlessly over a potential war with a powerful entity like Russia also scares away what few potential recruits do exist!

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

Democratic Party – The Party of Warmongering, Cowardice and Racism

By Gerard P. Keenan, USN Retired

August 5, 2022

Let’s start at the beginning – 1865. A Confederate general and Democrat, Nathan Bedford Forest, founded the Ku Klux Klan. From its beginning this racist, anti-Christian, anti-Semetic organization terrorized and murdered not only blacks in the South, but Catholics, other Christians, and Jews.

Fast forward to 07 December, 1941. The US President was Democrat Franklin Delano Roosevelt. Japan had attacked the US at Pearl harbor and left thousands dead. This was certainly a black day for America, but it was soon to become blacker. On February 19, 1942, President Roosevelt signed Executive Order 9066 establishing the Japanese-American internment camps under the Secretary of War.

On December 8, 1941, the US declared war on Japan which prompted Germany to declare war on the US, followed by the US declaring war on Germany on 11 December. Yet only Japanese-Americans were interned during the war. No German-Americans were ever interned. In fact, German-Americans were inducted into the armed forces to fight against both Japan and Germany – but the only Japanese brought into the armed forces were those known as the 442nd Regimental Combat Team and they were sent to Europe to fight the Germans. The government, under Roosevelt, felt these Japanese-American soldiers might turn against the Americans. Yet the 442nd proved to be one of the most highly decorated combat units of the entire war. This raises the question – why is it that no German-Americans were interned? Is it because they were white, while the Japanese-Americans were obviously different?

Roosevelt died in April, 1945, just weeks before Germany surrendered. After hi death another Democrat, Harry S. Truman, took over as president. It was he who authorized the dropping of the only two atomic/nuclear bombs ever used – to date.

So here we have blatant racism under Roosevelt, and cowardice under Truman who ordered the bombs dropped even though he could have thrown the entire might of the US military against Japan which could not have withstood the onslaught because the troops previously engaged in Europe were now free to be thrown into the Pacific fray. But he chose the bomb.

Then along came Korea, another war under Democrat president Harry Truman. Gen. Douglas MacArthur was the commander of UN forces in Korea but, because of his alleged ‘insubordination,’ Truman relieved MacArthur of his command on 11 April, 1951.

Truman considered MacArthur ‘insubordinate’ mainly because he was opposed to a limited war and wanted to cross the 38th parallel into North Korea. Would we have the problems with North Korea that we have today if he had done so? That question will probably never be answered. But because Truman was too cautious MacArthur was bound to hold at the 38th parallel.

In 1944, 1948 and 1952 the GOP tried to get MacArthur to accept the party’s nomination for president. He turned it down every time because he had no interest in politics after his experiences with Truman.

In July, 1953, hostilities ended in an armistice; a truce, not a peace treaty. This means that today we are still technically at war with North Korea. But even this truce was made possible by Dwight D. Eisenhower – a Republican.

During the 1952 presidential campaign Eisenhower constantly criticized Truman’s inability to end the conflict. When challenged by Truman, Ike responded that if elected he would personally visit Korea to try to bring about an end to the war and shortly after being elected he made good on his pledge and actually visited Korea to assess the situation himself. On 27 July, 1953, China and North Korea signed the armistice ending the shooting war.

Vietnam saw a rapid escalation following JFK’s assassination and throughout Lyndon Johnson’s presidency with the resulting loss of over 58,000 American lives.

Throughout the Johnson and Nixon administrations the war raged. The election of 1974 saw Gerald Ford, Republican, take office in 1975. During his administration he managed to bring the war to an end.

Then came Jimmy Carter, a Democrat, in 1977. In 1979 the US Embassy in Tehran was attacked by Iranian “students” and they took many embassy personnel hostage. Thirteen hostages were soon released but the Ayatollah Khomeini held 52 hostages.

Before Reagan took office in 1981, Carter authorized Operation Eagle Claw in a failed attempt to rescue the hostages. Part of the operation was launched from the carrier USS Nimitz CVN-68. The day she got her sailing orders for the Gulf was the same day I transferred off Nimitz. The rescue mission was a disaster and failed miserably with the loss of five USAF personnel and three Marines killed, three of the eight helicopters were destroyed, and a C-130 exploded following a collision with one of the helos. The mission had to be abandoned leaving behind all eight dead servicemen, the three helicopters and the remains of the C-130 and nearly all of their equipment and the disbursement of the hostages to various locations throughout Iran to prevent a second rescue attempt.

Ronald Reagan was inaugurated on 20 January, 1981 and within minutes the hostages were released.

During Republican George H. W. Bush’s presidency Iraq invaded Kuwait sparking the Gulf War. This war was, arguably, the first success by the American military since 1945.

Then came President Bill Clinton. Another Democrat with no military experience or knowledge (and, in fact, a draft dodger during the Vietnam War). He got us involved in Somalia where Somali forces shot down two of our Black Hawk helicopters with several American casualties. Following this battle (Mogadishu) Clinton decided to turn tail and run and pulled our forces out of Somalia deserting our allies (sound familiar?). Just after this battle the Somalis dragged the bodies of dead American soldiers through the streets and filmed it. Shortly thereafter the film was shown on American TV. It was pure fear that Clinton unceremoniously pulled out of Somalia – setting the precedent for Biden’s cowardly run from Afghanistan.

My wife was serving in the Active Navy Reserve at this time and when told she was up for a selection board for a potential promotion she didn’t even think about it but turned it down saying she refused to serve another day under President Clinton and submitted her retirement papers.

Following Clinton came George W. Bush, another Republican. On his watch we had 9/11 and he responded, in my opinion, correctly. Unfortunately the war in Afghanistan dragged on for years.

In December 2009, with less than one year in office, Obama authorized a troop “surge” of more than 30,000 troops, ostensibly due to the escalation in sectarian violence. This continued throughout his presidency with short, random periods of calm.

When Trump took office in 2017 he worked out a plan and began the orderly withdrawal of US troops from Afghanistan leaving approximately 2,500 troops. When he left office there had been no military deaths for his last 18 months in office.

Then along came Joe Biden and his crime family. I won’t waste time on the events leading up to Biden’s cowardly retreat from Afghanistan resulting in the deaths of 13 US service men and women and the loss of unknown numbers of American and Afghan Visa holders that were left behind at the mercy of the Taliban, many of whom were subsequently executed. Not to mention the billions of dollars of military equipment left behind in Biden’s cowardly retreat. Much of that equipment contained highly classified technology.

One thing is certain, however, and has been made very clear by Biden and his crime family, they have been true to the very core of the Democrat Party – warmongering, cowardice and racism.

[BIO: Gerard P. Keenan is a native of Paterson, NJ, graduating from St. Bonaventure’s R.C. High School in that city. He also received an Associate of Arts degree from the Univ. of Maryland with a three-year major in Behavioral Science. He is a retired 20-year USN Navy veteran (Telecommunications Specialist) who served in numerous capacities; primarily overseas and aboard forward-deployed staffs (Commander US Sixth Fleet aboard the guided missile cruiser USS Little Rock, home ported in Gaeta, Italy and on the staff of Commander Battle Force Sixth Fleet aboard the aircraft carriers USS Saratoga, Forestall, Independence, John F. Kennedy, Nimitz and Dwight D. Eisenhower home ported in Naples, Italy).

After living in Europe for approximately 23 years and working throughout Europe, North Africa, the Middle East, and occasional trips to the Caribbean and several states, he returned to the US and provided military and terrorism research to private investigators, security firms, government agencies, film companies and radio/TV news to private investigators, security firms and attorneys across the US, Canada, Italy and the United Kingdom and taught Private Investigation for 11 years at three locations on Long Island; concurrently.]

E-Mail Gerard P. Keenan: gpkeen@outlook.com

Learn How To Dribble A Football: Life Calls You

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 4, 2022

The famous automobile maker Henry Ford said, “If you think you can or can’t, you’re right.”

Almost everything in your life boils down to how you think, speak and act.

High thinking creates high vibrations in your mind and body. Such “thinking” loads the body with “oxytocin” that creates love bonding, higher purpose and more energy. While thinking “love” thoughts, the body floods with “serotonin” that turns every consideration to the positive side of living.

Positive speaking creates mental and intellectual chemistry within the body akin to “joy” on a verbal level. Notice people who speak highly of everyone else enjoy the adulation of one and all in their realm.

Third in line, action toward a possible or impossible objective creates a certain kind of “spiritual” dynamic that interplays with every cell in a person’s body, especially in his or her mind. Obviously, Henry Ford understood that dynamic as well as Thomas Edison who created over 100 inventions. Often they weren’t his inventions, but the result of his inspiring his cadre of creative thinkers.

In Bruce Lipton’s book, The Honeymoon Effect, he pointed out negative programing that causes individuals to surrender to the “I can’t do that” side of the equation. He emphatically charged that anyone could reprogram their childhood to think in greater perspectives and possibilities.

Easy? One must engage awareness, mental grit and emotional fortitude.

Seinfeld comic George Costanza lamented, “My life is the exact opposite of everything I wanted it to be.”

Many children grow up with parents said, “You won’t amount to anything…you’re not so smart…you can’t do that. “ That includes a litany of negative emotional training.

Afflicted Individuals make assumptions that if things fail to go their way, they may fall into:

Gossip and complaints
Talk about others
Compare themselves to others
They dive into discouragement
They entertain impossible thinking
They let the world define their limitations

Do you make an agreement daily, weekly or annually with failure? How’s it working? Your job sucks so you return home daily to watch television at the American average of 4.5 hours daily, seven days a week. It’s called the 40, 40, 40 equation. Forty hours a week, for 40 years so you can reach your stated goal: retirement.

Why perpetuate such a life-journey when you can change it toward a fulfilling, robust and dynamic life?

How to change your life path toward your chosen destiny:

Proceed toward your highest and best. Move toward the activities that sustain you. Move toward work that fills you with passion. Your greatest trump card: Law of Attraction.

Court positive energy people. Where? Today, you may attend www.meetup.com groups around the country. Those people pedal, climb, run, swim and hike in the out-of-doors. They express their spiritual dynamics with others during those outings. Such energy soaks into anyone joining them. It soaks into you.

Court positive people at church, civic clubs, classes, swim meets, ski slopes, bicycle rides and other activities you find interesting. That could be a macramé group, sewing circle, painting club, pottery class, poetry reading club, writer’s club and just about everything else under the sun. If you’re interested in some activity or topic, countless others share your passion.

Can you dribble a basketball? Yes, very easy for just about every kid and adult in America! Can you dribble a football? Some things may be more challenging than others, so pick your opportunities. Start easy and work your way up.

Learn to actively transform your conditions:

*Cheer yourself and travel with others that support you on your journey.
*Spend time in contemplative thought daily away from the noisy world. Pick your spot to gather your spirit.
*Remember and cherish all your triumphs, victories and successes by pictures, awards and pins.
*Resonate in the mental and emotional energy of the possible.

Remember that “life” responds and resonates to your positive energy, your positive thoughts, and your choices that move you forward. Transcend your mind toward possibilities that inspire you.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Cash to Crash as Orwellian Future Wells Up

By Sidney Secular

August 3, 2022

There’s little doubt that the Historical American Nation is about done. Even without the draconian directives of Big Brother about to crash down upon us, cash has been gradually elbowed out to make the change seem less drastic even as our pocket change dwindles. Cash transactions now only account for 15% of all retail sales in terms of value, and it has been widely speculated and predicted that physical cash and the accompanying pocket change would become redundant by just examining the trends. Personal check usage in retail outlets has virtually been checked although it remains a major means of sending payments via the “post.”

One of the objectives of the pandemic pandemonium was to make contactless payments the preferred – and eventually the only way to exchange currency for services and products. Future lockdowns accompanying the next big virus bugaboo will permanently lock in contactless payments as well. The current availability of physical cash, although diminishing in use, allows the effects of the system’s staged gradual collapse to be less noticeable and therefore less frightening much as is the case with our gradual loss of freedoms! These are not causing any revolutions because the losses have been done in stages just as the frog in the pot of water adjusts to the gradually heating of that water before it reaches a boil and kills him. It all boils down to the fact that conservatives will have very little left to conserve by that time and what is left will hardly seem worth the effort by then.

Increasingly, consumers and customers carry credit cards vice cash as it is more convenient, safe, and just feels like less of a loss. All kinds of inducements are offered for use of the cards such as cash and travel “rewards”, special insurance coverage, and the ability to better dispute fraudulent charges. Some businesses resist use of the cards for payment because of the service charges they thus incur, but the trend is to accept these charges as a cost of doing business, and pass the additional costs on to customers by charging higher prices. All the problems associated with the digital dysphoria such as the reality of cyber hack attacks, “phishing” and all manner of identity theft and scams are accepted as just one of those things one is supposed to accept as an accepted reality with advancing technology. All of this presents no worry to the controllers who are wont to make us feel the squeeze of unease and worry in order to better squeeze us into the small-minded paradigm boxes they have prepared for us. All credit card transactions are traceable within the banking system, but using cash allows for discreet donations to the charities and causes dear to our patriotic/nationalist hearts, so restricting use of cash will put a big damper on our support of, and philanthropy towards our favored groups and causes.

All of this is only the beginning of the woes associated with the woeful system presaged by the Biblical sages. The new system will be accompanied by a control of all money transactions by the GovMint as all your accounts will be consolidated into one big account whereby all your politically incorrect or questionable transactions that run afoul of phony “community standards” or politically correct viewpoints will be rejected as if you used an incorrect password to access your account. You may also be denied access if your “social credit” score is too low. Such scores will replace the current purely financially oriented current scores presently extant. You will be forced to use mobile or cell phones to function under the new system, whether you like it or not, or you may wind up in a cell or some other form of social purgatory. That will be a prerequisite to get to first base under the new system.

Currencies will become “digital currencies” and this transition is already in the process of occurring in various stages in the West. It has been fully adopted in China – a communist tyranny that the rest of the world is becoming tethered to economically – so it will be soon be universal. The digital yuan was introduced in China last February during the Winter Olympics. They required patrons to pay for meals, hotels, transportation, etc. using funny looking square “QR” codes on their mobile phones that linked to their digital yuan accounts. Nine countries have already launched systems in line with this lunacy. A digital euro is being tested right now. The US has been lagging but with the Chinese now in control – at least unofficially! – we are catching up fast. The Fed is presently studying implementation of this system and though the dollar will remain the dollar, it will not exist in its present physical form. It will become digital and ownership will be recorded on a ledger maintained by a central bank.

Banks and credit card companies as well as Pay Pal and similar payment systems will be phased out. The result of all of this “advancement?” The GovMint will have control of your money and will have the ability to place you under constant surveillance. Under the NWO, the GovMint will know every purchase you make, every transaction you conduct, and even your physical whereabouts at the point of purchase. It is a short step from there to “negative” interest rates, account freezes, tax withholdings from your account and the ability to place you under government investigation if you vote for the wrong candidate or give donations to the wrong political party – always assuming that any such will remain in our Brave New World. If that sounds like a stretch, be advised that it is not. The system will be used to deny travel and educational opportunities to political dissidents. Canada seized the bank accounts and even the crypto accounts of the non-violent trucker protestors last winter. This kind of oppression will be easy to conduct once the new system is fully in place.

There will be only two ways to counter this tyranny short of a revolution. There is only one non-digital, non-traceable, non-hackable form of money you will be able to use and that is physical gold and probably silver. However, for these to work, there has to be an “underground economy” that will support its use. At present, these can be purchased in a certain manner to avoid this tyranny. Throughout recorded history, precious metals have always been the form of money of last resort that have been universally accepted in the toughest of times. But remember, FDR confiscated Americans’ gold reserves with the blessings of our “democracy.” In the assumption that first, an underground economy does exist and second, Americans are able to obtain and keep such “precious metals, the form called “junk silver” is the easiest modality to use in such situations, especially in everyday small transactions. Junk silver are US dimes, quarters, and half-dollars minted before 1965 when these coins actually contained 90% real silver. They are sold in bags of $1,000 face value. Such bags are currently worth over $20,000 and their value will further skyrocket as conditions deteriorate! If this is the way you are going to go, it is imperative that you get started on a program to accumulate these assets right away if you have no program of “hard” money accumulation now. It might pay to take some money you have in the bank or under your mattress and accumulate some junk silver with it now. More details on this strategy will be explored in future editions of the Freedom Movement Action Newsletter in articles labelled “Prepperism”. We have already posted two articles on prepperism in past issues of this newsletter.

The other option to survive in the coming cashless society will be to create local currencies enabled by a local trading system a/k/a: LETS – as in let’s do it! This type of system was used and was very popular in Canada at one time. LETS allows members to obtain goods and services through their local currency which is accepted by local retailers who are enrolled in the system. Members who provide goods and services are able to earn credits in the local currency which are expended within the local system. This type of system could not replace the conventional economy in its entirety, of course, but it would make living under the dictatorship bearable especially for those in more rural areas. This system is not to be confused with barter systems which are much more limited in applicability. This type of system is one that patriots should have been employing for generations now to help form viable and strong local communities based on shared values or important commonalities such as race, religion or ethnic group, such as what the Mennonites and Mormons employ to some extent now. The potential for the state to break up or proscribe such groups is a real challenge but its efforts would be greatly lessened by the cohesiveness of such groups. However, the other day, it was reported that an Amish farmer has been fined many thousands of dollars as a result of his efforts to sell his produce. Never put anything mean, rotten, criminal and downright despicable as being beyond our political and social “leaders.”

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

Jesus Was The One That Told You To Buy That Sword

By Bradlee Dean

August 3, 2022

“Think not that I am come to send peace on earth: I came not to send peace, but a sword.” -Matthew 10:34

Just the other day, someone had put out a fleece calling on theologians to step up to the plate and tell them why it is so important for us to have our guns, which are protected under the 2nd Amendment.

Let’s take this in a couple of steps.

In 1 Samuel 13:22, Scripture tells us: “So it came to pass in the day of battle, that there was neither sword nor spear found in the hand of any of the people that were with Saul and Jonathan: but with Saul and with Jonathan his son was there found.”

In other words, their oppressors ruled over them by disarming them of their weapons.

Jesus said, “When a strong man armed keepeth his palace, his goods are in peace: But when a stronger than he shall come upon him, and overcome him, he taketh from him all his armour wherein he trusted, and divideth his spoils” (Luke 11:21-22).

If you haven’t read the Hanover Resolves, you might want to take the time to do so.

Our forefathers, when fighting off the tyrant across the pond that would not be ruled by God, said: “Our cause we leave to heaven and our rifles.”

A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed. -2nd Amendment of the Bill of Rights

Not good enough? Let me take you to Barnes and his commentary on the subject from Luke 22:36.

“Then said he unto them, But now, he that hath a purse, let him take it, and likewise his scrip: and he that hath no sword, let him sell his garment, and buy one.”

But now – The Saviour says the times are changed. “Before,” he sent them out only for a little time. They were in their own country. Their journeys would be short, and there was no need that they should make preparation for a long absence, or for encountering great dangers. But “now” they were to go into the wide world, among strangers, trials, dangers, and wants. And as the time was near; as he was about to die; as these dangers pressed on, it was proper that they should make provision for what was before them.

Adam Clarke said:

“Judea was at this time, as we have already noticed, much infested by robbers: while our Lord was with his disciples, they were perfectly safe, being shielded by his miraculous power.

Shortly they must go into every part of the land, and will need weapons to defend themselves against wild beasts, and to intimidate wicked men, who, if they found them totally defenseless, would not hesitate to make them their prey, or take away their life.

However, the matter may be understood, we may rest satisfied that these swords were neither to be considered as offensive weapons, nor instruments to propagate the truth.

The genius and spirit of the Christian religion is equally against both.

Perhaps, in this counsel of our Lord, he refers to the contention about supremacy: as if he had said, Instead of contending among yourselves about who shall be the greatest, ye have more need to unite yourselves against the common enemy, who are now at hand.”

Amen!

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Taiwan Is the Real China

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

August 2, 2022

The “People’s” Republic of China is an Illegitimate Dictatorship

This is easy to prove.

All dictatorships are illegitimate because all dictatorships deny and crush the most essential traits of human beings: free will, creativity, and love.

The Chinese Communist Party (CCP), as is typical of all dictatorships, excels at the destruction of the human soul and freedom. The CCP has done its best to make the world afraid of its power, but one tiny country recently said “no.”

Kudos to Lithuania for recognizing Taiwan and standing up to the Chinese Communist Party. Lithuania is confronting a bully at great risk to its prosperity and well-being, while much larger countries slink away. Accommodating totalitarians never works. Thugs and criminals who murdered tens of millions of innocent civilians have no conscience and will not change their behavior unless they are forced to do so by a stronger opponent.

Communist China demands that the world acknowledge that the real China is Communist China and that Taiwan has no validity as a separate country. They rattle their sabers and snarl threats to anyone who dares to question their narrative about Taiwan. Companies and individuals who want to profit from trade with Mainland China meekly apologize and move on, kicking Taiwan to the curb. To those who make millions of dollars from the Communist Chinese while abandoning Taiwan, one might suggest that they remember the words of Jesus in Mark 8:36: “For what shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul?”

But let’s consider for a moment the moral status of Taiwan compared to the CCP. And I say “CCP”—not “Mainland China”—because the communists in China are a minority of fascists who have enslaved their citizens and do not represent the hearts and minds of their people.

Slavery is the dividing line. The CCP might say that they don’t practice slavery, but enslaving an entire society under a totalitarian system of oppression fits the bill. It’s not just China, of course. North Korea, Iran, Saudi Arabia, Cuba, Venezuela, and every other repressive regime in the world can be succinctly labeled as a country of “illegitimate slavers.”

Someone might point to the long history of conquest in the world and excuse the CCP as the military victor in an internal conflict. Mao Zedong won the war and to the victor go the spoils. Hasn’t that happened everywhere in the world, throughout history? Look at Britain: the Angles, Saxons, and Jutes occupied England and became “the rightful rulers,” and then the Normans conquered the Anglo-Saxons. Such is life, and such is history.

And slavery? It has existed almost everywhere, throughout antiquity. It was just “normal.” But it’s not normal anymore, or at least it shouldn’t be. The Hard-Left will say that whites were the worst slavers of all (ignoring every other race that had slaves and ignoring that millions of whites were also enslaved).

The truth is that in the 1800s, mostly white, Judeo-Christian abolitionists in Britain and America publicly spoke and acted in defense of all humans of every race as sacred creations of God and initiated an enormous change in the world with their victorious battle against slavery. The fact that over 300,000 white men gave their lives in the American Civil War to free the slaves was not a trivial matter. It was an extraordinary and unprecedented sacrifice for a noble cause.

Very few people in the world today, either from the Left, the Right, or anywhere else, will publicly defend slavery—the owning of another human being. Criminals engage in it, and certain Islamic countries like Mauritania surreptitiously allow it, but it’s not publicly supported.

It has become a gray area, however, when one examines the quality of freedom versus slavery in a citizen’s relationship to government.

In China, slaves are not triumphantly paraded in chains past the doors of the palaces, as was common in the Roman empire. No, in China, the entire populace is enslaved. Citizens are monitored constantly, and they are not free to conduct their affairs as they wish.

Some will quibble and state that Chinese citizens can run their businesses and make millions, ignoring the fact that if those millionaires speak out against the CCP, they’ll be “disappeared.”

Thus, totalitarian governments that oppress their citizens become slavers by default. Life in North Korea, a society that might be closest to the horrors of the novel 1984, is simply not free at all. Their example should give pause to Western citizens who have already begun to lose their freedoms in the last two years of the China-initiated Covid pandemic.

The 1.4 billion citizens of Communist China are enslaved by a minority gang of power-hungry, well-fed slavers who look at their citizens with contempt. Their current slaver in chief is President Xi Jinping.

From famous actresses like Zhao Wei, who “disappear,” to the mass imprisonment of Muslim Uyghurs, the CCP rules with implacable tyranny. Their military buildup, fueled by Western trade dollars and the theft of Western technology, threatens the world and threatens Taiwan in the short term.

If Mao Zedong had created a free and democratic society after he came to power, China might have the moral standing to declare that it’s the “real China.” If democracy had flourished, Taiwan might never have been established. All would be well in China, at least relatively speaking.

But today, in the twenty-first century, when slavery is almost universally condemned, slavery by government still exists and is growing worse. Mainland China is its largest purveyor. Oppression of populations marks the difference between dictatorships and the free countries of the world.

Even though most countries of the world have problematic histories of conquest, countries like England and America that supported the growth of freedom gained a new ethical credibility and the moral right to exist that the communist government of China does not share.

Taiwan has held the line and has demonstrated that the Chinese people are better than the CCP and do indeed value democracy and freedom.

Taiwan has firmly established that its small island nation is the Real China. The mainland Communist Chinese are Illegitimate Slavers who, if left unchecked, will continue to enslave their unfortunate population and will do their utmost to enslave Taiwan and as much of the world as they possibly can.

The CCP has no moral standing. Their 1.4 billion citizens deserve to be free.

Map of China and Taiwan: Public Domain. Modified and illustrated by the author.

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

The Right of the People to Keep and Bear Arms – “shall not be infringed”

Incredulous: “Indisposed to admit or accept that which is related as true”

by Kat Stansell

August 2, 2022

“Incredulous”, of course, means disbelieving. Incredulity is a state of mind in which we find ourselves more and more. Our country is completely off its rocker, it seems, and we have a hard time believing it all.

We are confused and adrift because our moral guideposts have gone missing, ripped out from under us by the Marxists calling themselves the “Great Reset”. Every parameter of our morals and values, things we have learned in our churches, schools and at our parents’ knees – literally, everything we have held dear – is being destroyed. History is being rewritten. Our bedrock is crumbling into shifting sands, and we are responding with either anger or denial. It’s no wonder we feel like we’re going nuts.

Evil has invaded our country. We see incredible hostility on a daily basis. There is so much hate-filled rhetoric on the news and among acquaintances and family, that we tend to turn it off and back away. People you know are uttering things you never thought you’d hear them say, and they can’t/won’t explain themselves in a rational way. If you asked them to defend their argument, they can’t. They just spew a mantra of learned derangement, if they answer at all.

The media hypes stories of theft and robbery, killings and maimings 24/7. This seems to get worse, more frequent, not better every day. Have another dose of horror with your coffee.

We are the bad guys for denying the existence of 58 genders; it makes US the haters, we are told. What happened to “follow the science”?? That little mantra also goes out the window when we are demanded to believe that men can give birth and provide all that is physically necessary therein. Whatever.

It is un-American for the Census to count how many American citizens live here, but the 2020 count made sure to catch as many illegals as possible. Russian interference in elections is bad, but voting by illegals is good. Border security ($5 billion) is too expensive, but free health care and housing for illegals ($1.5 trillion+) is just fine.

Our illegitimate government showers the Fascist dictator of Ukraine with trillions, but denies our own military what they need, to fight AND to live through their life-altering injuries sustained in our service.

Bidens (and Clintons AND Obamas) went to bed with the crooked Ukraine government, financed bio-weapon labs there, blackmailed its leader and that is somehow ignored (or accepted??), all day every day. Let Trump place a phone call the Ukraine president and ASK about those offenses, and it is worthy of impeachment. Daily, it seems, the current ‘resident and his Congress perform impeachable offenses but, since Trump left office, the word has not been whispered in those hallowed halls.

The party that says there is no such thing as gender, and whose SCOTUS nominee cannot define a “woman”, demands female candidates for public office and special healthcare “rights” (murder of the unborn) for women. Our children are being physically and chemically castrated in our own public schools, and parents are not even in the loop! This is pure Luciferian construct. Incredible! Unbelievable! We are utterly incredulous. Again.

Illegal aliens are welcomed into our country by the millions, carrying every kind of disease known to man. (Of course, we don’t know what they are. Yet.) But Americans lose jobs and freedoms if they do not submit to an untested treatment, which has proven to be killing millions. “My body, my choice”, anyone?” Let’s not even mention the incredible amounts of lethal drugs like Fentanyl gushing into every state, while American citizens are prohibited from buying tested and effective remedies such as Ivermectyn.

People are being held responsible for things they never did, stuff that happened before they were born – like slavery – but those committing crimes every day are being held responsible for nothing, notwithstanding video and/or eyewitness evidence of their crimes.

On this note, while it is NOT OK to execute murderers, it’s just fine when they kill innocent Americans. Attempted murder doesn’t even rate temporary incarceration or a trial. The entire act of a deranged Leftist trying to kill Congressman Lee Zeldin was caught on camera, but the perp was out of custody in two hours. Don’t forget, too, that under this New World Order, killing babies is somehow a human right, a necessary part of a woman’s (pardon me, “baby-maker person’s”) health care freedom.

And, oh, yes. Those evil law enforcement professionals are labeled fascists for trying to stop the anarchy, because, somehow, being arrested and held accountable violates the rights of the
criminal. Insanity.

Our Constitution and its body of law, on which we have depended to enjoy the finest form of government in history, has been thrown out. We are staring totalitarianism in its Luciferian face. Those forms of governance (socialism, Marxism, Communism, whatever) have killed millions around the world, but the Globalists want to try again. After decades of undercover efforts to bring us to this point, we are facing the demise of our country. Now it is visible, the rot is all around us, and many of still can’t bring ourselves to believe, OR to work against it.

OK. I am somehow “racist” for pointing all this out. Heck…I’m in good company: Calling Covid the Chinese flu after its country of origin is racist, too. (“French” fries? “Italian” seasoning? “Greek” pastry? How far is this going? If I like all of the above, am I a hater??)

This insanity is invading every aspect of our lives. It is making us incredulous. We want to hide or run, or just deny. We just want it to go away, but it won’t, unless we acknowledge it, and realize what this turmoil is doing to us and our country.

Acceptance must precede knowledge which precedes the power to stand and fight. If we are going to be able to deal effectively to get our republic back, I repeat, we must act.

Many don’t want to get involved in activism because what is out there is just too crazy to believe, and too frightening to consider.

However, if you value your freedoms, IF YOU WANT TO ENJOY THE BLESSINGS OF LIVING IN A FREE COUNTRY, you will open your mind to reality, take a deep breath, and jump in. The water’s NOT fine, but it is navigable, and the only danger comes from NOT swimming with your pack. We do not have a choice.

Take heart. WE are far more numerous than THEY, because WE are the Constitutionalists, who want to save our freedoms. “Our pack” is no longer defined by a party label, “R”, “D”, “I” or any other.

If you approach members of your community with the simple choice of which they support – the Constitution or Communism – you will raise the flaps of the tent, and expand your group to include a great many who have been frustrated, trying to find their old party allegiances. WE, who believe in our Constitution and the blessed life it has given us, ARE a vastly larger group than those who crave totalitarian control.

There are local action groups in counties and towns across the country, doing great work. They consist of members of all former political parties. More groups are forming every day, in every state. Join arms with your friends and neighbors and get involved. Form a Freedom Pod and learn what is happening in your own town. You might be surprised, but you will be armed for action, with understanding. Knowledge is power.

First priority, secure the November 2022 elections. Without that, we will be at a serious, perhaps fatal, disadvantage.

The venom of Evil – which is everywhere today – paralyzes the moral mind. Lucifer and his gang know this, and hope you will become so tangled in the web of utter disbelief, and terrified of the dark shadows you see everywhere, that you will become powerless to act. Don’t let yourself become their victim. Stand strong for what you know is right.

Get off the couch and out the door. We have a country to save.

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

The Bill of Rights Shall Not be “Infringed”

By Lex Greene

August 1, 2022

Are you one of millions asking for solutions to our catastrophic circumstances? They have been sitting right in your lap the entire time!

Contrary to modern intentional misrepresentations concerning the U.S. Bill of Rights, these amendments to the U.S. Constitution are NOT an enumeration of “the people’s Rights.” They are an enumeration of additional restrictions on federal authority, listing a number of things that the government is prohibited from doing.

The Following “Rights of the People” SHALL NOT BE INFRINGED

Prohibits the government from infringing upon the Right of the People to freely exercise our Religion, Speech, Press, Public Assembly, and Petition public officials for redress of grievances.
Prohibits the government from infringing upon the Right of the People To keep (possess) and bear (carry) arms.
Prohibits the government from infringing upon the Rights of the People, by the forcible housing of military personnel in a citizen’s home during peacetime and requires the process to be “prescribed by law” in times of war.
Prohibits the government from infringing upon the Rights of the People, enforcing the reality that “each man’s home is his castle”, secure from unreasonable searches and seizures of private property by the government.
Prohibits the government from infringing upon the Rights of the People relevant to both criminal and civil legal proceedings. In criminal cases, the Fifth Amendment guarantees the right to a grand jury, forbids “double jeopardy,” and protects against self-incrimination. It also requires that “due process of law” be part of any proceeding that denies a citizen “life, liberty or property” and requires the government to compensate citizens when it takes private property for public use.
Prohibits the government from infringing upon the Rights of the People and guarantees the rights of criminal defendants, including the right to a public trial without unnecessary delay, the right to a lawyer, the right to an impartial jury, and the right to know who your accusers are and the nature of the charges and evidence against you.
Prohibits the government from infringing upon the Rights of the People, continuing a practice from English common law of distinguishing civil claims which must be tried before a jury from claims and issues that may be heard by a judge alone. It only governs federal civil courts and has no application to civil courts set up by the states when those courts are hearing only disputes of state law.
Prohibits the government from infringing upon the Rights of the People, excessive bail shall not be required, nor excessive fines imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishments inflicted.
Prohibits the government from infringing upon any Natural Rights of the People, the enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights of government, shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people.
Prohibits the government from infringing upon any Natural Rights of the People and their States, the powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the states, are reserved to the states respectively, or to the people.

Now, since the Bill of Rights is an enumeration of things the federal government CANNOT DO, or “infringe,” it’s critical to know what the legal definition of “infringe” is…

INFRINGE

VERB

actively break the terms of (a law, agreement, etc.):

synonyms:

contravene · violate · transgress · break · breach · disobey · defy · flout · fly in the face of · ride roughshod over · kick against · fail to comply with · fail to observe · disregard · take no notice of · ignore · neglect · go beyond · overstep · exceed · infract undermine · erode · diminish · weaken · impair · damage · compromise · limit · curb · check

No matter which issue addressed in the Bill of Rights, ALL of them forbid the federal government from “infringing” upon the items enumerated in the Bill, based upon all the different ways and means they have used in the past to infringe upon all of it! The Rights of the People have been grossly infringed over many years, simply because too many Citizens don’t know their Rights, or the proper interpretation of the Charters of Freedom and Liberty. Millions more failed to be “forever vigilant” in our protection and preservation thereof…

Examples of the U.S. Supreme Court finally getting it right when they upheld the Constitution and Bill of Rights in two recent cases.

In response to this ruling, the Democrat controlled House just passed a new “infringement” bill in “Assault Weapons Ban of 2022, H.R. 1808,” by a narrow 217-213 four vote margin. Seven House democrats broke ranks with Pelosi, but two House Republicans broke ranks to vote with Pelosi, against the Constitution and Bill of Rights. NOTE: Brian Fitzpatrick of Pennsylvania and Chris Jacobs of New York

Had Fitzpatrick and Jacobs voted nay, the unconstitutional bill would have stalled at a 215-215 vote in the House. The US Senate is expected to kill the bill in their chamber. But we will be able to see how each Senator votes.

Even if it passes the Senate and is signed by temporary resident Biden, it still won’t be “law.”

“A law repugnant to the Constitution is void. An act of Congress repugnant to the Constitution cannot become a law. The Constitution supersedes all other laws and the individual’s rights shall be liberally enforced in favor of him, the clearly intended and expressly designated beneficiary.” – Marbury v. Madison, 5 U.S. 137 (1803)

The U.S. Supreme Court vacated Woe v. Wade

Contrary to insane pro-death democrat rhetoric, the high court didn’t issue a ruling “making abortion illegal.” It “vacated” the Roe v. Wade court decision on the basis that the decision was “unconstitutional.” The court is right, that decision was unconstitutional, in a number of ways. But the top reason is that the federal government, any of the three branches, has no authority on the subject whatsoever. The court returned the issue to the States, where it has always belonged under the Tenth Amendment.

No one can protect, defend, or preserve for future generations, any foundations of freedom and liberty with which they are unfamiliar. American Citizens simply must know the proper foundations of freedom and liberty, or they will soon have neither.

Last, anyone who thinks the Charters of Freedom need to be amended today, either don’t know the foundations that already exist, or seek to undermine those foundations.

The road to freedom, liberty, and justice in the USA is the firm enforcement of foundations that already exist. Any focus on rewriting those foundations, is a suicide mission. Further…

Any American who seeks to alter, undermine, overthrow, or eliminate the foundations of freedom, is guilty of Conspiracy against Rights, a form of treason.

“If two or more persons conspire to injure, oppress, threaten, or intimidate any person in any State, Territory, Commonwealth, Possession, or District in the free exercise or enjoyment of any right or privilege secured to him by the Constitution or laws of the United States, or because of his having so exercised the same; or

If two or more persons go in disguise on the highway, or on the premises of another, with intent to prevent or hinder his free exercise or enjoyment of any right or privilege so secured—

They shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than ten years, or both; and if death results from the acts committed in violation of this section or if such acts include kidnapping or an attempt to kidnap, aggravated sexual abuse or an attempt to commit aggravated sexual abuse, or an attempt to kill, they shall be fined under this title or imprisoned for any term of years or for life, or both, or may be sentenced to death.” – 18 U.S. Code § 241

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

Turning a Lemon into Lemonade

By Paul Engel

August 1, 2022

A case of a praying high-school coach has put another nail in the coffin of a terrible precedent known as the “Lemon Test”.
What does it take for a government actor to establish a religion?
What are the limits of government employers controlling the speech and actions of their employees?

A high-school coach was denied his freedom of religion and speech based on a nothing more than 50 year old lemon of a court opinion. In the case Lemon v. Kurtzman, the Supreme Court claimed that your right to freely speak and exercise your religion must yield to the government’s “interest” in avoiding a violation of the establishment clause. But the “Lemon Test” puts the government’s interest above your rights protected by the Constitution. In this years case, Kennedy v. Bremerton School District, the court took this Lemon and turned it into lemonade.

Joseph Kennedy lost his job as a high school football coach because he repeatedly knelt at midfield after games to offer a quiet prayer. He then sued in federal district court claiming the Bremerton School District violated his free speech and free exercise rights protected under the First Amendment. He also asked the court to issue a preliminary injunction to get his job back. Both the District and Circuit courts denied the motion. The District Court found that the sole reason for the school district’s decision was the risk of constitutional liability under the Establishment Clause. Both the District and Circuit Courts found in favor of the school district. Several of those who dissented at the Circuit Court level agreed that the court had applied a flawed understanding of the Establishment Clause based on the 1971 Supreme Court cases Lemon v. Kurtzman.

The Lemon Test

The District, like the Ninth Circuit below, insists Mr. Kennedy’s rights to religious exercise and free speech must yield to the District’s interest in avoiding an Establishment Clause violation under Lemon and its progeny. The Lemon approach called for an examination of a law’s purposes, effects, and potential for entanglement with religion. … In time, that approach also came to involve estimations about whether a “reasonable observer” would consider the government’s challenged action an “endorsement” of religion. … But—given the apparent “shortcomings” associated with Lemon’s “ambitiou[s],” abstract, and ahistorical approach to the Establishment Clause—this Court long ago abandoned Lemon and its endorsement test offshoot. …

Establish – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

How do you determine when a government entity is establishing a religion? Noah Webster defined “establish” as:

To enact or decree by authority and for permanence; to ordain; to appoint; as, to establish laws, regulations, institutions, rules, ordinances, etc.

According to the Supreme Court in 1971, the only way to determine if an act establishes a religion was to determine if the purpose or effect of the law had potential entanglement with religion. Over time this morphed into a question of what a “reasonable observer” would consider the government action was an endorsement of religion. But what defines a reasonable observer? What one reasonable person thinks is an endorsement of religion another thinks is the free exercise of such. This effectively turned into a “heckler’s veto”, where all it would take is one reasonable person making the case that the law or action entangled government with some religious action, and a person’s rights, protected under the First Amendment, became meaningless.

In place of Lemon and the endorsement test, this Court has instructed that the Establishment Clause must be interpreted by “‘reference to historical practices and understandings.’ ” … A natural reading of the First Amendment suggests that the Clauses have “complementary” purposes, not warring ones where one Clause is always sure to prevail over the others. … An analysis focused on original meaning and history, this Court has stressed, has long represented the rule rather than some “‘exception’” within the “Court’s Establishment Clause jurisprudence.” … The District and the Ninth Circuit erred by failing to heed this guidance.

The Supreme Court had previously instructed the lower courts to drop the Lemon test and instead to look at historical practices and understandings of the question of establishment. The court also noted that the establishment and exercise clauses were not meant to be either/or, where if one clause won then the other must lose. The Supreme Court found that the District and Circuit Courts were wrong by applying the Lemon test to this case.

Coercion

The District next attempts to justify its suppression of Mr. Kennedy’s religious activity by arguing that doing otherwise would coerce students to pray. The Ninth Circuit did not adopt this theory in proceedings below and evidence of coercion in this record is absent. The District suggests that any visible religious conduct by a teacher or coach should be deemed—without more and as a matter of law—im- permissibly coercive on students. A rule that the only acceptable government role models for students are those who eschew any visible religious expression would undermine a long constitutional tradition in which learning how to tolerate diverse expressive activities has always been “part of learning how to live in a pluralistic society.” … No historically sound understanding of the Establishment Clause begins to “mak[e] it necessary for government to be hostile to religion” in this way.

The District Court suggested that merely seeing religious acts by a coach or teacher would coerce students to join in. While the court found nothing that required government to be hostile to religion, isn’t the hostility itself an attempt to enact or decree that only a secular view of religion was allowed?

There is no conflict between the constitutional commands of the First Amendment in this case. There is only the “mere shadow” of a conflict, a false choice premised on a misconstruction of the Establishment Clause. … A government entity’s concerns about phantom constitutional violations do not justify actual violations of an individual’s First Amendment rights.

In other words, a government actor cannot use its concerns about a violation of the Constitution to actually violate someone’s rights protected by that Constitution.

Proof of Infringement

The next question is, did Mr. Kennedy demonstrate that his rights were infringed?

A plaintiff must demonstrate an infringement of his rights under the Free Exercise and Free Speech Clauses. If the plaintiff carries his or her burden, the defendant must show that its actions were nonetheless justified and appropriately tailored. …

Mr. Kennedy discharged his burden under the Free Exercise Clause. The Court’s precedents permit a plaintiff to demonstrate a free exercise violation multiple ways, including by showing that a government entity has burdened his sincere religious practice pursuant to a policy that is not “neutral” or “generally applicable.” … Failing either the neutrality or general applicability test is sufficient to trigger strict scrutiny, under which the government must demonstrate its course was justified by a compelling state interest and was narrowly tailored in pursuit of that interest.

All Mr. Kennedy had to show was that the school district burdened his sincere religious practice in a way that was not neutral or generally applicable. Then the school district would have to show their actions were justified by a compelling government interest (a standard not supported by the Constitution of the United States). The school district’s policy was obviously neither neutral nor generally applicable, since it was applied solely to Mr. Kennedy’s praying.

Here, no one questions that Mr. Kennedy seeks to engage in a sincerely motivated religious exercise involving giving “thanks through prayer” briefly “on the playing field” at the conclusion of each game he coaches. … The contested exercise here does not involve leading prayers with the team; the District disciplined Mr. Kennedy only for his decision to persist in praying quietly without his students after three games in October 2015. In forbidding Mr. Kennedy’s brief prayer, the District’s challenged policies were neither neutral nor generally applicable. By its own admission, the District sought to restrict Mr. Kennedy’s actions at least in part because of their religious character. Prohibiting a religious practice was thus the District’s unquestioned “object.” The District explained that it could not allow an on-duty employee to engage in religious conduct even though it allowed other on-duty employees to engage in personal secular conduct. The District’s performance evaluation after the 2015 football season also advised against rehiring Mr. Kennedy on the ground that he failed to supervise student-athletes after games, but any sort of postgame supervisory requirement was not applied in an evenhanded way. … The District thus conceded that its policies were neither neutral nor generally applicable.

When Mr. Kennedy offered his prayers, was he acting as a private citizen or a government official?

When Mr. Kennedy uttered the three prayers that resulted in his suspension, he was not engaged in speech “ordinarily within the scope” of his duties as a coach. … He did not speak pursuant to government policy and was not seeking to convey a government-created message. He was not instructing players, discussing strategy, encouraging better on-field performance, or engaged in any other speech the District paid him to produce as a coach. Simply put: Mr. Kennedy’s prayers did not “ow[e their] existence” to Mr. Kennedy’s responsibilities as a public employee. … The timing and circumstances of Mr. Kennedy’s prayers—during the postgame period when coaches were free to attend briefly to personal matters and students were engaged in other activities—confirms that Mr. Kennedy did not offer his prayers while acting within the scope of his duties as a coach. It is not dispositive that Coach Kennedy served as a role model and remained on duty after games. To hold otherwise is to posit an “excessively broad job descriptio[n]” by treating everything teachers and coaches say in the work-place as government speech subject to government control. … That Mr. Kennedy used available time to pray does not transform his speech into government speech. Acknowledging that Mr. Kennedy’s prayers represented his own private speech means he has carried his threshold burden.

For these reasons, the court came to the following conclusion.

Held: The Free Exercise and Free Speech Clauses of the First Amendment protect an individual engaging in a personal religious observance from government reprisal; the Constitution neither mandates nor permits the government to suppress such religious expression.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

Conclusion

What can we conclude from this case? First, while this case was brought under the First Amendment, this cannot be a First Amendment case.

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech,

I found nothing in the opinion that claimed the Bremerton School District was acting under the authority of Congress. This was a violation of Mr. Kennedy’s Freedoms of Speech and and Religion under the Article I of the Constitution of the State of Washington. The only violation of the United States Constitution is the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment.

No State shall make … deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV

Second, while the court has set aside the “Lemon Test”, they still adhere to the standards of scrutiny. The Constitution, as the supreme law of the land, does not say your rights exist unless the government has a compelling interest. It says your right shall not be abridged or infringed, making the scrutiny standard unconstitutional and illegal. While the school districts case fell apart before the need for scrutiny came about, the court still brought it up as part of their Establishment Clause jurisprudence.

As a free country, we must respect the religious expressions of others, especially those we disagree with.

Respect for religious expressions is indispensable to life in a free and diverse Republic. Here, a government entity sought to punish an individual for engaging in a personal religious observance, based on a mistaken view that it has a duty to suppress religious observances even as it allows comparable secular speech. The Constitution neither mandates nor tolerates that kind of discrimination. Mr. Kennedy is entitled to summary judgment on his religious exercise and free speech claims.

The State Of The US Consumer: AT&T Crashes As Americans Can’t Afford To Pay Their Phone Bills, July 21, 2022 // REAL GDP SAYS: “Get Real! Trust not the Fed, economists or the president. The REAL economy is collapsing all around you!”

Since 2014 the court replaced the flawed “Lemon Test” with a more constitutionally sound methodology. While, the District and Circuit Courts didn’t recognize this fact, the Supreme Court did. Will this new opinion help the lower courts recognize that a person’s right to freedom of religion isn’t subject to the government’s fear that someone may see it and think it’s an endorsement? Only time will tell. Is this a case of turning the Lemon Test into lemonade? While it may not be my favorite drink, it certainly improves on what we had before.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Global Depression is Already Underway

By: Devvy

August 1, 2022

And, it can’t be stopped. Patrick Henry said in his “Give Me Liberty or Give Me Death’ speech at the Second Virginia Revolutionary Convention meeting at St. John’s Church, Richmond, March 23, 1775, “I have but one lamp by which my feet are guided and that is the lamp of experience.”

Americans either didn’t listen back in 2005 right up to the collapse in 2008, or didn’t understand the problem – and neither did most of the corrupt scoundrels in Congress: “No one knows what to do. We are in new territory here. This is a different game. We’re not here playing soccer, basketball or football, this is a new game and we’re going to have to figure out how to do it.” Now deceased, Sen. Harry Reid [D-NV], September 17, 2008

Joe Manchin was the news last week when he reached a deal to further RAPE the American people with more debt in cahoots with career crook, Chuckie Schumer [D-NY] regarding the globalist robber baron’s bill. Biden is in the first stages of Altzheimer’s disease so you can forget anything coming out of his mouth as coming from any original thought. At this point in time, Biden can’t even read the teleprompters, tries to shake hands with someone not there, needs to be led off a stage and is simply mentally gone. Not to mention his repeated “positive” COVID tests.

As a matter of fact, someone sent me a TikTok segment of a radio interview I found quite interesting: The next president without casting a vote.

Hypothesis: Gavin Newsom, protected (allegedly he beat the recall) political royalty and tyrant California governor was at the White House on July 12^th for a ‘series of meetings’ as reported by Breitbart. Those big money interests who control the Democrat/Communist Party USA know Kamala Harris is as popular as a rectal exam. She’s not only ignorant on any issue, her cackling at the worst moments during public appearances is as grading as the other cackling hen, Hildebeast Clinton. No one – except ignorant, stupid females who are equally as dumb – want Harris in the Offal Office.

So, what do the globalists pulling strings of the marionettes do? The gentleman giving the interview (whose name I didn’t hear) brings up Newsom’s visit to the WH. Need to get rid of the Kamel, offer her a train load of money and some prestigious position someplace else, good bye, Harris. (My note: Assuming she’s her normal greedy self and the quietly “it’s in your best interests if you want to take your next breath”, Harris is gone.) Puppet Biden appoints Newsom as VP.

After that, and who knows the timeline, but one might conclude before January, though many think something will happen right after the November selections (er, elections), old Uncle Joe has to tell the nation that for the good of America, he has to step down. Newsom goes into the WH without a single vote being cast and the DemonRats would then have their 2024 candidate to promote. Makes perfect sense to me but we’ll just have to see how the real power behind the curtain play this one out.

Let me ask you a question: If your checkbook was overdrawn $31 TRILLION dollars – all borrowed debt, how is it you can then write a check for $880 BILLION dollars that will all be borrowed from the unconstitutional, privately owned “Federal” Reserve and America’s biggest enemy: Communist China?

Bidenomics: Joe Biden Says Latest $700 Billion Green New Deal Spending Spree will “Reduce” Deficit, July 28, 2022

Of course, Biden was lying even though he has no idea what’s going on because such a statement is idiocy. Climate change, formerly global warming, is one of the most horrendous lies ever sold to the people on this planet.

Lawmakers react after Manchin, Schumer agree to reconciliation deal: ‘Build Back Broke’, July 27, 2022 – “Democrats have already crushed American families with historic inflation. Now they want to pile on giant tax hikes that will hammer workers and kill many thousands of American jobs. First they killed your family’s budget. Now they want to kill your job too,” McConnell wrote.”

What the DemonRats will do is raise taxes choking the middle class even worse and this so- called spending will end up being the same as we’ve seen in the past: A GIGANTIC WASTE OF MONEY THAT DISPPEARS INTO BLACK HOLES. How many of these so-called renewable energy companies funded during dirty traitor, Hussein Obama’s illegitimate occupation of the Offal Office went bankrupt? Too many, but just use a search engine.

Democrats Unveil Plan to Raise Taxes As Economy Slips Into Recession, July 29, 2022

Tax the rich who create jobs will cause unemployment something that’s never wandered into AOC’s minimal brain power. The article above vomits about all the wonderful borrowed money that will go towards fighting the fictional climate change hoax – a plan hatched by the Communist International to kill capitalism. Jeri Lynn Ball, 2000, excerpt from her book, Masters of Seduction – Beguiling Americans Into Slavery and Self-destruction:

“At the Sixth Party Congress held in Moscow in 1928, Communists wrote and approved “The Program” to bring in the New World Order. What most Americans don’t know is the real nature of this diabolical criminal scheme. The Program of the Third International called for a global environmental program and for the transformation of all human beings on earth to accept the New World Order. These and other facts are brought to light by General Benton Partin in his videotape, Globalism: The Program.[1] The Communists planned to use the global environmental program as a means of eradicating national sovereignty and creating a world dictatorship.

“All nations, nationalities, and national boundaries were to be replaced by an omnipotent, one-world government and regional governances. The Communists did not want the American approach to liberty, with individual God-given rights protected by a government with limited powers. The Communists did not want the American concept of rule of law.

“They wanted unrestrained despotic government, power without limit, a world without laws—a brutal, terror-inspiring global totalitarian police state which could smash all laws of justice, launch campaigns of enslavement and mass murder, and eliminate opponents of the New World Order. Twenty delegates from the U.S. voted for the 1928 Program of the Third International.” Jeri is a deep researcher although I don’t know what she does today as few were interested in her research back then. The World Economic Forum WEF is implementing the plan full time and in YOUR face. World Economic Forum Annual Meeting – List of Confirmed Public Figures

Of course, when the new second quarter numbers came out last week, oh my God! we are heading for a recession! Why, all the ‘experts’ inside the beltway, gas bags on the boob tube and Internet are saying it now as if the American people – you know, the peasants who actually have to do their own grocery shopping and put gas in their car – haven’t been struggling badly for most of 2022. Americans are now resorting to using their savings, retirement accounts and credit cards just to buy food.

Fed rate hike to unleash AVALANCHE of home foreclosures and market drops while still doing little to halt skyrocketing INFLATION, July 28, 2022 – “According to DSnews.com’s reporting on the Black Knight Mortgage Monitor Report, us foreclosure “starts” (i.e. new foreclosures) have risen 440% from last year (June 2022 vs June 2021). July numbers aren’t yet reported, but it is near certain they will also show large increases in foreclosures.” We aren’t alone: Following Sri Lanka, Panama becomes next nation to collapse amid global recessionary pressures and unrelenting inflation, July 29, 2022

Treasonous Biden and the Green Agenda is Shipping Gas OUT of the United States – War on the American People, July 26, 2022 // 219 Dems Vote to Allow US Oil Reserves to Be Sold to China

The cancer wasn’t cut out in 2008 and now it’s going to kill us just as it did the PIGS countries back then only this time, what’s being called the Greatest Depression in the history of the world, cannot be stopped. All by design by some of the most evil people on this planet.

What continues to get over looked – except by those who understand the money issue – is the head of the beast which causes inflation, depressions, recessions, hyperinflation, stagnation – the “Fed”. The magical money machine now backed into a corner with incompetent Jerome Powell at the control panel.

The ballistic missile already launched can’t be stopped, it will only explode and We the People are going to suffer far beyond what happened in 2008. I know all about stress. I know this truth can cause depression for Americans. Americans were broadsided in 2007 which finally blew up in late August 2008. Hopefully, the information in this column will help in getting people informed so they can make the right financial decisions – especially business owners – so everyone isn’t caught off guard again and thrown into financial ruin.

In 2007, former Congressman Ron Paul introduced a bill to kill the cancer: H.R. 2755 (110^th): Federal Reserve Board Abolition Act. “To abolish the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal reserve banks, to repeal the Federal Reserve Act, and for other purposes.” NOT ONE CO-SPONSOR.

Why? Because without the endless printing of worthless currency, the ignorant, the crooks and whores in Congress would not be able to continue borrowing for massive unconstitutional spending and endless wars of carnage and suffering. Using debt to create more spending debt and all of us, including our children and grandchildren will remain slaves to the banking cartels, but disaster is already hitting:

There are certain individuals I’ve been following for decades who actually know and fully understand what happens when you debase the currency, the death to a country using fiat currency, world markets and so on. Every morning I hit on King World News as they have some of the very best, most experienced individuals who’ve been in the financial world for decades and most importantly: Spot on regarding trends and the economy.

Even though the giant red flags were being waved in front of the American people back in 2006, because our economy is so huge, it took nearly two years for the explosion. Well, conditions today are even more dire due to the COVID tyranny shutting down states and destroying businesses.

Below is a collection from Egon von Greyerz who knows this issue inside and out; he’s been so accurate over the decades. Yes, it is a lot of reading but your future and everything you’ve ever worked for is on the line and that’s not hyperbole. Many of them are audio interviews so you can listen on whatever devices you use.

King World News: “The man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE and historic moves in currencies and metals told King World News that people need to prepare themselves because this global crisis is going to get much worse than what we’re seeing today.”

Greyerz – Get Prepared For The Greatest Crisis In History That Is About To Be Unleashed, Oct. 31, 2021 – “Let’s start with the Head of the Fed Powell: “We need to watch and watch carefully and see if the economy is evolving consistent with our expectations and adapt policy accordingly.”

“Hmmm!!! The Fed’s official expectations have consistently been wrong for at least 34 years since Greenspan became chairman. They have never forecast any major event and not even minor ones. They have never seen a crash coming and have always waited with any action until well after the event.

“And once they take action, they will always overreact and stimulate the economy with free money and low interest rates even though it has no effect in the end. But it will have consequences, and dramatic ones since the explosion of the massive bubble they now create will lead to an implosion for the world economy…”

Greyerz – BUCKLE UP: This Global Crisis Is Going To Get Much Worse Than What We’re Seeing Today, Oct. 17, 2021 (And he was right as usual.) // Greyerz – The World Has Now Entered The First Of Four Major Phases Of Chaos And Financial Destruction, Dec. 19, 2021

Greyerz Just Warned We Are Entering A Global Depression And The Real Inflation Rate Is 20%-30%, May 21, 2022 // Greyerz – We Are Witnessing The Bursting Of A $3 Quadrillion Global Bubble, May 29, 2022

Greyerz – We Are Headed Into Final Collapse Ludwig Von Mises Warned Us Would Take Place, July 11, 2022 // Fund Managers Worried About 2008-Style Collapse. Greyerz Warns Damage To Global Financial System Can No Longer Be Concealed, July 19, 2022

Dr. Edwin Vieira, Ph.D., J.D., has written so many columns on the disabilities of our currency (which the traitorous scum out there want to replace with digital currency). I’ve selected a few that I feel are absolutely critical in understanding why the Greatest Depression (greatest meaning in scope) is underway. It’s been building a long time while the bought and paid for crooks in Congress, instead of cutting out the cancer, have allowed this cancer to bring us to the brink of absolute financial ruin. It won’t be long before raw reality drowns the American people.

The DemonRats – especially with this new bill just passed and now endorsed by another sell-out, Joe Manchin – are simply repeating what FDR did and the end result will be the same. This is an absolute must read – not by Edwin, but I must include it: Great Myths of the Great Depression, by Lawrence Reed

In each of Dr. Edwin Vieira’s columns below he explains not only the problem with fiat currency, but the only solution left because it will NEVER come from Congress. He starts in 2009 when the national debt bubble was $11.9 TRILLION. Today thanks to massive, unconstitutional spending by both parties it is $31 TRILLION. The only reason the whole rotten scheme of the robber barons hasn’t exploded before now is the “Fed” continuing to print worthless paper. Well, world-wide, the banking cartels and the corrupt who keep them going know the gig is about up.

A “Missouri Plan” to Contract the Debt Bubble, Jan. 12, 2009 // A Cross of Gold, May 10, 2011 // The U.S. Monetary System and Descent Into Fascism, Aug. 2, 2011 – “The beauty of the constitutional system is, we have these intermediate political bodies called the state governments that have certain reserved constitutional authority.” // A Cross of Debt, Feb. 10, 2012 and this one: A Monetary Litmus Test for Mr. Trump, Jan. 10, 2017

Now, you might think since some of those columns/articles are dated they’re not what’s happening now. Oh, but they are and the only option left is what Edwin wrote regarding states of the Union and sound money. There is no other solution because of the grotesque corrupt gaggle of politicians infesting Congress in both parties.

Efforts to enact into law sound money policy in many states has been going on for decades as elected members of state legislatures have either turned a blind eye or passed watered down bills. They’re all going to regret not protecting their state and people. Here in Texas we have the Texas Gold Depository: Texas Demands Gold from Fed, March 28, 2013 // The Texas Bullion Depository has been operating for several years now for both state and private gold storage.

But, nothing has been done for when the roof finally crashes on the state capitol to save the massive suffering which will accompany it. Yes, Texas is flush with cash because of the huge number of people who’ve located here, but when that “cash” is worth a penny on the dollar, well, look out. Weimar Regime (Germany), Venezuela.

Many ask me how much time before it gets really bad? Some believe it will only take a real jolt of some kind and boom! or going into first quarter of next year it’s going to be VERY ugly. America’s middle class and lower economic rung are already in dire straits. Please share this column so we can get as many Americans to understand they’re being lied to about “a recession” is this or that or it isn’t happening and all the other lies.

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Footnote [1] Video presentation by my dear friend who went to Heaven on Dec. 20, 2019, Brigadier General (Ret.) Ben Partin at an event I put on in No. Calif., in 1998 when Larry Becraft and I had the Wallace Institute. Well worth watching. While Ben discusses OKC & WACO, he also discusses world communism and their plan. Ben’s bio.

Related:

Warning About the “Best Economy in Fifty Years”, Jan. 6, 2020 (Mine). January 6^th. And, here we are.

Audio – This Crisis Will Get Much Worse Than 2008 And It’s Already Started, July 30, 2022

A Terrifying Lehman-Style Banking Crisis Is About To Be Unleashed, July 28, 2022

Leaked Bank of America Memo: “We hope” conditions for American workers will get worse, July 29, 2022 (Put my money in their bank? When pigs fly.)

Ron Paul: What We’re Facing Today ‘a Lot Worse’ than the Depression, Recent Downturns, July 5, 2022

Biden Was Fed Pills to Function During Campaign, Supervised by Dr. Jill; Before Dosing Biden Was ‘Like a Small Child’: Tucker Carlson Source, July 16, 2022

How Do We Make The World A Better Place? Gossip—The Devil’s Radio

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 1, 2022

Gossip remains the mainstay of social media, sewing clubs and emails worldwide. Humans love talking about someone else more than the weather. They choose rumor, tattle-tales, speculation and allegation over facts, truth and reality.

(Sandi Wooldridge, Daniel Loffler riding through the redwoods, CA.)

Gossip may be called “The devil’s radio” for lack of a better metaphor. You’ve heard, “The devil is in the details…the devil made me do it.” We somehow use the “devil” to sidestep our own culpability. Aristotle, Socrates and Kant realized that the “devil” in all of human foibles remains our own choices.

Let’s define gossip:

It reveals passive aggressive behavior
It serves as social grooming
Ironically, it builds a sense of community with shared interests with those who partake
It reinforces personal bias
It provides person-to-person dissemination of truths, lies and bias

In one term, it may be understood as “backbiting” or eating the flesh of another.

When it happens in the office realm or even in social groups, it causes stressful problems for victims and negative consequences for everyone:

Erosion of trust and morale
Anxiety among employees or friends
One statement may become hyperbole after passed around a few times
Gossip causes divisions among those who like a person and others who despise that person
It hurts others’ feelings
When acid environment pervades a workplace or group, healthy people evacuate

What does this information have to do with you? Do you see yourself in the definitions of gossipers? How does it feel? Have you ever been the victim of gossip?

Years ago, I gossiped to myself with judgments of other peoples’ financial condition such as a beggar on the streets of my city. I made comments to myself as to the condition of another person’s obesity. I muttered comments to myself as to a stranger’s garb, as if it made any difference to the world or to me. I look back on it as passive-aggressive gossip. At the minimum, I only hurt myself with my negative “thoughts” that created negative mental and body frequencies that harmed my balance as a human being.

Along my life path, I heard many a “rumor” started by someone where I taught school. I watched teenagers create rumors to ruin a girl’s reputation. I watched how bullies made a mockery of another person.

Along my journey, I discovered that self-actualized people, people with passion and a path toward their self-chosen destiny—eschew silly drama comments about anyone else. They live and let live.

However, if you find yourself in the midst of such verbal abuse, you may engage a few actions:

You lead by your examples of word and thought. You speak well of people, or, if you possess issues with them, you simply remain silent.
If a gossiper continues his or her “anger” toward someone, you might become the bold one to confront such behavior.
Choose not to be drawn into such actions.
Ask questions rather than condemn. Allow gossipers their moment, yet firmly educate them to their highest and best.
Usually, a gossiper complains about a person or situation. You may be the light that dissolves the darkness by offering solutions.
Some gossipers are downright vicious. It’s best to simply avoid them, walk away, and/or choose the high road of forgiveness.

When confronting or dealing with small mindedness or a toxic environment, whether at the office or at home, the key remains openness, hearing all sides and an appreciation of all perspectives. Once you move issues into the open, many people step to the positive side of the equation.

In the end, you vanquish the “devil’s radio” while you open lines of communication for better understanding, greater appreciation for all involved and a sense of community. We all want to be accepted, feel heard and finally, appreciated.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

The World Economic Forum and the Great Reset, Part 1

By Roger Anghis

July 31, 2022

If you think that the COVID-19 ‘outbreak’ was an accident, think again. This has been in the works for decades just waiting for a reason to initiate it. The great minds of the world’s elite who believe they are smarter than the peons that work for them and they have the right to rule everything you do have decided that it is time for the surfs to give up what freedoms they now have and just do what they are told.

The World Economic Forum (WEF) has taken on the role of overseer of the whole world believing that they need to be the ones who decide what you do when you do it, and how you do it if they even think you should be allowed to do it. They also believe that because of their high intelligence and wisdom they will be able to avoid world disasters and even pandemics. I think we heard this same rhetoric garbage about the United Nations. They would stop all wars and control rogue nations. How’d that work out for us? Saddam Husein invaded Kuwait, and most Arab countries continuously attacking Israel but Israel is the one the UN sanctions. The Russia-Ukraine war, nothing to see here, move along. The WEF is just another attempt at global control by the global elite. Prove me wrong.

The WEF was initiated in 1971 by Klaus Schwab with the goal of raising up world leaders to look at only the globalist point of view and seeing the average citizen as ‘useless eaters’. “Another important piece of information through the WEF, initiated by Klaus Schwab in 1971, Mr. Global has been training his own puppets since 1992. Through the Young Global Leaders Program, Angela Merkel and Bill Gates were among the first class to graduate in the class of 1992. Even a large number of current leaders, politicians, predominantly weak personalities with mostly well-trained rhetorical skills, also come from this program, including Justin Trudeau in Canada.”[1] We can see what these so-called leaders are striving for, the New World Order (NWO). The WEF firmly believes that there are too many people on the planet. Isn’t funny that God didn’t see that happening? These arrogant fools think they have the answer to their made-up problem. Liberals always seem to invent a problem and then try to convince you that they have the answer to solve that problem. Can you say climate change?

Dr. Reiner Fuellmich has been exposing the real agenda of the WEF for a while and believes that it must be stopped as quickly as possible. Their goal is to hold those who are responsible for this pandemic accountable under both civil and criminal law. The Berlin Corona committee already now has extremely incriminating evidence proving that this Corona plandemic never had anything to do with health. Rather, Mr. Global’s, Klaus Schwab, actions are aimed solely at these goals – destruction of regional economies to make the population dependent on Mr. Global’s global supply chains, shifting the wealth of the world’s population from the bottom to the top, to the super rich, to Mr. Global population reduction.”

No matter what word was being used to describe the pandemic and the fallout from the government overreach, Dr. Fuellmich concluded, “You can call it genocide, as well as Mr. Global gaining total control over the remaining population and the installation of a world government under the UN which is now in control of the World Economic Forum. We are dealing with megalomaniac psychopaths and sociopaths who must be stopped and in fact should have been stopped a very long time ago.[2] The WEF doesn’t stand on the mountain top and shout their intentions but they aren’t silent about the either. One of the major funders of the WEF is George Soros. Anything that Soros is involved with is not good for America or the American people.

When it comes to those that have endorsed the WEF that are in our government it is a list of who’s who: Bill Keating Congressman from Massachusetts (D),Daniel Meuser Congressman from Pennsylvania (R), Madeleine Dean Congresswoman from Pennsylvania (D), Ted Lieu Congressman from California (D), Ann Wagner Congresswoman from Missouri (R), Christopher A. Coons Senator from Delaware (D), Darrell Issa Congressman from California (R), Dean Phillips Congressman from Minnesota (D), Debra Fischer Senator from Nebraska (R),Eric Holcomb Governor of Indiana (R), Gregory W. Meeks Congressman from New York (D), John W. Hickenlooper Senator from Colorado (D), Larry Hogan Governor of Maryland (R), Michael McCaul Congressman from Texas (R), Pat Toomey Senator from Pennsylvania (R), Patrick J. Leahy Senator from Vermont (D), Robert Menendez Senator from New Jersey (D), Al Gore Vice-President of the United States (1993-2001) (D)[3] just to name a few. As you can see the traitors to the American way of life are from both political parties.

I think you can see now why the WEF believes that this is the time for the Great Reset. The world population has shown its willingness to be shoved in a box and do what we are told. Americans aren’t quite ready for this. Some are but we still have that God-given desire to free and we still have the guns at our disposal to make sure it stays that way.

For those that have read the book, 1984 will recognize many of its features in the UN’s and WEF’s Agenda 2030: The World Economic Forum’s Agenda 2030 is a dystopian nightmare that’s chalked full of evil agendas such as population control, eradicating livestock (save for the elitists) and replacing it with synthetic meat, forcing the masses to consume insects and live in pods (you will own nothing and be happy), a digital takeover of everything, achieving total surveillance control, and consolidating power within a multinational globalist body that supercedes all other governments.

Essentially, once all institutions are razed to the ground, it will be the all-out technocratic reign of the elitists.[4] Any American politician that supports this organization can only be classified as a traitor. The WEF is an organization that we must stop and we must stop it now!

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Footnotes:

Jesus Provides Certainty in an Uncertain World

by Rolaant McKenzie

July 31, 2022

Open Doors, based in Ermelo, The Netherlands, is a Christian mission that supports persecuted Christians around the world by distributing Bibles and Christian literature, providing discipleship training, and emergency relief aid. It maintains the World Watch List, which is an annual ranking of the top 50 countries where Christians suffer very high or extreme levels of persecution and discrimination for their faith. On this World Watch List, Afghanistan is second only to North Korea for Christian persecution.

Recently, the ultraconservative Islamic Taliban movement has taken over Afghanistan on the heels of U.S. and NATO military forces withdrawal. A pastor interviewed under condition of anonymity expressed fears that Christians in the country would be targeted for forced conversion or death by the Taliban.

He said that when the Taliban takes control of an area, they require all households to go to the local mosque to pray. Those who do not must provide a good reason for missing prayer or be accused of being a Christian, which can be a death sentence. Another thing that could potentially reveal Christian converts would be if the Taliban found a person in possession of a Bible, a Bible application on their phone, or other Christian content.

Most Christians in Afghanistan are former Muslims, and they risk being killed for apostasy if they cannot flee. According to the pastor, though some Christians fear betrayal from even their own family, and they continually face grave danger all around them, they trust in Jesus and His ability to answer prayer and preserve His people. They trust in the forgiveness for which Jesus paid completely on the cross, granting them fellowship with God and the assurance of heaven they never could have in Islam.

In Islam, forgiveness of sin and entrance into Paradise is based on Allah’s will and determination that a Muslim’s good works outweigh his bad ones. All over the world and in many other religions, variations of this belief are common.

In contrast, those Afghan Christians — like believers everywhere in the world — who trust in Jesus alone for the full payment of their sins on the cross can face some of the most intense persecution in the world today with the assurance that they will never lose their fellowship with Him and will be with Him in heaven.

“Truly, truly, I say to you, he who hears My word, and believes Him who sent Me, has eternal life, and does not come into judgment, but has passed out of death into life.” (John 5:24)

“But when the kindness of God our Savior and His love for mankind appeared, He saved us, not on the basis of deeds which we have done in righteousness, but according to His mercy, by the washing of regeneration and renewing by the Holy Spirit, whom He poured out upon us richly through Jesus Christ our Savior, so that being justified by His grace we would be made heirs according to the hope of eternal life.” (Titus 3:4-7)

Home ownership has been considered for many generations in the United States the fulfillment of a great dream, especially for immigrants from countries where there was little chance of such a thing being achieved. But the nature of property rights depends on the kind of ownership.

Fee simple ownership entitles a homeowner to full enjoyment of the property, including the land and any structures that may be erected on it. It is limited only by zoning laws and deed or subdivision restrictions. It is also subject to eminent domain and the imposition of taxes by federal, state, and local government. This is by far the most common form of property ownership in the United States.

Allodial ownership entitles the homeowner not just to full enjoyment of the property, but to absolute possession of it. It is not subject to any rent, service, or acknowledgment to a superior authority. This form of property ownership is neither subject to eminent domain by federal, state, and local government, nor the imposition of taxes by the same.

Because fee simple is generally the kind of property ownership homeowners have, they are aware that even if they achieve the milestone of fully paying off the mortgage loan on their home, unlike the terms of allodial ownership, their property can still be taken away if they fail to pay the yearly property taxes.

Praise and thanks be to God that His redemption is like allodial ownership rather than fee simple! Those who trust alone in Jesus have all their sins forgiven — not some, not most – but all of them! In fact, there is no need to work in hopes of outweighing those sins with enough good deeds. We bring nothing to the table to recommend ourselves to God, and there is no need to live in uncertainty that some forgotten, unatoned sin will cause us not to make it through judgment day. Jesus truly paid the sin debt in full on the cross for us!

“When you were dead in your transgressions and the uncircumcision of your flesh, He made you alive together with Him, having forgiven us all our transgressions, having canceled out the certificate of debt consisting of decrees against us, which was hostile to us; and He has taken it out of the way, having nailed it to the cross.” (Colossians 2:13-14)

Those whom God saves through Jesus Christ will not be thrown away or lost. This certainty is guaranteed by Jesus Himself, who lived, died on the cross, and rose again on the third day to atone for our sin:

“All that the Father gives Me will come to Me, and the one who comes to Me I will certainly not cast out. For I have come down from heaven, not to do My own will, but the will of Him who sent Me. This is the will of Him who sent Me, that of all that He has given Me I lose nothing, but raise it up on the last day. For this is the will of My Father, that everyone who beholds the Son and believes in Him will have eternal life, and I Myself will raise him up on the last day.” (John 6:37-40)

Trust in Jesus’ love, complete forgiveness, and redemption have given Christians from millennia past to this day the hope, assurance, and courage to endure persecution and even martyrdom.

The apostle John wrote this so that we may know in our hearts and minds that eternal life is ours now since we have accepted Jesus Christ by faith. Such an assurance supplies the basis for joyful prayer and fellowship with one another and provides us with the knowledge that God loves us — a knowledge that tells us we do not have to work so that God can save us. The reality is that salvation is neither something to be achieved by, nor a reward for, enough good deeds done, or bad deeds avoided. It is solely by the grace of God.

“And the testimony is this, that God has given us eternal life, and this life is in His Son. He who has the Son has the life; he who does not have the Son of God does not have the life. These things I have written to you who believe in the name of the Son of God, so that you may know that you have eternal life.” (1 John 5:11-13)

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Some Call it The Highway to Hell

By Rob Pue

July 31, 2022

As the Globalist ‘Build Back Better’ program continues, I thought I would share with you some of the news stories that you may have missed — or already forgotten about — that have happened this summer.

On June 1st, The Daily Wire released a documentary by Matt Walsh, entitled “What is A Woman?” Walsh was simply asking ordinary citizens, medical professionals and even African tribesmen to give the definition of a woman. As World Net Daily said, the movie featured “scholars on the political left brazenly denying basic biology in their defense of transgender activism.” Predictably, the Daily Wire’s website was the target of a cyber attack, which crashed their system the night the film debuted.

The movie is now available, however and has been seen by millions, and if you’ve not seen it, I recommend watching it online or ordering the DVD at TheDailyWire.com. You’ll learn in detail how activists are trying to take over the minds of our kids — and just how successful they’ve already been.

Meanwhile, on May 29th, one of the largest egg factories in the US was set ablaze in the middle of the night, in Minnesota. It’s estimated that at least 200,000 chickens were killed in the massive fire. This was just one among nearly 100 major food production and distribution facilities that have gone up in flames since Biden took the White House; even as we are warned of serious food shortages on the horizon.

Also on the first of June, the state of Connecticut announced it will hire a “misinformation” expert for $150,000 a year to scour the internet for election content that they deem to be “false” and then pressure social media outlets to flag or remove those posts. Other states are hiring similar positions, after the federal government’s “Ministry of Truth” idea was shot down before it ever left the starting gate.

It was also announced that more than two million illegal immigrants have now been welcomed and resettled throughout the US under the Biden administration. And a high school in Chicago stated it’s implementing a race-based grading system “to adjust classroom grading scales to account for skin color or ethnicity of it’s students.” Some students, depending on their race, will not be held accountable for missing class, misbehaving in school or for failing to turn in assignments.

Granada Hills Charter High School in suburban Los Angeles banned 70 seniors from participating in person in their outdoor graduation ceremonies on June 2nd — because they were not “fully vaccinated.”

Of course we all know that June was “pride” month, but the fires of division were stoked once again by the White House proclamation that accused the majority of Americans of mounting “relentless attacks” on “members of the LGBTQI+ community — especially people of color and trans people.” According to Clarion News, “The proclamation further declared, without offering a shred of evidence or real-life examples backed with credible evidence, that “these unconscionable attacks have left countless LGBTQI+ families in fear and pain.” So the official narrative continues: if you’re white, conservative, Christian or just maintain a mindset of what’s normal and natural and what is not, you’re automatically an evil, murderous bigot, a homophobe and an ignorant zealot.

The city of Seattle, after seriously defunding their police department, had to turn to civilians to perform parking enforcement duties. Now the city must refund about $200,000 in paid tickets, as well as reimburse 10,256 people whose cars were towed earlier this year, because these civilian “meter maids” had no authority to do what they did.

The news also came out in June that the US experienced a record-setting 94% increase in deaths of individuals age 25-44 in the first quarter of this year, all among fully-vaccinated people. Meanwhile, the CDC continues to adjust their numbers on adverse side effects of the jab. As of the end of May, they’re admitting to 1,287,595 adverse side effects and nearly 30,000 deaths directly attributed to the jab. A report from the UK now reveals that hundreds of thousands there died within five months of taking the shot. 70,000 have died within 29 days of taking the shot in England. It was also revealed that COVID jabs increase the risk of death in children between 8100% and 30,200%.

And from the folks who brought us COVID, along came Monkeypox. It was admitted that Anthony Fauci’s National Institutes of Health agency was funding research on Monkeypox shortly before the global outbreak. Coincidence?

And as prices at the gas pump surpassed $6 a gallon in some areas, the White House continued to take no responsibility for anything and instead, placed the blame on gas companies. But we later learned that gas companies receive only 33 cents per gallon of gas sold, but $1.44 goes to taxes and government.

For what it’s worth, Alabama became the first state to adopt a tough new law protecting private property and due process on June 4th by prohibiting any government involvement with or participation in the United Nations’ Agenda 21 program.

The “thought police” have been out in full force around the world — especially in Norway. In a World Net Daily report from June 7th, police have interrogated an official for a feminist organization for her social media comments stating that a transgender man cannot be a lesbian. Are you confused? Me too. This offender could get up to three years in prison for making such a statement.

The state of New York passed a law prohibiting the ownership of body armor there. Essentially, protecting yourself from bullets is now illegal, even as violence and bloodshed continues to increase in every major US city with strict gun control laws already in place.

We’re also facing a new health crisis this summer, which has been named “Sudden Adult Death Syndrome” or “SADS.” Health experts are scratching their heads as they wonder why so many healthy young people are now dying suddenly and unexpectedly after receiving the COVID jabs.

Back in the UK, Bill Gates’ dream of us peasants eating bugs instead of meat is now being tested on school children. In this pilot program, taking place at four schools in Wales, students will be fed insects as “alternative proteins.” The meals will be served up to look like minced meat. School officials are on board with this and one stated he believes the children share his concerns over “sustainable development.”

And as the “Build Back Better” campaign continues, here in America, 83% of citizens polled said they’re more pessimistic about the US economy than they’ve been in at least fifty years. And well they should be.

We all remember the seven dead and 30 injured when a 21-year-old opened fire on a Fourth of July parade in Highland Park, Illinois. Robert Crimo was unemployed, had been evicted from his apartment, was into skateboarding and rap music and had tried to commit suicide several times since 2016. He escaped the scene of the massacre dressed in “drag” as a disguise, which also covered his multiple tattoos. He was later captured and faces life in prison. Note that this took place in Chicago — a city with some of the strictest gun control laws in the country.

But are you aware that mass shootings took place in nearly every state over the Fourth of July weekend — killing at least 220 people and wounding close to 600 others? Some of the cities include Philadelphia, Baltimore, New York City, Sacramento, California — all Leftist strongholds with stiff gun control laws. Another shooting took place at a residence in Kenosha, Wisconsin where one person died and four were injured. And in Richmond, Virginia, a mass shooting by two illegal immigrants was foiled when their plot was discovered and reported. The two were arrested before they could carry out their plan.

In June, Biden stated he would release a million barrels of oil a day from our nation’s strategic oil reserves, to help lower gas prices. Then, we learned that he had sent five million barrels of oil to Europe and Asia. Another five million barrels were shipped overseas on July 5th with more planned to be shipped abroad in the coming weeks.

Here in Wisconsin, the state Supreme Court ruled July 9th that absentee ballot boxes could only be placed in election offices and no one other than the voter can return a ballot in person. This essentially ends the use of unmonitored ballot drop boxes. Governor hopeful Timothy Ramthun is calling for Wisconsin’s ten electoral votes to be annulled.

Let us not forget there are still more than fifty American patriots being held in prison for simply attending the January 6, 2021 rally in Washington DC. This includes Dr. Simone Gold, of America’s Frontline Doctors, who freely entered the Capitol as police held the door for her, went inside and gave a three-minute speech. Gold will spend 60 days in federal prison and pay a fine for that. Another man, Mark Aungst, was facing up to six months in prison and a $5000 fine. He had been coerced into pleading “guilty” to a charge of “parading in a restricted building.” He was due to be sentenced in September, but on July 20th, after months of harassment and legal expenses, he committed suicide. His obituary states, “A loyal and dedicated man, Mark showed tremendous pride for God and his country.”

Another shooting took place in an Indiana shopping mall July 21st. The shooter, 20-year-old Jonathan Sapirman opened fire on the food court area, killing three people. He was stopped within seconds by a 22-year-old man, Eli Dicken who was on the scene with his concealed-carry weapon. Dicken, who has been called a “good Samaritan” for saving so many lives with his quick response and excellent marksmanship was also, at the same time, scorned on social media. People called him “an outlaw” and a “criminal” — because he had carried his concealed weapon into the mall — a “gun free zone.” So instead of being a hero, he’s being vilified by the Leftists who don’t seem to understand that the only thing that will stop a bad guy with a gun is a good guy with a gun. For those who are unaware, bad guys pay no attention to the signs that say “Gun Free Zone.”

And Knotts Berry Farm, an amusement park in Southern California, is now requiring all visitors under the age of 18 to be accompanied by an adult, after gangs of teens began attacking and beating park guests on July 16th.

I’ve been warning for years that the Leftists in our society, in our public schools and colleges in the medical profession and in pop culture, have been twisting and destroying the minds of our young people. The modern churches have failed woefully in providing biblical, Godly instruction to our children. For years now, young children, teens and young adults have become increasingly angry and violent. I believe that much of this is anger is fueled by the confusion caused by years of intentional brainwashing. Not to mention the mind-altering drugs that most of our kids are on nowadays.

But it’s not just the young people and there was much more news this summer than I could mention here. Our country is being destroyed from the inside out, and this is all an insidious, purposeful plan. The “self destruct” button has been pressed and cannot be undone… not without a true spiritual revival of every man, woman and child.

We have only two choices: turn back to God right now, or remain on the road that leads only to destruction. Some call it the Highway to Hell.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

We Have Missed God!

By Glynn Adams

July 31, 2022

Too many in America who claim Jesus is their Light are in darkness. Darkness is not stupidity but refers to one who is ignorance of a thing, has been lied to and believe the lie, has been taught the wrong thing, we ignore a thing such as the affairs of a nation, or those who assume they are right when, in fact, they are wrong. We are not the first nation that has missed God, neglected our spiritual or citizen duties. We are not the first nation to be in dire straits in this world in which we live, but history records that God is a God of restoration and He will restore us if we do what He says!!!

If we are to be like Jesus and walk as He walked, then we have clearly missed God because we do not seek first the Kingdom of God nor do we preach the message Jesus preached – the Kingdom of God and we no longer make true disciples like He made so our bad fruit is evident every day in this nation. So let us begin now and work through what has happened to America that has caused our nation and those who claim Jesus is their LORD to be in so much spiritual trouble? In Matthew 28:18-20 (NKJV), And Jesus came and spoke to His disciples saying, “All authority has been given to Me in heaven and on earth. Go therefore and make disciples of all the nations baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, teaching them to observe all things that I have commanded you and lo, I am with you always even to the end of the age.” These are some of the last words of Jesus; are last words important to us?

In Acts 1:3, Jesus has risen, is with His disciples, and is seen for forty days speaking of the things pertaining to the Kingdom of God. What?!!! – the Kingdom of God? Why not the cross or the resurrection or suffering? But this was not His message while He was on this earth. The cross and resurrection are very important but were a means to an end – the defeat of Satan. “That through death He might render powerless him who has the power of death, that is, the devil and might deliver those who through fear of death were subject to slavery all their lives.” (Hebrews 2:14b-15) Jesus only had one message – the Kingdom of God!!! In His earthly ministry He mentioned the Kingdom of God/Heaven over a hundred times. Luke 4:43 (NKJV), Jesus said, “I must preach the Kingdom of God to the other cities also because for this purpose I have been sent.” In America, we have missed the Kingdom message Jesus preached.

We ask Jesus for many foolish things. Jesus is not going to deliver us from this evil government. Jesus is already here – in His Body. He shows up at the battlefield when His Body shows up. God showed up for Joshua on the battlefield; but not at AI because of sin. God has given us dominion so if anything goes wrong in America, we are to fix it using His Name, His authority, His power, His Word, and His weapons. Jesus came to earth to restore back to us what we lost in the fall of Adam – to restore the Kingdom government back to man, to restore dominion over the earth back to man, and the forgiveness of sin to bring us back to God. JESUS DID NOT COME TO EARTH TO ESTABLISH A RELIGION CALLED CHRISTIANITY!!

Jesus is a King and a king has a Kingdom and His disciples have been granted to know the mysteries of His Kingdom and He gave the keys of the Kingdom to His disciples but to those who are religious or nominal Christians – to them it has not been granted to know. Jesus did not preach healing, He healed. Jesus did not preach deliverance, He delivered people from demons. The only message Jesus preached was the Kingdom of God and its expansion and influence of heaven on this earth. Today we preach the gospel of Jesus but Jesus’ message was the gospel (good news) of the Kingdom of God (the rule of God)!!

Jesus said in Matthew 28:18-20, go therefore and make disciples of all the nations, teaching them to observe all things that I have commanded you and I am with you. The word translated “nations” is the Greek word “ethnos.” Since nations are made up of people, it could be translated a tribe, a race, a people, a Jew, a gentile or pagan.. “Go, make all these tribes, groups, races, Jews, gentiles, pagans and all people to be My disciples, teaching them to observe all things that I have commanded you.” I also want you to go into all places – education, media, government, law, military, law enforcement, movies, and corporations to influence people, tribes, whoever to My ways. This is how we expand the Kingdom of God by doing the will of God on earth as it is in heaven. If we will do this, then the tribes, groups, races, and people in the nations will reflect the ways of God.

But today, proof abounds that we have not only disobeyed God but we have missed God – we have missed the Kingdom Jesus preached, we have missed the intent Jesus had in Matthew 28:18-20 and Acts 1:3 – making disciples and influencing the people and the culture in America to the ways of God. Because we have not done this, we have been on a downward slide which started way back in 1912 with the deceptive passing of the Federal Reserve Act.

I think it was Rothchild of the demonic occults banking family who said I could care less who runs the nation; give me control of the money supply and I will control that nation. The Federal Reserve is controlled by banker cartels and is a debt based system that print fiat money called Reserve Notes out of thin air, lend it to our government, and then charge the government interest. Where were the Christians when this bill was in Congress? They were asleep and not paying attention to what was going on and oblivious to what God had to say about this debt-based system that violates every economic law of God. “The borrower is slave to the lender”. (Proverbs 22:7)

In 1963, the Frankfurt School and Saul Alinsky, both occult and Marxists, declared war on our Constitution, those who believe in God, our family structure, our children, our morality, our rights and our law. The followers of Christ were cowards and asleep then and are cowards and asleep today. All the Biden Administration is doing is following the orders of the demonic occults and New World Order elites as other Presidents and Congress have done before him to deliberately and systemically change our culture, destroy our families, corrupt our morality, destroy our children (our seed) – to destroy and bring down this nation; all this started in 1912 and continues today!! It is a war and most haven’t a clue what is going on. The dark world of Satan has been busy while Christians and citizens have been religious and asleep!!!

This is why we have become a dwelling place for demons. That is why we are ruled by Satan and not God and that is why we are a captive nation and this is why we are losing our freedoms. This is the reason for the climate change green deal and electric cars; to destroy the middle class and bring down our economy. This is why many are losing their children because they are using our schools to corrupt and destroy our future seed. Satan is beating us at our own game and we ignore all of this. The way a culture is changed is by making disciples’ of Christ and the Kingdom of God and influencing the people on earth to the ways of God. No one in America has been serious about resisting this evil overtaking this nation from 1912 to today and making disciples and teaching the commands of Jesus, except for a few of us who were maligned by speaking out in the late 70s and 80s and a few speak out today.

In the meantime while we are singing and having a grand old time while evil is inside as well as outside the doors of the church, our false pastors in skinny jeans and fog machines are preaching to us their sermonettes saying a lot of words but saying nothing and saying absolutely nothing about what is going on in our culture. Satan is making more disciples than we are and influencing this nation. DID YOU GET THAT CHRISTIAN AMERICA? We who have all power and authority, are doing less than the demonic occults. “Submit therefore to God. Resist the devil and He will flee from you,” Christian America!! (James 4:7) Satan is a roaring lion devouring this nation and while we sit on our religious ass ignoring him, Satan and his disciples are changing our laws and changing our culture!!! Satan is sending his disciples into all areas of life in America – anywhere they can influence people in this nation to the ways of Satan without opposition or resistance from people who claim to obey God!!! .

I challenge you religious America and the true believers in Christ to show me one area where our religious or even true followers of Christ systems are in control in this nation and influencing any place to the ways of Christ!! Satan in the form of Marxists are everywhere influencing this nation. They firmly control America (Marxism is the ideology and system the demonic occults and New World Order use because it is so effective to change a nation). None of us have an effective plan, power, influence, salt, and light against these Marxists. Why not? Look at our laissez-faire commitment to God!!! All we have are false pastors, bad disciples of another Jesus and followers of Christ who are too busy attending conferences, watching videos, and talk shows talking and giving their opinion about what is going on. Oh yes, so called Christians have become the media telling the world just how wicked the useful idiot Democrats are while we ignore our own wickedness before God!!! And all the while, the demonic occults and New World Order just keep advancing their agenda in America while we go further and further into captivity each day. America with a church on every corner is little faith without works!!!

The day of reckoning has come to America!!! We can no longer pretend or ignore what is going on. This nation is in grave danger because we have allowed these demonic occults and New World Order demonic elites to gain power over us. And as hard as it is to admit, at the moment, no one, including myself, seem to have a sufficient and effective plan to fight against this evil. I am open to any revelation from a day old Christian if it is from God. I will not compromise on the Kingdom Message of Jesus, making disciples and teaching and equipping them. I will not attend any function that does not talk about the plan of God to defeat this evil overtaking this nation and restoring this nation back to God. I am not interested in any man’s opinion or what the Democrats are doing just what God is doing and saying!!! Those who are working to devour us love to see our inaction and all talk!!!

I’m humble and open to anything from God while we search for answers. While I have peace there is a stirring in me. I wonder if we really understand the level of commitment and submission the disciples of Jesus had in the First Century. They put it all on the line for Jesus against the evil before them and prisons, beatings, persecutions, words, and death did not deter them!!

I also wonder if we really understand the level of our sin and disobedience to our LORD and King – Jesus Christ that has caused this nation to be captured and ruled by Satan. Why are we under the most severe judgment of God? Do we deny or overlook that? God replaced what we would consider a good leader and gave us a wicked leader because of our disobedience. That is serious!!! We are losing our nation and that does not move us to action!!!

Just how sinful are we? “For if we go on sinning willfully after receiving the knowledge of the truth, there no longer remains a sacrifice for sins but a certain terrifying expectation of judgment and the fury of a fire which will consume the adversaries. (Is this saying we are the adversaries of God if we go on sinning?). Anyone who has set aside the Law of Moses dies without mercy on the testimony of two or three witnesses. How much sever punishment do you think he will deserve who trampled under- foot the Son of God and has regarded as unclean the blood of the covenant by which he was sanctified and has insulted the Spirit of grace?” (Hebrews 10:26-29)

Are we so self-righteous and not really that serious about what we have allowed to happen in this nation? We have allowed the vilest of evil to capture this nation who lie and suppress the truth, who deny the very existence of God, who are full of envy, murder, and hate us, have degrading passions, and they are going after the youngest of our children teaching them things that will corrupt their mind for a lifetime of torment. Are we really aware and do we fully realize the terrible crimes we have committed before God in allowing this evil to overtake and capture us? Why are we so silent and so lax in resisting this evil?

Why are some of us not dead standing against this evil? Why are some of us not in prison for standing against this evil? Do we have any idea what we have allowed to happen to this nation? I think not!!! What will happen to us because we have disregarded the truth and the appeal of the offer of Jesus Christ? For America, the greater the knowledge, the greater the sin. If apostasy under the old law was a terrible thing, it has become a doubly terrible thing since Christ has come. Our sin has wounded the love of God and for less crime, God has given nations over into the hands of their enemies!!!

This poses some questions? Is God in the process of giving us over into the hands of the demonic occults and the New World Order demonic elites? Has God come to the conclusion that we have forsaken Him? Has God seen we love our false religion and false pastors more than Him? Has God seen we are so dumbed down spiritually that we can’t see the evil before us? Why are we blatantly refusing to resist the evil overtaking our nation? Have we run out of real people of faith and real men in this nation?

We have no options left!!! Confession of our sins and crimes before God and then repentance from the heart is what God will accept!! A new obedience, a new commitment, a new submission, a new faithfulness, and a total allegiance to the LORD Jesus Christ must come forth and like the precious disciples in the First Century and those who followed after them, they gave us the template for victory over evil tyrants and death, prison, beatings, persecution, and words did not deter them. We have choices: Get back the fear of God. God is not like us. He will let us face judgment and destruction. Develop a backbone and courage; resist this evil. We will obey and do it God’s way or our day of reckoning will continue as Satan’s plans are accomplished in once righteous America!!! HATH GOD REALLY SAID? Read His Word and you will clearly see!!!! God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to the late Myles Munroe and his insight on the Kingdom and R. Arthur Matthews book “Born to Battle and his insight on spiritual warfare)

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

Culture of Debt: How Marx and Keynes Made Us Numb & Dumb

by James Jaeger

July 30, 2022

We live a “culture of debt” — the opposite of a capitalist society. But you will never hear SPEECH like this from woke Academia, the liberal Mainstream Media or over-extended corporate America. These entities, like millions of WE THE PEOPLE, are encumbered by mind-boggling debt and plagued by insidious inflation. The national debt is now over $30 trillion and the inflation rate is bucking 10%.

To explain why this happened, all one has to do is consider two terms: Marxist Ideology and Keynesian Economics. Both of these gifts to humanity promote big centralized government with endless debt, taxes and regulations. Both are used by the Globalist-infested Democratic Party in their mission to destroy the U.S. Republic as envisioned by the Framers.

Specifically Marxist ideology rejects free-market capitalism and Keynesian economics encourages debt-financed government expenditures. In other words, both Marx and Keynes conspire to destroy “capital formation” — savings — with “debt accumulation.”

What you were not taught in public school is that capital formation is the basis of capitalism. Capital formation is thus anathema to the Marxist mentality — the mentality that now dominates the public school system. The lesson never taught is: if individuals and companies were to spend less than they took in, they would generate “profits” and these “profits” would become “capital formation.” So the real reason the word “profits” is vilified in endless lefty movies is because “profits” create “capital formation” and capital formation is anathema to the Marxist mentality.

A society replete with prudently-managed businesses that had no need for DEBT is the LAST kind of society Marxist Bankers want. If no one needed to borrow money — because businessmen could finance seasonal inventories and expand operations using capital formation — bankers would not be able to lend money and collect endless interest payments. This is why elite bankers lobbied Congress in 1910 and formed the Federal Reserve System — a Marxist central bank that causes the boom and bust business cycles as well as inflation and unemployment.

Over the decades the “Fed” segued the United States from the “gold standard” and began a long-term program of backing money with less and less gold and more and more debt. This is known as “monetizing debt — turning debt into “money,” or “bills of credit” as the Constitution warns us about. Today, “monetizing debt” is simply a fancy term for “printing money,” or the euphemism, “quantitative easing.”

Through this mechanism, the Fed Banksters and Crooked Congressmen have now monitized 30 trillion Federal Reserve “Notes” and “eased” them into the economy to expand the government into the Leviathan we now have — all “justified” by Keynsian economics and Marxist ideology. All lent to American business owners that made a deal with the devil and overthrew their capitalist principles of profit and savings for easy and fake “money.”

Today “fiat currency” — what could be characterized as demonic money printed out of thin air — has been lent to corporate America for endless mal-investments; used to co-opt and bias the Mainstream Media and funded perpetual wars. It’s even been used to encumber our kids with $1.7 trillion in debt for college “educations” that do not even make them smart enough to get a job that keeps up with inflation, let alone pay off their debt.

Yes, printing tuition money caused the very inflation a proper education is supposed warn a student to avoid. So both Marxist ideology and Keynsian economics have failed our kids physically and philosophically. Congress and the Federal Reserve System conspired to take the U.S. off the gold standard so they could use Keynsian-inspired fiat currency-generated debt for all manner of government expenditures, including college loans for our kids.

It’s much easier — and less risky to a congressman’s political career — to fund a foolish budget or cover a deficit by borrowing printed money than it is to get that money by raising taxes. So after the Fed was formed, and the monetary base was no longer tethered to gold, profligate rogues in Congress printed and drank all the money they wanted, starting with a couple of World War cocktails. Now, the purchasing power of today’s “money” is so diluted it takes one dollar to purchase what 5 pennies purchased in 1913.

Yes, the practice of printing fake, fiat money makes it easy for math-challenged rogues in Congress to create money out of thin air. Creating money by hard work is an activity few government employees, especially the deep state, can comprehend. “Sweat equity” — when you work hard and create value because the products and services you are delivering are needed and wanted by the Society — is almost unknown to those who live off debt or work for the government.

Marxist Bankers — and their Democrat-controlled Mainstream Media propaganda machine — spit on hard work, just as they spit on “profits” that could become “savings.” Why work to generate money when you can simply print to generate “money.” And numb and dumb Americans bought it: “Hey I can get a $10,000 loan for 0% interest if I’m a good little slave to my ‘credit score.'”

Again, if a corporation earns more than it spends and thus goes into evil “profits,” these evil profits, when saved up, create “capital formation” and this capital can be used by the corporation at no cost. How can a Marxist Banker compete with this? He can’t but he tries. This is why the outrageous scheme of printing money — amplified by the equally outrageous scheme of “fractional reserve banking” — were invented. Printing up unlimited amounts of fiat money is the only way Bankers can compete with corporations generating their own capital through the prudent management and allocation of profits.

The Fake Fed and the Crooked Congress thus partner — more accurately, conspire — to print money out of thin air and then use it to keep us all in their insane, Marxist-Keynsian Debt System. This is the essence of the game. No college education needed to comprehend. The Marxist Bankers, the Mainstream Media Control Group, woke Academia, and over-encumbered corporate America are counting on you to be ignorant, stay ignorant and not speak a word in protest.

The “culture of debt” we find ourselves in could be considered a spin-off from Economic Marxism. As we explain in a movie entitled CULTURAL MARXISM, a splinter group known as the Frankfurt School, engineered a methodology of advancing Marxist principles using Culture. By this means, Cultural Marxism has been advancing through Academia, the Mainstream Media, Corporate America and now Social Media — in what’s known as “the long march through the cultural institutions.” Watch Pat Buchanan, G. Edward Griffin, Edwin Vieira and Ron Paul explain.

FILM IN PRODUCTION:

We are currently in production on a new documentary film that will address how the God-given right of speech is being assaulted. The documentary is entitled, SPEECH – The Door Is Closing. SPEECH will explain how Marxist social engineers from the Frankfurt School have managed to censor, abridge, block, shadowban and deplatform all manner of important SPEECH in America — what we now call “cancel culture.”

To find out more about our production of SPEECH – The Door Is Closing visit www.TheDoorIsClosing.us At the website you can watch a trailer and/or review the narration script and the production budget. If you see merit, please help us complete production by donating what you can at www.TheDoorIsClosing.us/donate Prominent screen credits, as described on the donation page, will be accorded donors to acknowledgement their contributions.

SPEECH will be our 11th public service documentary. Feel free to watch any of the past 10 documentaries free of charge at www.HomeVideo.net

The reason we place these films on the Internet for free is because FEW people will watch a political film if they have to PAY for it. If it’s FREE, they MIGHT watch it. If it’s free AND it reinforces their interests, values, cultural perspectives and prejudices they probably WILL watch it. But if the film costs MONEY, and it does NOT reinforce their interests, values, cultural perspectives and/or prejudices they will NEVER watch it. So I ask you, if you are trying to REACH people that disagree, misunderstand or hate your political message, how are you MORE LIKELY to reach them: with a FREE documentary or a documentary they must PAY for? I think the answer is obvious.

So how do you fund the production of documentaries that can be released to WE THE PEOPLE for free when the cost to make documentaries is high? Does the filmmaker go to the banks for production funding? What about the studios or TV networks? What about private investors? Each of these funding sources has a serious problem for the filmmaker that wants to make and release films that do NOT promote the liberal, secular, anti-constitutional, anti-capitalist, Globalist Agenda. The banks won’t lend money for films because they’re criminals only interested in Ponzi schemes. The studios and TV networks won’t fund films unless they promote the liberal, secular, anti-constitutional, anti-capitalist, Globalist Agenda. And investor-financed films can never be released for free or released only after the investors recoup their money.

All of these funding methods also require unlimited amounts of time filling out paperwork and dealing with lawyers, agents and accountants. By the time the film is financed and released World War IV has come and gone and there is no country left to even watch the film.

So, if we had to rely on banks, studios, networks or investors our films would take forever to finance, produce and release and they would NOT reach anyone “on the other side”. Even though 150 million American citizens will NOT pay even $19.50 to purchase a movie on a political subject, a significant percentage WILL watch the movie if they can get it for free. This is why donor-financed movies are crucial — the only way millions of NEW citizens can be reached. This is why your donation — from $25 to $25,000 — can make a BIG difference on what subjects and issues get out and into the public discourse.

Millions of people will be able to watch SPEECH – The Door Is Closing — even though bankers, movie studios, TV networks and investors do NOT care about the God-given right of speech — or anything else in the Bill of Rights. They only care about MONEY, not AMERICA. Let’s by-pass them. Go to www.TheDoorIsClosing.us/donate and help us get SPEECH done.

E-Mail James Jaeger: contact@moviepubs.net
E-Mail James Jaeger: jjaeger@mecfilms.com

[BIO: James Jaeger is a Telly Award-winning filmmaker (grandfather, producer of the first medical training films in the United States (and the founder of the Department of Neurosurgery at Jefferson Medical College/Hospital), Mr. Jaeger began his career in entertainment around 1973 with the Valley Forge Music Fair working on such shows as THE CARPENTERS, THE DAVID BRENNER SHOW, THE PEGGY FLEMMING SHOW and THE SONNY & CHER SHOW.]

Biden’s Greater Depression

By Lex Greene

July 30, 2022

Only politicians and those who love them, can stare into the face of crippling inflation, an idle supply chain, and two quarters of retracting economic conditions and deny the obvious. The USA (and world) is headed into an economic depression that will dwarf the Great Depression between 1929-1939, almost a hundred years ago.

The “new math” brought to the USA via global Marxist accounting systems in k-12 education, makes it possible to calculate skyrocketing inflationary prices up 40-150% as only a 10% inflation rate. Only “economic experts” know how to make the average onlooker feel good about horrific news. Putting lipstick on a pig is what makes one an “expert” these days. Nothing is about reality…it’s just about controlling public perceptions, like having the band continue to play on the Titanic, so that guests didn’t realize the ship was sinking.

According to official reports, consumer prices rose 7.9% in Biden’s first year in office, and another 8.9% since. That’s a total of 16.8% over the past 18-months. (But it’s just a 10% inflation rate?)

But when we go to the gas pumps, or grocery store, or see our latest utility bill, prices are actually up anywhere between 40-150% across the board. DC’s use of “new math” and “baseline accounting” developed by the “economic experts” conceals the reality that in the end, a depression nears, the likes of which will make The Great Depression almost a hundred years ago look like a day at the park.

Despite the fact that many Americans now have to choose between gas in their car or food on their table, the Biden administration continues to paint more and more lipstick on this pig, hoping DC math will ease your very real pain with false perceptions, as we head into an election cycle poised for a record RED WAVE.

The true depth of our catastrophic problem remains largely invisible to the public, thanks to falsified accounting reports and a complicit news media that has worked around the clock to keep everyone in the dark on a whole host of issues.

During the Great Depression of 1929-1939, it was all too visible to everyone, as an estimated 25% of Citizens stood in bread lines to feed their families. Prior to democrats COVID19 plandemic, approximately 40% of Americans were already receiving some form of federal assistance to make ends meet.

But after their first plandemic, this number skyrocketed to almost 70% of Americans receiving federal assistance, via multiple methods of “vote buying,” recently relabeled “stimulus” programs. Because the bread lines are no longer in the street, few know how many are standing in those digital world bread lines today.

The only thing these programs “stimulated” was increased public government dependency, skyrocketing national debt, massive inflation, fear of the future, and dictatorial federal tyranny in an endless stream of Biden “executive orders” which are not laws, according to the Constitution…

An endless stream of plandemics, Covid, Marburg, Monkeypox, Climate Change, War, etc.
Overt policies designed to strip every American of their fundamental Natural Rights
Intentional dumbing-down of generations via government indoctrination curriculums
Igniting endless social divisions over politics, race, religion, gender, health, science, individual economic standing, and every method of division they can muster
Destroying the traditional family
Force injecting DNA-altering bioweapons into every human being
Destroying the world reserve currency, the U.S. Dollar
Destroying our food supply, and altering natural foods with government altered foods designed to destroy the human body over time
Mass foreign invasion on our southern border, spread into cities everywhere
Unbridled drug and human trafficking designed to drug up an already dumbed down electorate

These things and many more, have caused every socio-economic illness in the USA today. They are also causing what promises to be the greatest economic disaster the USA and world has ever faced, maybe even the total global collapse of society as we have ever known it.

But economic depressions can be easily avoided or repaired by simply replacing devastating economic policies with known economic free-market solutions that made the USA the greatest nation on earth years ago.

The economic depression thrust upon Americans by global tyrants in control of today’s Democrat Party and all democrat (RINO) powerbrokers, threatens the very foundations of American freedom, justice, liberty, and any hope for a bright future. But it can all be changed in an instant…

Much worse is the other great depression Biden and his corrupt cohorts have dumped on every American in the past 18-months…mental depression.

In “The Age of Distracti-pression” – even the hardcore leftist New York Times sounds the alarm on a massive increase of prescription anti-depression medications as a direct result of the COVID plandemic.

“The pandemic’s true toll on mental health won’t be known for a long time, but data from the past two years indicates a rise — some of it sharp…” (NYT Source)

It isn’t actually the virus itself that caused record rates of depression…but rather the oppressive and downright tyrannical government forced and coerced COVID management protocols. It’s what the federal government has done since January 2020, that has cost millions of American lives, trillions in American tax dollars, and ignited a firestorm of mass-depression across the country. This is the cause for pretty much every mass-shooting, BLM and ANTIFA riot, and daily increases in violence in almost every major U.S. city.

They have literally destroyed employment everywhere, closing the doors of thousands of small and medium size businesses, obliterating the U.S. Military, gutting U.S. Healthcare, and preventing employment opportunities for millions by refusing to hire anyone who isn’t vaxxed.

With each passing day, democrat politicians (and their RINO friends) in DC, states, and cities across the country, have continued to brutally abuse every single American Citizen, by every means available to them. Combined, they have created a perfect storm that threatens the very existence of the USA.

The federal government has essentially beaten the American people like a red-headed stepchild until a majority of Americans now behave like battered women in every aspect of their lives. They have created a spineless go-along to get-along society that may no longer be capable of freedom.

Solving the economic crises they have inflicted upon the USA is doable, with much wiser economic policies. But solving the mass mental and emotional damage done in just the past 18-months will not be nearly as easy.

When our younger generations look into the future today, they can’t see any future for themselves. Only the minority who mistakenly think government is the solution to every personal problem, think things are headed in the right direction. According to recent polling data, that’s only about 15% of the U.S. population now, with 85% saying Biden has forced the country into the wrong direction.

The longer it takes for so-called “leaders” to STOP Biden and move our country in the right direction, the more damage will be done, and rates of mental depression will rocket into orbit.

Desperation in the average Citizen is starting to show up in the streets already. Desperate people, who are otherwise peaceful and law-abiding, will do desperate things once survival of the fittest becomes the new law of the land, following the highly visible consequences of anti-American Biden regime policies.

You can reverse the economic impact of horrific economic policies. But no one knows how to turn a dumbed-down, drugged up, beleaguered, depressed, and totally demoralized society into a peaceful and productive free society ever again. Throughout all recorded history, freedom once lost, has never been regained.

ACTION is the only thing that can defeat depression and change the course of history. INACTION dooms everyone!

Every REAL American must have a single common goal at this point, to immediately regain control of our rogue government, local, state, and federal. Numerous things must be done to accomplish this goal. But every minute and penny spent on anything else at this point, is a total waste of precious time and resources.

It’s much easier to defend freedom, than to try to regain it once lost. Are you hearing me here?

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

It is Not Taiwan

By Servando Gonzalez

July 29, 2022

“It’s Not Just About Taiwan,” that’s the title of an alarming article recently appeared in The American Thinker in which the author, Janet Levy, cites what she terms a “terrifying projection” by China expert Steven Mosher: “China’s goal is not just to dominate the world, but to reduce the rest of us to subservience.” According to Levy, “With that terrifying projection, Mosher has been trying to rouse America from its complacency and caution the Biden administration over its appeasement of the Red Dragon.”

Mosher is the author of the 2017 book Bully of Asia: Why China’s Dream is the New Treat to World Oder, an overview of China’s ambitions in South Asia. He has served in the Navy, and is a member of the Committee on the Present Danger, an independent task-force based in Washington, D.C. Evidently, the globalist conspirators and their Neocon allies are itching for a new fight, because nothing better to make Americans forget their domestic problems than a good war far away from the U.S. borders.

Nevertheless, this is a very terrifying projection indeed. What would the Chinese do once they have gained total control of Taiwan. Will they open Taiwan’s borders to a veritable invasion of illegal aliens from Latin America? Will they began bringing activists to Taiwan’s schools to indoctrinate kindergarten children on the wonderful life of transgenders? Will the Chinese communists will force the Taiwanese into creating a central bank controlled by foreign bankers as well as a graduated income tax? Will they impose mandates forcing the Taiwanese to wear face masks, keep social distance and isolate themselves in their homes?

Give me a break. Can anybody explain me why China’s alleged goal to reduce the world to subservience is bad while the U.S. under the control of the globalist conspirators whose goal is to destroy America and the world and bring us to pre-industrial levels of consumption is good? Why China’s actions are bad while America’s efforts to destroy economies, societies and cultures forcing them into a New Word Order is good?

Mosher’s article is a typical example of what Freud called projection: the process of displacing one’s feelings onto a different person, animal, or object. The term is most commonly used to describe defensive projection —attributing one’s own unacceptable urges to another. Because what Mosher fears the Chinese might do is exactly what the U.S. has been doing for more than a century.

On the other hand, if as Moshers claims, China’s dreams are a threat to the globalist conspirators’ New World Order, I wholeheartedly support them because I am convinced that the gravest danger America and the world is currently facing is precisely the New World Order. But we must keep in mind that Mosher is a member of the Committee for the Present Danger (CPD), an organization created in 1950 that, throughout its four iterations, has been working hard to keep Americans scared with the fear of some danger that has never materialized.

Now, do you by any chance believe that Chinese Communism is bad but current American Communo-Fascism is Good? If you sincerely believe that, it only shows that you are a died-in-the-wool Repucrat who loves your party more than your country. Repucrats ignore, or actually don’t want to know, that Communist China is an American creation. It began when our government betrayed nationalist leader Chian Kai-shek and gave full support to Communist Mao, exactly as the U.S. had supported Lenin and Trotsky and sent them to Russia to impose communism on the Russian people, and secretly supported Castro to impose Communo-Fascism on the Cuban people. Actually, Communism is as American as apple pie![1] Nevertheless, at the end of the article Levy unknowingly reveals the true source of the Taiwan problem.

Citing Capt. James Fanell, a former intelligence chief of the U.S. Pacific Fleet and a distinguished CPD member, Levy provides his perceptions of the military threat presented by the Chinese in the Western Pacific. According to Capt. Fanell, the build-up of Chinese ships, missiles, aircraft, and space capabilities has given them a decisive advantage, adding that only seven years ago, when he was serving, the U.S. Navy was predominant in the region. But currently, the Chinese outnumber the U.S. Navy ten-to-one, commanding 350 ships in the Western Pacific to our 70 around the world. In the South China Sea, the Chinese have built three naval bases to control throughput. America, he says, is also at significant disadvantage in naval, air, strategic rockets and intelligence-reporting satellites.

Evidently, the true goal is not defending Taiwan from Communism, which most likely will become one more in the long list of countries the U.S. has betrayed and abandoned, but providing more money for the main promoters of Communism, the U.S. military-industrial-banking complex. The rest is just smoke and mirrors.

On July 26, 1947, using fear of communism as a tool to gain popular support, President Harry S. Truman signed into law the National Security Act establishing the National Security Council (NSC). It also created the Central Intelligence Agency as well as the Secretary of Defense, the Joints Chiefs of Staff and a separate Air Force branch of the military. The creation of this aberration later called the National Security State, marked the official beginning of the Cold War, an artificial creation of the CFR conspirators. This was the beginning of the National Security State, and aberration the Founding Fathers of this country feared and would have never approved.

In addition to establishing the CIA, the National Security Act of 1947 created the NSC, which included the president, the secretary of state, the new secretary of defense, the secretaries of the military departments, and the chairman of the new National Security Resources Board. Other officials who had been confirmed by the Senate could be added as NSC members by the president from time to time.

The National Security Act gave the National Security Council just advisory, not executive powers. Even more important, it didn’t give the newly created CIA authority to carry on covert operations abroad. But, just a few months later, on December 1947, CFR agents in the National Security Council secretly wrote directive NSC 4-A making the Director of Central Intelligence responsible for psychological warfare.

Then, less than a year after it was created, the CFR agents in the NSC pushed the envelope even further and illegally assumed executive powers. On June 18, 1948, the National Security Council produced NSC 10-2, a directive that superseded NSC 4-A and was kept secret from the American government and people for many long years. NSC 10-2 authorized the CIA to conduct not only psychological but also all types of covert operations. Furthermore, there is evidence that the National Security Council, like most of the aberrations created by the CFR conspirators, was a Rockefeller baby.

According to Vladimir Putin, the implosion of the Soviet Union was a geopolitical disaster. Well, it may have been a geopolitical disaster for Russia, but for the U.S. military-industrial-banking complex it was an economic blessing. Proof of it is that, contrary to the rest of the countries involved in the Cold War, after the end of it far from reducing its military budget the U.S. increased it.

Even worse, in a desperate effort to create a new enemy that justifies the U.S. humongous military budget, after the unexpected lack of their main enemy the globalist conspirators who own America were forced to create a new enemy out of the blue: terrorism. Unfortunately, despite much help, terrorists never really terrorized. So the globalist conspirators were forced to create a new enemy to terrorize Americans: an invisible virus. But the non-existing lethal virus is losing steam. What they can do now to keep us terrorized?

Seemingly, the globalist conspirators’ plan to engage Russian into a Vietnam-like war in the Ukraine have failed. So, the only remaining potential enemy that can justify keeping alive the American military-industrial-banking complex seems to be China. This explains the recent fixation of the CFR- controlled American mainstream press that every single day regurgitates violation of citizens’ freedoms in China. But, even accepting that such reports are true, they are not worse than human rights violations in countries by regimes friendly to the globalists —particularly in the Middle East. So, why China?

Well nothing has worked better than good, old, faithful Communism. This explains why the CFR and its good friends in the military-industrial-banking complex and the Repucratic Party love communism so much and are working hard to bring it back to life in Russian and China while they are giving the final touches to fully implement it in the U.S. But they must be careful. 200 years ago, after returning from China, Napoleon said: “China is a sleeping dragon. Let him sleep.

If he wakes, he will shake the world.” Who woke up the Chinese dragon? Main culprits are George H.W. Bush and Barry Soetoro (a.k.a. Barack Hussein Obama) who, following orders from their globalist masters, encouraged American corporations to outsource their jobs to China to save money.

This not only destroyed most American manufacturing jobs but also awoke the Chinese dragon and, contrary to the old dragon, the awaken dragon is not under the conspirators’ control —a typical example of the law of unintended consequences in action.

So, if you really hate communism, please, don’t hate China. History shows that the globalist conspirators have been the major exporters of communism because they love communism. Actually, their secret motto could be: “Communism is Dead: Long Live Communism!”

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

1. See Servando Gonzalez, “Another War, Another Buck. Part One: Communism in America,”

Steve Bannon: Narrative Warrior

By Steven Yates

July 29, 2022

Steve Bannon’s “contempt of Congress” show trial for refusing to answer the January 6 Committee’s subpoena came and went. Bannon and his legal team didn’t mount much of a defense. Establishment media (e.g., CNN, MSNBC, etc.) immediately claimed victory. They misunderstand. I think Bannon’s lack of putting up a serious legal defense is his way of giving the Establishment his middle finger. Acknowledging that these people are going to do as they please and call it “the rule of law.” And that those on his side of the narrative war are smart enough to figure out his strategy.

Evidence for this interpretation of events can be heard in statements made after his conviction, to the effect that in the future “there’s going to be a real committee.”

And in his post on GETTR the Friday of his conviction that “I am not backing off one inch.”

Look at it this way: Bannon, age 68, despite his somewhat slovenly appearance, is a very sharp guy. (If you look at history, you’ll find many formidable intellects who cared little about how they looked or were perceived by the powers around them.) He’s called for “4,000 shock troops” to fight the narrative war. “This is taking on and defeating and deconstructing the administrative state,” he said. “Suck on it. We’re destroying this illegitimate regime.” He spoke further of “dismantling” it “brick by brick.”

No mincing of words!

Reiterating: Bannon knows that Election 2020 was stolen, that claims of this being a “big lie” based on “conspiracy theories” are themselves baseless, that a narrative of attempting to “overturn the election” has been constructed around January 6, and that although the Establishment got back in power two weeks later, its hold on power is precarious. This is especially true with the economy having tanked since January 21, 2021. It is probable, moreover, that the GOP will retake Congress in three short months, and that the Bidenistas will find themselves under investigation — starting with Joe Biden’s slovenly son Hunter’s now-infamous laptop.

What people care about are gas prices, higher prices for all basic foodstuffs and other necessities, inflated rent and mortgage payments, and other things affecting them directly. The more intelligent are thinking about and preparing for impending shortages. Do they really care about the “insurrection” narrative that the January 6 Committee has foisted on viewers through controlled Corporate Media?

Speaking of which: all people need to do to get a more truthful perspective on what happened that day is watch this documentary from The Epoch Times. I recommend subscribing to watch it. It will be the best money you spend this year. A couple of teasers: the film makes clear that it was Capitol police, not the “insurrectionists,” who started the violence. It is also now clear that a couple thousand people entered the Capitol. Around 850 Trump supporters have been chased down, incarcerated, prosecuted. If you watch the videos closely, you’ll see people inside the Capitol who have never been identified and do not look like Trump supporters. A couple such individuals were adjacent to Ashli Babbitt when Capitol cop Michael Leroy Byrd shot her to death without provocation. There are other scenes of graphic violence by Capitol police, including the beating that may have killed Roseanne Boyland, 34, whose death was attributed to a “medical emergency.”

Returning to Steve Bannon: it’s not like he’s in danger of being simply tossed in the slammer and the keys thrown away. His conviction is under appeal, and if he loses the appeal and is given time, his status as another political prisoner will be obvious. He is too visible to be “disappeared.”

Bannon knows every bit of this, and is doubtless using it.

Because he’s a narrative warrior — whether he thinks of it in those terms, or not.

As someone who understands the Establishment’s big lies, he’s not going to deal on its terms — even if, at present, it has the upper hand.

For that could begin to change starting in November. If Trump announces despite the possibility of the Bidenista-compromised Justice Department coming after him, the narrative war will get hotter still, and things will change further.

There is no telling what the Democrats will do. The other night my wife and I lay in bed watching Joe Biden and a South Korean delegation. The South Korean delegate spoke while Biden stood like a potted plant. When Biden finally began to talk, his speech was slow, halting, and barely audible. It was evident that he was reading directly from a teleprompter. I was waiting for the next “end of quote” or some similar gaffe.

If Biden fails to finish his term because of advancing dementia, then what? I’ve seen scenarios that include Kackling Kamala first assuming the reins and then stepping down under some faked pretext. The question is, who will she make her VP in the meantime, to continue the Establishment reign? Nancy Pelosi? California Governor Gavin Newsome? Either would be as big a catastrophe as Biden if not worse.

In short, the Democrats will struggle to come up with someone their globalist-controlled DNC will get behind as having at least minimal credibility. I would not rule out Hillary!

If Trump is the GOP nominee, then other things being equal, he will run right over that person.

Bannon surely knows all this, too. He’s probably reasoned it out, that all he has to do is wait and be patient.

All of which scares the Establishment out of its collective wits.

This explains the January 6 Committee itself, and the desire to bring uncontrollable loose cannons like Bannon to heel this year before Establishment power again begins to slip. It explains the Committee’s reaching out for anyone and everyone who might have been involved in promoting the “insurrection,” such as Ginni Thomas, conservative Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas’s wife. Bringing her down would be a major step towards bringing him down, which the cultural left has wanted to do for years: a twofer!

All of this also explains the intense focus in Corporate Media on safeguarding, shoring up, etc., “democracy,” which some define as two wolves and a sheep voting on what to have for supper.

Democracy is one of the Establishment’s primary propaganda words. The real thing involves majority rule, with the political class held accountable. We have not had either, anywhere in the Anglo-European world, for so many decades you might as well stop counting. I doubt that majority rule is even possible. Not that it would be desirable if it was. Responsible voting in honest elections is the closest we have come. But instead of political classes accountable to voters, what we have had is rule by a tiny, moneyed superelite that has been busy consolidating its power, its members never having been elected to anything. Who elected Klaus Schwab to direct the Great Reset?!

Covid enabled the superelite’s biggest power grab ever.

What some of us want, on the other hand, is to answer to our God, serve our families and clients and other associates with our superpowers, and otherwise be left alone — especially by governments, global corporations, and other predators.

One other author may have figured out Bannon’s strategy, based on his grasp at some level of all this. She doesn’t like it at all, but reveals with great eloquence the Establishment’s sheer terror:

In this week’s posturing before the Washington, D.C., U.S. District Court by the legal team defending Bannon, one thing became clear. These guys are not in it to win it. At the very least, they’re in it for the appeal. And if, in the meantime, they craft a counternarrative that works for Bannon’s podcast audience, riling up the nativist right, introducing more general chaos into American political discourse, and somehow advancing Bannon’s cause of spreading worldwide fascism, well, so much the better.

Or, as right-wing provocateur Jack Posobiec said on Monday’s edition of Bannon’s very successful podcast, War Room Pandemic, “Now Stephen K. Bannon, the former chief strategist of the president of the United States, is on show trial for this, and … both sides know that the only reason he is there is because of the effectiveness of the War Room posse, the effectiveness of the national populist movement, and the fact that he was architect of so much of the MAGA movement 2016 (presidential election) victory, and they’re trying to take him off the playing field for 2024. This is the regime going after the opposition.”

Look at the language. Crafting a “counternarrative”? “Riling up the nativist right”? “Spreading worldwide fascism”? “Right-wing provocateur”?

These are the ways voices of the Establishment protect their narrative, convincing themselves that nothing else is legitimate. The description of “the regime going after the opposition” makes perfect sense.

Alongside the realization that for “the regime,” time is again growing short, because the Steve Bannons and Donald Trumps of the world are not going anywhere.

Whatever else happens, I’ve said it in various ways before and I’ll say it again: I think there’s a major donnybrook ahead. Maybe more than one. These two narratives are not compatible. They cannot both exist under the same political roof and legal structure. Once November comes and assuming Republicans retake control of Congress, we can expect the cultural left (which serves the superelite’s narrative) to pull something. Or something might happen they can use, as they did the death of George Floyd. And then we can reasonably predict that the Establishment itself will pull something. It could be another virus (something bigger than monkeypox which may be just testing the waters), or the cyberattack about which I’ve also written intended to take down the entire Internet for long enough to Build it Back Better.

What we can be sure of: the “regime” will do everything in its power to try to prevent Donald Trump from getting back into the White House! It has tremendous wealth including that of billionaires at its disposal!

Steve Bannon probably understands this. What I hope is that he also understands exactly what he (and others) are up against.

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

These columns present a perspective unavailable elsewhere: of personal freedom and community autonomy, based on a philosophically-informed conservatism within a Christian worldview holding that in the last analysis, we all answer to our Creator.

Remaking God’s Creation

by Lee Duigon

July 28, 2022

Other than their self-evident odiousness, what do these nooze stories have in common?

Crayola Crayons decides to market their product, which is intended mostly for use by children, by hiring a “trans man” as its model. (No, I won’t show the photo; we’re already way too close to needing a barf bag.)

New Orleans takes down a statue of Robert E. Lee and replaces it with a monstrosity depicting a nude woman with a serpent coiled around her body. How can they not know what kind of message they’re sending?

Vice President Kamala Harris sounds the alarm, “Women are getting pregnant every day in America”—as if childbearing were a crisis that has to be “solved” by Congress passing some sweeping new “abortion rights” law for the entire country (which would probably be struck down by the Supreme Court for the same reasons they overturned Roe v. Wade—it’s unconstitutional).

Members of an Australian rugby team object to being forced to wear “Gay Pride”-themed jerseys in an upcoming match. The players were not consulted over this decision by management and some have declared that they won’t play if they have to wear jerseys advertising something that they don’t believe in. Compelled speech, dontcha know.

Michigan Channel 3 News is in hot water for inventing and “reporting” the results of Michigan’s Republican primary election… when the election will not be held until next week. They even invented the voting stats. A week before the election. Why bother to hold it, eh?

I’m especially intrigued by the statue of a naked woman in the coils of a snake. Hasn’t anyone in New Orleans read Genesis? They never heard of Eve and the serpent? Is Eve’s disobedience to God, egged on by the serpent, something that they want to “celebrate”? I don’t see how it could be anything else.

And a kids’ crayon company choosing to “embrace transgender”—why in the world did they do that? Why does a news network concoct a completely false coverage of an election that hasn’t even been held yet? Why make anyone pretend to be for “gay pride,” when they find the message morally revolting? And why carry on like the country’s in deep trouble and only widespread abortion can save it?

Here’s what the stories have in common: there’s something very, very wrong with the people who’ve made these decisions. “Male and female created He them” (Genesis 5:2, and elsewhere)—these self-anointed world-changers are in full-scale revolt against that teaching. They do not like the way God created the world and want to re-create it themselves, according to their own notions of what it ought to be. They have made idols of themselves, and worship them. Any fact, any truth that gets in the way, they ruthlessly sweep aside.

No good can come of this; and certainly no good can come to them.

So they’ll abort all the babies they can get their hands on, groom children for sodomy, persuade others to “change their gender,” which will make them sterile, force everybody to support positions that morally repel them, corrupt our elections… and when all else fails, just lie. As SloJo Biden has said, “We’re for truth, not facts.” And he walks it like he talks it.

And no good will come to us, either, unless we push back—and push back hard. Push all this stuff back into the hole it came from. Let Hell keep it.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit, while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Fiddle, Faddle, Fuddle: Mistakes, Apologizes, Understanding

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 28, 2022

One of the worst mistakes a journalist can make is to get the facts wrong. It degrades his or her credibility, and it embarrasses the publisher. So, what can I do to make it right? In last Monday’s column, ( America in 2022: Leaderless, Rudderless, Confused, Muddled, NWV, July 25, 2022), I mistakenly said that House Member Liz Cheney, (R-WY) was the “wife” of Vice President Dick Cheney who served under President G.W. Bush. She, in fact, is the daughter of Dick Cheney. She’s heading the January 6^th inquiry now proceeding in Washington DC.

Quite a few of my long-time readers caught my mistake. They were nice mostly, and others abrupt. I appreciate one of my readers, Sharon, saying that she didn’t want me to lose credibility that I’ve built up over the past 30 years. Many readers didn’t catch my mistake. I apologize to you who noted my mistake, and to you who missed my mistake. Thank you for calling me on it. It will make be a better journalist.

For the record, I’ve never cared for Dick Cheney because of his warmongering, and profiting from his major company called Halliburton—that profits from war goods production. In other words, the whole family has profited from those two 20-year wars that accomplished nothing but death, destruction and carnage for their people and ours. I still cringe with the fact that 114,000 of our finest soldiers committed suicide during those 20-year wars. I still suffer anxiety over so many needless deaths caused by men in high places that considered our troops “cannon fodder.”

Any decent, ethical, and/or principled general or DC politician that knew about those horrible deaths would have taken charge to vacate those useless wars. That’s a lot of kids that decided to end their lives because of their service to their country in the Marines and Army. Think of the pain for their final choice, and then, the suffering of their wives and families.

The reason I feel all of this deeply stems from my time in the U.S. Army during Vietnam. Again, a 10-year war that was created by the military industrial complex corporate heads who pocketed all the millions of dollars for their bank accounts while 58,479 died over in Nam. I don’t have the numbers on suicides during Vietnam, but you can bet it was into the thousands. In fact, I researched to find:

(Source: www.pubmed.gov) “Unconfirmed reports that 50,000 or more Vietnam veterans have committed suicide, give the impression that these veterans are at exceedingly high risk of suicide compared with other veterans and nonveterans of the same age.”

We slaughtered an estimated 2.3 million Vietnamese, but Dick Cheney and family made horrendous amounts of money. Tell me you aren’t appalled by our leaders!

Why I Carry A Different Perspective

First of all, I want to thank my mother and father for bringing me up with academic discipline, purpose, love, value of hard work, understanding and enthusiastic drive. If every kid could have a Dad like mine, wow, such a great start in life. It really gets down to that family unit. If you have a good Mom who loves and supports you, you’re going to be a good kid and a good person. When you have a great Dad, you’re going to be a great man.

That doesn’t mean that you have to be rich or famous. It means you’re a good person to your core. You think critically. You speak wisely. You learn your lessons. You maintain a balance. You are kind. You are thoughtful.

After busting my rear-end through college, and after the Army, I earned a teaching certificate. I taught in the inner city, but fled within two years because it was hopeless. You’re seeing the results in cities like Detroit, Chicago, LA, NYC and beyond where over 70 percent of the kids are illiterate. If you listen to social media reports, the majority of kids today, even college kids, don’t know the name of our first president, what the Civil War entailed, or who is their current senators or House member. They don’t even know the reason for the 4^th of July.

Furthermore, they don’t care. You’ve got more kids today disparaging the finest country in the world as to food, water, schooling, jobs and endless opportunity—for those willing to work, strive and participate. You’ve got more kids living in their cell phone rather than participating in this world. Have you noticed how petty, inane and downright stupid most of the programs produced for television are today? Why? Average reading level for Americans today is 6^th grade. At the same time, over 42 million Americans cannot read, write or figure out simple math problems!

Another reason I possess a different perspective stems from 30 summers of driving a United Van Lines furniture 18-wheeler. You have never experienced hard labor until you move furniture. One hundred yard “long carries’ with 10,000 pounds…oh my God…back-breaking work for 12 hours…then drive back to Detroit for 25 hours to load 20,000 pounds on Monday. Steps, basements, second and third floors, New York City traffic jams, Atlanta beltway frozen traffic, Chicago’s insanely polluted air along with fear of being shot, having to hire someone to stay on the van to make sure thieves wouldn’t steal the TV’s. Try driving a huge 53-foot trailer through the suburbs and into LA’s nightmare traffic.

I watched it all get worse in our cities as we jumped by 130 million people from the 1965 Immigration Reform Act that has inundated our country to the point of collapse both environmentally, sociologically and unsustainability-wise. I know you’ve read my dire predictions for three decades. Unfortunately, they are coming truer and truer, daily.

And then my perspective changed from my continent-hopping bicycle travels. When I reached Asia, my entire worldview changed. I’ve been preaching, speaking, writing and educating Americans since that time in China, India and Bangladesh in 1984. What a nightmare and crush of people piled on people!

And yet, after three books on America’s overpopulation crisis, Immigration’s Unarmed Invasion: Deadly Consequences 2004, America on the Brink: The Next Added 100 Million Americans 2009, America’s Overpopulation Crisis: Blindsiding Future Generations 2021, nothing has changed. We’re still galloping over a demographic cliff.

It’s like no one even blinks at catastrophic climate destabilization crisis, species extinction rates, wildfires, droughts, loss of quality of life, and the fact that our country follows the same path as China’s and India. I’m beside myself because I’ve already witnessed what’s coming to America. With another 100 million people added within 28 years, none of it is pretty. I actually feel sorry for future generations.

So, there you have it—a bit of my personal history. During my lifespan, I’ve done my best to be a good man, to be an honest man, to be a good citizen, husband and friend. I own my mistakes and I apologize for my mistakes. Thank you for your kindness. God bless and keep you and yours, Frosty Wooldridge, Golden, CO

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

What Part of Agenda 21 Didn’t You Get?

by Kathleen Marquardt

July 27, 2022

Sorry, but we have been telling you for over 30 years that the globalists want to reduce the population by over 90%. I can understand why, for a while, some thought we were crazy. Population reduction was being done quietly through abortion, vaccines to sterilize people in Third World countries, promoting the gay lifestyle that can only bear children through surrogates, and convincing people that bringing a child into this world is a sin.

For years, the Left have bemoaned the burden of overpopulation.

“It’s terrible to have to say this. World population must be stabilized and to do that we must eliminate 350,000 people per day. This is so horrible to contemplate that we shouldn’t even say it. But the general situation in which we are involved is lamentable.” —Jacques Yves Cousteau

“Either we reduce the world’s population voluntarily or nature will do this for us, but brutally.” —Maurice Strong

We may get to the point where the only way of saving the world will be for industrial civilization to collapse. —Maurice Strong

The world’s population has more than tripled to seven billion since Ted Turner was born 73 years ago. He believes it must be stabilized at near two billion, or “we’re just going to have more and more catastrophes.” —Ted Turner

“What we need to have for 100 years is a one-child policy …If everybody voluntarily had one child for 100 years, we’d basically be back to two billon people.” —Ted Turner

The biographer of billionaire investor and donor Warren Buffett describes him as having “a Malthusian dread” of population growth among the poor. In 1964 he set up an Omaha foundation centered on stopping that growth, both domestically and abroad, and to this day, the New York Times summarizes, “most of the foundation’s spending goes to abortion and contraception.”

Buffett’s charity, the Susan Thompson Buffett Foundation, has contributed $1.5 billion to help fund the abortion industry in the U.S., making it the largest financial backer of abortion in the country. Between 2003-2018, Buffett’s foundation donated $565 million in support of “reproductive rights.” His first public undertaking came in 1952, when he initiated the convocation of the Conference on Population Problems, in Williamsburg, Va. The discussion took up food supply, industrial development, depletion of natural resources, and political instability resulting from unchecked population growth. The presence of medical doctors, chemists, geologists, economists, and other scientists gave serious weight and prominent attention to the emerging and unrecognized facts of demographic change.

Soon after this conference, Rockefeller established the Population Council. From philanthropic funds at his disposal, he provided $1 million within the first year of operations.

In 1952, Margaret Sanger said:

“If the millions of dollars which are now expended in the care and maintenance of those who in all kindness should never have been brought into this world were converted to a system of bonuses to unfit parents, paying them to refrain from further parenthood, and continuing to pay them while they controlled their procreative faculties, this would not only be a profitable investment, but the salvation of American civilization.

“I believe that now, immediately there should be national sterilisation for certain dysgenic types of our population who are being encouraged to breed and would die out were the government not feeding them.”

And our government in the mid-1960s” when the U.S. Congress, responding to the agitation of overpopulation ideologues, finally appropriated federal funds to underwrite first domestic and then foreign population control programs. Suddenly, instead of mere millions, there were hundreds of millions and eventually billions of dollars available to fund global campaigns of mass abortion and forced sterilization. The result would be human catastrophe on a worldwide scale.”

Now, besides using the COVID vaccine to sterilize people, the globalists are getting up-front about eugenics.

They actually have become comfortable saying they want to reduce the population and now we are seeing our food supply being shut down. Hmmm. Do you think there might be a connection? Food storage and production plants burning down. Farmland gobbled up by the global elites. Big portions of 5 states being made sterile so carbon (which is not deleterious to us or the land or the air) can be piped a thousand feet below the surface.

Some of us little people are up in arms over the promotion of electric vehicles (EVs) over “gas guzzlers”. Could it be that the intention is that the rich will be the only ones who can afford to purchase them. Under Agenda 21 nobody but the rich are supposed to be left on this earth to want to purchase them.

When you see something that doesn’t add up, guess what? It probably doesn’t in the real-world, but it certainly will in the Agenda 21/Sustainable Development world. As Richard Gardener’s 1974 article, “The Hard Road to World Order”, notes “In short, the ‘house of world order’ will have to be built from the bottom up rather than from the top down. It will look like a great ‘booming, buzzing confusion’, to use William James’ famous description of reality, but an end run around national sovereignty, eroding it piece by piece, will accomplish much more than the old-fashioned frontal assault.” And that is exactly what we are seeing in our schools, in movies and television, even in governing bodies. There it is, in black and white, stated almost 50 years ago, now in full bloom. And using asymmetrical warfare – nary a shot fired – yet.

This has been the plan in the making for over 100 years. Those behind it have had pretty much free rein for most of that time. Oh, yes, we have had victories over the years, but in the scheme of things, they are but blips. I’ll drop my snark and quit bemoaning the fact that too many felt more comfortable being conned – it was easier.

It is time to get to work, to get the silent majority speaking out, building freedom pods, organizing their neighbors to be a bulwark against the aggression that will soon be upon them. Our civilization can only survive if we stand up en masse and in time. We are doing just that. And achieving great victories, but, so far, our victories are few compared to the Left’s. Please don’t wait until the food runs out before you speak out. The seeds of Agenda 21 were spread beginning at the end of the 19^th Century, sown in 1976 in the Vancouver Declaration, birthed in 1992 at the Rio Earth Summit, and has gone through early childhood, and adolescence with the Millennial Goals, Goals 2020, and is maturing with the Green New Deal and the Great Reset. We didn’t nip it in the bud, but we need to take its head off now before it is too late.

Get organized and stand up for what is right.

Let’s hear the lion roar.

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

Inactions of Franklin Graham Is Why the Enemies of Righteousness are So Encouraged

By Bradlee Dean

July 27, 2022

“Woe unto you, when all men shall speak well of you! for so did their fathers to the false prophets.” -Luke 6:26

For years now, I have observed the Grahams, both Billy and his son Franklin and Billy’s grandson, I have to say that there is no doubt in my mind that they are controlled opposition.

They are installed by the corrupt in hopes that the people look to them as the standard by which Christians must live their lives (1 Kings 13:33).

They have stood by every president since the 1950s and upheld their position regardless of whether or not it is godly (Ezekiel 44:23).

They are also the first ones called up by the mainstream media when they need some religious support from their friends in the Graham’s camp.

How they are loved by the world (John 15:19), held in high esteem and praised and adored by the wicked

That which is highly esteemed among men is an abomination in the sight of God. -Luke 16:15

The Grahams have had the opportunity to publicly denounce the crimes against Heaven and against our laws in which the corrupt have advocated and yet, they say and do nothing but advocate prayer without works (James 2:14-26).

Apparently, men have forgotten that they are not only responsible for what they say but also what it is that they do not say (Matthew 12:36)!

In the case of the Grahams, it is interesting what they will say.

Concerning treasonous Joe Biden’s criminal administration:

“Yesterday President Joe Biden tripped and fell going up the steps to board Air Force One. While some may be making fun of this incident, it should instead be a pointed reminder to all of us that we need to pray for this man. Whether you voted for him or not, and whether we agree with him or not, this is our president. We need to be praying every day for God to help him, to reveal His truth to him, and to work in his life. The Bible tells us to pray for “all who are in authority” that we may lead quiet and peaceful lives. Make no mistake—amazing things happen when we pray.”

Of the vaccine, Franklin stated:

“Franklin Graham says that not only does he believe his father Billy Graham would have received and advocated for the COVID-19 vaccine, but that he believes Jesus would have, too.
Franklin, the son of evangelist Billy Graham, made the comments in an interview with ABC News.

“I would hope that the pastors in the pulpit would tell people how they can be saved from God’s judgment,” says Franklin. “I think for a pastor to tell someone not to take the vaccine is problematic because what would happen if that person got coronavirus and died?”

RINOs and Democrats Just Stole Future Elections in Deep Red Alaska — And the Republican Party DID NOT LIFT A FINGER to Stop It, May 1, 2022

Now, concerning sodomy & homosexuality (Leviticus 20:1; Romans 1:27; Jude 1:7), listen to what Franklin said in an interview with Piers Morgan.

Homosexuality is not a sin. It is scripturally called an abomination (Leviticus 18:22)!

In conclusion: For the record, the Grahams are NOT the standard. Jesus Christ is the standard (John 14:6)!

Let’s get this right and get on the offensive rather than capitulating and holding to the defensive (Proverbs 28:1).

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Honest Opinion of Recent GOP Primaries

By Devvy

July 27, 2022

I want to add a couple of things since I wrote the column below. The Democrat/Communist Party USA will stop at nothing to cheat in these on-going primaries and in November. While Republicans are winning their primaries, so many are RINOs and will do the same as they’ve been doing to cure the cancers: NOTHING.

How many know this: Why Are Democrats Voting in Republican Primaries?, June 1, 2022. Time well spent to read because this is how that political party of perverts, death and destruction operate.

Why aren’t alleged losers filing for a forensic audit? Electronic and human vote fraud is still in play and yet alleged losers just walk away. They allow the media to bully them or their own “party” leadership. Oh, well, you lost, go home.

Lex Green wrote a column, July 21, 2022, How Bad Will Election Fraud Be in 2022? giving a long list of how they’re going to cheat if they even think they can get away with it. Not only are precinct watchers badly needed on election day in YOUR city/county, candidates must fight back if they allegedly lose and this genius tells you:

Expert Testimony by Jovan Hutton Pulitzer at Georgia Ballot Hearing is Devastating, Dec. 31, 2020

If you missed my column below, it’s very important so please take the time to read it and share everywhere.

May 9, 2022 – First let me open with the fact I’ve been registered No Party since 1996; I’ve never voted for any candidate from the Democrat/Communist Party USA. I voted for the first time at age 18, I will be 73 next month. I’ve been in the trenches full time nearly 24/7 for the past 30 years.

I’ve analyzed more elections than I can count as well as hammering on vote fraud since 1993. Like so many millions of Americans I’ve read countless books, watched videos and have been active at both the state and federal level. Worked to get candidates elected, voted for Trump twice.

Now we have an individual in the WH who has passed into the first stages of Alzheimer’s as Cheater China Joe Biden can no longer even recognize members of his own family, has no idea who cabinet members are; mentally, his brain is gone. The wreckage his illegitimate administration has caused since January 2021 is unprecedented in American history (aside from white supremacist Abraham Lincoln who damn near destroyed the Union) and it’s going to get a lot worse.

Of course, Republicans see this as a golden opportunity to “take back power” of the House and Senate. With a majority in both chambers of Congress they’re going to save the country! You know: Protect our values, more money in your pocket, reduce the size of government, protect your rights! Support the Constitution even though 95%of them have no idea what it says.

Sadly, the same can be said for GOP governors, mayors and members of your state legislatures. This is why an Article 5 Convention of States must never take place. (Our Texas governor, Greg Abbott pushed it through the legislature.) The GOP is infested with RINO’s (Romney, Murkowski, Chaney, Collins, Rep. Kinzinger; the list is two miles long when you include the dirty ones in the U.S. House) who play in the right sandbox. That’s how they allegedly keep getting reelected.

Let me give you an example. Dan Crenshaw was very popular when elected to the House here in Texas. But, his support has beyond soured and voters wanted him gone. “True Conservative Superhero Dan Crenshaw: I Have No Power to Help the January 6 Political Prisoners and I Won’t Even Bring Attention to Their Plight Because That Would Just be “A Performance” That Helps Me But Not Them

“Actually, you won’t do it because it would help them and hurt you, Dannie, which the crowd immediately grasps.Coward. Liar. Grifter. Neoliberal corporate tool.” I follow these candidates and I’m telling you Crenshaw became quite unpopular over time. The crowd booed him badly. Yet, Crenshaw allegedly received 74.4% of the vote in our primary in March.

Jan. 6 Suicide Victim Was Told ‘He Would Not Receive a Fair Trial in This Town’, March 21, 2022. At least Rep. Louis Gohmert tried but along with a few other congress critters were denied any access to prisoners. This is a shining example of No. Korea or Communist China if you know the tragic story of Matthew L. Perna; he was 37.

And I have this to say to all you jail and prison guards and honchos who have treated those Jan. 6^th prisoners as if they worked for Bin Laden (denial of medical treatment, spending half the time in solitary confinement): I hope when you look in the mirror you see the gutless coward you are for a paycheck.

As for the judges on all the cases except for a couple, shame on you for crapping on the Sixth Amendment:

Amendment VI

“In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right to a speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury of the state and district wherein the crime shall have been committed, which district shall have been previously ascertained by law, and to be informed of the nature and cause of the accusation; to be confronted with the witnesses against him; to have compulsory process for obtaining witnesses in his favor, and to have the assistance of counsel for his defense.”

Being held for six, nine months or a year without going in front of jury as requested by the defense IMHO is beyond cruel. Some prisoners in DOJ jails for tax problems, theft or violence are out in record time. There’s NO reason those defendants couldn’t be released on bond with a monitor just like is done with very violent accused individuals.

As for the DOJ attorneys: You are little better than maggots feeding off the host. Yes, a few of the protesters got out of control and should be reasonably held accountable, but behind the lies this was a set up and trials, I believe, will prove it. 80 ‘Suspicious Actors’ and ‘Material Witnesses’ Under Scrutiny by Jan. 6 Defense Attorneys, May 6, 2022

Going back to the primaries, I’ve cited the two columns below so I don’t have to rehash the problem with incumbents in Congress and your legislatures, I call Band Aid Brigade. They get elected with big money and nothing changes. Please remember this quote because it comes from the mouth of an insider. You may not like it but it’s true and has been proven true over time:

The following three paragraphs are from Kelleigh Nelson’s May 19, 2014 article, “Enemies on the Left False friends on the Right, Part 1.”

“In 1966, Carroll Quigley wrote his massive book Tragedy and Hope, A History of the World in our Time. Tragedy being that so many people have to die, and Hope being the New World Order. He was the official historian for the CFR and was privileged to study the elites’ plans for the world for nearly two years. Quigley taught at the School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University from 1941 to 1976, and was Bill Clinton’s mentor. On page 1247 of his book, he wrote this:

“The chief problem of American political life for a long time has been how to make the two Congressional parties more national and international. The argument that the two parties should represent opposed ideals and policies, one perhaps, of the Right and the other of the Left, is a foolish idea acceptable only to doctrinaire and academic thinkers. Instead the two parties should be almost identical, so that the American people can “throw the rascals out” at any election without leading to any profound or extensive shifts in policy. The policies that are vital and necessary for America are no longer subjects of significant disagreement, but are disputable only in details of procedure, priority, or method …..Then it should be possible to replace it, every four years if necessary, by the other party, which will be none of these things but WILL STILL PURSUE, with new vigor, approximately the SAME BASIC POLICIES.”

“This is what exists today in America! We have one party with one agenda! This book had its first printing in 1966. The powers that be (Milner, Rhodes, the CFR, etc.) were so horrified that Quigley had told so many secrets, the book was not reprinted, and Macmillan Publishing destroyed the plates. It wasn’t until 1974 that Jack Meserole got permission from Quigley, reprinted the book, and sold it for his cost. Quigley laughed at the elitists because he knew the noose was so tight around the necks of Americans that even with the truth of his book, nothing would change.”

Re-electing the Band Aid Brigade, Mine, May 18, 2010 – “[Samuel] Adams warned not to get caught up in the respect for high office and the lavish praise that is often bestowed on leaders. “This has led millions into such a degree of dependence and submission.” Citizens should place their loyalty with the Constitution. “Whoever, therefore, insinuates notions of government contrary to the Constitution, or in any degree winks at any measures to suppress or even to weak it, is not a loyal man.” Samuel Adams: Father of the American Revolution, Mark Puls, pages 29,30

“The majority of primaries are about to begin. The call throughout America is “We’ll remember in November!” “Vote out all incumbents.”

“Of course, the one party system consisting of two interconnected criminal syndicates are working overtime to see their incumbents go back to Congress to continue the destruction of our constitutional republic. Yes, both parties. There is a lot of talk and blame going around about the “national” debt created by one Outlaw Congress after another for a hundred years. The Democrats had “power” for 40 years before the misnamed “Republican Revolution of 1994,” at which time the Republicans took “power” and out spent the Democrats in royal fashion. The people said enough and with the help of electronic ballot machines and scanners, the same rats with a few new faces took “control” of the Outlaw Congress again in November 2006. Shall we take a look at the numbers:” Rest at link.

Electing New Band Aid Pushers, Mine, May 23, 2012: “On May 18, 2010, I wrote a column titled, Re-electing the Band Aid Brigade. The point I was making is the American people scream and yell about the job the Outlaw Congress is doing, but come election day they continue to elect the same incumbents over and over and over. In 2010, a whopping 86% of incumbents in the Outlaw Congress were sent back to continue destroying this nation. Well, it’s not my incumbent at fault, it’s the Democrats! Or the Republicans! They continue to reelect the very same people who never propose constitutional solutions, only more Band Aids. Conservatives continue to support the Band Aid pushers to conserve what?”

Lex Greene did a recent column, 2022 GOP Primaries Got TRUMPED with a breakdown of candidates endorsed by President-Elect Trump in several states who won their recent primary (or will be in an upcoming run-off and will likely go on to win in November sans massive vote fraud, again.I do agree with him that Trump through his rallies and social media is uniting millions of Americans who before didn’t really recognize what the Marxist take-over of this country is all about but they’re waking up by the millions which represents a huge threat to the dirty traitors working hard to destroy this country.

You may disagree with me but Trump has been endorsing incumbents who should have been thrown out in these last couple of primaries starting with our governor (Texas) Greg Abbott. As has been said so many times: Who the hell is advising Trump on which challengers or incumbents will fight to return American to a constitutional republic instead of this nightmare we’re living in? I know his heart is in the right place, but Trump needs to listen to those of us who’ve been in the trenches for decades and know the game within a game (a favorite saying of a friend of mine).

Trump has endorsed some of the worst RINO’s in sheep’s clothing and some nice sounding conservatives who continue to parrot the party slogans. We need proven constitutionalists.

Here in Texas our primary was in March. 38 U.S. House seats. 22 GOP incumbents won their primary. 16 seats were open due to retirements or the incumbent running for another office. I looked at a dozen of the new winners; many will be run-offs. Not one of them touched critical bills that should have been passed when they controlled both chambers of Congress while Trump was president. NONE of them are even whispering constitutional solutions, just the same old, worn-out slogans.

Trump endorsed Mo Brooks [R-AL] for U.S. Senator – one of only a handful who should remain in Congress. I don’t know who whispered in Trump’s ear, but the establishment GOP is out to get Brooks so Trump withdrew his endorsement. I hope the voters in Alabama vote for Brooks for the U.S. Senate so get the word out.

Term Limit Bill in Congress, April 8, 2022, Mine: “The primaries (or caucuses) are meant to choose the best candidates for Congress, state legislatures, school boards, ec. We either go after rotten, corrupt lifers like Mitch McConnell and 90% of the other Republicans or, well, things will get pretty bad. Too bad for my state of Texas. Come Nov., it’s vote for the same Republican who just won his 2^nd, 4^th or 10^th term and never got the job done.”

Voters, Again, Choose Their Own Destruction, Mine, May 11, 2014 – “Do people expect change and problems solved by reelecting the same incumbents who never got the job done in all the years they’ve been in Congress? Apparently, they do. But, since tens of millions of voters are completely ignorant about the issues, how could they know their congress critter is a failure who keeps promoting Band Aids instead of constitutional solutions? The herding technique is very effective every election cycle: keep blaming the other party, not your incumbent.”

Republicans have asked the American people to put them in power so many times. We did with Republican presidents (Bush, Jr., Trump). Did they cure the cancers or just continue spending us into unpayable debt to fund unconstitutional cabinets and programs to the tune of trillions of BORROWED dollars every budget?

Now, this “big red wave”allegedly coming in November is to get power back to the Republican Party this November (an average of 94% will be incumbents) and you expect them to do what they haven’t done for decades? Looking at Greene’s column and this one, incumbents are once again winning primaries. What in God’s name do you think is going to change besides the rhetoric if they go back to DC next January?

The Board of Directors tells the CEO even though he’s brought the corporation to bankruptcy the past 20 years, we’re going to keep you as CEO to further run it into ruin. Does that make any sense to you? Yet, so far in primaries, the worst of the worst keep winning like RINO Gov. DeWine in Ohio.

Dr. Oz Avoids Question on Abortion to Hide How He Supports Some Abortions // Inside Dr. Oz’s Shameless Flip-Flop on Abortion // Dr. Oz’s Leftist Views on Abortion, Guns Exposed, April 20, 2022 – Sean Hannity’s good friend. They’ll say anything to get elected.

Below are my notes (just the tip of the iceberg) I was to present today at our county GOP club meeting, but due to a circumstance beyond my control, I won’t be making it. Life happens while you’re busy making plans. But, I’m including it in this column so you can see the real bills – the cure – that have been introduced and died in committee or that need to be passed either at the state or federal level. There are many more which I will get to in future columns. There is a plan, but this column is already long.

VERY worth watching this video – So many videos I get are junk, but this woman does a really good job. Many on my email list have been writing, talking and warning about this for 20, 30, 40 years and longer.

I think about the last three decades all the thousands (not hundreds) of radio shows I’ve done as a guest; several thousand columns I’ve written, my books, speeches I’ve given – just like some of my dearest friends. We’re at the edge of the cliff. The grand masters of this monster plan quit trying to hide their intentions more than a decade ago but Americans simply would not listen, sadly.

She is RIGHT ON TARGET ABOUT BLACKROCK yet 99.9999% of Americans have never heard of that mega-powerful operation. They own TRILLIONS in so many companies in America it would blow your mind – many who employ Americans who need that paycheck and that’s how they bring people to their knees.

We really are within a very short period of time going to lose it all and freedom lost is never regained. This ‘great reset’ will put us in the same prison as the poor people of China with their social credit accounts controlled by their evil, godless government. You think the fight over those COVID injections has been bad, look at other countries where coppers literally force the needle into your arm. I am deadly serious about what’s just over the horizon. Things are going to get so much worse.

This is a video to send to your email lists, social media, friends. You know ten people know ten people who know ten people and before you know it, millions have seen or read.

Really very worth the time to watch. The worst is coming and too many in Congress, state houses and governors are going along with the planned destruction of this country – they just disguise their treachery with the same old campaign slogans and “our party needs to get in power”. You don’t play in their sandbox, you either don’t get reelected or you allegedly lose a primary. Lord, how these politicians fool people – especially right now during the primary season.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. [Order two books and save $10.00. Give one to a friend or relative]

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

NOTES

State Legislature

Stop using animals for cruel and inhumane treatment – colleges, universities, labs. Helpless dogs, puppies, kittens. It is not necessary, listen to the scientists and stop such barbaric animal cruelty. The photos from organizations trying to stop this will make you vomit for a week. IT’S ALL ABOUT THE MONEY – BILLIONS EVERY YEAR.

Sever all ties with the unconstitutional Federal Department of Education – So said outgoing Director of the Texas State Dept. of Education a decade ago. Her departing speech was right on target and that’s the last we’ve heard of it here in Texas.

Make law to stop punishing doctors who are telling the truth about those COVID experimental injections by threatening to take away their licenses. Supreme Court rulings that have never been overturned: No government agency can tell a doctor what treatment they can or cannot give their patient – that means the FDA and CDC and career criminal Dr. Anthony Fauci.

Alabama Adopts First Official State Ban on UN Agenda 21 June 4, 2012

“Alabama became the first state to adopt a tough law protecting private property and due process by prohibiting any government involvement with or participation in a controversial United Nations scheme known as Agenda 21. Activists from across the political spectrum celebrated the measure’s approval as a significant victory against the UN “sustainability” plot, expressing hope that similar sovereignty-preserving measures would be adopted in other states as the nationwide battle heats up.

“The Alabama Senate Bill (SB) 477 legislation, known unofficially among some supporters as the “Due Process for Property Rights” Act, was approved unanimously by both the state House and Senate. After hesitating for a few days, late last month Republican Governor Robert Bentley finally signed into law the wildly popular measure — but only after heavy pressure from activists forced his hand.

“Virtually no mention of the law was made in the establishment press. But analysts said the measure was likely the strongest protection against the UN scheme passed anywhere in America so far. The law, aimed at protecting private property rights, specifically prevents all state agencies and local governments in Alabama from participating in the global scheme in any way.” – EVERY state should have and still needs to sever every tie with Agenda 21.

Stop all funding for the climate change hoax both federal and state.

Read book Green Fraud: Why the Green New Deal Is Even Worse than You Think by Mark Morano – Review. Climate change is nothing but a monstrous, proven lie. Book available on Amazon, Barnes & Noble and others. This is the number one web site in the world on exposing the big lie called global warming aka climate change: Climate Depot

Have to get the word out to GOP chapters and election division heads (which I’ve done here) across the country: Federal elections END at MIDNIGHT on election day if there’s no clear winner, period. The election is declared void. Foster v Love, 1997, U.S. Supreme Court 9-0 decision.

We need at least six new state mental hospitals here in Texas.

Reject anything from the WEF (World Economic Forum) and their “Great Reset” which WILL be the end of our freedoms and liberty. The Ultimate Goal of the Great Reset Is ‘One World Government’

Federal

Re-introduce former senator Harry Reid’s anti-illegals bill. It is the strongest immigration reform bill ever written; 76 pages. Cuts off all welfare for illegal aliens and also shreds the myth that babies born on U.S. soil automatically become U.S. citizens.

Three sessions, six years, Rep. Thomas Massie [R-KY] has introduced the same bill to stop double taxation on social security; no more federal taxation of your SS. 14 Republicans supported the bill, one Democrat. With GOP controlling Congress Massie’s bill could have passed when Trump was president.

Massie reintroduced it Feb. 3, 2022, this time 22 cosponsors – all Republicans. It’s dying in committee. The rest didn’t and don’t support it. Oh, but incumbents and both parties love seniors!

Stop all animal testing in U.S. labs or other testing facilities or in foreign countries as that POS Fauci was doing. Colleges, universities, labs – all get hundreds of millions of borrowed dollars to torture helpless animals when it is not necessary.

Abolish 17^th Amendment – Senator Ben Sasse – We could very well get him to sponsor a bill: Ben Sasse Calls for Repealing 17th Amendment, Eliminating Popular-Vote Senate Elections

Rep. Thomas Massie [R-KY] is the most constitutionally grounded member of Congress who is either a sponsor of the bill or co-sponsor. He introduced H.R. 899 in 2019 to get rid of the Federal Department of Education; it died in committee. 12 cosponsors, all Republicans, Rep. Arrington does not support the bill. He reintroduced the bill this session, again, 12 co-sponsors. Arrington is not one of them.

Abolish the unconstitutional Department of Education.

February 8, 2021
Contact: massie.press@mail.house.gov
(202) 225-3546

“Representative Thomas Massie announces that he has introduced H.R. 899, a bill to abolish the federal Department of Education. The bill, which is one sentence long, states, “The Department of Education shall terminate on December 31, 2022.”

“Unelected bureaucrats in Washington, D.C. should not be in charge of our children’s intellectual and moral development,” said Massie. “States and local communities are best positioned to shape curricula that meet the needs of their students. Schools should be accountable. Parents have the right to choose the most appropriate educational opportunity for their children, including home school, public school, or private school.”

Thomas Massie press release: “The Department of Education began operating in 1980. On September 24, 1981, in his Address to the Nation on the Program for Economic Recovery, President Ronald Reagan said, “As a third step, we propose to dismantle two Cabinet Departments, Energy and Education.“ Bob Dole pledged at the GOP Convention to get rid of that unconstitutional cabinet when he ran for president. Never heard another word about it.

To date the bill is dying in committee. 8 Republican co-sponsors. My Rep. Arrington is not one of them.

H.R. 75: American Sovereignty Restoration Act of 2013 – To end membership of the United States in the United Nations. Bill introduced January 3, 2013. Died in committee. H.R. 75: American Sovereignty Restoration Act of 2019. 3 cosponsors. One is Massie, mine, Jodey Arrington has never supported this top priority move by Congress to save our sovereign nation.

The United Nothing has never kept peace anywhere in the world. The UN’s purpose is to act as law enforcement for one world government. Since 1945, we the people have been raped in hundreds of billions of dollars in UN “dues” and related UN expenses. “You can expect to see a one world government, Communist controlled, under the United Nations. You will see the United Nations run up astronomical debts which we, under the terms of the treaty, are bound to pay.” Congressional Record, House of Representatives, January 15, 1962, pg 215, Congressman James B. Utt – who gives the truth in his speech that day. READ: None is So Blind as He Who Will Not See.

Every penny in UN “dues” is borrowed money – more unpayable debt with the interest slapped on our backs. For what? In 1971, Rep. John Rarick attempted to get us out of that evil body; I highly encourage you read the information here. Besides Rarick’s bill, you’ll find an action that might surprise many. Agenda 21 is a key tool to destroy personal property rights and much more. READ, READ: The House That Evil Built. The diabolical “sustainable development” was birthed by the United Nothing; it must be killed once and for all.

10 cosponsors – All Republicans – Introduced again in 2019

The American Sovereignty Restoration Act of 2019 (H.R. 204) was introduced by Congressman Mike Rogers (R-Ala.) right as the new Congress was getting started. “One of my first priorities in this new Congress was to make sure this bill was reintroduced,” said Rogers, who serves as the ranking member of the House Committee on Homeland Security. “The United Nations is a disaster and our country bankrolls over 20 percent of its annual budget.”

3 cosponsors, all Republicans. Arrington was and is not a supporter of the bill.If you’re going to kill the beast you cut off its head (FED) and all its supporting America killing entities like the UN and a thousand NGO’s. (Non-governmental Organizations. Otherwise, you just keep chasing your tail playing their game.

Don’t let your state legislatures give you the BS they need a governor’s approval to call a special session. Think the stolen election in Nov. 2020 in the key 5 swing states. BULL.The National Conference of State Legislatures says: “In 14 states, only the governor may call a special session.In 36 states, a special session may be called by either the governor or the legislature.” Too many state legislatures are hiding behind cowardice. It’s most unfortunate Leo Donofrio took down his web site because he covered the issue of the plenary power of the states so perfectly. I’m 100% certain Dr. Edwin Vieira could write one of the most accurate and constitutionally sound columns on the plenary power of the states.

The State Legislatures Can Still Rescue the Presidential Election (Or Not) – “The Supreme Court plainly stated in Bush v. Gore that the power of the legislatures is presidential elections is “plenary.” That means that the legislatures can do pretty much anything they want.”

“Donofrio v Pennsylvania Et al” Still Pending At SCOTUS – So worth the time to read: (Dec. 13, 2020) — “The failed Texas theory of action was that the plenary authority of Legislatures in Defendant States had been usurped, causing violations of equal protection to Texas voters.”

Related:

Death to Democracy in America Top Goal

PLENARY POWER: Legislatures Have It

Recall of State Officials

Are You Going to Wait Too Long?

By Wylie Marshall

July 26, 2022

When I was five years old, I was the only one of my siblings that had not started school, we lived on a farm in central Texas. I had pretty much the run of the farm, so one day I decided to see what would happen if I got an oil can that had been discarded after being emptied. Remember when motor oil came in quart cans and they were metal, and you had to open them with a can opener? You placed the opener on the edge of the can and lifted up and put a triangular hole in the top of the can, and then on the other side of the can you did the same thing, but only put a small air hole in the can so the oil would pour properly.

Well, I took an empty can and filled it with gasoline from one of the fifty-five-gallon barrels of gas that we had for the tractor. Then I sat down and leaned up against the barrel of gasoline, put the can of gas between my outstretched five-year-old legs and with a kitchen match that I always carried in my pocket, thinking that I was going to create a candle like fire from the hole in the oil can, lit the can of gasoline.

You can imagine the shock I felt when that fire erupted from that can of gasoline! It was like nothing I had ever seen before, but something happened to me at that very moment. I had a geyser of fire between my legs, pinning me up against a barrel of gasoline, that I didn’t know could explode at any minute, but something guided me to put my hand on the side of that can and gently push it over with my legs spread as far apart as possible. The fire spread out over the ground and kept burning, but with much less force and I was able to slide out from between the fire and the barrel. I then began to throw dirt on the fire until I had it under control. I don’t remember having one hair on my body that was singed.

Another instance where really bad stuff should have happened, was when I had been home from my Vietnam tour just three days. My wife and I were in our 67 VW Beatle on the Gulf Freeway in Houston, Texas at night and we were going over an overpass and met a man in a 62 Buick LeSabre, on our side of the freeway with his lights off. Of course, a head on collision occurred immediately. A 62 Buick LeSabre is much like a Sherman Tank. We pretty much bounced off of that vehicle. I must add that both vehicles were very well built back in the sixties. They didn’t crumple up like the vehicles of today tend to do. My wife knocked the windshield completely out of the VW. I received a small cut on my right arm that required three stitches and my wife would get glass out of her forehead occasionally for years after that, but other than that, we did not suffer any serious injuries.

Did I deserve God’s love and protection? I would have to say no! I did not know God, I did not obey God, I did not give God one minute of my time or care! So why do you think I was spared terrible consequences in those two instances? I also might add that there were other instances that I have been able to look back over my life and see where I should have not come out of them so well.

I do know that we are required to build Godly character, and you can’t do that without some suffering in your life. God granted us free moral agency to choose our own paths. Some of those paths can bring a lot of pain, but I do know that God loves us and has a purpose for all of us, and we don’t know what purpose He may have for us or for our descendants! Did you catch that? It may not be us per see’ He is protecting, if He is protecting us, at any one time, but one of our descendants! God might have a huge purpose for a descendant of ours further up our family tree. It sure seemed that God was right there with me when I needed Him during my military career and pulled some strings when they needed to be pulled, and my three sons were not yet born. And it seemed He did the same for others I know that had amazing careers during that terrible war. Whatever happened, He still has unconditional love for us all! And that unconditional love is what we are going to have to learn to have for God and for our fellow man, whether it is now or later! It sure appeared that God protected me even when I did not deserve it. And it could be the reason I am writing these articles today, trying to warn a people who are perishing for lack of knowledge. Hos 4:6 My people are destroyed for lack of knowledge: because thou hast rejected knowledge, I will also reject thee, that thou shalt be no priest to me: seeing thou hast forgotten the law of thy God, I will also forget thy children. I would not want God to forget me or my children or grandchildren! This is a very key verse to our problems, both as a nation and as individuals. Stop and think about that last verse for a minute. Do you keep God’s Law? Did or do your parents keep God’s Law? Did your Grandparents keep God’s Laws? Did your Great Grandparents keep God’s Law? If you can answer yes to any of those questions, then you are blessed! Now before you start patting yourself on the back, Do you know what God’s Law is? The Ten Commandments, with the Seventh Day Sabbath, the Test Commandment! Better read that verse again!

So, why is there still so much confusion out there and so many who cannot discern the word of God? It is because they just do not want God telling them what to do! I have said that many times, and I will say it again! They just do not want God telling them what to do! For example, and here is where it started with the children of Israel rejecting God; 1 Sa 8:7 And the LORD said to Samuel, “Hearken to the voice of the people in all that they say to you, for they have not rejected you, but they have rejected Me, that I should not reign over them. They wanted a King to rule over them like all the other nations around them. How did that work out for them? If you know their history, you will know that it didn’t turn out so good for them! But they got their king and What happened? God would have established Saul’s kingdom upon Israel forever, but Saul did not obey God! Saul did not keep God’s commandments! 1Sa 13:13 And Samuel said to Saul, “You have done foolishly. You have not kept the commandment of the LORD your God which He commanded you; for now the LORD would have established your kingdom upon Israel forever. 1Sa 13:14 But now your kingdom shall not stand. The LORD has sought Him a man after His own heart, and the LORD has appointed him to be prince over His people because you have not kept what the LORD commanded you.” We have example after example in the bible showing us that we must keep the Law of God, but man just don’t want God to tell him what to do even if it means his own destruction!

I read this just this past week…

Will the Real Good News Stand Up? And then went on to confuse the works of the law, which were the sacrificial laws, which ended with the death of Christ on the cross, with the Law of God, which are God’s Ten Commandments. Jesus very clearly said in Matthew 5: 17-20 He did not come to abolish the Law! He came to magnify the Law, and then showed us how He magnified the Law to include our very thoughts!

Some men try to make the word of God fit their own agenda so that it will appear to be too confusing for others to understand and will have to rely on others to tell them what the bible is saying! God is not the author of confusion, Satan is! 1Co 14:33 For God is not the author of confusion, but of peace, as in all the churches of the saints. God makes it very simple. “Obey My Voice.” Exo 19:5 Now therefore, if you will obey My voice indeed, and keep My covenant, then you shall be a special treasure to Me above all people; for all the earth is Mine. “Live by every word that proceeds from the mouth of God,” Mat 4:4 But He answered and said, “It is written, ‘Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceeds out of the mouth of God.’ ” What were those words that proceeded from the mouth of God? Exo 20:1 And God spoke all these words, saying, You can read all the words spoken by God in person, through His very mouth here in Exodus Twenty, starting in verse two! Exodus 20: 2-17. They are called The Ten Commandments!

Most of what was written in that article is so confused and convoluted that it makes no sense at all! If we are going to be judged by God’s Law, then does it not make sense that we need to know what the Law says and that we should be living by that Law? Is it fair that we should be given a ticket for speeding if there is nothing telling us what the speed limit is? Let me ask you this. Why do we even need to seek out a minister or civil court to get married if we are not required to continue in our marriage vows. Of course, in the last several decades, it has become clear that many do not keep their marriage vows, or bother to get married and look where that has gotten us. Broken homes, children without one parent or the other. Many living in poverty. Many children just abandon all together! So, how is that working out for us? Not very well is it? It is really sad when we do not live by the rules! Don’t you think God knew what He was doing when He gave us His Laws to live by? Just stop and think about each of the 10 Laws. If we would live by just those 10 Laws, this would be a perfect world to live in! Just those 10 Laws!

Then the article says righteousness comes through faith. Where does God say righteousness comes from? 2 Pe 2:21 For it would have been better for them not to have known the way of righteousness than, after knowing it, to turn back from the holy commandment that was delivered to them. So, the way of righteousness comes from keeping the commandments of God! How simple is that? It is man that wants to twist and turn and confuse you, because Satan has twisted and turned and confused man! Satan never gives up, 1Pe 5:8 Be sober! Be vigilant! For your adversary the devil is prowling about as a roaring lion, seeking anyone he may devour. And he has devoured many that do his bidding! Always rely on God’s word to guide you! Never take the word of man for doctrine. Look in your own bible to see if it is true or not! You may have to look at several scriptures to get the full meaning, especially Paul’s writings, because the word for “law” is all the same in English. So, when Paul talks about God’s Law, it looks the same as the word for law when he talks about the works of the law, the sacrificial laws, or the law of circumcision. The sacrificial laws and the law of circumcision came to an end at the death of Christ because Christ was our perfect sacrifice once and for all, and now our hearts are circumcised when we are buried in baptism. You have to be careful to know which law Paul is referring to. Peter warns that Paul’s writings are hard to understand…2 Pe 3:16 As he has also in all his epistles, speaking in them concerning these things; in which are some things that are difficult to understand, which the ignorant and unstable are twisting and distorting, as they also twist and distort the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. Peter didn’t mince any words in his warning did he? Peter knew Paul’s writings were hard to understand for those who were still on milk.

Then the article brings in scriptures like Revelation 7: 9-17 which are about the great multitude that came out of the tribulation and repented of their sins and are sealed with God’s Holy Spirit. And tells you that they are in heaven and heaven is nowhere mentioned in any of those scriptures, Remember what the bible says about going to heaven. This Great Innumerable Multitude is about the laborers in the vineyard. Mat 20:1 “The kingdom of heaven shall be compared to a man, a master of a house, who went out early in the morning to hire workmen for his vineyard. Mat 20:2 And after agreeing with the workmen on a silver coin for the day’s wage, he sent them into his vineyard. Mat 20:3 And when he went out about the third hour, he saw others standing idle in the marketplace; Mat 20:4 And he said to them, ‘Go also into the vineyard, and whatever is right I will give you.’ Mat 20:5 And they went. Again, after going out about the sixth hour and the ninth hour, he did likewise. Mat 20:6 And about the eleventh hour, he went out and found others standing idle, and said to them, ‘Why have you been standing here idle all the day?’ Mat 20:7 They said to him, ‘Because no one has hired us.’ He said to them, ‘Go also into my vineyard, and whatever is right you shall receive.’ Mat 20:8 And when evening came, the lord of the vineyard said to his steward, ‘Call the workmen and pay them their hire, beginning from the last unto the first.’ Mat 20:9 And when those who were hired about the eleventh hour came, they each received a silver coin. Mat 20:10 But when the first ones came, they thought that they would receive more; but each of them also received a silver coin. Mat 20:11 And after receiving it, they complained against the master of the house, Mat 20:12 Saying, ‘These who came last have worked one hour, and you have made them equal to us, who have carried the burden and the heat of the day.’ Mat 20:13 But he answered and said to them, ‘Friend, I am not doing you wrong. Did you not agree with me on a silver coin for the day? Mat 20:14 Take what is yours and go, for I also desire to give to the last ones exactly as I gave to you. Mat 20:15 And is it not lawful for me to do what I will with that which is my own? Is your eye evil because I am good?’ Mat 20:16 So the last shall be first, and the first shall be last; for many are called, but few are chosen.”

Those who God called down through the ages, in the early morning, in the third hour, the sixth hour, the ninth hour, have had to live their lives in constant battle against Satan and his demons, Eph 6:12 For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. These are those that John 6: 44 & 45 have happened to. No one can come to Me unless the Father, Who sent Me, draws him; and I will raise him up at the last day. Joh 6:45 It is written in the prophets, ‘And they shall all be taught by God.’ Therefore, everyone who has heard from the Father, and has learned, comes to Me. But for those who were called in the eleventh hour, they had to live through the tribulation as well! And I think Matthew 20: 10 through 15 is there for us to learn that we are not to complain about anything, for who would complain about receiving eternal life, the silver coin, and what could be more than eternal life in God’s Family?

And how about the Hundred and forty-four thousand out of every tribe of the children of Israel? They were also sealed with God’s Holy Spirit and resurrected in the 1^st resurrection. What does the bible say about Israel being saved? Rom 9:27 But Isaiah cried out concerning Israel, “Although the number of the children of Israel shall be as the sand of the sea, a remnant shall be saved. Rev 7:4 And I heard the number of those who were sealed: one hundred forty-four thousand, sealed out of every tribe of the children of Israel.

The Great Innumerable Multitude were called at the eleventh hour and came up in the 1^st Resurrection with all those God has called down through the ages as well as the last to die, the Two Witnesses, fulfilling Matthew 20:16. They were the last called and the first to be resurrected in the 1^st resurrection. But they did not go to heaven. They reigned here on this earth with Christ for one thousand years. Rev 20:6 Blessed and holy is the one who has part in the first resurrection; over these the second death has no power. But they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with Him a thousand years.

You need to study your bible and not rely on other people to tell you what it says. There are few people that can rightly discern the Word of God, and you will be led astray. Not necessarily intentionally, but because there have been many learned men of all ages who have longed to be able to discern the Word of God, but discernment was not given to them, because they did not keep God’s Law! John 14:21 The one who has My commandments and is keeping them, that is the one who loves Me; and the one who loves Me shall be loved by My Father, and I will love him and will manifest Myself to him.” Isa 28:9 Whom shall he teach knowledge? and whom shall he make to understand doctrine? them that are weaned from the milk, and drawn from the breasts. Isa 28:10 For precept must be upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, and there a little: Most people think that they can just keep God’s commandments the way they want to keep them and that will be good enough. They think that keeping Sunday as their sabbath is okay as long as they keep one day a week to worship on. But that is not what God says to do in His commandments. God says to keep the Seventh Day Sabbath and to Keep it Holy! Christ also magnified the Law to include our thoughts! We have to control our thoughts. Not to hate our brother, or lust after anyone or anything! We have to keep God’s Law the way God says to keep God’s Law. God gave us His test commandment, the 4^th commandment, to see if we would obey Him or not. That is not a passive commandment, God has to see you keeping that commandment, you have to do something to keep that commandment, as I explained in my last article “Can Repentance Save this Nation?” 2Pe 3:9 The Lord is not slack concerning his promise, as some men count slackness; but is longsuffering to us-ward, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance. Are you going to keep that stiff-neck and wait too long? How long is God’s “longsuffering to us-ward” going to last?

I have been accused of being legalistic. If reading and believing what God is telling me in the Bible is being legalistic, then I guess I am. But when you are standing before God in the Great White Throne Judgement and you are asked to account for why you did not keep His Law, what are you going to say? “Well God, I just didn’t want to be legalistic!” The unpardonable sin is the sin that was not repented of!

E-Mail Wylie Marshall: sirwylecoyote@yahoo.com

The Right Place at the Right Time

Rolaant McKenzie

July 26, 2022

Many of us at one time or another may have wondered about key decisions we have made in our lives. The kind of decisions that have had a profound effect on the direction of our lives. What if we had turned to the left instead of right on that mountain path? What if we had moved from home for a job or school across the country instead of remaining in place? What if we had made different choices from the ones we made? How would have things turned out?

The 1943 short story, The Greatest Gift by Philip Van Doren Stern, is loosely based on A Christmas Carol, written by Charles Dickens one hundred years earlier in 1843. These stories were the inspiration for Frank Capra’s 1946 film It’s a Wonderful Life, which is considered one of the best movies ever made and usually appears on American television networks during the Christmas season. The common theme in these stories and film is that of a man in crisis experiencing a supernatural visitation that reforms his thinking and transforms for good his life and those around him.

The protagonist of It’s a Wonderful Life, George Bailey, ran the family business, Bailey Brothers Building and Loan in Bedford Falls, New York. This bank had been at the center of his life from time his father managed it up to the time he inherited it. George also saw the bank as both a heavy ball and chain keeping him from leaving town and pursuing his dreams, but also as a bulwark against Mr. Potter, the wealthiest and greediest man who controlled most of the town and who desired to take over or destroy the Building and Loan.

Disaster struck on Christmas Eve when a large sum of money that was to be deposited in the Building and Loan account went missing. The bank examiner was in town to review the bank’s records that day and found the discrepancy. Unable to locate the missing money, George realized that scandal and prison awaited him. With no help in sight, in despair he made his way to the town bridge to end his life.

Before George could jump off the bridge, another man suddenly appeared and jumped into the cold, swirling water. George, being a good and decent man, went after him and rescued him. Warming up in the bridge watch house, the man revealed himself as Clarence, George’s guardian angel. He told George that he was sent to save his life. George expressed his wish that he had never been born.

Granting his wish, Clarence revealed to George how things would be if he never existed. Without his management of the Building and Loan, it failed and his Uncle Billy who ran it suffered a nervous breakdown and was sent to a mental institution. Mr. Potter was able to take total control of Bedford Falls, which he renamed Pottersville, turning it into seedy, sleazy, crime-ridden town full of unfriendly people. Bailey Park, instead of being a working-class neighborhood of nice, comfortable homes was now a cemetery where his brother Harry was buried. George saved his brother from drowning when they were children, but since George was not there, Harry drowned. And all the people Harry later saved in World War II died because Harry was not there. His employer as a young boy, Mr. Gower, was sent to prison for manslaughter since George was not there to catch the deadly error he made in a drug prescription. His wife Mary never married, and the children she and George would have had did not exist since George was not born.

George pleaded with Clarence to allow him to return to his life. His wish was granted, and a grateful George rushed home to face arrest. But when he arrived, he found out that his wife Mary and Uncle Billy rallied the townspeople, who remembered the kindness and generosity George showed to them throughout his life. They donated far more than was needed to cover the missing money, causing the officer sent for him to smile and tear up the arrest warrant. George was at the right place at the right time in all the lives he touched, and in turn many of those people were at the right place at the right time for George. As everyone in George’s home celebrated and sang “Hark! The Herald Angels Sing”, he realized how rich and wonderful his life was.

What if God, in His perfect righteousness, decided before the foundation of the world not to send His Son Jesus to save humanity fallen into sin? What if there was no promise to Adam and Eve that a Savior would be sent to crush the devil and secure atonement for all our sins (Genesis 3:15; Hebrews 2:17; 1 John 4:10)? We would all be in a great deal of trouble! We would all face the hell of being forever separated from God’s presence and the glory of His power (2 Thessalonians 2:5-10), forever ruined beyond repair and unable to fulfill our highest purpose — that is, to glorify God and forever enjoy Him.

Praise and thanks be to God that He established a different “timeline”. Out of His perfect righteousness and love for us, and perfect timing, He sent His Son Jesus.

“But when the fullness of the time came, God sent forth His Son, born of a woman, born under the Law, so that He might redeem those who were under the Law, that we might receive the adoption as sons.” (Galatians 4:4-5)

When Jesus came the Roman Empire stretched over most of the civilized world. Travel and commerce had reached an unprecedented level due in great part to the network of roads that connected the diverse regions of the empire. The Greek language was commonly used throughout the empire much like English is spoken in many places around the world today. All this provided the perfect setting for the propagation of the gospel message.

The world would hear the message that we are not here by random chance, and that we were not designed to be fragile, to break down and die. A loving God created us in His image to last forever, body and spirit, so that we would always enjoy fellowship with Him. But Adam’s sin ruined this and brought suffering and death on humanity. God through His Son Jesus Christ entered time and came into this wrecked world.

“By this the love of God was manifested in us, that God has sent His only begotten Son into the world so that we might live through Him. In this is love, not that we loved God, but that He loved us and sent His Son to be the propitiation for our sins.” (1 John 4:9-10)

His perfect life, death on the cross for our sins, and resurrection broke the power of death over all who trust in Him. Though like grass our bodies wither and fade away (Isaiah 40:6-8), the Lord’s promise is to resurrect us, reunite body and spirit, and restore forever the fellowship with God that was lost. Jesus came to give us a wonderful life, an abundant life, eternal life (John 10:10).

In Peter Jackson’s 2001 movie adaptation of J.R.R. Tolkien’s The Lord of the Rings: The Fellowship of the Ring, Frodo and his companions had to take the dangerous path through Mount Moria on the quest to destroy the evil Ring of Power, earnestly sought by the Dark Lord Sauron to dominate all life on Middle-earth. Gollum, a wretched and pitiful creature whose mind and body had become twisted by long possession of the ring, was irresistibly drawn to it. He stealthily followed Frodo into the dark mountain to reclaim it, but Frodo was alerted to his presence and told Gandalf:

Frodo: There’s something down there!

Gandalf: It’s Gollum.

Frodo: Gollum!

Gandalf: He has been following us for three days.

Frodo: He escaped the dungeons of Barad-dur.

Gandalf: Escaped or set loose. He hates and loves the ring, as he hates and loves himself. He will never be rid of his need for it.

Frodo: It’s a pity Bilbo didn’t kill him when he had the chance.

Gandalf: Pity? It was pity that stayed Bilbo’s hand. Many that live deserve death. Some that die deserve life. Can you give it to them, Frodo? Do not be too eager to deal out death in judgment. Even the very wise cannot see all ends. My heart tells me that Gollum has some part to play yet, for good or ill before this is over. The pity of Bilbo may rule the fate of many.

Frodo: I wish the Ring had never come to me. I wish none of this had happened.

Gandalf: So do all who live to see such times, but that is not for them to decide. All we have to decide is what to do with the time that is given to us. There are other forces at work in this world, Frodo, besides the will of evil. Bilbo was meant to find the ring; in which case you also were meant to have it. And that is an encouraging thought.

It turned out later in this epic story that when Frodo was to destroy the ring by throwing it into the lava depths within Mount Doom, the power of the ring overcame his resolve and he decided to keep it for himself. The quest would have failed there, except that Gollum had followed Frodo into the mountain. He attacked him and managed to take the ring. But in his joy at recovering it, he fell over a ledge above the cauldron of lava. Frodo was left holding on to the ledge for dear life. The ring along with Gollum was destroyed, and the quest successful. The evil kingdom of Sauron was destroyed.

If Bilbo had not pitied Gollum and killed him when he had the chance many years before, Frodo’s failure to destroy the ring would have doomed Middle-earth to perpetual darkness.

Because Frodo’s friend and travel companion Sam was with him, he was able to pull him from the ledge when he tumbled over with Gollum and save his life.

As Sauron’s kingdom crumbled to ruin, the lava in Mount Doom erupted and began to flow down the mountain. Frodo and Sam were trapped on a boulder with lava flowing around them. Because the eagles were flying overhead beholding the fall of Sauron, their sharp eyes saw Frodo and Sam and they were able to rescue them from certain death and carry them to a place of safety.

God’s providence in the story worked out events so that Frodo, Sam, Gollum, and others were able to play their vital roles in destroying the ring and bringing peace to Middle-earth. Everyone was at the right place at the right time.

Like Frodo, we may question why we are where we are in the world at this particular time and wish we did not face the present perilous circumstances. Some of us, like George Bailey, may wish we did not live in the present time. But it is important to remember that our lives and its events are not by random chance. God did not place us here a thousand years ago, or one hundred years ago, but today. He has a purpose for each of us being here and now.

One of the many examples of this in Scripture is the story of Joseph, the favored son of Jacob who was sold as a slave to a caravan of traders by his own brothers who were intensely jealous of him. His brothers then deceived their father Jacob by telling him that Joseph was dead. Joseph was taken to Egypt, where he experienced betrayal, imprisonment, and disappointment. Yet he trusted in God’s ability to work everything out according to His righteousness. God gifted Joseph with administrative genius and the ability to interpret dreams. The Pharaoh of Egypt elevated him to be Governor over the entire country to prepare for a coming great famine, which enabled him to save the country and that region of the world that depended on Egypt for food, and especially preserve the lives of his brothers and their families. God made Joseph to be in the right place at the right time to save the people of Israel, which in turn led to the birth, death, and resurrection of Jesus who provides the ultimate salvation for humanity.

“When Joseph’s brothers saw that their father was dead, they said, ‘What if Joseph bears a grudge against us and pays us back in full for all the wrong which we did to him!’ So they sent a message to Joseph, saying, ‘Your father charged before he died, saying, Thus you shall say to Joseph, Please forgive, I beg you, the transgression of your brothers and their sin, for they did you wrong. And now, please forgive the transgression of the servants of the God of your father.’ And Joseph wept when they spoke to him. Then his brothers also came and fell down before him and said, ‘Behold, we are your servants.’ But Joseph said to them, ‘Do not be afraid, for am I in God’s place? As for you, you meant evil against me, but God meant it for good in order to bring about this present result, to preserve many people alive. So therefore, do not be afraid; I will provide for you and your little ones.’ So he comforted them and spoke kindly to them.” (Genesis 50:15-21)

Another example is the story of Esther, a young woman of the Jewish exiles in Persia. Through a series of providential circumstances, she rose to become queen with King Ahasuerus. Though not explicitly stated in the account, it was clear that God arranged for Esther to be at that place at that time to play a crucial role in saving her people from annihilation. Her cousin Mordecai alluded to this in his response to her at a critical point of the story.

“Then Mordecai told them to reply to Esther, ‘Do not imagine that you in the king’s palace can escape any more than all the Jews. For if you remain silent at this time, relief and deliverance will arise for the Jews from another place and you and your father’s house will perish. And who knows whether you have not attained royalty for such a time as this?‘” (Esther 4:13-14)

The apostle Paul proclaimed to the Athenians at Mars Hill a God intimately involved in human affairs. This sovereign God created all things, gives life and breath to all things, and sustains all things. He “made from one man every nation of mankind to live on all the face of the earth, having determined their appointed times and the boundaries of their habitation” (Acts 17:26).

God knew us completely before we were born. As a Master Architect, He lovingly and skillfully oversaw our construction in our mother’s womb and ordained all our days before they existed.

“For You formed my inward parts; You wove me in my mother’s womb. I will give thanks to You, for I am fearfully and wonderfully made; wonderful are Your works, and my soul knows it very well. My frame was not hidden from You, When I was made in secret, and skillfully wrought in the depths of the earth; Your eyes have seen my unformed substance; and in Your book were all written the days that were ordained for me, when as yet there was not one of them.” (Psalm 139:13-16)

Although we do not know how our lives will turn out God certainly does, and that is a comforting and encouraging thought. It shows the intimate care He has for us. We may often not understand why we went through certain circumstances or experiences, but God used them and those with whom we interacted to bring us in His perfect time to faith in Jesus Christ and to enable us to persevere through the times we face in the world today.

But our unique experiences do not to benefit us alone, for they allow us to share the love and grace of God, especially in the gospel, with those we encounter in ways that are particularly fitting for the person and time.

“And we know that God causes all things to work together for good to those who love God, to those who are called according to His purpose.” (Romans 8:28)

Just as Jesus came into the world at the right place at the right time to save sinners doomed to eternal separation from God, so He has placed us here at the right place at the right time to work out all our circumstances for our good, for our salvation, for the blessing of others with whom we travel on the road of life, and for His glory.

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

World Economic Forum, Totalitarian Enslavement

By Kelleigh Nelson

July 26, 2022

All technologies will be directly embedded into our bodies by 2030. —Nokia boss, Pekka Lundmark at WEF

Irrational thinking and the embracing of absurdity as a way of life has spread to every corner of the globe—way beyond the first-world countries to the most remote islands in the world. There is no normal anymore, anywhere. Insanity has infected the entire human population. —Dr. Peter McCullough

To achieve a better outcome, the world must act jointly and swiftly to revamp all aspects of our societies and economies, from education to social contracts and working conditions. Every country, from the United States to China, must participate, and every industry, from oil and gas to tech, must be transformed. In short, we need a ‘Great Reset’ of capitalism. —Klaus Schwab

Totalitarianism strives not to despotic dominion over the people, but to establish such a system in which people are completely unnecessary. —Hannah Arendt

The Great Reset is caused by government manipulation, with the guidance of the World Economic Forum (WEF), the United Nations, and other elites, Rockefeller and Ford Foundations, etc., who believe they have the right to steer nations and economies into a new “totalitarian world order.” All of this is being fueled by green energy policy lies. The Greta Thunberg fools of the world are so propagandized with fear, it is impossible to reach them with truth. Unfortunately, many Americans have fallen prey to these lies.

Too many Americans surrendered their God-given freedoms out of fear of a lie, a lie promoted by evil entities throughout the world. “Protocols” were installed and millions were murdered in hospitals because we were told there was nothing that could save them except a vaccine! Millions have died and many more are disabled from the dangerous C-19 inoculations. Newstarget recently reported that Pfizers own documents admit that mRNA covid vaccines will result in mass depopulation.

The FDA has now approved these injections for children under five, roughly 18 million youngsters.

Our citizens have lost their ability to think logically and to reason for themselves that governments rarely have good intentions for their subjects.

The First Seeds of Terror and Totalitarianism

Holocaust survivor, political philosopher and author, Hannah Arendt, published her first book in 1951, The Origins of Totalitarianism. Her work describes what we are seeing in America today. She discusses the evolution of classes into masses, the role of propaganda in dealing with the non-totalitarian world, the use of terror, and the nature of isolation and loneliness as preconditions for total domination.

Terror regimes use isolation as a weapon of oppression, and terror arrived in America in 2020 via the mainstream media’s fear propaganda. Even the conservative stations segregated all their hosts and spoke of nothing else but COVID. Anthony Fauci struck even more trepidation in Americans with his constant updates and statements of how dangerous the Wuhan virus would be to everyone. Deborah Birx and Robert Redfield echoed Fauci’s doctrine of lies.

Hannah Arendt spoke of loneliness as the capacity to think and to know ourselves, even when in isolation, depends, in part, by making meaningful connections with others. How much has technology, the internet, smart phones and social media affected how we relate to others? It is obvious when you see people out to dinner or at a gathering, and instead of being engaged in conversation, they are looking at their phones.

Ms. Arendt believed that totalitarianism was able to institute a regime of total terror because modern individuals had lost the ability to trust their very selves since they had abandoned any sense of relation to one another.

She stated, “Terror can rule absolutely only over men who are isolated against each other… Therefore, one of the primary concerns of all tyrannical government is to bring this isolation about. Isolation may be the beginning of terror; it certainly is its most fertile ground; it always is its result. This isolation is, as it were, pre-totalitarian; its hallmark is impotence insofar as power always comes from men acting together…; isolated men are powerless by definition.”

In John Miltimore’s March 2018 article, Hannah Arendt on How Loneliness Breeds Terror, he states, “What we see here is that, according to Arendt, loneliness is not the absence of people but an absence of self-identity, which is attained through companionship and community. But loneliness is preceded by social isolation, and it is in this first stage of isolation where the first seeds of terror and totalitarianism are sewn.”

Two years of living hell for Americans did much to cement fear and compliance, even with those of us who saw through the lies…even though we saw the dangers. Fear and loneliness had embedded itself in our loved ones, friends and neighbors. “Don’t forget your mask,” was the call with the wave from neighbors in their yards.

What does the Lord say? That fear is NOT from Him.

But whoso hearkeneth unto me shall dwell safely, and be quiet from fear of evil. –Proverbs 1:33

For God hath not given us the spirit of fear; but of power, and of love, and of a sound mind. –2 Timothy 1:7

Remembering History

Nazi Germany, in the 1930s and 1940s, promoted fear to rule the people, and that fear was directed at another group of people, a group who meant nothing to the hierarchy in charge. Men and women were used as slaves until they became too weak to work and then they were murdered, cremated and gone. Babies were bludgeoned or shot with their families and dumped into huge burial plots, plots they were forced to dig before being shot. Mothers tried to shield their infants to no avail.

Millions of Jews died, I am convinced far more than the common tally of six million. Yes, the Germans kept excellent records, but they hired townspeople to round up the Jewish citizenry and murder them, many were never recorded. Millions more died, Romany (gypsies), homosexuals, dissenters, one of the most famous being anti-Nazi Lutheran preacher, Dietrich Bonhoeffer who was hanged by Hitler only days before liberation of Flossenburg.

It is so necessary to remember the Holocaust when speaking of the events of the last two years with the COVID Plandemic. Americans no longer know our own or world history. Revisionists write what they want us to believe and the statues and heroes of the past are destroyed. The very memory of the Holocaust should cause us to avoid future human tragedies, yet we find ourselves in the throes of a new and horrible worldwide tyranny that is gaining speed every day.

Build Back Better, aka The Great Reset

Now we have our dementia ridden illegitimate president writing Executive Orders that are dictatorial edicts. EOs are only for administrative purposes, but the executive branch now ignores that fact which makes the president the most powerful person in the land…certainly not what our founders had in mind. Joe’s Special Envoy, John Kerry, has let the world know that, “The notion of a reset is more important now than ever before.” Kerry thinks this will be an exciting time. It sounds potentially lethal for most of humanity.

Ahh, the lovely state of our world. Good ole’ Joe, he’s been on the New World Order bandwagon all his life. And now, WEF member Joe Biden is the puppet in charge of this country with his “Build Back Better.” Our fate is sealed unless we fight. The BBB slogan isn’t even his. Of course not, Joe is an infamous plagiarist. It’s the mantra for “The Great Reset” a la Schwab, Harari, WHO, the world’s leaders, Bill Gates, Big Pharma, Fauci, the Democrat Party and the majority of the Republican Party. Those who defy the globalists are destroyed or eliminated.

Schwab’s Advisor, Yuval Noah Harari

Klaus Schwab tells us that we will never return to normal after COVID. He states, “Nothing will ever return to the ‘broken’ sense of normalcy that prevailed prior to the crisis because the coronavirus pandemic marks a fundamental inflection point in our global trajectory.” I highly doubt most patriotic Americans felt we lived in a “broken” America before the Wuhan virus hit, and what if we don’t want to go on Schwab’s Orwellian chosen course?

Pfizer CEO, Albert Bourla, Moderna CEO Stephane Bancel, and Johnson and Johnson’s Alex Gorsky are all members of the World Economic Forum. Albert Bourla tells Klaus Schwab that he wants compliance of the populations for his inoculations.

Schwab tells us we’ll never return to normal, but his top advisor, WEF and UN spokesperson, Yuval Noah Harari, tells us in his book, Homo Deus (man god), “The era of free will is over.” Yuval is praised by Klaus Schwab, Barack Obama, Mark Zuckerberg and Bill Gates, who reviewed his book on the cover of the New York Times Book Review. And Bill Gates, who wants to depopulate the world is funding and running the vaccine industry. If this doesn’t make you back away from every needle, I don’t know what will.

Yuval Harari is considered by Klaus Schwab to be a brilliant futurist. Both claim that by 2030, “You will own nothing and be happy!” Mr. Harari says the Bible and thousands of years of faith in God and Jesus is fake news. He is openly gay and married to Itzic Yahav, who is also his personal manager. They married in a civil ceremony in Toronto, Canada.

In January of 2020, Yuval Harari made a blistering speech to Davos. He states:

Old jobs will disappear, new jobs will emerge, but then the new jobs will rapidly change and vanish. Whereas in the past human had to struggle against exploitation, in the twenty-first century the really big struggle will be against irrelevance. And it is much worse to be irrelevant than exploited.

Those who fail in the struggle against irrelevance would constitute a new “useless class” – people who are useless not from the viewpoint of their friends and family, but useless from the viewpoint of the economic and political system. And this useless class will be separated by an ever-growing gap from the ever more powerful elite.

The AI revolution might create unprecedented inequality not just between classes but also between countries.

There’s that word again… “useless.” Unless we fit into the slave mentality of these globalists, we are expendable.

The global elite are obsessed with over population and want six billion people to die. If their dreams come true, it is a return to feudalism.

Most of us just want to be left alone, to raise our families, make our own choices, and live our lives in peace.

Conclusion

Men Who Just Want to be Left Alone

“The most terrifying force of death, comes from the hands of Men who wanted to be left Alone. They try, so very hard, to mind their own business and provide for themselves and those they love.

They resist every impulse to fight back, knowing the forced and permanent change of life that will come from it. They know, that the moment they fight back, their lives as they have lived them, are over.

The moment the Men who wanted to be left alone are forced to fight back, it is a form of suicide. They are literally killing off who they used to be. Which is why, when forced to take up violence, these Men who wanted to be left alone, fight with unholy vengeance against those who murdered their former lives. They fight with raw hate, and a drive that cannot be fathomed by those who are merely play-acting at politics and terror. TRUE TERROR will arrive at these people’s door, and they will cry, scream, and beg for mercy… but it will fall upon the deaf ears of the Men who just wanted to be left alone.” —Soviet Dissident, Alexander Solzhenitsyn

And having done all, we must STAND as ONE against the onslaught of evil.

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

America in 2022: Leaderless, Rudderless, Confused, Muddled

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 25, 2022

When you see that the President of the United States must use a cue card to tell him where to sit, stand, speak and shake hands—you might deduce that this country lacks a competent leader. When you see him reading a teleprompter and repeating at the end of a quote, and he reads it, “…end of quote”, you might figure out that he doesn’t know what he’s doing or what he’s saying. You might realize that America stands “leaderless” in the world. Sadly, most world leaders know he’s suffering from dementia…and he makes no sense of anything he’s doing. World leaders must either be grimacing or shaking their heads at America.

Eighteen months ago, we were an energy independent country. As soon as Biden reached the White House, he worked successfully to destroy our energy independence. Now, he’s begging Saudi Arabia, Venezuela and other countries to send us more oil. Does that show leadership or sheer stupidity?

When you see that the leadership of this country gave us double the price hikes of a gallon of gas in the past 18 months, you might figure out that we are “rudderless.” We’re being forced into a “green new deal paradigm” that lacks any ability to sustain itself or deliver enough energy to power this nation.

When the cost of food has blown through the roof, yes, the leadership of this country might be considered “confused.” Or, perhaps “incompetent.” How about simply “corrupt?”

When an 82-year-old woman maintains power over the House of Representatives, but uses her knowledge of defense contracts, computer chips contracts and much more to give her “insider trading” information to grow her personal wealth to over $124 million, you might say that we’ve got a monumental corruption problem in much of the leadership of our country.

Whether it’s a nearly 80-year-old president or an 82-year-old Speaker of the House in Nancy Pelosi, you wouldn’t be hard pressed in realizing that we’re being led by people who have lost their minds and/or who have corrupted the entire system to their own benefit.

When you watch the January 6^th House investigation hearings, you may have forgotten that House member Liz Cheney (R-WY) is the wife of one of the most corrupt politicians in the country, Dick Cheney, and, a man who engineered the Iraq War that got tens of thousands of American kids killed, 7,100 combat or 114,000 suicides, along with Rumsfeld…and who also was the head of Haliburton…which made him and his wife Liz…millions and millions of dollars. All that money came from your tax dollars. Yet, she sits at the head of a table trying to bring down former president Trump, when she, herself, stands as an accomplice to her husband Dick Cheney, which makes them both eligible for prison if anyone ever pursued that thread of corruption.

We could follow the corruption trail to House member Ilhan Omar, a Somalian refugee, who lied about marrying her brother, which is illegal, lied on her immigration papers, and now, condemns the USA as a corrupt, racist nation. When, in fact, she very well may be deported at some point for her own corruption.

But then you look at someone like House Member Maxine Waters, and you wonder if there should be a minimum IQ of 100 in order to serve in Congress. If there was, she would be ineligible. But she knows how to do nothing in Congress while she bilks the American taxpayer…but at the same time, urges violence in speeches to her constituents…but never gets pulled in front of a January 6^th investigation.

We’ve got U.S. Senator Charles Schumer telling two supreme court justices that he’s going to “get them, and that they will reap the whirlwind of consequences.” Now we’ve got people trying to kill Justice Kavanaugh, and another man just tried to kill House Member Lee Zeldin who was on stage promoting his candidacy for governor of New York.

Ironically, we’ve got “pretty boy” Governor Gavin Newsome of California hinting that he will run for the White House when his own state suffers from an astronomical 100,000 homeless Americans in LA and San Francisco, incredible crime rates, and somewhere around 4,000,000 illegal aliens operating in his sanctuary state. You can’t make this stuff up!

And why haven’t the members of Congress passed a “term limit” bill to get rid of such endemic corruption that cannot help but expand and entrench itself when you allow those in power to stay in power for 40 years in Congress?

We’ve got an 18 month invasion of our southern border, which I have personally witnessed, and yet, no one in Congress will contest the current President Joe Biden in his lawless, reckless and totally insane push to dissolve our sovereignty as a nation. The fact is: we are no longer a sovereign nation with secure borders. And, we’re paying for every illegal refugee with our tax dollars.

I’m personally watching my Colorado U.S. Senator Michael Bennet, a man who has done NOTHING while serving for 10 years in the senate to secure our borders, or pay down our $31 trillion debt—did nothing to get us out of Iraq or Afghanistan, watched the BLM riots burn down our cities, and is totally for sanctuary cities of illegal aliens. But now, he’s campaigning to get reelected on his thoughtful record.

What really peeves me off stems from the fact that we can’t get the truth out of NBC, ABC, CBS, 60 Minutes, Anderson Cooper, CNN, NPR, PBS and the rest. All of them followed and presented the Russian Collusion Hoax against Trump for four years. None of them touched or will touch the absolute fraud of the Hunter-Joe Biden corruption in Ukraine and other oil states. None of them reported on the BLM riots or the fact that NO one faced arrest or prosecution.

The Grand Daddy Of All Nightmares We Face: Catastrophic Climate Destabilization

The thing that blows my mind stems from all our leaders crying, screaming and wailing about climate change—but they NEVER connect the dots as to what’s causing it. What makes it worse you ask? Answer: the more you add people, the more they burn energy, and so, the more you accelerate climate change. And, Joe Biden brought in over 2,000,000 more refugees into the USA illegally last year, and he’s on course to import another 3,000,000 illegally this year…on top of the 1,000,000 immigrants arriving legally. Do you think we stand a chance of stopping climate change? Answer: not a snowball’s chance in hell.

This kind of rudderless, mindless, confused, leaderless and corrupt parade of liars, cheats, thieves and worse—makes a regular American want to pull his or her hair out.

Who has failed us the most? Answer: the mainstream media. The big newspapers like the New York Times, Washington Post, The Atlantic Magazine, and the Wall Street Journal possess the power and money in investigate the incredible fraud going on in Washington DC, BUT THEY DON’T. Even the venerable 60 Minutes covers up what’s really going on in DC.

The fact remains: the majority of those people sitting in those seats in Washington DC are NOT serving the American people. They are serving themselves and some higher masters. And, in the end, we’re all going to pay a huge price as our country falls into racial, sociological, linguistic, religious and economic mayhem. If you toss in catastrophic climate destabilization—we’ve got a hell of a mess on our hands. Worse, I’m not sure we’re ever going to pull out of it.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation. Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Showdown at the EPA Corral

By Paul Engel

July 25, 2022

Does the Clean Air Act empower the EPA to regulate the national power grid?
What standard should a court use when interpreting the laws of the United States?
Will West Virginia v. EPA change the powers of executive agencies?

Did you ever imagine that a question about air pollution could end up changing the way governments work? That may be exactly what happened with the Supreme Court’s opinion in West Virginia v. Environmental Protection Agency. What started as a question of whether or not the EPA’s plan to reduce carbon-dioxide emissions from the electric grid was constitutional turned into a statement about the limits of discretion granted to executive agencies.

The question before the court in West Virginia v. EPA seemed quite simple:

Since passage of the [Clean Air] Act 50 years ago, EPA has exercised this authority by setting performance standards based on measures that would reduce pollution by causing plants to operate more cleanly. In 2015, however, EPA issued a new rule concluding that the “best system of emission reduction” for existing coal-fired power plants included a requirement that such facilities reduce their own production of electricity, or subsidize increased generation by natural gas, wind, or solar sources.

The question before us is whether this broader conception of EPA’s authority is within the power granted to it by the Clean Air Act.

What was the EPA trying to do with their new rule to reduce emissions?

The point, after all, was to compel the transfer of power generating capacity from existing sources to wind and solar. The White House stated that the Clean Power Plan would “drive a[n] . . . aggressive transformation in the domestic energy industry.”

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

The EPA claimed the authority to transform electrical generation throughout the country. Was this a power Congress had delegated to the EPA under the Clean Air Act? According to the majority of the court, no.

Under our precedents, this is a major questions case. In arguing that Section 111(d) empowers it to substantially restructure the American energy market, EPA “claim[ed] to discover in a long-extant statute an unheralded power” representing a “transformative expansion in [its] regulatory authority.” … It located that newfound power in the vague language of an “ancillary provision[]” of the Act, … one that was designed to function as a gap filler and had rarely been used in the preceding decades. And the Agency’s discovery allowed it to adopt a regulatory program that Congress had conspicuously and repeatedly declined to enact itself. … Given these circumstances, there is every reason to “hesitate before concluding that Congress” meant to confer on EPA the authority it claims under Section 111(d).

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

Not surprisingly, some of the justices disagreed with this assessment. Compare the majority’s statement to how the dissent views the situation:

As I have already explained, nothing in the Clean Air Act (or, for that matter, any other statute) conflicts with EPA’s reading of Section 111. Notably, the majority does not dispute that point. Of course, it views Section 111 (if for unexplained reasons) as less clear than I do.

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency – Kagan Dissent

This is the true crux of this case. Who decides what a law means, Congress who writes the law or the executive agencies that enforce it? Justice Gorsuch points out how the court goes about deciding this in his concurrence.

One of the Judiciary’s most solemn duties is to ensure that acts of Congress are applied in accordance with the Constitution in the cases that come before us. To help fulfill that duty, courts have developed certain “clear-statement” rules. These rules assume that, absent a clear statement otherwise, Congress means for its laws to operate in congruence with the Constitution rather than test its bounds. In this way, these clear-statement rules help courts “act as faithful agents of the Constitution.”

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency – Gorsuch Concurrence

In other words, unless there is a clear statement in the law to the contrary, Congress means for its laws to be enforced following the Constitution, not testing the boundaries of it.

Since the question revolves around how the EPA interpreted the Clean Air Act, let’s start there.

The Agency View

But, the Agency explained, in order to “control[ ] CO2 from affected [plants] at levels . . . necessary to mitigate the dangers presented by climate change,” it could not base the emissions limit on “measures that improve efficiency at the power plants.” … “The quantity of emissions reductions resulting from the application of these measures” would have been “too small.” … Instead, to attain the necessary “critical CO2 reductions,” EPA adopted what it called a “broader, forward-thinking approach to the design” of Section 111 regulations. … Rather than focus on improving the performance of individual sources, it would “improve the overall power system by lowering the carbon intensity of power generation.” … (emphasis added). And it would do that by forcing a shift throughout the power grid from one type of energy source to another. In the words of the then-EPA Administrator, the rule was “not about pollution control” so much as it was “an investment opportunity” for States, especially “investments in renewables and clean energy.” …

This view of EPA’s authority was not only unprecedented; it also effected a “fundamental revision of the statute, changing it from [one sort of] scheme of . . . regulation” into an entirely different kind.

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

It appears, in the mind of the EPA Administrator, when Congress said they were to “improve efficiency at power plants”, they really meant protect us all from “climate change”. Furthermore, when Congress said to improve performance of the individual sources of electricity, it really meant to regulate the entire electrical grid. As the EPA administrator was quoted in the opinion, the Clean Air Act wasn’t about pollution control, but investing in renewable energy. But is that what Congress included in the Clean Air Act?

On EPA’s view of Section 111(d), Congress implicitly tasked it, and it alone, with balancing the many vital considerations of national policy implicated in deciding how Americans will get their energy. EPA decides, for instance, how much of a switch from coal to natural gas is practically feasible by 2020, 2025, and 2030 before the grid collapses, and how high energy prices can go as a result before they become unreasonably “exorbitant.” …

There is little reason to think Congress assigned such decisions to the Agency. …

We also find it “highly unlikely that Congress would leave” to “agency discretion” the decision of how much coal-based generation there should be over the coming decades. …(“We are confident that Congress could not have intended to delegate a decision of such economic and political significance to an agency in so cryptic a fashion.”).

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

It appears the majority of the court does not agree with the EPA Administrator’s assessment. They seem to think it is highly unlikely that Congress would give an agency discretion to determine how much coal-based electrical power there should be over the decades, and I agree. Especially since Congress has repeatedly rejected the “cap and trade” theory in the past.

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

So the court asked the EPA to show the clear congressional authorization to enact their new plan.

Given these circumstances, our precedent counsels skepticism toward EPA’s claim that Section 111 empowers it to devise carbon emissions caps based on a generation shifting approach. To overcome that skepticism, the Government must—under the major questions doctrine—point to “clear congressional authorization” to regulate in that manner. Utility Air, 573 U. S., at 324.

All the Government can offer, however, is the Agency’s authority to establish emissions caps at a level reflecting “the application of the best system of emission reduction . . . adequately demonstrated.” 42 U. S. C. §7411(a)(1).

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

The EPA could not show a clear authorization from Congress to implement a policy to force a nationwide change in how we generate electricity. For that reason, the court found for West Virginia, overturned the decision of the Court of Appeals, and sent the case back that court for further proceedings.

Capping carbon dioxide emissions at a level that will force a nationwide transition away from the use of coal to generate electricity may be a sensible “solution to the crisis of the day.” … But it is not plausible that Congress gave EPA the authority to adopt on its own such a regulatory scheme in Section 111(d). A decision of such magnitude and consequence rests with Congress itself, or an agency acting pursuant to a clear delegation from that representative body. The judgment of the Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit is reversed, and the cases are remanded for further proceedings consistent with this opinion.

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

Dissent

Three members of the court, justices Kagan, Breyer, and Sotomayor disagreed with the majority.

Today, the Court strips the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) of the power Congress gave it to respond to “the most pressing environmental challenge of our time.”

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency – Kagan Dissent

Interesting, how three justices claim that the court stripped the EPA of a power Congress had not only not specifically given it, but had repeatedly declined to implement themselves.

Climate change’s causes and dangers are no longer subject to serious doubt. Modern science is “unequivocal that human influence”—in particular, the emission of greenhouse gases like carbon dioxide—“has warmed the atmosphere, ocean and land.”

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency – Kagan Dissent

It’s a good thing these justices are not scientists. There is plenty of scientific debate, not only about the severity of “climate change”, but how large a role humans play in it. And what does the severity of greenhouse gases have to do with what Congress has passed into law? The answer is, absolutely nothing. What we see here are members of the court not only changing the subject, but claiming that the executive branch can enact laws not passed by Congress, simply because the court believes there is a serious problem.

The Clean Air Act was major legislation, designed to deal with a major public policy issue. As Congress explained, its goal was to “speed up, expand, and intensify the war against air pollution” in all its forms.

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency – Kagan Dissent

But did Congress give the EPA the authority for investment into certain technologies in an attempt to move electrical generation in America from coal to other sources? Not even the dissent provided evidence that they did.

Conclusion

The one question that I didn’t see asked in this case was, did the Constitution delegate to the United States the power to control pollution, carbon-dioxide, or regulate power generation? The answer to that question is a definite no. While the court said that Congress had not delegated to the EPA the power to create a cap and trade system, or to regulate how electricity is generated in this country, no one seemed to ask this more basic question: Was this a power deleted to the United States in the first place? However, a fundamental statement was made by this opinion. Executive agencies cannot enact rules beyond the powers specifically delegated to them by legislation. It appears the EPA, along with most if not all of the executive agencies, believe they have the power to run the country. Not a very republican way to do things.

A commonwealth; a state in which the exercise of the sovereign power is lodged in representatives elected by the people.

Republic – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

To me, that is the biggest takeaway from this opinion. Who decides what the laws are, and by extension, what they mean. Is it We the People, through our elected representatives, or is it the unelected bureaucracy that decides our laws? According to the Constitution, the President is to be sure that the laws created by Congress are faithfully executed within the confines of the Constitution. While it has been many years since the courts have followed that structure, I’m glad to see they have in this case.

West Virginia v EPA is one of three cases this year where the court has placed the language of the Constitution and laws of the United States above precedent, tradition, and perceived need. While the three justices who dissented in these cases seem more interested in seeing the government rule rather than following the supreme law of the land, I don’t expect that to change much with the appointment of Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson. I can only hope that the court will continue this fidelity to their oaths to support the Constitution of the United States. It would certainly help decide if America is to rise again to be a republic, or continue to devolve into an oligarchy.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Prosecute COVID Injections Conspirators Now – Number of Dead Staggering

By: Devvy

July 25, 2022

Millions, perhaps tens of millions of words have been written about an alleged “new” virus called SARS-CoV-2 or COVID-19. In March 2020, the WORLD was suddenly rocked after Satan’s servants, the WHO (World Health Organization) declared a pandemic. Look out because Marxist WHO director, Tedros, is at it again: WHO declares Monkeypox global health emergency: Five deaths worldwide, July 23, 2022

As far back as December 2019, some of the finest scientific minds on this planet warned people NOT to take those mRNA experimental injections. If you don’t die within the first week, millions will have severe reactions. Anywhere from four to eighteen months (could be as long as 3-5 years) those experimental injections will have been working on destroying your natural immune system. Then comes developing autoimmune diseases (80 with no cures) and then premature deaths.

Freedom of Information Request Reveals 5,522 People have Died Within 28 Days of Receiving COVID-19 Vaccines in Scotland, July 21, 2021 // C19 vax Reactions: “We are a large and ever growing group of Americans who were previously healthy and have been seriously injured by the COVID vaccines (Pfizer, Moderna, J&J as well as Astra Zeneca in the clinical trial stage in the United States).” I have linked to that site before; testimonials from doctors, nurses, teachers – all now unable to work, their lives hell every day.

The prostitute media, governors of both parties, mayors, Hollywood dumbo’s, “health officials” all declared everyone must get shot up – despite thousands dying while they were lying. The media whores very effectively used visual optics to scare this country into compliance and then came the so-called mandates: Either play Russian Roulette with your life or lose your source of income.

As the number of adverse reactions, permanent disability and deaths skyrocketed, Satan’s other thugs like Google, Facebook, Twitter, You Tube etc., had all been censoring every video interview of scientists and doctors telling the scientific truth about those injections which legally are NOT vaccines.

Then came unelected so-called “health officials” and boards moving against any doctor speaking out about early treatment protocols what worked and then threatening them with revoking their medical license. Kelleigh Nelson’s July 22, 2021 column, Criminal Collusion, Medical Malfeasance and Murder

Never in my life – and these past 30 years in the trenches full time with the massive corruption of both political parties in Congress and state capitols – could I ever have imagined what we were living through.

Tyrannical governors shutting down schools, destroying more than 240,000 businesses for good, forcing Americans to destroy their brain with those scientifically proven worthless, dangerous masks. Being denied medical treatment if you refuse to wear one. A must READ: German Neurologist On Face Masks: ‘Oxygen Deprivation Causes Permanent Neurological Damage’, October 21, 2020.

Many lawsuits were filed by nurses and individuals only to lose their jobs to protect their life. The Lawyers and the Judge got it Wrong: The Law, the COVID-19 Injections and Houston Methodist Hospital v Jennifer Bridges et al., Case. My, my. What goes round, comes around: Epoch Times: Hospital Faces Staff Shortages Due to COVID-19 Infections, Despite Vaccine Mandate, July 19, 2022 – “The first hospital in America to mandate a COVID-19 vaccine for all employees is now facing a staffing shortage from infections.

“Houston’s Methodist Hospital has hundreds of employees out of work because they tested positive for the virus that causes COVID-19. At the same hospital in 2021, 153 staff members who refused to get vaccinated quit or were fired. Now Methodist leadership is trying to avert a crisis.

“What is worrisome is the climbing number of our employees who cannot work because they are home sick with COVID-19. Almost 400 employees tested positive last week,” Dr. Robert Phillips, the executive vice president and chief physician executive of Houston Methodist, wrote in an internal email on July 12 obtained by The Epoch Times.”

GUTLESS JUDGES across this country have completely ignored what’s called bodily integrity and the Nurenberg Codes. EVERY ONE OF THOSE JUDGES are a disgrace to their profession and share responsibility for all the dead and maimed.

Gutting our military and National Guard – stripping them of paychecks and benefits is beyond reprehensible. Military Doctor: “The COVID Vaccine Program has Killed More Young Active Duty People Than COVID Did”, August 27, 2021

My dear friend of many decades, Larry Becraft, is a constitutional attorney out of Huntsville, Alabama, a fierce fighter in federal court rooms, filed a lawsuit along with other attorneys: Will the COVID Lawsuit Lead to Indictments? – “Filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama, this lawsuit is going after the big boys and girls, i.e., Fauci, et al. I encourage you to take the time to read that lawsuit filed June 10, 2021. Click here. This is a civil trial demanding a jury.” It is now July 25, 2022, and the defendants along with the GUTLESS JUDGE are still doing everything they can to keep the truth from a jury.

On page 41 of the document: D. Whistleblower Testimony: 45,000 Deaths Caused by the Vaccines: “…the true number of deaths caused by the Vaccines is at least 45,000. She notes that in the 1976 Swine Flu vaccine campaign (in which 25% of the U.S. population at that time, 55 million Americans, were vaccinated), the Swine Flu vaccine was deemed dangerous and unsafe, and removed from the market, even though the vaccine resulted in only 53 deaths.”

In the case of these experimental gene editing therapy, the harm is off the charts. If a vaccine kills 5 people, the manufacturer gets a black box warning. But since those COVID injections are not vaccines, the guilty get a free ride. So far.

An Amicus Brief was filed on July 5, 2022, with the U.S. Supreme Court by Larry. In order to understand exactly what’s going on here with the law and true FACTS as to why these lawsuits were being filed, you really do have to take the time to read the filings. You can read the Amicus Brief here.

Oral Argument in Vaccine Lawsuit Begins Wednesday, July 6, 2022

Of course, we have to remember GUTLESS Supreme Court Justice Amy Comey Barrett shot down lawsuits filed to protect students from being denied attending college. She’d rather see them permanently disabled or dead.

Amy Coney Barrett Strikes Surprising Killer Blow Against Vaccine Mandate Defiance, August 13, 2022 – “Supreme Court Associate Justice Amy Coney Barrett struck a surprising blow against those seeking to defy COVID vaccine mandates on Thursday when she dismissed a challenge to a college’s mandate without comment.” (Indiana U)

Lawsuit Filed Against Chicago Company for Mandating the Vaccination of West Virginia Employees (Video)

Tom Renz is another lawyer who is deeply involved in these lawsuits and like millions of us, he refuses to give up and let those responsible for hundreds of thousands of deaths and tens of thousands of Americans now permanently disabled, the number of severe reactions is more than 1 million get away with their crimes against humanity.

This is his web site. Go look at the staggering numbers and ask yourself: WHY are those deadly injections still being pushed along with the worthless booster shots – none of which work because COVID – 19 is NOT a virus.

Those following this nightmare for the past two years are familiar with Dr. David Martin. This is his web site – Prosecute Now – Click on your state to see how many letters have been sent to state officials WHO CONTINUE TO ALLOW THOSE DEADLY INJECTIONS be administered throughout their state. You can also see the lawsuits, Executive Summary of Litigation, The Evidence and much more. This interview with Martin is a MUST WATCH – working with three law enforcement agencies to bring charges against the people responsible for all these deaths.

What about American law and the Nuremberg Codes? I wrote about this several times. This is a VERY important read as the Nuremberg Code IS the basis for many successful lawsuits here in the U.S.

The Significance of the Nuremberg Code, April 4, 2021 – “The universal right of Informed Consent to medical interventions has been recognized in US law since at least 1914.

That year, the New York Court of Appeals established the right to informed consent to medical intervention in a case involving non-consensual surgery. Schloendorff v. Society of New York Hospital 105 N.E. 92, 93 N.Y. (1914) Justice Benjamin Cardozo articulated the court’s reasoning:

“Every human being of adult years and sound mind has a right to determine what shall be done with his own body; and a surgeon who performs an operation without his patient’s consent commits an assault for which he is liable in damages.”

The 1947 Nuremberg Code is the most important legal document in the history of medical research ethics. It established 10 foundational principles of ethical clinical research.

The first and foremost principle is unequivocal: “The voluntary consent of the human subject is absolutely essential”.

“It prohibits research to be conducted on human beings without the informed consent of the individual.” And further into the article: 8. In 2013, the US Supreme Court reiterated the legal principle of informed consent in a case involving a citizen who refused to consent to a blood test. A blood sample was taken against his will on orders of a police officer. In a 6 to 3 ruling, the Supreme Court ruled in favor of the plaintiff — even as the justices recognized that both privacy and harm were minimal. Missouri vs McNeely, 569 US 141 (2013)

“this Court has never retreated from its recognition that any compelled intrusion into the human body implicates significant, constitutionally protected privacy interests…”

The destruction from those COVID experimental injections is hardly minimal.

And, still American scientists’ reaction: crickets. COVID-19: Why Are American Scientists Silent on This?, July 26, 2021 (Mine) – Not only is there no proof this COVID-19 virus has been proven to exist, Dr. Lanka proved it’s not a virus. Why the silence? MASSIVE AMOUNTS – IN THE HUNDREDS OF BILLIONS OF BORROWED DOLLARS FOR ‘RESEARCH’ ON COVID by labs just in this country. Just a few of the hundreds I’ve saved:

WAYNE ROOT: 33 Dead & Sick Friends Since Our Wedding Only 8 Months Ago. All 33 Vaxxed. A “Vaccine Death & Disease Cluster.” July 22, 2022 (READ) // “A Peasants Revolt” – FDA and the CDC are on Notice/The Casket Industry is Booming, July 6, 2022 – And now injecting babies and children! // The Latest Tragedy: Sudden Adult Death Syndrome, June 20, 2022 – “(Jun. 20, 2022) — In recent weeks, media outlets around the world have started highlighting a medical phenomenon called “sudden adult death syndrome,” or SADS, in what appears to be a clear effort to obscure the reality of COVID jab deaths.” // Governor demands ALL Washington state employees be subject to Covid vaccine, booster requirements in perpetuity, July 1, 2022

Medical Examiner Reveals 24-Year-Old Ex-Miami Hurricanes Football Player Died of a Heart Attack // Former South Carolina Quarterback MVP Phil Petty Dies at 43 — Third Former Football Player to Die in Last 7 Days // SPIKE PROTEIN SYNDROME is sweeping America as deadly disorders are springing up out of nowhere post COVID vaccination, July 12, 2022

Mercola: Pathologist Dr. Ryan Cole On Post-Jab Cancer Explosion And Excess Mortality, July 21, 2022 // Death claims up $6 BILLION: Fifth-largest life insurance company paid out for 163% more working-age deaths in 2021 after covid “vaccines” were unleashed, June 20, 2022 – I wonder if this will bankrupt some of these insurance companies as the number of deaths accelerate?

I cited this from my Nov. 29, 2021 column, Dr. Charles Hoffe Reveals Blood Clots in Majority of Vaccinated Patients and Speaks of “Permanently-Damaged Hearts“, July 21, 2021 – “This Vaccine is Quite Clearly More Dangerous Than COVID-19” – Dr. Charles Hoffe found 62% of his patients experienced elevated D-dimer levels after the vaccine. He’s administered over 900 doses. Dr. Hoffe did his own research to try and find out why his patients were exhibiting micro-blood clotting after getting one of those injections. This is a must watch short video. This is a very sad prediction: Most of them likely will die within three years.

“If I had been forced to take those experimental injections to keep my job, I would tell my doctor I want a D-dimer test now. Better to know so one can do whatever can be done at this time if the results come back with the worst news.” Of course, the tyrannical Canadian government has gone after Dr. Hoffe with a vengeance for talking about tests and his patients. He did not reveal any patient’s name.

Latest survey shows the COVID vaccines are a disaster: 750,000 dead in US, June 25, 2022 – Steve Kirsch is a multi-millionare and founder of the Vaccine Safety Research Foundation. On his web site: “I will bet anyone $1M that there are now over 100,000 deaths of Americans that were caused by the COVID vaccines. Why won’t anyone take my bet?? Why won’t anyone credible debate me?”

Why, indeed. Naturally he’s been scorched by fools infesting the Internet who are in denial about those injections.

The CDC (Center for Disease Creation) publishes vaccine adverse events, deaths, permanently disabled which represents about 1% of cases. Their latest: 1,350,947 Reports Through July 15, 2022. 29,635 deaths, 4,882 miscarriages, 15,915 heart attacks, 50, 627 Myocarditis/Pericarditis, 55,540 permanently disabled plus all the other categories and some doctor, politician, Hollywood braying ass or governor is going to tell me those experimental injections are safe?

PhD Researcher’s Analysis of VAERS Data Reveals 5,427% Increase in Deaths Following COVID Shots Compared to ALL Vaccines the Past 10 Years, Oct. 21, 2021 // EXCLUSIVE: COVID Whistleblower Claims the VAERS Reporting Database Tracking Vaccine Complications is WRONG and Undercounting by a Factor of 100!, Sept. 16, 2021

Once again – and Columbia University can hardly be considered a bastion of right wing conspiracies: Study: At least 400,000 people in America have died from covid “vaccines”, 12.27.2021: “Columbia University researchers have found that the true death count from Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) “vaccination” is substantially higher than the official figures from the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).

“The CDC claims that only 20,000 people have died from Fauci Flu injections, but Columbia’s under reporting factor estimates that 20 times that number, or around 400,000 deaths, is far more accurate.” Only? I’m sure that’s very comforting for the families to know.

Covid vaccines “most dangerous biological medicinal product rollout in human history,” says Dr. Peter McCullough, Dec. 25, 2021. READ it. Dr. McCullough is one of the great doctors with the courage of a Braveheart. Like thousands of doctors and scientists around the world, a man who was once lauded as brilliant (bio here) is now Satan in the eyes of the COVID death cult supporters. Unelected, pompous (expletive) bureau-RATS are going after the courageous: Medical Board Goes After Dr. McCullough, Sen. Johnson Calls for Public Hearing, June 16, 2022 (Video interview with Dr. McCullough)

Why do so many refuse to recognize the actual scientifically proven danger of those experimental injections? Fear. Denial. Fear all these scientists world-wide with decades of actual experience are right: Those injections are no less a genocide taking place, not just killing recipients, but causing permanent disabilities and incurable autoimmune diseases which within a few short years brings death.

Denial: I got the injection(s) over a year ago and I feel fine. None of all those bad things are going to happen to me. God protect you, but it can take 3-5 years or perhaps a little longer depending on your immune system and how badly the mRNA has been destroying your body inside.

I hate writing about this; all my columns on COVID archived here. FLCCC Alliance has a link on their site to this: Dr. Paul Marik joins lawsuit against FDA over its anti-ivermectin campaign; lawsuit filed June 2, 2022

What can YOU do? Get together a concise (but not too long) ‘white paper’ giving number of deaths, etc, as well as article titles, i.e., Dr. Birx Admits She And Fauci Made Up ‘The Science’ On Lockdowns, Social Distancing, July 21, 2022 and Dr. Deborah Birx: I knew shots would not prevent COVID infection, July 22, 2022. Trump was lied to by the FDA, CDC. Fauci, Birx and all the rest of them need to get indicted, tried and put in federal prisons forever.

Make copies for every member of your county commissioners and city council. Go to their next meeting. Members of the public are generally given 5 minutes to state your case/opinion. Give your statement and then hand out a copy of your ‘white paper’ and ask them: Why are you allowing hospitals, pharmacies and clinics to continue giving experimental injections that have been proven not only deadly, but absolutely worthless?

If we do nothing, nothing gets done.

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

Pfizer Asks Court to Dismiss Whistleblower Lawsuit Because Government Was Aware of Fraud, July 5, 2022 – “In an interview with The Defender, the lawyer representing whistleblower Brook Jackson said Pfizer is arguing the court should dismiss Jackson’s lawsuit alleging fraud in Pfizer’s COVID-19 clinical trials because the U.S. government knew about the wrongdoings but continued to do business with the vaccine maker.”

Covid-19: Researcher blows the whistle on data integrity issues in Pfizer’s vaccine trial, Nov. 22, 2021 (Brook Jackson interview & text)

Pfizer Whistleblower Brook Jackson Sues Pfizer For $2 Billion Over Falsified mRNA Data Submitted To Obtain FDA Authorization For COVID-19 ‘Vaccines’, Feb. 14, 2022 – Defendants Pfizer Inc, Ventavia Research Group & ICON “deliberately withheld crucial information from the United States that calls the safety and efficacy of their vaccine into question.” – You can view the lawsuit; link embedded in article.

Health experts quit CDC, NIH due to ‘bad science’, July 17, 2022

Gov Kristi Noem Says If You Don’t Like Vaccination Mandates, Just Quit Your Job

Texans for Vaccine Choice – Making your voice heard

Nuremberg Code and the COVID-19 “Vaccines”, February 2, 2022

Are Electric Vehicles The Saving Grace

By Roger Anghis

July 24, 2022

The short answer is no. Not by a long shot. In a previous article, I covered the good and the bad of electric cars. The good thing is they don’t use gas. That’s where it stops. Liberals want electric cars because the internal combustion cars produce all this CO₂that’s baking the planet. Not true. In my article Is alternative Energy that Effective I have a footnote that states: “The effect of CO2 on global temperature, if it exists, is so small that no one has been able to demonstrate or measure it. The touted effect exists solely in computer models whose forecasts to date have all failed. Therefore, there is ZERO proven benefit for mankind in trying to capture harmless CO2 in order to bury it in carbon cemeteries. Worse, it is removing valuable plant food from the biosphere – a step towards global food suicide. Moreover, for every tonne of carbon buried, we bury 2.7 tonnes of the gas of life – oxygen. “The quantities of gas to be handled just from power stations are enormous. For every tonne of coal burnt, about 11 tonnes of gases are exhausted – 7.5 tonnes of nitrogen, 2.5 tonnes of CO2 and one tonne of water vapour. These are all harmless and valuable natural recycled atmospheric gases. Life on earth would be impossible without them.[1] Now don’t act too shocked but that page has been blocked.

People don’t think about some of the things concerning the manufacturing of electric vehicles and MSM is not about to tell you either. All of the raw materials have to be mined. The iron for all the metal in the car, which is mined with diesel-powered vehicles, it is the same with the lithium for the batteries, which includes child labor because we don’t have any lithium. China owns most of it. They want to stop using oil but what will they use to make the plastic interior, the vinyl seats, the composite steering wheel, and the synthetic rubber for the tires. These people remind me of those that say they don’t need oil because they use public transportation.

Then consider how the electricity is generated to charge the car. What is used for that? Coal and natural gas. Both are fossil fuels. Liberals have grand schemes but don’t know how to think them through. I have not been a fan of the EPA for many, many years once they approved of spraying Agent Orange, i.e. Roundup, all over our crops and even bio-engineering it into our food. Viet Nam era folks will remember that health disaster. But even like a broken clock is right twice a day they occasionally get something right. According to the Environmental Protection Agency’s website, particulate emissions are “microscopic solids or liquid droplets that are so small that they can be inhaled and cause serious health problems.” It notes the particles “are also the main cause of reduced visibility (haze) in parts of the United States, including many of our treasured national parks and wilderness areas.”

The EPA defines particle pollution as “inhalable particles,” which are under 10 microns in diameter, and “fine inhalable particles,” 2.5 microns and smaller.

The firm that conducted the study, Emissions Analytics, had previously found in 2020 that particulate emissions from tires could be 1,000 times greater than those from tailpipes. That test was designed to capture worst-case emissions under legal driving, according to the report. But when researchers replicated the test “across a wider range of driving conditions,” they found the number was even higher.[2]

For decades we’ve been trying to make cars lighter but according to a recent study the battery-powered Ford F-150 Lightning weighs 1,600 pounds more than a regular F-150 truck. The Volvo XC40 Recharge packs an extra 1,000 pounds of weight when compared to a Volvo XC40 with an internal-combustion engine.[3] The thought that EVs are less problematic are incorrect. According to J.D. Power, owners of electric or hybrid vehicles cite more problems than do owners of gas-powered vehicles. The latter vehicles average 175 problems per 100 vehicles (PP100), hybrids average 239 PP100, and battery-powered cars — excluding Tesla models — average 240 PP100. Tesla models average 226 PP100. Given the average cost of an electric car is roughly $60,000, about $20,000 more than the cost of a gas-powered car, it seems owners of EVs didn’t get the value they deserve.[4]

The tires are another problem with EVs. Because the car weighs 1000-1500 pounds more than an internal combustion car the tires wear much faster. And those tires are not cheap either. $300-375 a piece.[5] And we saved the big one for the last . . . Then there is the biggest maintenance cost of all – the battery pack. Which will cost you more, because it’s so huge – in order to move the EV at highway speeds for any significant distance. This, in turn, results in it being so heavy – which increases the amount of power needed to move it plus the car it’s installed in, reducing efficiency.

You do get the power – and the acceleration – but it costs you. Especially if you use either as doing so discharges the battery, rapidly – which means needing to recharge it more regularly. The “faster” you do that, the greater the load/stress imposed upon the battery, costing you battery life. And when the time comes to replace the battery, that’ll cost you more than it costs to replace a non-electric car’s transmission or engine – and maybe both, together.[6]

Plus the oil and filter changes.

Will there come a day when EVs will be worth it. Not in my book. We aren’t destroying the planet like they say we are. Plus they aren’t even close to having a back up plan. With wind and solor being less than 20% of our energy and over 80% is fossil fuels and no plans for miniture nuke plants for powering cars, trucks, and airplanes I think fossil fuels are here for a long time.

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Footnotes:

http:/carbon-sense.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/carbon-capture.pdf
Just-revealed-electric-vehicles-possess-a-poison-within-them
Just-revealed-electric-vehicles-possess-a-poison-within-them
Studies-show-the-electric-vehicles-Democrats-insist-you-buy-are-worse-for-the-environment
https://www.lewrockwell.com/2022/05/eric-peters/how-evs-dont-save-you-money/
https://www.lewrockwell.com/2022/05/eric-peters/how-evs-dont-save-you-money/

The Summer of Rage

By Rob Pue

July 24, 2022

If you’re still holding out hope for a political solution to the chaos we’ve been enduring the past two-and-a-half years, I’m sorry to tell you, you’re deceived. If you believe that once the Republicans “win” in November, things will get better; if you’re just hanging on for a second Donald Trump presidency in 2024, you’re putting your hope in the carnal things of this world and you’re going to find yourself extremely disappointed — and honestly, you should know better by now.

Jesus Christ, the Good News of the Gospel and the glorious appearing of our Great God and Savior is where we all need to be turning now. I’m not saying that we should “pay no attention to that man behind the curtain,” because we must all know and understand ALL the truth of what’s really going on now — the REAL truth. As Ephesians 6 tells us, we must “be strong in the Lord and in the power of His might.” We must “put on the whole armor of God” so that we may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.” Yes, friends, we MUST know the truth, not reject it. If we continue to labor under a delusion of lies, we’re easy prey.

As Christians, WE should be the bearers of truth. If not us, then who? Because most of the world has been gravely deceived and continue to be deceived. John told us, in Chapter 3 of his book that, “The light has come into the world and people loved darkness rather than the light, because their deeds were evil.” And what happens when people reject the light and choose, instead, the darkness of this world? We see in 2 Thessalonians 2 that in the last days, there will be those who seek absolute power and wield it with “signs and lying wonders, and with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved.” And then we read these words: “And for this cause, God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie, that they all might be damned who believed not the truth but had pleasure in unrighteousness.”

So many today are under strong delusion. If you can’t see the obvious lies, propaganda and brainwashing that have been foisted upon us, in a highly-orchestrated effort to destroy us, our marriages, our children, our families and our nation, then I must question whether or not you have the Holy Spirit within you. Because as true followers of Christ, the Holy Spirit gives us wisdom, insight and counseling that is simply not available to the unsaved, which allows us to understand the things that are spiritually discerned. In other words, we don’t remain blinded by the lies of the enemy. We see, comprehend and understand. The unsaved have only this world. They are the blind leading the blind. They perish for lack of knowledge, as God sends them strong delusion and God — yes GOD Himself — gives them over to the lusts and passions of this world. Their depraved, reprobate minds cannot accept the truth.

Most people today have rejected God and they’re just living secular lives. No time, interest or belief in their Creator anymore. Now, God can save anyone. No one is beyond God’s grace, but unless and until they repent and turn to Christ as their Savior AND their LORD, the scales on their eyes will remain.

Make no mistake, there is a conspiracy going on and it’s world-wide. Let me read for you again, as I’ve shared before, a portion of Psalm 2: “Why do the heathen rage, and the people imagine a vain thing? The kings of the earth set themselves, and the rulers take counsel together, against the Lord, and against His anointed, saying, ‘Let us break their bands asunder, and cast away their cords from us.’ He that sitteth in the heavens shall laugh: the Lord shall have them in derision.”

Right now, the kings of the earth have set themselves firmly against God. The rulers are taking counsel together against the Lord and His anointed. Their plan is to establish a “New World Order” through their “Great Reset” in direct defiance of God. But Scripture tells us that God laughs at their puny plans and holds them in derision. What is “derision?” Contempt, ridicule, mockery.

Certainly, we know that God wins in the end. Unfortunately, many who believe IN God (but don’t actually know Him) also know this and they DO want to be saved. (Some think they’re entitled to it). They just don’t want it to cost them anything. They want to continue living their secular, carnal, worldly lifestyles, ignoring God, choosing to believe the lies and they think they can “get right with God” sometime later — at a time of their choosing. But man does not get to choose the number of his days. With the world as it is now, many are speaking of the “Last Days” or the “End Times” — but few realize that for nearly 200,000 people in this world, TODAY is their last day. Most of those 200,000 thought they still had plenty of time to “get right with God.” But the clock ran out. Galatians 6: “Be not deceived; God is not mocked: for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap.”

Paul told the Thessalonians to “not be shaken in mind or troubled, neither by spirit, nor by word.” I must admit that although my faith in my Savior is strong, I often find myself troubled and grieved. In the work that I do, I follow a steady stream of news and information, coming in 24 hours a day, seven days a week. It’s more than sad — and very depressing — to see all that’s now coming upon this world, and at the same time so many who are so clueless.

Many were joyously celebrating the fall of Roe v Wade when the Supreme Court overturned that 1973 decision on June 24. Especially the millions of professing Christians who have been “pro-life” in name only — never having done anything substantial to rescue the millions of babies that were allowed to be slaughtered. But the pastors of churches who dared never speak a word about the shedding of those rivers of innocent blood for nearly 50 years, for fear of offending someone, STILL had not a word to say that Sunday.

Let’s face it: Christians COULD have stopped baby murder dead in its tracks in 1973 but they didn’t. They wouldn’t. They had nearly 50 years to do so, but most churches would never speak about it. If only the pastors in the land would have led them out to fight the evil. But instead, they simply instructed the “praise and worship team” to sing louder while millions were butchered. The relatively few Christians who actually took action (on their own) against these heinous crimes were more often than not vilified — by their own pastors and by their own so-called “church families.” They were considered “fanatics.” Understand: God will judge each individual for what they did (or didn’t do) on this matter. That should make many of you sleep very uneasily tonight.

Roe was a decision by a court. It was never a law. Courts don’t make laws. But we allowed it. Just like we allow homosexuals to “marry” now. Just like we now allow 72 different “genders.” Just like we allow drag queens and pedophiles to groom our children for exploitation, rape and abuse. The blood is on our hands as a nation and this nation NEEDS to repent, very badly, of many sins — especially the sin and wickedness of apathy toward our unborn neighbor.

Because the blood of the innocent shed in the womb is now running through the streets of our nation. “Be not deceived; God is not mocked: for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap.” Mass shootings and murder in big cities is a common occurrence now, along with homelessness, drug abuse, sexual perversion, madness and gross miscarriage of justice. The heathen are raging.

Even prior to the Supreme Court overturning the Roe decision, violence had erupted. Interestingly, it began on Mother’s Day, when anarchists and a group known as “Jane’s Revenge” began attacking and fire-bombing pro-family organizations and pro-life Crisis Pregnancy Centers. And why should that surprise us? The devil’s team was given a month’s advance notice due to a supposed “accidental leak” that the High Court was considering this move. When that information was announced, the devil’s team began preparing. They had a month to work out the details, and since then, anyone who worked to stop the killing has become a target of these anarchist groups. They’ve openly said that pro-lifers are now targeted for death, and more than 40 life-saving Crisis Pregnancy Centers and pro-life organizations have been violently attacked. Marches and protests are taking place nation-wide and the popular chant is “We love killing babies!” They’re calling this the “Summer of Rage.” Indeed, the heathen DO rage.

Our FBI is supposedly investigating. But I’m not holding my breath for any form of justice. We’re talking about the same FBI that’s had all the evidence on Hunter Biden’s laptop for YEARS and still, no justice. You see, there is no justice in a land that spits in the face of God. Isaiah 59:14, “And judgment is turned away backward, and justice standeth afar off: for truth is fallen in the street, and equity cannot enter.”

You likely heard of the mass shooting at a 4th of July parade in a Chicago suburb. Do you realize that there were more than a dozen mass shootings across the country that weekend? Of course, the guns will be blamed and used as a pretense for gun control and confiscation. That’s the plan.

Young children are now being injected with the COVID jab, under an “Emergency Use Authorization” though there is no emergency, nor has there even been one. These shots, which have been proven to have 1291 adverse side effects, including death, are still being pushed and we’re warned of a “new wave” of the deadly disease coming this fall — just before the elections. And the delusional sheeple are wearing their masks again. I’m seeing more and more of them out in public and I just have to shake my head. Also, New York City is now warning it’s citizens to prepare for a nuclear blast.

Meanwhile our energy grid is collapsing, inflation has hit a 50 year high, food processing plants and food distribution hubs are mysteriously going up in flames, transgenderism has become yesterday’s news as “acceptance” of pedophilia is the latest new thing we’re being conditioned to ignore; China, North Korea, Iran and Russia are rumbling, our country’s being invaded from the south, Communism has taken hold to our north, and as our US dollar is being de-valued, a new One World Digital Currency is ready to be rolled out. Friends, NONE of this is “just happening.” The heathen are raging and the rulers are conspiring against God and His anointed as they look to create their Globalist utopia.

But wait. Let’s read again that last portion I quoted from Psalm 2: “He who sits in the heavens shall laugh. The Lord shall hold them in derision.” I can imagine Him laughing heartily on July 5, as lightning struck the New World Order’s most famous depopulation monument known as the “Georgia Guidestones.” I know the media will tell you it was an act of vandalism and an explosion that caused the damage. But videos of the initial impact are clear. A day later, the remains of that wicked monument to Satan were bulldozed into dust. God will not be mocked. And it seems His patience is wearing thin with those who hate Him.

In this world we will have tribulation. But take heart. Jesus Christ, our Lord, has overcome the world. For now, we remain in a spiritual battle against the forces of darkness as we endure a “Summer of Rage.” Yes, the heathen are raging. But God’s about to unleash His rage as well. Undoubtedly this battle will cost many of us our lives. Others will give in under pressure and betray Christ. What side will you be on when the wrath of God is fully revealed? If you’ve not yet made that decision, I’d advise you do so today.

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066. Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com. Ask for message number 365.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Charlatan Pastor Runs for State Representative in Kansas

By Ms. Smallback

July 23, 2022

There’s a charlatan running for State Representative in Kansas. By profession and testimony he is a “Christian pastor” of a “Christian Church” in Topeka, Kansas. Allegedly they use the same Bible as the Christian faith, and profess to be “Christians”, adherents of the teachings of Christ. In practice they endorse same sex marriage and abortion.

From his church facebook page:

Whether he has also deceived himself as well as his followers is uncertain yet, but it appears he has deceived himself to believe that a follower of Christ is to openly practice sin, even murder, and to also endorse it as a tenet of the Christian faith.

I expect such a belief system in the Democratic party (and other political ideologies), but it is counter to the principles of the Christian faith. And if Tobias Schlingensiepen was just another Democratic candidate, I would not bother to point out the heinous fallacies of his posturing for the redundancy of the current political climate. But it is because he alleges to be a spokesperson for the God I serve, the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, and the God of Christ, I am compelled to contend for the faith and expose the deception at work.

To espouse such political ideology as congruent with Christianity indicates either a gross ignorance of the Christian faith or a deliberate perversion of it. Those using a paid and titled position of leadership in an alleged so-called Christian church to deceive those entrusted to one’s care are reminiscent of the Pharisees of Christ’s day.

To be clear, the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob is also the God of Creation and the Father of Christ. This is one and the same God of the Christian Bible. God established a created order at Creation that is neither ambivalent nor vague. The established created order by the Creator of all life created humanity as two genders necessary for one another for procreation on the earth. Any other union is not sanctioned by God and rejected as a perversion to the created order.

[The gods of the world (Baal, Moloch, Isis, Rah, Zeus, etc.) openly practice such perversions because they defy the Supreme God and seek to pollute the world with fruits of darkness in their effort to usurp God by entrenching the world in darkness. Study Baal-Peor rituals and worship to understand the origins of no-boundary sex[1]. Scripture is PLAIN about God’s views of such.] [See: Enemies Within the Church]

The days of Noah were precisely of this scenario. The sons of God, the presumed fallen deity of the divine council of Psalm 82, schemed to corrupt God’s creation of mankind. Enoch lays it out plainly, telling us they came down in the days of Jared to corrupt human flesh, and made a pact together for their actions. Moses speaks of it in Genesis as well. Most of modern Christendom doesn’t delve into the origins like this. Most Christians are content to just accept God at His word that certain acts are sin, separate from the will of God.

Sin separates us from God, which is why the powers of darkness deceive humanity in order to enslave them…. “Did God really say?” [Genesis 3:1] Once we rebel from God’s authority and embrace whatever seems right to us or desirable for us, the power of darkness succeeds at estranging humanity from God. We become enslaved to powers of darkness, which pollutes the land and increases the (spiritual) darkness in the land.

You cannot read Leviticus 18:22 (what Tobias followers call the “Klobber passages”) and be hazy on the intentions. The act of homosexual sex is abhorrent to God, an abomination, and perverts the created order of procreation (and is impossible for procreation). This was given to Moses from God Himself, the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, and the same God of the whole Bible.

You cannot read Romans 1:18-32 and be hazy on the intentions of the writer (Paul). These “lusts of impurity” – spelled out plainly and called “degrading passions” – are the result of rejecting the rule of God and His established order in one’s life. Such people see fit to not acknowledge God and His ways, and as a result, God gives them over to their lusts and depraved minds.

Tobias Schlingensiepen openly marries gays in his church (or wherever they choose) in a state that does not acknowledge gay marriage and in fact, still has laws against it[2]. He does so as an alleged spokesperson of the Christian church. He openly flies the gay flag and adorns his pulpit with it, all while proclaiming this is “love”. No. It is disobedience to the precepts of God. It is rebellion. It is perversion. It is a lot of things, but it is not representative of God whatsoever, no matter how much you object that it is.

Schlingensiepen supports abortion, even advocates for it as “women’s healthcare”. Yet when I commented on his Facebook page and asked if he would advocate for all women and their healthcare needs such as women who do not want a vaccination, my comment disappeared shortly after with no answer or explanation.

How disingenuous to label unrestrained abortion as “healthcare”. Maybe before the sonogram we could be excused for such ignorance, but no more. Everyone who knows anything knows a baby is murdered to obtain an abortion. [If it’s not a baby, you’re not pregnant.] Before that baby has done good or bad, it is cruelly dismembered, or burned, or otherwise tortured and murdered. THAT is innocent blood on the hands of men and women, industries, legislators, and a whole host of willing participants.

You don’t have to look long or hard in Scripture to know what God thinks of the shedding of innocent blood. At the very first murder we are told the blood of the victim cried out to God from the ground. There is an accounting for innocent bloodshed, and God is neither blind nor deaf to it. To promote it as a Christian principle and a human liberty is to disregard and mock every principle of God’s created order. To feign love or Christianity through the advocacy of baby murder is not just disingenuous but wicked and deceptive. (I would think an honest heart would see through such a facade, but alas, even honest hearts are led astray with the cunning lies of smooth lips and darkened hearts.)

So in District 55 of Kansas, near the center of Topeka itself, sits an alleged Christian church with a salaried pastor who not only condones and applauds homosexual marriages, but also performs them in defiance of state law and God’s law, and who also advocates for the murder of babies under the lie of “healthcare”. He proudly promotes his beliefs under the hypocrisy of “Christian”, and runs his political campaign with such beliefs heralded. (as a democrat, of course)

I openly call upon Mr. Schlingensiepen to repent of his lies about God and who God is, and to change his mind and turn from an open advocacy for sin and murder. Repent and stop leading others astray from the path of righteousness. Repent, and if you won’t do that, resign from a position of leadership in the arena of Christianity. Your heralded beliefs are an affront to the laws of God and Christ, and do not represent the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, the God of Christ and the Bible.

Know, Mr. Schlingensiepen, that God loves you and has provided you an opportunity to repent from maligning His Name and leading the simple and wayward from God and His Ways. Know that God is merciful and will extend mercy to you if you just repent and align with His Word.

If you will neither repent nor resign, I call upon the Ancient of Days and I make my appeal to the God of Creation, the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, and to Christ Himself to judge and remove the rebellious imposter of the Christian faith in whatever manner Heaven sees fit. I make my appeal to Heaven and to the courts of Heaven to reign sovereign in this matter, that all those in District 55 of Kansas may know and see there is a God in Heaven who is merciful and gracious, long suffering and abounding in goodness and truth, keeping mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and sin, but by no means clearing the guilty³.

I call on the Supreme God to reign supreme over the works of Baal and the workers of darkness pretending to be servants of God, but instead promoting the works of darkness. I ask God to make a distinction between those who serve Him and those who do not, and I beseech the Ancient of Days to rule against the unholiness of Mr. Schlingensiepen if he refuses to repent. This is my appeal to Heaven.

E-Mail Ms. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

Footnotes:

[1] Email me if you want more information on Baal-Peor and the customs and rituals connected to it, and how it ties to sexual perversions and lauds licentious acts for its rituals. The motive behind such action is to corrupt the pure order God established for humanity and to corrupt humanity itself. Some articles are explicit so I have chosen to share them by request only.

[2] The Kansas Constitution, in Article 15, subsection 16 (page 27 of link), the Kansas Constitution defines marriage “between one man and one woman only” and classifies any other union as void. This has neither been repealed or amended. The DOMA (Defense of Marriage Act) reinforced the state laws, but individual counties are choosing to not enforce the law. And this article touches on the issue specific to Kansas as well.

[3] Exodus 34:6-7

Americans Have Only Two Choices

By Lex Greene

July 23, 2022

As Americans across the political spectrum suffer the consequences of the most fraudulent election in human history in 2020, they rush to figure out how to prevent it from happening again in 2022.

If you think democrats won’t attempt to cheat even more than they did in 2020, read my previous column, How Bad Will Election Fraud Be in 2022?, and think again!

Unfortunately, a majority of the mail I have received from that piece was from alleged “patriots” who took the time to tell me “nothing will work” and there’s no purpose in even trying, because “it’s too far gone” and “we are in the end times.” As a lifelong student of Holy scripture, I have taken the following three things as fact…

Through Christ, ALL things are possible
We are NEVER in this fight alone
The Book of Revelations foretells of how “the people” end themselves via their free will

Two types of people NEVER win anything. The type that never leave the starting gate, and the type that quit before they reach the finish line. It is the most certain way to lose 100% of the time.

Americans have only two choices and it’s the same two choices the people always have…

DO SOMETHING (or) DO NOTHING!

First, shall we consider the option of doing nothing at all? This doesn’t require any imagination, expertise, or a long explanation. The outcome of doing nothing is always 100% certain. “All that is required for evil to triumph is for good men to do nothing.“ If you even think we have a choice, you are wrong. You need to read how they are driving us into their modern day Nazi ovens!

End of story!

So, shall we consider doing something instead?

Let’s agree that no plan or strategy is 100% guaranteed for success, in stark contrast to the reality related to doing nothing, the outcome of which is 100% guaranteed…no plan or strategy for confronting the evil we are under today is guaranteed at all.

This is no acceptable excuse for not trying!

What if our nation’s founders had decided they had no chance of defeating the Redcoats, and therefore, never even bothered to try? Our country and our past freedoms would have never existed. What if we had no medicine at all…because everyone decided it was too difficult to come up with any treatments or cures for illnesses?

Thomas Alva Edison, born in Ohio on February 11, 1847, was one of the most well-known inventors of all time. He spent a few of his early years in formal schooling, but he received most of his education at home. People have claimed for many years that Edison tried to create a light bulb more than 10,000-times and failed, before finally succeeding. What if Edison had given up at any point in his 10,000 attempts? What if Edison had never even tried?

America was not built by extraordinary people doing amazing things. Instead, tt was created and built by very ordinary people, doing extraordinary things. Our war fighters are rightfully called “heroes,” yet they too are ordinary Americans who do extraordinary things. What if they give up because it’s just too hard, or the odds are often against them?

At this late date, after decades of average American Citizens making an assumption that has never been true and never will be, the odds are indeed heavily against us. Doing nothing about the political corruption and criminality in our country for many years, is exactly how we got here.

Every time Citizens saw something they didn’t like, be it locally, within their state or at the federal level, in government, or within their own chosen political party, they simply quit, walked away in disgust, took their football, and went home to sit on the sidelines, waiting to see what happens when “the people” fail to be “forever vigilant” in defense of their own freedom, liberty, justice, and decency.

Well, how do you like how that has turned out?

You distrust your own political party…why? Because you left the party in the hands of people you rightfully distrust, instead of cleaning up your own house.

You now distrust the politicians you voted for…why? Because you failed to hold them accountable for breaking the promises they made to you, in order to gain your vote, and maybe even your campaign donations.

You’re frustrated, even mad! GOOD! Join the club…Maybe this means you are ready to do something now.

The very first thing we had better do together is figure how to prevent the fraud that clearly happened in 2020 from happening again in 2022, at an even higher level.

How Bad Will Election Fraud Be in 2022? Unless WE do something serious and fast, 2022 fraud promises to be worse than it was in 2020. If we do nothing, there will be no RED WAVE come November, despite an election cycle wherein the opposition party represents the most unpopular politicians in U.S. history. In fact, since every half-intelligent democrat in the country knows there is a RED WAVE the size of a tsunami headed their way, they may not even allow an election to take place, under another strategically planned “crisis” over the latest Donkey-virus or Global Marxist Climate Change hoax.

If you have any idea what the global Marxists are leading the world into, then you know, doing nothing isn’t even an option. Countries all over the globe are collapsing due to citizen uprisings. Economies are collapsing, as are many national currencies. Our own is teetering on the brink…

So, given that we only have two choices, one of which is no choice at all, what’s YOUR plan? WRITE ME DIRECT – If you’re not on the field, you’re not in the game!

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

Men of Courage, Men of Love

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

July 23, 2022

This essay is part of an upcoming book called
The Living Compass of Kindness and Compassionate Love:
Essays on Love, Beauty, and the Mystical Path, by the author.

~ Much of this essay applies to women as well because men and women share a divine source. Yet, since I am not a woman, and because I believe that men need to deeply explore this topic, I have addressed it to men.

When I sit on the rocks of the Maine coast, breathe in the fragrance of the ocean, and cast my gaze out to the horizon, I am reminded that I am part of something grander than myself. Life is more than toiling, hunched over one’s work, with four walls and a roof pressing against one’s soul.

With the magnificence of nature, I can rise above the muck of life and thrill in the revelation that my soul has no boundaries. My mind, my spirit, my soul, and my heart cannot be contained. The pain and brutality and meanness of life cannot stop the soaring freedom of our minds. When I commune with nature, I am convinced that we were created to become magnificent.

Jakob Böhme, the sixteenth-century German mystic, wrote, “In this light my spirit soon saw through all things, and in all creatures, in herb and grass, knew God—who He is, how He is, and what is His will.”[1] Quoting from the Upanishads, Rabindranath Tagore, the twentieth-century Indian poet, wrote that “everything has sprung from immortal life and is vibrating with life, for life is immense.”[2]

Life is immense, and we (both men and women) are meant to be immense and magnificent in our divinity. Yet, as Ralph Waldo Emerson wrote, “We but half express ourselves, and are ashamed of that divine idea which each of us represents.”[3] Too often, we find ourselves trapped by the strictures of society, by business rules that suffocate our souls. Men who seek to give flower to their innate divinity are brave creatures in a world that is usually too busy for such nonsense.

The magnificent divinity of men is not a popular topic. It has, however, an enthusiastic ally. Many women yearn for men to grow in their good-heartedness and internal character. I believe that women want their men to be strong, but to be strong in more than musculature. Being rescued by a knight is most rewarding when the knight’s armor is actually shining with the spiritual nobility of the man inside.

Men can relate to nobility. Who doesn’t want to be noble—a man “of an exalted moral or mental character or excellence”?[4] The dictionary offers synonyms for “noble,” such as “lofty, elevated, high-minded, virtuous, magnanimous, benevolent, honorable, humane, worthy, and meritorious.”[5]

Nobility will take us far. When I heard Legolas cry, “The horn of Gondor!” as he rushed to the aid of the embattled Boromir in the movie The Fellowship of the Ring,[6] my eyes filled with tears that might have come from ancestral knights who lived and died in valor. Every one of us has ancestors who lived noble lives, who may indeed be hoping that we inherit their nobility.

In our efforts to defend our wives, our families, and our lands, we have sometimes forgotten that our divinity is shared by all men, even by the enemies who attack us. The third-century scholar Rabbi Johanan bar Nappaha wrote, “The ministering angels wanted to sing a hymn at the destruction of the Egyptians, but God said: ‘My children lie drowned in the sea, and you would sing?’”[7]

Treating a vanquished enemy with compassion requires empathy, defined by the Collins English Dictionary as: “the power of understanding and imaginatively entering into another person’s feelings.”[8] Charging a hill against an aggressor who threatens our homes may not be an action that lends itself to empathy. Yet, when the battle is over, extending the hand of friendship can turn enemies into friends, as was demonstrated by the heightened friendship between the United States, Germany, and Japan after World War II.

Empathy is often ignored by men, who sometimes content themselves with winning and an external life of success. Doing so is a risky enterprise. In The Varieties of Religious Experience, William James wrote that life without “an eternal moral order” and “an immortal significance” will not end well. He wrote that creating a life surrounded by “the curdling cold and gloom and absence of all permanent meaning” will mean that “old age has the last word: the purely naturalistic look at life, however enthusiastically it may begin, is sure to end in sadness.”[9]

Fortunately, our lives do not have to be swathed in curdling cold and gloom. My artist mother told me that she often flew in her dreams. Whether we explore the universe in our dreams or simply in our imagination, the invisible realms beckon to us with the promise of illumination. The seventeenth-century physician Sir Thomas Browne could have been talking about quantum physics when he wrote, “Live unto the Dignity of thy Nature, and leave it not disputable at last, whether thou hast been a Man . . . Desert not thy title to a Divine particle and union with invisibles.”[10]

Like a title to an acre of land, have we been given the title to a divine particle that represents our point of birth within the magnificence of God? Are we in union with invisible aspects of the Divine? I believe so. I love the term “incarnational spirituality,” based on the view that every individual is a unique incarnation of the Divine. Meister Eckhart wrote that “things are all the same in God: they are God himself.”[11] Whatever our theologies may be, if we believe that an Intelligence created the universe, does it not make sense to view everything in creation as an aspect of the Divine?

Holding the title to a divine particle implies that each of us is formed from a specific blueprint or part of God that is unlike any other. If we delve within ourselves, searching for all the virtues that we can find, we will eventually discover magnificence. I no longer believe that God is “somewhere out there.” Instead, I believe that logic, intuition, and love all lead us to the inevitable conclusion that God not only lives inside us but also is us. My daily prayer contains the sentence, “Dear Beloved, You are all of me, and I am part of You.”

If God has no beginning, if God is omnipresent, if all energy is part of the fabric and body of God, then everything is God. I find it tremendously inspiring to look at nature and see the presence and manifestation of God. I have a deep love for trees for this reason. Even more inspiring is the thought that God is all of me, that God doesn’t just dwell in my heart but lives in every part of me. As we walk down the street, doesn’t God look through our eyes at the people in front of us? I have begun to feel like the driver of a car who suddenly realizes that he is a child, sitting in the lap of his parent, holding the steering wheel together with his parent. It is a thrilling, sobering, yet comforting realization that God is always present, even as He allows us to turn the wheel in the wrong direction.

When we turn the wheel toward darkness, we would do well to remember the words of the Hebrew Morning Service and whisper in our moments of despair, “O my God, the soul which Thou gavest me is pure.”[12]

Men today need to turn inward to the invisible realms to reclaim their magnificent divinity. Sir Thomas Browne advised men to “think of things long past, and long to come.”[13] Men have been proud of their ability to act, to be “doers,” and to solve problems. They have often been impatient with the idea that they need to stop and sit and think. Thus, their ability to contemplate empathy and explore their feelings—and then talk about them with others—has sometimes atrophied like a withered limb. How can a man become divine if he is unable to sense and articulate resonance with the attributes of divinity?

Contemplation doesn’t need to be esoteric. Contemplation involves awareness and meditative thought that we can engage in at any time. We can contemplate the reality and feelings of a waiter placing a dish of food in front of us. Building our empathic sense of love toward others starts with noticing them, with sensing their presence and internal world. In the Father Brown story “The Invisible Man,” G. K. Chesterton wrote that “nobody ever notices postmen.”[14] Why not? Both in the realm of quantum physics and incarnational spirituality, we and our postmen are connected. In the book Anam Cara, John O’Donohue wrote:

“If we believe that the body is in the soul and the soul is divine ground, then the presence of the divine is completely here, close with us. … Your senses link you intimately with the divine within you and around you. Attunement to the senses can limber up the stiffened belief and gentle the hardened outlook. It can warm and heal the atrophied feelings that are the barriers exiling us from ourselves and separating us from each other. Then we are no longer in exile from the wonderful harvest of divinity that is always secretly gathering within us.”[15]

Our desire to become men of empathy and men of love will be more quickly fulfilled when we remember that the means to the end are the same as the end. We reclaim our divinity as we progress along the path of love. It’s not a short path, and it’s often difficult, especially when we look in the mirror and realize how undivine we may have been. It is important to state that becoming a man of empathy and love requires courage and emotional strength. It requires indefatigable guts and fighting spirit, especially when we are challenged to love those with whom we emotionally struggle. Expressing love, over and over again, is not for the weak or faint of heart. To put it plainly, a “strong, masculine man” should add the quality of strong, compassionate love to his list of strengths so that he can tell himself: “I may be able to lift heavy weights, and I can fight the good fight, but I can also love people with compassion and kindness.”

When we are faced with the impact of our misdeeds, however small or large, we can once again find hope when we remember that our core, our golden core, is incorruptible. We can trust the deepest part of our heart, the part that bursts with an uncontrollable cry to the God who made us.

A most wonderful result of contemplating incarnational spirituality is that we can affirm that God’s incarnation as each of us allows us to say that “we”—meaning “God and I”—are love. We are transmitters of love together. We are sharing feelings of empathy together. God is always with us and is constantly encouraging the growth of every virtue, welling up from within our being. God is also leading our creativity, our uniqueness, and our brilliance.

With God as our ally and deepest soul mate, we can have confidence that our divinity will grow, fueled by our desire to give more and love more. As Emerson wrote, we can become “redeemers and benefactors.”[16] We can become purveyors of joy and manifest the prayer, “The God in me greets the God in you.” The women in our lives will be overjoyed to watch us flower.

As men of magnificent divinity, we will be able to resonate with and fulfill the words of Jan van Ruusbroec, the fourteenth-century Dutch mystic who wrote, “God in the depths of us receives God who comes to us: it is God contemplating God.”[17]

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Footnotes:

1. Jakob Böhme, quoted in the “Introduction,” by Joseph Bernhart, Translated by Willard R. Trask, in Theologia Germanica, possibly authored by Johannes de Francfordia. (New York, Pantheon, 1949), 28

Quote is from Jakob Böhme’s unfinished manuscript, Aurora. A slightly different translation is in: Jakob Böhme, Aurora, Translated by John Sparrow. (London, Printed by John Streater for Giles Calvert, 1656), Chapter 19, Item 13.

2. Rabindranath Tagore, ”The Relation of the Individual to the Universe,” in Sadhana: The Realization of Life.
(New York, Three Leaves Press, Doubleday, 2004), 17.

3. Ralph Waldo Emerson, “Self Reliance,” in Essays, First and Second Series.
(Boston and New York, The Houghton Mifflin Company, 1876), 48-49.

4. Random House Unabridged Dictionary, s.v. “noble (n.),” accessed June 5, 2022,
https://www.dictionary.com/browse/noble.

5. Random House Unabridged Dictionary / Thesaurus, s.v. “noble (adj.),” accessed June 5, 2022,
https://www.thesaurus.com/browse/noble.

6. The Lord of the Rings: The Fellowship of the Ring, directed by Peter Jackson.
(New Line Cinema / Wingnut Films, 2001), DVD (New Line Home Entertainment, 2002), 2:37:51-2:37:55

7. Rabbi Johanan, quoted in “The Nature and Character of God and His Relations with Man,” in A Rabbinic Anthology, ed. C. G. Montefiore and H. Loewe. (New York, Schocken Books, 1974), 52.

8. Collins English Dictionary, s.v. “empathy (n.),” in British English, accessed June 5, 2022,
https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/empathy.

9. William James, “The Sick Soul,” in The Varieties of Religious Experience.
(New York, University Books, 1963), 140-141.

10. Sir Thomas Browne, Christian Morals. (London, University Press, 1716), 77.

11. Meister Eckhart, “Riddance,” in Meister Eckhart, Vol. 1, ed. Franz Pfeiffer, Translated by C. de B. Evans. (London, John M. Watkins, 1924), 240.

12. “Morning Service,” in Abridged Prayer Book for Jews in the Army and Navy of the United States. (Philadelphia, The Jewish Publication Society of America, 1917), 3.

13. Browne, Christian Morals, 78.

14. G. K. Chesterton, “The Invisible Man,” in The Complete Father Brown.
(New York, Dodd, Mead & Company, 1951), 99.

15. John O’Donohue, “Toward a Spirituality of the Senses,” in Anam Cara: A Book of Celtic Wisdom. (New York, Harper Perennial, 2004), 59.

16. Emerson, Essays, First and Second Series, 49.

17. Jan van Ruusbroec, in An Anthology of Mysticism and Mystical Philosophy, ed. William Kingsland. (London, Methuen and Company Limited, 1927), 94.

Image Credit

“Saved.” Painting by Charles Vigor, 1891–1892
Oil on canvas, Height: 195.58 cm, Width: 134.62 cm.
Image Courtesy of The Firefighters Memorial Trust
Southampton, England, United Kingdom

The Specter of White Genocide, Part 1

By Sidney Secular

July 22, 2022

It’s a slow building spectacle. The momentum is momentous as gravity gives it gravitas. The snowball is snowballing as it careens downhill to bury Whites. There are just the sounds of silence as we remain silent about our fate. White America stands on the cusp of oblivion, of annihilation in the plain literal sense. It’s not hyperbole to state that the White race is racing towards extinction — not just demographic conquest and dispossession; not just humiliation, discrimination. and civil rights abuses, but EXTINCTION with the likelihood of attendant violence. We’ve been oblivious to oblivion, but hopefully, the instinct of self-preservation will kick in, in time to turn the tide, to stop the careen into the abyss. We have to recognize this reality and not retreat from it. The starting point and time to end this mindless madness must be now because it is mere minutes to Midnight before the permanent night of extinction ensues. We have to work backwards up a difficult slope from where we presently are or we will slide further downhill as the West further devolves.

Once immigration began, a transformation of the basically White world of the US to the Third World in 1965 ensured. That meant the end of the so-called “melting pot” in which hitherto various European ethnicities could meld together rather seamlessly and assimilate into an altogether different White reality represented by the bounty and boundless boundary/frontier testing spirit of America. Instead, there could now be only an inevitable meltdown as the new totally foreign elements added an untenable type of diversity in which the ingredients cannot mesh together into an edible stew. This new recipe led to a cheesy imitation of the America designed by the founders that flounders along without the necessary moral compass of a common religious or cultural base to keep it on track. As the foreign elements increased as a percentage of the overall stew, the founding stock was increasingly charged as having egg on its face by the race hustlers as they unfairly “eggzaturated” and mischaracterized alleged past misdeeds of the native White stock. Every defect, deficiency, or even duplicity of the newcomers and the never-to-be-satisfied – and never acculturated Blacks – could be palmed off or blamed on non-existent “white privilege” or the nearly non-existent “white supremacism,” a figment of the imagination of fervid and fevered minds. Once the foreigners achieved sufficient clout and cred, assimilation could be thrown under the bus by the leftists who were now in the driver’s seat in their drive for “diversity”. Senseless equality of outcomes was the natural outcome of trying to satisfy all foreign comers and non-white up-and-comers regardless of their native capabilities and IQs.

There is an unfortunately common talking and take-off point that dominates mainstream conservatism, a.k.a. civic nationalism, mainstream patriotism, inclusive populism, cuckservatism, neo-conservatism, Americanism, etc. – and it is that the ruling classes or deep staters are conjuring up racial division out of whole cloth in order to keep us divided and thus easier to control and manipulate. These dupes and possible “duplicitives” include such icons as Rush, Tucker Carlson, Dennis Prager, Sean Hannity, Glenn Beck, et al. All are in thrall to explain that they are not racists and therefore should be taken seriously. They are akin to the Marxists who are in thrall with the classic class and economic distinctions of rich vs, poor, or the haves vs, the have-nots or, as in post modernism – the “new” Marxism – the oppressed and the oppressor. They see these dichotomies as fractious factions. The reason for sticking with these ingrained talking points is that the average conservative cannot admit to himself that the 20th Century experiment in multiracial egalitarian democracy was not only a catastrophic failure, but in fact was doomed from the get-go. Going along with the flood-like flow of the “main- stream,” the term “racist’ has been turned into the epithet that elicits the most revulsion and repulsion, and mainstream conservatism has been caught up in the flood of going along to get along “sickophantism”. Even a serial killer like necrophile cannibal Jeffrey Dahmer didn’t mind being called any kind of monster except “racist.” Bush league George W. Bush groveled to a point lower than a snake’s belly when Kanye West accused him of not caring about Black people in connection with the Hurricane Katrina fiasco in which the true nature of most Blacks became apparent.

Discrimination occurs when a dominant group uses legal structures and political power to exclude weaker groups from full participation in society. A parasitic ruling class today exercises all but total dominance over media, finance, business, academia, science and government – a dominance enhanced through ethnic and other networking – and is indeed engaged in a coordinated effort to disenfranchise White Americans from society. This strategy has been called “Jim Snow.” Through affirmative action and the forced and foolish diversity enhancement schemes that followed, White men were and are systemically and systematically excluded from or underrepresented in work forces and university admissions across the class spectrum. There are seemingly an unlimited number of government contract, grant, and welfare programs for all so-called minorities, but none specifically for Whites while the other such programs specifically exclude them. There are programs to promote economic development in certain areas with high concentrations of unemployment or “underemployment” that happen to be predominantly White areas, but the thrust is not to assist Whites per se. Whites have had taxation without specific representation for almost the entire life of the country, but in a pronounced manner since about 1965 when the immigration system was rigged against them. In fact, we are literally expected to provide for our own replacement by minorities in individual cases when ordered by employers to train our replacements to meet affirmative action and diversity program goals. Many laid-off white employees who refuse to train their replacements are denied the severance packages that came with their employment contract. In my personal experience, my late “significant other” quit her job rather than comply with this indignity, especially since it was apparent she would be more competent than her replacement.

As if that was not disturbing enough, in connection to the artificial and engineered COVID calamity we have witnessed the emergence of medical discrimination with treatment for non-whites being prioritized. Integration didn’t stop the Blacks from wanting to stick to their own kind in social and educational environments, so it’s demand is gradually being phased out. “Reverse segregation” seems to be seeping into society in which contact with Whites is frowned upon lest the overly sensitive Blacks suffer discomfort from claimed but concocted cases of micro-aggression. Universities, which lead the charge into nihilism, are setting aside dormitories where Whites are not welcome and are increasingly offering race-specific graduation ceremonies for non-Whites. A movement to create and foster White student unions at a few universities a few years ago met opposition from the usual suspects and was abandoned when the prerequisite faculty sponsors would not volunteer to steer the efforts. Whites are absolutely not permitted to exclude non-Whites from anything while non-Whites are privileged and encouraged to exclude Whites from their “spaces.” There are no fields of endeavor or even social activities where Whites can have the field to themselves without non-whites butting/horning in and forcing their acceptance even if it takes legal action to do so. When they do so it is celebrated as a special conquest or worthy achievement. Freedom of association as discussed in another article in this newsletter has long gone by the boards. It’s disappearance was a catalyst in the current efforts to break up White social assembly and coherence. NASCAR, the country music scene, winter sports, and even hockey are the latest victims of this movement to deny Whites a sense of self/racial consciousness and a sense that they have any special talents or a history of special achievement.

At a certain stage of genocide, dehumanization and polarization affect the victim group. This stage is far advanced in the US and Europe. When this stage is reached, the very humanity of the targeted group is denied as a prerequisite for overcoming the natural revulsion against mass murder. Hate propaganda is deployed to demonize and depersonalize the target group with the aim of implanting the germ of a growing idea that “we would be better off without them.” This is especially visible in the present war against history in which the glories of Western – that is White – Civilization is being slowly cancelled. At present, you can now get away with saying anything about Whites, no matter how dark, brutal, or gruesome in what used to be their countries. When this phenomenon gets embedded in comedy routines, you know the situation isn’t funny anymore, because the perps are trying to make you laugh it off and not take it seriously. Jokes about dumb blondes were a forerunner of this seeming folderol. We could trot out one example after another. but two cases are illustrative of what “goes down”.

Black Rutgers University professor Brittney Cooper, at an event where the opening address was delivered by impostor President Joe Biden, celebrated the decline of white birthrates. In her own words, she said White birthrates are falling so precipitously “because they cannot afford to put newer generations into the middle class or sustain their own lives and that Whites deserved to go extinct!” Indeed, she’d like to accelerate the pace declaring that her fellow Blacks “gotta take the m– – – f– – – ers out.” Rutgers and the pres-iding Biden refused to condemn the remarks. At the Yale School of Medicine, Pakistani psychiatrist Anna Khilanani fantasized along the same lines, waxing lyrical about “unloading a revolver into the head of any White person that gets in my way, burying their body and wiping my bloody hands as I walked away guiltless with a bounce in my step, like I did the world a favor.” She referred to Whites as “demented, violent predators”. Jon Leibowitz — more commonly known by his crypsis name, Jon Stewart – recently hosted a program called “The Problem With White People” in which he insidiously ranted against White farmers and their “resentment” in South Africa for being dispossessed of their farmlands and murdered in the process. This has overtones of the Holodomor. Every day, on every news program, on every talk show, in every classroom, in every boardroom, in every government office, Whites are spoken about in language that cannot be describes as anything other than genocidal.

The words that typically surround “racism” and racist are intentionally pathological and medicalized – such as “virulent”. Racism is inherently characterized as a White phenomenon of which other races are deemed incapable. Dozens of municipalities across the country have declared “racism” to be a “public health emergency.” With the advent of the medical tyranny and the vast concentration of power and influence that medical bureaucracies now have, as enhanced by the COVID power grab that has gone “viral,” making ‘racism” into a disease could give diseased minds more latitude to consider Whites as pathogens or pathogenic purveyors of a kind of mental disease.

Cultural genocide and the bad-mouthing of Whites would be the natural forerunners of physical genocide. Before they slaughter us, they have to grind our heroes into the dust, take down our statues, strip us of our roots and turn our callow, immature and strident children against us. By denying us our history and legacies, they deny us our identity and roots, and thus leaving us without a sense of community and purpose. Their actions constitute a sublimated rage of what they would like to do to us if they could get their hands on us and get away with it – and the fact is, that such a situation is now definitely possible!

The cucked “Republicants” led the charge against Southern history. National Review celebrated the cultural destruction of the South. Of course, that was just a “prelewd” to the obliteration of all White history and the falsification of what remains to meet the new memes. History itself is not thought of as an important subject to study since it is more or less the story of what Whites have done and so it is disappearing from college curricula. It is “his-story’ and not enough “her-story” anyway. Politically incorrect books are being removed from purchase from Amazon and mainstream outlets. Universities and public libraries in general are removing old history books and even classics from circulation. Many books considered essential reading until recently are now banned as racist or sexist or not meeting the new Communist program and so are subject to an “ink-quisition”. Diversity of opinion dies as uniformity and conformity become de rigueur. Many classics wind up as cheap reads in Salvation Army, Goodwill Industries, and other thrift store book sections as libraries donate them for tax write-offs so as to survive in an environment in which people hardly read books anymore. Thrift stores do a surprising amount of on-line mailorder sales of discarded books sold through Amazon and E-bay. At least the classics can become affordable reads for people with diminishing real incomes and some real sense that way.

The teaching of American history has already been fundamentally anti-white for several generations. Slavery, the Holocaust (TM), and the “civil rights” movement together with anything else to enhance white guilt, dominate the dialogue. Middle schools in teaching the history of their particular state frequently turn these courses into muddled diatribes of politically correct poop.

With the forced adoption of anti-white Critical Race Theory, government schools and no small number of private and “Christian” schools have transformed into full-fledged torture camps for the brainwashing of White children. As a result, these children come home in tears, ashamed of their race and angry at their parents for bringing them into the world. The brutal elimination of white identity is surely a significant factor in the increasing incidence of race mixing and the large number of abortions that result therefrom. For lack of any normal identity, the increasing number of children identifying as the weird LGBT and other hard to believe sexual oddities under the grooming regimen of their predator teachers, nurses, counselors and psychiatrists is a metastasizing lunacy launched by the left. Sometimes it becomes for younger children especially a matter of gaining approval of the culture through gender choice if one’s race is unacceptable! Children need acceptance and if they cannot change their race, they can always change their gender – or so they’re told.

If you turn on the TV or flip through a magazine, you’ll flip over the number of Blacks featured in the ads. I have a dream that one day I can stop seeing Blacks as role models and being elevated to the top of the social pyramid. If you see a White in an ad, they are most likely to be homosexual, in an interracial relationship, have friends that are all the “united colors of Benetton,” are morbidly obese, or are cast in a subservient or secondary role. Healthy, strong especially White males are persona non grata in the advertising industry. The overarching purpose of ads is to more often than not reinforce the “new normal” culture, sell darkness or smut, sell big pharma’s bag of faddish cures or vanity-driven beauty products or advertise travel or cruise opportunities to people who don’t know what to do with their ill-gotten gains. Of even more concern, Hollywood churns out big-budget film and TV productions which glorify violence against Whites. “Inglorious Basterds,” “Django Unchained,” “Unchained,” Get out,” “Hunters” and “Watchmen” are examples of this degenerate genre and are exercises in genocidal pre-programming. There are many films that make fun of whites, showing them as inferior to Blacks despite being socially superior. One such film was “The Help” which contain a situation in which a black employee gave her white employer a pie made with her own feces! White heroes, both fictional and historical, are now routinely recast as non-white. Whites are not permitted to visualize themselves via movies or TV as doing anything notable or noble. Often these depictions are ridiculous, such as BBC’s black Anne Boleyn or Netflix’s black Viking Queen. Such is the atrocious ignorance of modern audiences that such trash is not consigned to the trash bin by critics and those with some supposed sense or sense of propriety. Humiliation is the key, erasing us from our own history, stealing our achievements and crediting others with them.

We have allowed sex perverts and our racial enemies to define American culture for a century, our reality shaped by those who want us dead or hollow shells of ourselves. We have been redefined as a nearly untouchable caste, but our women are still the envy of the other races for their beauty and so are raped in enormous numbers creating great dangers to themselves that they do not appreciate since many have not been made aware of the dangers they face by a news media that spike any stories that do not conform to the new narrative.

We know police departments, intelligence agencies, and the military have been severely compromised with an anti-white mindset, at least at the upper levels. The process started during the Obama Administration, accelerated while Trump was in office, and is being finalized under the Biden regime. The degree to which the rank-and-file have been penetrated or compromised is still uncertain. Unbelievably, we know that non-white criminal gangs have long penetrated the military, that recruitment standards continue to fall (we examined the situation at West Point in a previous newsletter), and that the military academies are indistinguishable from civilian universities in their commitments to leftism and anti-white diversity, which are fervently promoted from on high by the Pentagon (Pentagram?). As well, we know that the military’s COVID vaxx injection mandates are being used to drive out conservative, independently-minded White men.

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

What is Happening To Us in America?

By Glynn Adams

July 22, 2022

Hopefully, I am going to answer what is happening to us in America but in the process of doing that, I am going to drop some bombshells on you!!! The first bombshell is if you are currently in a church system, whether denominational, Pentecostal, or Protestant, we are being lied to. We are lying to ourselves, our flesh is lying to us, our church systems are lying to us, the pastors as well as the false pastors are lying to us, the world is lying to us, and Satan is lying to us. Following Jesus is not all about going to a church building, peace, love, comfort, and ease. It’s about war, resisting Satan, and the consequences if we neglect obedience to our King and if we refuse to resist evil against Satan and the powers of darkness.

Churches in America have become like the Prodigal Son in Luke 15:11-32, who left the covering and authority of the Father to escape his responsibilities of being a son. It’s called religion. There is no difference in ending up in the pig pen and in religion. In the First Century, Jesus encountered religion of the Scribes and Pharisees. They used the name of God, the Old Testament Scriptures, the Law, prayed, and thought they were spiritual but religion only see things from their point of view and not God’s!! These religious had their own way worked out and no one was going to change it not even the Son of God. That is where we are today in America – in a pig pen of made up religious matrix that is deadly to our nation!!! [See: Enemies Within the Church]

What separates religion today and the church Jesus said He would build is we are to live by every word that proceeds from the mouth of God, we don’t pick and choose what Scriptures we obey or ignore – we teach and preach the whole council of God. We are direct representatives of Jesus Christ on this earth and we are to be conformed into the image and likeness of Jesus Christ, we seek first the Kingdom of God because that is the message Jesus preached, the Kingdom conduct He exhibited,, and the Kingdom Ministry He expects us to do – to the lost, those in bondage, those who are hungry, thirsty, in prison, and hurting. We are to assume and carry out our spiritual responsibilities in the Word of God,- be a witness, go make disciples, teaching them to observe all that I commanded you, cast out demons, bring down demonic strongholds, heal the sick, resist evil, and resist anyone exalting themselves against the Word of God.

We will never obey God and “do His will on earth as it is done in heaven” until we will within ourselves to do it. The Prodigal Son was in the pig pen and He willed in his heart to return to the Father. Jesus knew the pain and suffering that was ahead of Him at the Cross so He went to Gethsemane and there He won the battle before Him because Jesus wills, “Thy will be done” with God for it to happen. The one who wills with God will pray and find God fights His battles through His Body of believers on earth.

Where has religion taken us in America? God has a moral compass but religion in America has no moral compass for our culture. Demonic occults and heretical sects are multiplying and gaining power in America. Drugs that blow the mind and kill have taken captive many of the upcoming generations. Enemy attacks has brought its casualties in every part of life in America – the corporate life, the family, the educational system, the judicial system, and even the church. The pattern of religion being practiced in America today is to compromise, to tolerate evil, remain silent, passive, and to break away from God’s fixed moral standards. The picture our religious churches present today is a bunch of cowards on the defensive, huddled in their church buildings but never on the offense resisting Satan and his demonic powers of darkness!! For whoever wishes to save his life shall lose it but whoever loses his life for MY sake shall find it. For what will a man be profited if he gains the whole world and forfeits his soul?” (Matthew 16:25)

Those in religion protecting themselves has allowed a flood of evil to pour into this nation and at the same time, the passivity of these in religion as they view what is happening to us in America, their ignorance is clearly seen that they are not aware of the part God expects them to play in his warfare against Satan. In these last days, Satan knows his time is running out but the Body of Christ sees no need to resist evil but seek détente, coexistence, tolerance, and peace through compromise!!! You can be set free from religion right now by willing what the Prodigal willed!!! In God’s world, this is called repentance; religion has no such word. A warning from Jesus in Matthew 5:20, “That unless your righteousness surpasses that of the Scribes and Pharisees, you shall not enter the kingdom of heaven.” HATH GOD REALLY SAID?!!!

Here is the second bombshell of truth. While the Word of God calls us sons, another function we have as a member of the Body of Christ, is that of a warrior. Religion teaches us nothing about being a warrior or spiritual warfare because religious people cannot see a war going on. But the Bible has many Scriptures that a constant war is going on between God/Satan, heaven/hell, and between our flesh and Satan, and between all members of the Body of Christ and Satan. In our religion we are being lied to. Our false pastors tell us that following Jesus is comfortable and all about love, peace, ease, and we are not required to resist evil. That is a lie from hell from a false pastor trying to grow his church larger and is not equipping anyone for resisting evil or any type of spiritual warfare!!!

Some pastors and some in the Body of Christ are resisting evil in this nation. As warriors for Christ, we understand completely the mandate and danger associated with resisting evil and spiritual warfare. The Bible and world history of the saints in every age have recorded the exploits of brave men and women in resisting Satan in spiritual warfare. At His Gethsemane struggle, the Lord Jesus teaches us two important things: “Submit to God” and “resist the devil.” Those who will within themselves to obey God and resist evil make themselves available as a willing instrument, ready for His use in His warfare. We have to will to the teaching of Scripture about our part in the spiritual warfare;

The vocabulary of leaving the church building and going on the offense to attack Satan and his powers of darkness is not popular today. Some in the Body of Christ are prayer warriors who will mount up in the full assurance of faith that they are indeed “seated with Christ in heavenly places.” And then from this position move to resist the enemy and “they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb and because of the word of their testimony and they did not love their life even to death.” (Revelation 12:11)

The Bible is absolutely full of spiritual warfare and resisting Satan in the Bible. One-third of the ministry of Jesus on this earth was resisting Satan in the wilderness to defeating him on the cross. Part of the Kingdom of God ministry Jesus did was casting out demons, and healing the sick of which many were caused by Satan. This war started in Genesis 3 with Adam and Eve. God in Genesis 3:15, pronounced war on Satan, “And I will put enmity between you and the woman and between your seed and her seed; He shall bruise you on the head and you shall bruise him on the heel.” This prophecy came true at the cross with the crucifixion of Christ and this defeated Satan.

The Old Testament is about spiritual warfare and how to defeat your enemies. The warrior and soldier role is pictured for us throughout the Old and New Testaments. The history of the saints of God in every age is one of conflict. The pathway the disciples’ of Christ trends as they follow the Lord is one of certain warfare. The victory on the cross over the powers of evil by Jesus and its application in the world of men is now in the hands of the Body of Christ on earth and the bitter enmity of Satan is now directed against the Body of Christ in order to vent his bitterness against the Head through the members of His Body. Now, let me ask you a question: Are you expressing the enmity God put between the devil and the church’s Head? Or, are you seeking détente, coexistence, and peace through compromise? If you are refusing to resist Satan where you are and in the nation in which you live, then you are committing a blatant sin against Jesus and the cross!!! “Silence in the face of evil is evil in itself and God will not hold you guiltless. Not to speak is to speak; not to act is to act.” (Dietrich Bonhoeffer)

Do you remember the prayer Jesus gave us, “Thy kingdom come, thy will be done on earth as it is done in heaven.” Here is how God’s work is being done God’s way, God wills it in heaven and man wills it on earth. Whether you want to believe it or not, we are God’s warriors and soldiers. In Matthew 10:1, Jesus gave the disciples authority over unclean demonic spirits. In Matthew 10:16, “Behold I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves; therefore be shrewd as serpents and innocent as doves.” Paul says we are more than conquerors in Christ….We always triumph in Jesus Name all military terms, Paul says in 2 Timothy, 2:3, “Suffer hardship with me as a good soldier of Christ Jesus.

The last bombshell of truth is we must get the true facts straight here. Always remember, God does not tolerate His followers to blame others for our blatant, disobedient failures!!! The reason America has been captured and overtaken by evil is the Body of Christ in America has blatantly refused to fight against evil or to take a stand against evil or to resist evil. That is religion. Don’t you dare blame the Democrats and Occult New World Order for what has happened to us in America!!! They are only useful idiots following and obedient to their god who has been defeated. If the Body of Christ in America, who has access to the power of God, had been following and obedient to our God, we would not have ALLOWED Satan and the New World Order demonic occults to steal and capture this nation and make it a dwelling place for demons!!! We have been lied to by our pastors and to ourselves. Whenever Jesus sends His faithful followers out as lambs among wolves, that is not comfort, ease, or peaceful; that is spiritual warfare!!! It is truly a proven fact, “If you do not resist evil, evil will overtake you.”

The America we grew up in the 40s, 50s, 60s, and 70s is gone. The only way we will get it back is a sovereign move of God and a Great Awakening among the people in America!!! Our Founding Fathers gave us a Republic where WE THE PEOPLE determine what kind of government we will have and warned us we cannot maintain a Republic without a moral and righteous people. We have had many failures that has led up to the cause of what is happening to us in America today. The false pastor and too many has embraced an easy religion having forsaken the ways of God plus we have not tended to our Republic form of government. We have been lied to by false pastors and religion which requires no accountability. We ignore Scripture, we disobey Scripture at will and we think nothing of it. In America, we disregard a sermon or an article and we choose not to obey it or disregard what we heard. To God that is serious but to Americans not so. We don’t understand the Sovereignty of God or King Jesus. When they speak through the Word or Holy Spirit, that is law and we have no opinion or private interpretation of it, but to obey it…period!!! We conveniently forget that accountability will eventually come to everyone!!!

Many of the faithful will press on to the high calling of Christ and keep on resisting this evil overtaking our nation. It is sad that so many people are blind and cannot see their false pastors and their false religion!!! My prayer is we will wake up before it is too late!!! God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to the insight of R. Arthur Matthew and his book, “Born to Battle.”

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

How Bad Will Election Fraud Be in 2022?

By Lex Greene

July 21, 2022

The short answer is, worse than in 2020.

It’s no secret that the Biden (Obama 3.0) administration is the most unpopular administration in U.S. history, and for plenty of good reasons. No previous administration has ever created such a huge dumpster fire across the country and around the world in such a short period of time.

Clearly, Joe Biden lacks the mental capacity to read a teleprompter correctly, much less run anything, or even know where he is, or why, most of the time. Kamala Harris is even worse than Biden, but not due to late stage dementia. She’s always been dumber than a box of rocks. Biden is down to a 28% approval rating, but Kamala is even lower.

So, Americans predicting a “red wave” on November 8^th can read these tea leaves and draw the conclusion that democrats across the country will be politically slaughtered in the 2022 mid-terms. But there’s a key element to that prediction that most are ignoring…we don’t have legitimate elections.

2020 isn’t the first time democrats worked to perfect the art of stealing an election. In 2000, they tried to seat Al Gore in the Oval Office by denying the certification of the overseas Military vote, while knocking “hanging chads” from paper ballots on the floor in endless Florida recounts…A fraudulent process eventually stopped by the U.S. Supreme Court.

All the way back in 1936, the Democrat E. H. Crump political machine based in Memphis, which controlled much of Tennessee, extended to McMinn County with the introduction of Paul Cantrell as the Democratic candidate for sheriff. Cantrell engaged in electoral fraud, both by intimidating voters who voted against him, and by allowing ineligible people to vote. The U.S. Department of Justice had investigated allegations of electoral fraud in McMinn County in 1940, 1942, and 1944, but had never taken any action.

But by 2020, the Democrat Party had perfected a plethora of election fraud methods and they used all of them, making the 2020 elections the most fraudulent election in human history! The entire world knows it, and they can’t figure out why Americans have allowed it to stand.

For decades, the Democrat Party has been cheating in elections, by any means necessary. The Republican Party has allowed it to continue for decades, in part due to a legal agreement called a Consent Decree, which the GOP made with the Democrat Party back in 1982. Since 1982, the Republican Party had been legally prohibited from contesting elections due to suspected vote fraud. Of course, Republican voters and donors never agreed to any such thing, and most never even knew about it. A Federal Court allowed that agreement to expire in 2018, just ahead of the mid-terms.

Still, with massive fraud on open global display in the 2020 elections, the Republican Party sat quiet as the worst administration in U.S. history stole the White House and numerous Congressional seats in broad daylight, or the dark of night when it came to after-hours DNC ballot drops at key swing state distracts, captured on film. Republican Vice President Mike Pence participated in the steal and continues to participate in the coverup, as do many other Republican officials, the worst among them, Liz Cheney (WY) and Mitt Romney (UT).

Countless groups have worked around the clock to evidence and expose the massive 2020 fraud since, as all news networks and both political parties continue to deny any wrongdoing even today. The evidence isn’t just compelling, it’s overwhelming, despite an obvious effort to cover it all up.

So, just how bad will the democrat party fraud be in November 2022?

Well, when there are no consequences for committing massive election fraud in front of the entire world, there is no reason to stop committing that fraud. In fact, it encourages the cheaters to up the ante in election after election until someone finally puts a stop to it. All they needed was a little cover, such as the fake COVID19 scamdemic used to open up unverifiable mail-in and drop box balloting, along with illegal ballot harvesting and election machine hacking. It worked once, so they will most surely do it again!

Because nothing at all has been done about the fraud in 2020, there is no reason to expect that democrats won’t continue that practice in 2022. No one in the USA has successfully challenged their crimes.

How far are they willing to go in 2022?

Again, the short answer is, however far they need to go to make sure they retain political power after November. Nothing, and I do mean NOTHING AT ALL, is off the table in 2022.

Democrats know they are highly unpopular today, even among many lifelong democrats who foolishly voted for them in 2020. They know they have no chance of legitimately winning any election this November. As a result, they also know that they will have to cheat more in 2022 than they did in 2020 and they are already doing it across the country.

Will democrats use all of the fraudulent methods they used in 2020? YES
Will they launch another scamdemic to force unverifiable voting? YES
Will they continue to ratchet up war with Russia in Ukraine? YES
Will they continue to sell USA resources to Communist China? YES
Will they continue to demolish the US Military? YES
Will they continue to put illegal invaders and convicts on the streets everywhere? YES
Will they continue to target all law enforcement and border agents? YES
Will they continue to threaten and attack all Constitutionally Protected Rights? YES
Will they continue to destroy our schools and churches? YES
Will they continue to flood the USA with bioweapons and fentanyl? YES
Will they continue to plant terror cells in every city? YES
Will they continue to intentionally destroy our economy? YES
Will they continue to cause massive inflation and supply chain shortages? YES
Will they do all they can to cause a total economic collapse before November? YES
Will they continue to unleash Marxist terrorists like BLM and ANTIFA on the public? YES
Will they use “false flag” events to gaslight unsuspecting citizens? YES
Will they use the Military against Citizens if need be? YES
Will they continue to create a never ending stream of “emergencies” to win? YES
Will they continue to lie to win? YES

All the above is a known given… no need for any imagination, since we have watched democrats do it all for many years.

The democrat party also teaches their candidates in RED districts in open primary states, to run on Republican tickets. They also teach democrat voters to cross over in open GOP primaries to vote for the republican candidate, whom they want to run against in the general election.

Even worse, the democrat party is spending millions on republican candidates in open republican primaries, just to manipulate GOP elections and hand pick the candidate they think they can defeat in the general elections.

And of course, there is nothing new about global nation-wreckers like Nazi George Soros spending billions to manipulate elections from the top of the ballot to the bottom, coast to coast.

Will they flood our country with criminals and terrorists from every 3^rd world toilet, replacing uncontrollable Americans with easily controllable 3^rd world voters? YES

In my opinion, they are even willing to sponsor mass shootings, BLM and ANTIFA riots, or even nuke U.S. cities with dirty bombs they can blame on Putin, just to retain their ill-gotten power in an election year they are doomed to lose BIG! These criminals are highly capable of doing anything to retain power and any casualties of their crimes are acceptable collateral damage to whatever they deem necessary.

So, how bad will election fraud be in 2022?

Far worse than in 2020, and this time, they won’t limit their tactics to merely stuffing and stealing votes. They are desperate, and desperate people are very dangerous.

Unless American Citizens make it their business to do whatever it takes to secure the November elections, a RED WAVE remains highly unlikely, despite running against the most unpopular administration in U.S. history. There are many things the people can and should do to turn the tide, they just have to do it.

I work with TNALC.org that just released their most recent Citizen Call to Action. Anyone can do this, and everyone should, unless you have already surrendered. More action items will be issued by the group, so get connected with us to get properly engaged.

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

Crazier and Crazier

by Lee Duigon

July 21, 2022

I have found the El Dorado of idiocy, the pot of pure twaddle at the end of the rainbow. Check it out.

“A new school of thought within archaeology pushes scientists to think twice about assigning gender to ancient human remains”.

A “school of thought”? Did they say “thought”? Wrong word, sunshine! If you have “thoughts” like this, you need a new brain.

And as for “assigning gender” to skeletons—well, God already did that, back when He created them. Nevertheless, as reported by The College Fix, “Anthropologists [Is that what they are?] call for an end to classifying human remains by biological gender.”

Why? You’re gonna love this. Because “they cannot gauge how a person identified at the time.” They can’t ask the skeletons which “gender” they “identified as” when they were alive—as if there were a bunch of Cro-Magnon men claiming to be women and demanding the right to compete in women’s sports.

This is the work of “gender activists” calling themselves The Trans Doe Task Force. Every pack of nincompoops has to have a task force or the other ninnies won’t take them seriously. Just to make sure we understand how the times they are a-changin’, they put quotes around “male” and “female” to remind us there are no such things.

It’s like someone, somewhere, threw a goofy switch and turned on all the crazy. So we have a Supreme Court justice who says she doesn’t know what a woman is, and the president of a “women’s law” society who says yeah, she’s a woman—because that’s what she “identifies as.” Saying so makes it so, as far as she’s concerned. And we have Church of England bishops who say that they don’t know, either.

Are they trying to erase women? Is there something about women that just plain freaks them out?

These are people who are supposedly adults, many of whom occupy highly-paid, high-profile, high-prestige positions in both the public and the private sectors. They can’t all be lunatics—can they? They can’t possibly be that ignorant. So either they’re simply saying things they know are not true, or something else more sinister is going on with them.

Let me propose a challenge. Is there anyone out there who can give a reason, even a thumping silly reason, why we should be doing this, and how we can possibly benefit from it in any way, even a galloping ridiculous way? Don’t be shy—give us a reason!

Once upon a time, in the middle of the 19^th century, the Xhosa people in southern Africa thought they could run the British out of Africa—but only if they first killed off all their livestock (this was history’s first Green New Deal) and burnt up all their crops. A (ahem!) prophetess told them this, and they believed her, so they did what she advised.

And starved very nearly to extinction. And the British colonists stayed.

It’s dangerous to listen to preposterously bad advice. And if it’s not actively a threat to life, it can at least be absurd, shameful, comical, and an assault on sanity and dignity.

We are getting that kind of advice here and now, in the 21^st century. The world’s on fire with it. Our ruling class has lost its marbles. Have you seen video of the massive riots in Sri Lanka that chased its president out of the country? That could be us. Or Canada, or the Netherlands, or Australia. SloJo Biden is not the only world leader who’s gone non compos mentis.

“Male and female created He them.” They want to tear down God’s creation and replace it with their own.

The people of Sri Lanka have rebelled against insane government policies that were reducing them to poverty and want. Our government, in addition to creating food and energy and baby formula shortages, is trying to poison us with “gender fluid.” Pushing transgender as if their lives depended on it.

This has to stop. It really has to stop.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit… before they come for your gender. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Bloody Hill

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

July 21, 2022

www.stophate.com

They have lied to us. Our government I am speaking about.

The government-media complex is one of the most wicked partnerships in the history of this nation.

Lie. That is all that they do. They have seized the levers of power and all they do is lie to advance their Luciferian agenda.

They hide the Truth. Censor the Truth. Deny the Truth. Ignore the Truth. Their father is a liar and they are doing his handiwork.

America is a nation under siege. The enemies are within the gates. They occupy the positions of power throughout every area of this nation. The Media. Education. Entertainment. Medicine. Religion.

Lies rule the day. The bigger the lie the more convincing it is. Government would never harm you. Science is honest. Education is moral. Churches are apolitical. Lies. All lies.

Churches are bought. Pulpits have been pilfered. Pastors are cowardly. The Bible calls them “ignorant…dumb dogs…afraid to bark…loving to slumber…greedy dogs…” [See the DVD, “Enemies Within the Church“]

I’m sick of it. You should be too.

But you listen to the boys on TV. They call themselves “conservatives” yet they hide the Truth. They talk about Jan 6 as an “insurrection” as if 2 million men and women marching on Washington is some kind of crime. They poison your brain. They tell you there is nothing wrong…that it is all in your head. That you are a conspiracy theorist…that the pharmaceutical companies can be trusted.

Prices are sky-rocketing…fuel is off the charts…shelves are thinning…Build Back Better is the way forward. Fake News. Fake Genders. Fake Conservatives.

They are poisoning the mind of your children. Perverts are trolling for your children in public schools. You wink and nod as they explain their sexual perversion is normal. You are the screwed up one. You are the bigot. You are the hate monger as they cram debauchery into the minds of our young children. And, get away with it!

I could go on and on. Lies are everywhere you look and the church won’t even stand up and fight for Truth. Accepting perversion is “loving” as they deviants judge you for judging them.

Divide and conquer is the oldest trick in the book. They shut down the churches. They told you to stay at home. They destroyed small businesses while Big Box stores thrived. You took the jab. You gave it to your children. Now they are sick. Many are dying. Most are damaged. It is only the beginning.

Biden was never elected. Use your damn brain. It has all been a sham.

They told us they were going to do it. We didn’t believe them. We trusted our “elected” officials even though many of them were never elected. We looked the other way. We cowered in fear…still do…afraid that one of your friends might call you a name.

Pussies. Cowards. Idiots. Fools. What name would you use for the average American?

Your prissy pastor…if you still go to church…hides behind the pulpit while evil flourishes right outside the door. He (or she…not much difference) won’t mix the “sacred with the secular” or mix “religion and politics” as the Devil eats our children. We were warned.

“The only thing necessary for evil to triumph is for good men to do nothing.” Are there any good men anymore? How do you recognize them? Where do you find them? Do good men EVER push back? How did the average American male become so womanly?

Womanly. We have a Supreme Court justice who cannot define woman. She, a woman, either lied or is ignorant. Both should disqualify her. We appoint “crossdressers” to the highest offices in the land. We act as if this behavior is normal.

They are sick. No wait…WE ARE SICK for tolerating this horse manure. We let them eat us alive. We cower in the corner afraid to defend Truth. They destroy everything that is good. We applaud their debauchery. We know the Truth but refuse to defend it. We fold easier than a grandmother’s bra.

We are pansies. Christian men are effeminate and cowardly. Hooked on porn and sports…unwilling to defend their faith and their family. Living by lies. Trump is coming back. Everything is going to be fine!

Fools. Damn fools. Dumb dogs. Afraid to bark.

I’m going to give you an opportunity to get involved. A chance to awaken your friends.

They lied to us about Jan 6^th. It was a GOVERNMENT insurrection against the people. Over 75% of those currently locked in jail in Washington DC are veterans. Maybe you need to read that again. VETERANS are locked up in DC for peacefully demanding a redress of a stolen election. Over 18 months in jail for simply exercising their God-given right to question their government. How many Republicans are fighting to free them?

Your government wants you dead. Can’t you see it? Luciferians are running the show.

Watch this documentary. Bloody Hill. SHARE it. YOU MUST SHARE IT with your friends. Let your fellow Americans SEE what was done to God-fearing Americans. Veterans. Those who fought for our freedoms…now locked in the Government Gulag.

Watch it and share it. Grow a pair. Stand up and fight, damnit!!

Your grandkids are counting on you.

Woof! Woof!!

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

What’s This Non-American Demographic Going To Look Like In 30 Years?

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 21, 2022

Next question: what will it do to our culture, ethos, quality of life and standard of living? What will it do to improve climate change, cultural cohesion and our English language commonality?

Most Americans go about their daily lives by eating breakfast, going to work for eight to 10 hours per day, and driving home to dinner with their families. Most Americans don’t really know what’s going on in Washington DC, because the mainstream media hides pertinent information that affects us now, and into the future.

Why do we no longer trust ABC, NBC, CBS, NPR, PBS, CNN and so many of the mainstream media? Answer: they misinform us, or they simply delete any important news they don’t want us to see.

For instance, last year with endless tons of fentanyl being imported across our southern borders, a whopping 107,000 Americans died of opioid overdoses. That wasn’t reported until year’s end.

Last year, in excess of 2,000,000 illegal migrants crossed our borders. In 2022, already, we watched 1.5 million cross by June and expect another 1.5 million to cross by December to add up to a mind-numbing 3,000,000 added refugees invited in, against our laws, by Joe Biden. But you have no idea of the impact of THAT many people because Biden and the MSM don’t want you to know.

Here’s some sobering facts as to what’s really happening to our entire society.

In 2022, there are in excess of 70,000,000 foreign-born people living within the USA. At least 20,000,000 live here illegally, off the radar, using our educational systems, free school lunches, without paying taxes, using our welfare systems and robbing us blind whether it is shoplifting, anchor babies at 300,000 of them annually that we pay for, rapes, robberies and/or killings.
Today, one in four babies are birthed by foreign-born people living in the USA. That’s going to add up to an enormous number of people that are not Americans by 2040. They bring incompatible cultures, poverty and decay to our society. One look at the 100,000 homeless in California should give you an idea of our future in every state.
One-third of the people living in Los Angeles, one-third in San Francisco, one-third in Miami, one-third in Chicago and one-third in NYC…are foreign-born. (Source: US Census Bureau)
By 2042, European-Americans will become the newest minority in their own country. Latinos, Hispanics, Mexicans will become the new majority. (Source: www.pewresearchcenter.org)
Around 2040, English will not be the dominate language in America. There will be hundreds of languages spoken in enclaves around the country, especially in big cities. Any understanding of people working on the same page will be a thing of the past. We face racial, cultural, religious and linguistic conflict on a scale unheard of in all of history.
By 2050, we will see an added 100,000,000 more people added to this country by immigrants and their birth rates. We will have jumped from 335 million to over 440 million. (Source: www.numbersusa.com ; “Population Projections USA” by Fogel/Martin, www.PewResearchCenter.org , U.S. Census Bureau.)

Have you heard or read about any of these numbers by David Muir, Norah O’Donnell, Lester Holt, Anderson Cooper, NPR, PBS, Terry Gross or Scott Simon? Answer: of course not! Why is that? Answer: they want to or must keep you in the dark, so you won’t understand the ramifications of THAT many people.

Please understand that this scenario is not an “if”! What’s coming is a “when” reality if we don’t change course by stopping all immigration.

Do you realize that we will NOT be able to secure enough water, energy and resources to support THAT many people? Just wrap your arms around trying to sustain another 100,000,000 people!

What would you do if you could ask one of those national broadcast personalities about what we face? What kind of answers would you demand?

Would you ask them why they remain silent on the gravest issue facing America in the 21^st century? Their kids will be victims, too.

With climate change burning up our continent with droughts and extraordinarily high temperatures—how do you think adding another 100 million people will solve anything for future generations? How will another 100 million improve our quality of life, our gridlocked cities, our schools, our cultural cohesion, our environment, our farmland, our rivers, our national parks? Just about everything we take for granted—won’t be there for our kids in 2050. Heck, with another 35 million added by the end of 2029, we will be hard pressed to sustain ourselves.

If I can ask you one thing as to the realities we face, it’s for you to take action for your children. Cut and paste this letter, and email it to: 60M@cbsnews.com . Send another one to Jesse Waters at watters@fox.com . Send another letter to carlson@fox.com . Send a letter to Terry Gross and Scott Simon at NPR. Send to Anderson Cooper. Send to David Muir and Lester Holt. Send letters to everyone in the national media. If you have their email addresses, send me a list of addresses.

Dear 60 Minutes Leslie Stahl, Forrest Whitaker, Scott Pelley, Norah O’Donnell:

Thank you for your ongoing presentations of problems facing Americans and humans across the globe. It’s time to address the greatest and gravest crisis facing America and all humanity in the 21^st century: human overpopulation. Right now, the USA remains on course to jump from 335 million to 440 million by 2050. Yes, it’s driven by endless immigration and their birthrates. No, we cannot sustain THAT many more people within the USA as to water, energy and resources.

We need a national discussion-debate on what kind of civilization we’re handing over to our children. One that’s sustainable and thriving…or one that’s overpopulated, destitute of resources and collapsing under the crush of too many people.

These two links will give you an idea of what we face. This is a future we can change now, toward a viable one, instead of a living nightmare that so much of the world experiences in 2022.

Thank you,

Your name, address and phone number

Share these videos all over America:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Marxist Instructions: Never Talk About Politics & Religion, Don’t Trust Your Parents and be the Silent Majority

By Karen Schoen

July 20, 2022

A newly released report from Steve Moore, states that there is no one, NOT ONE, ZERO person in the OBiden regime that knows anything about business. think about this: These people are pushing their untried, untested, complete failure policies on We the People because they don’t care about people or results. They only care about power.

It seems as though our SCOTUS believes in the US Constitution. We won great decisions in the Supreme Court but got screwed by the Gutless Outrageous Prostitutes = GOP. (Thank you Sally Baptiste for that great new name for the GOP.) Are you still going to vote for the same traitors again? Chaney is out begging democrats to vote for her. I hope that even Wyoming Democrats are not that stupid.

To understand what’s going on today we really have to go back and look at the 60s-70s. Most Americans pushing abortion are Boomers from that era. The boomers, myself included were the hippies, the flower children, the rock n rollers, anti-G-d, Anti-family and Anti-America. Morality was tossed out the window when G-d was removed from public buildings, due to 1person complaining in Engel v. Vitale . Then we accepted perversion, drugs, liquor, sex as the new lifestyle. We would do anything our parents didn’t do. We hated the establishment.

In the 60s-70s we were so despondent and in such despair at seeing our great American heroes being assassinated in front of our very eyes. We strongly believed that the assassinations were part of a government coup. Of course we were told we were conspiracy nuts. HA! John F Kennedy, Martin Luther King JR, Robert Kennedy, our hope for a bright future was slowly fading. We were forced into a war by draft in Vietnam that no one wanted. We were forced to fight a war in Vietnam against communism while promoting communism at home in school. How sick was that? We were taught to lay our hatred on the heroes that were forced to fight. While those who avoided the draft became teachers in this new education called Social Studies/sustainability aka communism.

And so like all other peoples of the world when we were abused we responded. We were angry .We demonstrated, we marched and we rioted. We destroyed statues, burned buildings and listened to the emotional news about the war even though we knew they were lying.

We were taught to divert our attention into sex and drugs which we learned in school through a variety of “new” SEX Ed courses and we learned fast. After all we learned in school so it had to be OK. We had multiple outlets to express our new found “free love” like Studio 54, Plato’s Retreat and Playboy Club. We often took out our hostility in our music and art. Bill Ayers (Obama’s mentor and leader of the Weather Underground responsible for multiple bombings of federal buildings, now a professor) asked John Lennon to write a song for the revolution. John wrote “Revolution”. Bill was pissed. (read the lyrics https://www.azlyrics.com/lyrics/johnlennon/revolution.html)

We took massive quantities of drugs and had Love Ins with sex, drugs and lots of liquor hooking up at any time with anyone. Nothing has changed. Those teens, grew up and are now running America using their never tried utopian/Marxist theories that they write when under the influence of something. If they wanted the drug war over, they would end it instead of participating in it. These insane illogical theories don’t work, can’t work, will never work. They are instead designed to take forever and be way over budget. If their programs worked, they couldn’t bleed us dry.

What did we learn? Well my group of teenagers were told never talk about politics and religion. Don’t trust your parents after all anyone over 30 doesn’t know what is going on. Be the silent majority. Never talk about the war. We were told the government knows best. We grew up to being so anti-establishment that it didn’t matter what the establishment did or said we figured they were just lying. The GOP and DNC are filled with these globalists who vow to take down America’s greatness and steal everything they can’t get legally. . Check out the “GOP-Gutless Outrageous Prostitutes” who just voted to take away the only protection we have with our guns while they bring terrorists into America. They hate Americans. They want us to suffer so we will be happy with their government crumbs. We will do more for less while they take everything and we will be happy with drugs and video games. Yuval Noah Harari from World Economic Forum describes their intent, video.

War makes their problem of too many useless eaters, easy to dispose of. These globalists will protect the border of Ukraine and provide Ukraine guns while disarming Americans. All they want is for us to DIE (Diversity, Inclusion, Equity) so they can steal our property and keep power.

Where did we turn to vent our frustration and agree to transform America? Our educators took care of that. In 1989, Shirley Mc Cune from the McRel Foundation told the Governors Association:

We will change education from fact based to value based (on emotion) learning.

(Emotional people are easier to control using emotional triggers.)

We will stop focusing on the individual, and focus on the collective (we can conform everyone to the group mentality.)

We will train for work, not educate for life. (We need workers not thinkers or experts).

Communists learned that uneducated people are easier to control.

While all eyes looked at colleges, they infiltrated K-12 while convincing the family to “keep up with the Jones” by overspending so both mom and dad had to work ensuring the breakup of the family. The evolution of the family went from Father Knows Best to All in the Family to Married with Children showing how dysfunctional families are really the norm.

Today we suffer the results of those teachings as our government officials and experts are only capable of reading their talking points. I am just following directions, you will hear as their excuse for their third world actions of government against the people. Our police, after being emasculated (the goal of the feminist movement), will stand and watch as children are being slaughtered because they are just following directions. The hell with the Americans. They are just useless eaters. Less people is better they have been taught. According to Stalin, “Less people, less problems.”

We turned to a new type of government called socialism. It sounded so social, fun and inviting. It sounded so nice. All people will look after each other. Everyone would share. It will be wonderful. Everyone will all have the same stuff. And so the confused children turned to the communists who were so ready to open their arms for their new flock. The commies changed all the words and definitions to reflect Peace and Love. We followed Saul Alinsky’s Rules for Radicals and they offered the people exactly what Khrushchev said. I will feed you little bits of socialism and one day you will be a communist.

Now we have America’s new normal. How does that work?

Kevin Sorbo on Twitter:
” Can I drive your car? No, you’re 5
Can I have a beer? No, you’re 5
Can I have a cigarette? No, you’re 5
Can I have a gun? No, you’re 5
Can I take hormones and change my gender? Of Course, you know what’s best.”

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

My conversation (Italics) with a Greenie:
Greenie: I am getting an EV. I will save tons of money on fossil fuel since it will soon be outlawed. I can depend on clean green energy from wind or sun. No dirty fuel for me.
That is great but what do you do if there is no wind or sun. It won’t matter because I will plug my car in the wall socket.
Where does the electricity in the socket come from? It comes from the wires. Where does the electricity in the wires come from? It comes from the power company. Where does the electricity in the power company come from? From the grid. Where does the electricity from the grid come from? DUH! OOPS OK Where? Fossil fuel.) NO FOSSIL FUEL = NO ELECTRICITY. We are assisting in our own failure.

……………………………………………………………………………………..

CO2 is necessary to produce food not climate change. America is having a food shortage crisis. CO2 helps plants aka food to grow. CO2 is about .03% of the atmosphere and is a result of warming, NOT the cause. Joe said he doesn’t know why or what to do about the food shortages but Joe has a plan. He increased ethanol aka corn aka soy in gas which burns our food for fuel resulting in less food at a higher cost for Americans and more expensive gas.

“Growing ethanol not food wastes: 5Billion tons of N Fertilizer; 68 Trillion BTU of natural gas; 57000sq MILES (not acres) of farmland.” Dr. Sarah Taber. Joe has opened border for illegals to eat our food giving Americans less food; higher cost.

Then Joe wrote an EO forcing new furnaces to eliminate CO2. No CO2 = No Food. Since over 20 processing plants were attacked, Joe signed an EO to give $1Billion to farmers to build new plants. Only the EPA regulations make it cost prohibitive. Is it Joe’s intent to starve Americans so he can trade food for guns?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

American government schools teach their students to be mediocre. Multiple educators, myself included know that Common Core insures America’s children will be 2 years below average. Now we are surprised that they are.

https://www.yahoo.com/news/identical-twins-raised-apart-korea-185552767.html

Based on their IQ test results, the woman from the U.S. scored 16 points lower than that of her sibling in Korea.

https://floridaphoenix.com/2022/05/31/fls-state-reading-results-troubling-about-25-percent-of-3rd-graders-could-read-proficiently/ This is a recent article regarding the low # of 3^rd Graders who can read at proficiency level of 4 or 5 on the scale of 1-5

These programs DON’T WORK

https://populistpress.com/san-franciscos-lowell-high-school-returns-to-merit-based-admissions-after-lottery-system-was-a-disaster/

We just had LGBTQ month. Where is the Hetero Month? or the Cisgender Month. After all we are the majority and in a “Democracy” the majority wins. So why are we not recognized? These labels are just used to divide the people. Really who cares what anyone does in their bedroom? My question is: Can you do the job? It is obvious in this failed regime the answer is No, but not to worry their departments met their DIE quota.

Now the big question: Is America worth saving? What will you do about it?

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Gun Owners, Are You Tired of Being Accused of Crimes of the Guilty?

By Bradlee Dean

July 20, 2022

It was reported over this last weekend how many criminals used a weapon to illegally to murder another human being (Exodus 20:13).

Of course, and without fail, the purposeful lying and deceptive media, working hand in glove with corrupt politicians, did their best to divert Americans into accusing the weapon for the crimes rather than the one that made the choice to pull the trigger (Deuteronomy 30:19). The act, my friends, is not apart from the actor (Romans 6:16).

If only the American people would take the time and see through the obvious when it comes to what it is that these politicians leave undone, enforcement of the law, in deterring the crimes rather than accusing and attempting to disarm the innocent (Proverbs 17:15).

We should also observe what it is that they are responsible for when it comes to these illegal gun free zones where 94-96% of all these mass shooters.

It is for the American people to remove the corrupt politicians (Article II, Section 4; Article I, Section 3, Clause 7 U.S. Constitution) before the people are disarmed and subjugated to them.

[Link]

Please watch and share this brand-new short video: Gun Owners – Why Are The Innocent Accused Of The Crimes Of The Guilty?

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

The Global Food System and Totalitarian Control

By Kelleigh Nelson

July 19, 2022

Politicians are more or less so warped by party feeling, by selfishness, or prejudices, that their minds are not altogether balanced. They are the most difficult to cure of all insane people. —Robert E. Lee, from his personal journal, circa 1860

A decline in courage may be the most striking feature that an outside observer notices in the West today. The Western world has lost its civic courage. Such a decline in courage is particularly noticeable among the ruling and intellectual elite, causing an impression of a loss of courage by the entire society. —Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn

Sick cultures show a complex of symptoms such as you have named…but a dying culture invariably exhibits personal rudeness. Bad manners. Lack of consideration for others in minor matters. A loss of politeness, of gentle manners, is more significant than is a riot. —Robert A. Heinlein, in his book Friday

For us in Russia, communism is a dead dog, while, for many people in the West, it is still a living lion. —Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn

As a youngster, my church and my family educated me as to what was coming in the future, Biblically and politically. I knew about communism, but back then I didn’t know it had been around since the early 19^th century. President Kennedy was shot and killed when I was a junior in high school. Then came the murders of Martin Luther King and two months later, Bobby Kennedy. Tanks rolled down the streets of Chicago in April and August of 1968, and a 10 p.m. curfew was declared for the entire city. Apartment buildings were boarded in case of attacks by rioters. Chicago was on fire, looting and burning was everywhere after King’s death. Mayor Richard J. Daley told the police, shoot to injure if they are stealing, shoot to kill if they’re starting fires.

Fires were dotted across the South Side and the Near North Side. Six hundred fires burned destroying 28 blocks on Chicago’s West Side. Daley, looking down from a police helicopter, broke into tears. He asked, “What did they do to my city?” That was 1968.

I don’t believe I fully realized the enormous consequences of what had happened back then, and it wasn’t the beginning; it was just another piece of the slow destruction of our beloved nation.

Murders on the world stage, every one of them for an evil purpose.

In 2020, the assassinations were aimed at the “Rule of Law” and our culture. Antifa, BLM and smaller communist groups joined together to riot and destroy public property and to set fire to anything that would burn, all allegedly because of George Floyd’s death. Police were injured and some killed, often outnumbered, or told to stand down while cities and towns were set ablaze. Monetary damages reached two billion.

Instead of mayors telling the police to halt the violence by shooting those who set fire, they encouraged the riots. Kamala Harris promoted the Minnesota Freedom Fund that bailed out a twice-convicted rapist accused of sexual assault, an alleged murderer and a woman accused of shooting at police. And no one can forget Maxine Waters urging rioters to attack people when they see them in restaurants, at gas stations, etc. She actually asked Minnesota rioters to get more “confrontational.”

Our once courteous and well-bred culture has been purposely eviscerated.

Now we face an even worse threat. Alex Berenson reports that official Canadian data show vaccines now RAISE the risk of death from Covid. It’s much the same in Britain and worldwide. We all know it, but Big Pharma, WHO, FDA, CDC, NIH all continue.

Klaus Schwab, Founder and Executive Chairman, World Economic Forum, made it clear when he said, “The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine and reset our world.”

There’s only one conclusion, they want us dead. Those who survive will be enslaved.

Control of food production will guarantee massive genocide.

Blackrock, Vanguard and State Street

In August of 2021, Jim O’Neill wrote a stunning expose of Blackrock, Vanguard and State Street entitled Monolithic Monopoly. Take a gander at it. Jim has listed the large companies of which Vanguard, Blackrock and State Street are top shareholders. His article first alerted me to Blackrock’s Chairman and CEO, Larry Fink.

In March of 2022, Investopedia reported, “BlackRock Inc. (BLK) is by some measures the biggest investment management company across the globe, with more than $10.0 trillion in assets under management (AUM) as of Dec. 31, 2021. [1] As a major publicly traded company with a market capitalization of about $112.3 billion, Black Rock provides investment and technology services to both institutional and retail clients around the world.”

According to a May 1, 2022 Newstarget article, Blackrock and Vanguard have taken over centralized food production technologies and will have near-total control over the future food supply in America. It’s been under the radar for the majority of America, and it certainly doesn’t bode well for the future. Remember Kissinger’s famous quote, “Who controls the food supply controls the people; who controls the energy can control whole continents; who controls money can control the world.”

The USDA and FDA have already approved lab grown meat, genetically modified cattle, and are funding the globalists to research and develop cellular agriculture as well as indoor growers and genetics companies, while they slack on regulations for gene-edited produce.

Union Pacific is mandating railroad shipping reductions by 20%, impacting CF Industries Holdings, the world’s largest fertilizer company. Vanguard, BlackRock, and State Street happen to be the top shareholders of Union Pacific, and BlackRock and Vanguard are in the top 3 shareholders of CF Industries Holdings.

Only 10 companies control almost every food and beverage brand in the world. Vanguard and Blackrock are the top shareholders in most of these companies. Their plans include owning all the seeds, produce and meat. Everything will be grown inside secured facilities after a gene splice or inside a petri dish, and farmland will become dormant due to overreaching regulations, lack of supplies, and manufactured inflation.

No more farmer’s markets.

If you missed Kathleen Marquardt’s latest article, Being BlackRocked = Being Cancelled by a Global Public Private Partnership, dig into it because it’s all about our taxpayer dollars going into these global public/private partnerships which is a network of the world’s stakeholders!

Think we’re kidding?! Over 100 food processing plants have caught fire and been destroyed. Conspiracy theory? Hardly!

Vertical Farming

Bill Gates owns tons of our farmland, 242,000 acres, but insists that all foods will eventually be grown in huge indoor vertical farming and will be in urban areas where people will migrate to, more like forced into. Who gets to sit at the table with healthy produce served up by Gates while the rest of the population eats gene-edited produce from locked-down facilities, delivered to their local grocery store, and accessed only through a digital ID? Check out the 11-minute video of one of these farms in Wyoming.

But guess what else Gates owns? In an April 27, 2022 article on controlled food systems, we read, “The Consultative Group of International Agriculture Research (CGIAR) holds the world’s largest private seed banks consisting of 10% of the worldwide germplasm across the globe, which is controlled by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, Rockefeller and Ford Foundations, and World Bank, managing 768,576 accessions of hijacked farmers seeds.” How lovely! Total control by total evil!

In one of Dr. Joseph Mercola’s articles, he stated the following:

“In August 2020, Monsanto/Bayer helped found a startup called Unfold, which develops new vegetable seed varieties specifically geared for vertical farms. According to investigative journalist, Corey Lynn, ‘GMOs already account for 75 to 80% of food Americans consume,’ and once fresh produce is under patent, that percentage will inch closer to 100%.

The University of California is also working on plant-based mRNA vaccines. The idea there is to disseminate vaccines through the conventional food supply, which puts a whole new spin on the old adage to ‘Let thy food be thy medicine.’” (Oh yummy!)

Good old Monsanto/Bayer who has allegedly poisoned the planet with Roundup’s cancer-causing glyphosate has a long and evil history. Eva Moses Kor and her twin were in Auschwitz. Mrs. Kor sued Bayer and stated, “They were right there with Dr. Joseph Mengele at Auschwitz.” The parties negotiated a settlement establishing the creation of a $5 billion fund for the Foundation Remembrance, Responsibility and Future. I was fortunate to have had a lengthy conversation with Eva in 1997; what an unbelievably amazing woman.

German companies, Bayer and BASF, two of the world’s largest suppliers of seed, are both heavily involved with the vertical farm industry.

It was during the Obama administration in 2014 when congress established the Foundation for Food and Agriculture Research Act (FFAR) through the Farm Bill, which ultimately created a non-profit organization outside of the government with a $200 million kickoff from taxpayer dollars and additional millions in support from Bill Gates as seen here, and here. Then a 15-member board of directors was appointed which unsurprisingly included deputy director Dr. Robert Horsch of the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation and high-ranking employees from Cargill and the Aspen Institute, among others.

UN Agenda 21 author and promoter, Maurice Strong, was the Director of the Aspen Institute for some years.

UN Agenda 21/30

In June of 1992, the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development was held in Rio de Janeiro. It is known as the “Earth Summit.” In the book, “Earth Summit, Agenda 21, The United Nations Programme of Action from Rio,” the foreword is written by Maurice Strong, who was at the time, the Secretary-General, United Nations Conference on Environment and Development.

He starts out telling us that humanity is in the midst of a profound civilization change and we can see the signs everywhere and that all the people who attended the Rio summit and all the people of the world, there are exhilarating and uplifting signs.

He states, “While it is still too early to provide a precisely calibrated measure of the ultimate success of the Earth Summit, I believe it has ignited a wildfire of interest and support at every level of society in every corner of the planet.” He goes on to tell us that since the Summit, “There has been a profusion of conferences, seminars, symposia and other organized colloquies of major sectoral groups. Industrialists, economists, financiers, engineers, scientists – those who, in truth, hold the levers of economic power and change –have joined the constituency of earnest environmentalists in a commitment to the fulfillment of the hopes and aspirations engendered by Rio.”

Strong continues, “In short, the movement to turn the world from its self-consumptive course to one of renewal and sustenance has unmistakably spread from the grass roots to the brass roots. The Declaration of Rio and its Agenda 21 action programme are now, it seems clear, on everyone’s agenda.”

United Nations Agenda 21/30 is now called the “Great Reset.” All of this was planned long ago and it is fast coming to fruition.

Conclusion

Fifty-nine years ago, President Kennedy was murdered in Dallas. Five years later, Martin Luther King was fatally shot in Memphis, Tennessee. On April 4^th, 1968, Robert F. Kennedy, who just announced his presidential candidacy, delivered the news to a predominantly black neighborhood in Indianapolis that King had died. That night, amid one of the most chaotic years in American history, the country burned. Riots broke out in more than 100 cities, including Washington, where at least a dozen people died. Two months later, Robert F. Kennedy was gunned down at the Ambassador Hotel in Los Angeles. The country reeled in shock, horror, and disbelief.

In March of 2020, America was locked down due to COVID. We lost many of our unalienable rights, especially those of the first amendment. That summer, Antifa and Black Lives Matter looted and torched the entire country.

America was set ablaze, but the Insurrection Act was never used. There were no Mayors like Richard J. Daley.

Communism isn’t on its way, it’s already here.

Klaus Schwab wants to “reflect, reimagine and reset our world.”

Yes, a reset to totalitarian control. The world population and all its resources will be run by governments empowered to “fairly” distribute goods and services to the people.

Food production is the number one target of control by the World Economic Forum’s Great Reset. The key to genocide is food control and a totalitarian slave system.

As Americans, we must make Schwab’s “rare but narrow window” an impossibility.

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Is the Biden Regime Going to War—Against the Veterans?

by Rees Lloyd

July 19, 2022

President Joseph Biden began his first days as Commander-in-Chief of America’s armed forces by a disastrous surrender to the Taliban and a disgraceful withdrawal from Afghanistan.

Now, the question must be raised: Is Commander-in-Chief Joseph Biden, who never served a day in defense of America, going to war—against Veterans serving now, and Veterans who have served?

This question is necessitated by at least three of the Biden regime’s policies:

BIDEN REGIME COVID VACCINE MANDATE PUNISHMENTS

First, tens of thousands of active duty military, National Guard, and Reserves, are facing “adverse administrative action,” up to and including “discharge,” for declining to submit to mandatory CCP Covid shots—including on religious objection grounds.

Over 700 Air Force pilots and more than 40,000 members of the Army National Guard and 22,000 reservists, are facing loss of pay or benefits —and possible discharge—for failure to submit to mandatory CCP Covid shots, many of whom have claimed exemption on religious grounds.

The deadline for National Guard members and Reservists to submit to two shots passed on June 30, 2022. The next day, July 1, the Army announced that it would begin enforcing the vaccine mandate, threatening that all those without a pending or approved exemption would be subject to “adverse administrative actions.”

As of July 1, 13% of the Guard and 12% of the Reserve remained unvaccinated; and over 1,000 active-duty soldiers were purged from the service for failure to take the shots.

Americans who volunteer to defend the nation with their lives do not lose their constitutional rights when entering military service.

A number of lawsuits have been filed across the country alleging that the Biden Covid shots mandate violates the military members’ Constitutional First Amendment right to Free Exercise of Religion, the Religious Freedom Restoration Act, and the military’s duty to “accommodate” religious claims.

Several courts have issued restraining orders against the Biden policy, and at least two have certified the complaints as “ class actions.”

The first injunction was issued in a case brought for a single Air Force officer in Georgia by the Thomas More Society, which is now seeking class action status.

First Liberty Institute in Texas has achieved a preliminary injunction and class action status in a case brought for Navy SEALS which now protects all serving in the Navy. (U.S. Navy SEALS 1-26 v. Austin).

Another important action is pending in Nebraska, brought by 36 Air Force active duty, National Guard and Reserve, 17 of whom are “pilots” fully and expensively trained to fly the most sophisticated air craft, according to their attorney, Kris Kobach, General Counsel of the Alliance for Free Citizens. He alleges that despite its duty to accommodate, “the Air force has granted only 17 religious exemption requests, but has denied 4,637 of them.”

The most recent court decision was on July 14, 2022, in the case of Doster vs. Kendall in the Southern District of Ohio. U.S. District Court Judge Matthew W. McFarland granted a restraining order against Biden’s policy, and certified the case as a class action protecting all Air Force personnel.

In doing so, he made this finding, which appears to be applicable generally to Biden’s policy as Commander-in-Chief:

“The facts show Defendants have engaged in a pattern of denying religious accommodation requests. Indeed, of the over nine thousand religious exemption requests, only 109 have been granted by either initial determination or appeal.…This amounts to only 1% of religious accommodation requests being granted. ‘It is hard to imagine a more consistent display of discrimination.” (Quoting the discrimination finding of the Texas court in U.S. Navy Seals 1-26 v. Austin.”

BIDEN PLAN TO DIVERT VA RESOURCES TO THE BORDER

Second, the Biden administration has been forced to admit that it has been developing a plan to divert Veterans Administration doctors, nurses, other medical personnel, and funds, from providing medical care to Veterans who have defended America, to serving aliens at the southern border who are illegally breaking the immigration laws of America.

Admission that such planning was taking place was reluctantly made by Biden’s Homeland Security Secretary, Alejandro Mayorkas, only after persistent questioning by Rep. Ashley Hinson (R-Iowa) at hearings of the House Appropriates Committee at the end of April.

In response to that revelation, Senate Bill S.4082 to block the diversion of funds and medical personnel from the VA to the border has been filed, sponsored by Sen. John Boozman (R-AR), joined by ten Senators so far (all Republicans).

Significantly, The American Legion—the nation’s largest veterans’ service organization — is in support of Senate Bill S.4082, in order to protect VA resources for Veterans (as was confirmed to me upon inquiry to the Legion’s Legislative Dept.)

BIDEN REGIME’S ILLEGAL SUSPENSION OF VA BENEFITS

Third, in an outrageous case, the Biden administration has illegally suspended the earned VA benefits of a disabled American veteran solely on the “accusation” that he participated in the Jan 6 protests in Washington D.C.

Disabled veteran Kenneth Harrelson, and his wife, Angel, received notification from the VA that it was suspending earned VA benefits pursuant to “38 U.S. Code Sec. 38 U.S. Code Sec. 6105 — Forfeiture for subversive activities,” because he had been “indicted” by the Grand Jury apparently in last June.

What makes the VA’s action so outrageous is that 38 U.S. Code Sec. 6105 — expressly states that it authorizes suspension of benefits only after a “conviction” of a veteran, not an accusation, which is what an indictment is.

Further, It must be noted that disabled veteran, Kenneth Harrelson, has been in jail, without trial or right to bail, since being arrested at his home in Florida in March 2021. That is, he has been in jail for almost a year and a half. No “speedy trial.” No bail. And now, illegal suspension of earned VA benefits.

It should be noticed that there is no allegation that Harrelson had personally engaged in any violent conduct against any person on Jan 6.

I note that because too he estimated 574 violent riots of the self-declared Marxist Black Lives Matter (BLM) and its Marxist allies in Antifa, violent riots which included millions of dollars in damage to personal businesses, and governmental buildings (e.g. burned down police precinct in Minneapolis, attempts to burn down the Federal Court House in Portland, OR), and physical injury to hundreds of police and others, while chanting “burn it down.” As far as is known, there has not been a single prosecution for “Seditious Conspiracy” of BLM or Antifa members.

The manifestly illegal suspension of VA benefits has hit Kenneth, Angel, and their three kids hard, as they are dependent on Kenneth’s earned VA benefits.He remains incarcerated, denied bail.

Whatever anyone’s position is regarding Jan 6, it is absolutely clear that there is a failure of “equal protection of the law” in this case, manifest discriminatory enforcement of the law, and a clear violation of the rights of the Harrelson.

Notwithstanding, the media has generally ignored this story.

The Patriot Freedom Project has denounced as outrageous actions of the DOJ, the VA, and the Biden regime; and is attempting to assist the family — which they desperately need, and deserve.

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com

Raping US Taxpayers to Fund Corrupt Ukraine

By: Devvy

July 18, 2022

I must start out by saying all wars are nothing but horror, death, destruction and mourning. Yes, I’ve seen all the terrible videos of the dead, wounded; pleas from Ukraine to help save dogs. All the allegations of torture and murder by both Russians and Ukraine troops.

War should be the very last option for any feuding countries. Here, the last constitutional war – meaning a declaration of war by Congress – was WWII. Article I, Section 8, Clause 11 of the U.S. Constitution grants Congress the power to declare war. FDR wanted the U.S. to go to war:

FDR and the Pearl Harbor attack, May 20, 2005 – “Stinnett spent 16 years doing his research and fighting in the courts to obtain a plethora of shocking documents under the Freedom of Information Act – their authenticity cannot be denied. This link to a .pdf file provides a few of the official documents, i.e., “It (official document) directs the Hawaiian U.S. Army commander, Lt. Gen. Walter Short, to follow an official U.S. government desire: ‘The United States desires that Japan commit the first overt act.'”

“Pearl Harbor was no surprise. “Day of infamy,” indeed.

“There were 2,403 Americans who died at Pearl Harbor. According to Stinnett, who backs up FDR, those 2,403 Americans were acceptable casualties in order to take America into war. Stinnett goes on to say (same page), “Had the facts uncovered in this book been known immediately after the war ended, and had Roosevelt explained his war strategies and tactics to the families who lost their sons at Pearl Harbor, how different American history might be viewed today.”

I feel confident in saying that the families of those 2,403 Americans slaughtered at Pearl Harbor with the full knowledge of a sitting president of the United States would not have been very understanding. I was further shocked by Stinnett’s next comments (same page), “The truth that has been told here does not diminish FDR’s magnificent contributions to the American people. His legacy should not be tarnished by the truth. As with all American presidents, Roosevelt must be viewed in the total context of his administration, not just Pearl Harbor.” Quite frankly, I would be ashamed to say such a thing.” *End*

As soon as the fighting broke out between Russia and Ukraine, the prostitute media began their scripted, manufactured lies. Russia – Ukraine War Propaganda Exposed, March 3, 2022 – “Kim Iversen from “The Hill” breaks down what’s true and what’s false about Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. Using images of past wars to depict the current conflict is blatant propaganda. Iversen noted that she mistakenly promoted a picture of Zelensky in full military gear that was taken in April 2021, and honestly owned up to her mistake with an apology. The fake news has spread from the average social media user to the mainstream media, all of who seem to be supporting the same agenda. Even journalists are confused as to what is real.

“Although Zelensky is receiving praise from the world for staying with the troops, he is far from a Julius Caesar leading his troops in battle with a red cloak on the frontlines. Everyone fails to mention that Zelensky’s policies pushed Russia from defensive to aggressive. Imagine if we were told Biden would remain in power for over eight years without receiving a proper vote on the matter?

“Media outlets throughout the world are misreporting this war. The video above notes a German news channel accidentally aired an explosion leak that occurred years ago in China, claiming it was current footage from the ongoing war. We were shown images of Ukrainian troops dying on Snake Island, only to hear a follow-up that they are still alive.”

Iverson apologized because she got caught. But, how many Americans were told about her ‘oops’ on the nightly propaganda news?

The Lying Media’s Ukraine Propaganda, April 9, 2022

The usual Hollywood imbeciles began holding fund raisers – tens of MILLIONS of dollars – for the Ukrainian people. Those donors will never know where the money went.

The same “stars” and “super models” who bellowed Nelson Mandela, upon his death, was the Second Coming. Mandella was a true Red right up to his last breath – something I and many others wrote about a long time ago. New Evidence Emerges about Nelson Mandela and His Secret Communist Past, Jan. 19, 2014. (Yet, those bastions of history wailed and wore black as they attended Mandella’s funeral.)

The American people, touched by the savagery of war between Russia and Ukraine, Putin vs. Zelinsky, opened their hearts and wallets. But what do they really know about why Putin – who believe me – is a ruthless, authoritarian (it’s his way or the cemetery) moved against Ukraine? Those who think Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky is some choir boy need to understand that former comedian is just as ruthless and corrupt as they come. Don’t let that little boy innocent face fool you for a second.

Pandora Papers: Zelensky Stole Public Money To Fund His Rise to Power, March 7, 2022 – “Ukrainian puppet President Volodymyr Zelensky’s rise to power was funded through stolen public money funneled to him by corrupt Oligarchs, according to leaked documents.”

Blockbuster: ‘Drag Queen’ Zelensky found a billion dollars and a villa in Miami, March 2, 2022 – “Zelensky’s name appeared prominently in both the Panama Papers and the Pandora Papers (as did the name of his key backer, Kolomoisky). His connections to the neo-Nazi Azov battalion are now well-known.”

Ukraine is and has been known as the biggest money-laundering country for decades. Zelensky was going to clean it up while making sure he got his share of the pie first. Ukrainian Corruption: “It is being reported that Zelensky has stashed over $800 million in offshore accounts while demanding $7 billion per month in aid. Even the IMF cut off Ukraine because it is so corrupt. You cannot do business in Ukraine – period! There is NOTHING that Zelensky says which can be verified independently and he will say whatever necessary to keep the money pouring in.

“Ukrainian corruption has been a systemic problem that the IMF has been complaining about since 2016. I am warning people that the corruption in Ukraine is off the charts. Reliable sources have warned that you have to pay bribes, and if you pay the wrong people, you and your family are still beaten because there is a wholesale level of corruption by many groups.

“Ukraine has long been a place where you do not do business for you really have to count your fingers after shaking hands. Even the Ukraine press warns that reforms are always blocked. Even Ukraine’s former governor Valeria Gontareva of its central bank has come out and told the International Monetary Fund they must act decisively to protect the independence of Ukraine’s central bank against Zelensky.

“And yet the world runs to Zelensky’s aid while he stuffs his pockets with their cash. What fools…” – The Liberator

Protecting Zelensky, shipping him military equipment, using our troops to train them and the deliberate lies vomited by the prostitute media is to protect the truth about Ukraine, money laundering by BIG, powerful names and, of course, Hunter & Joe Biden’s criminal activities.

Book mark and read the two articles below. Time well spent.

Ukraine: Situation and Background – “Brzezinski predicted that between 2005 and 2010, Ukraine “should become ready for serious negotiations with both the EU and NATO”. In 2004/2005, the US helped organize the successful “Orange Revolution” in Kiev; when its results were reversed in 2010, the US helped organize the more forceful “EuroMaidan” in 2013/2014. In response, Russia took control over Crimea and supported the de facto secession of Russian-speaking parts of Eastern Ukraine.

“To explore the many “NGOs” that helped prepare the Ukrainian revolutions or regime changes, see our extensive list of 1600 organizations (including British “Bellingcat”) funded by the US National Endowment for Democracy (NED), essentially a civil society front of the CIA.

“To relive the famous “fuck the EU” phone call between then US Assistant Secretary of State Victoria Nuland and then US Ambassador to Ukraine, Geoffrey Pyatt, see the transcript and audio version on the BBC website. During the call, which was held prior to the Euromaidan revolution or regime change in February 2014, Nuland and Pyatt discussed who should “go into” the future Ukrainian government. Victoria Nuland today is US Under Secretary of State for Political Affairs.

“To learn more about the “Maidan massacre” in February 2014, watch The Snipers’ Massacre on the Maidan in Ukraine (18+) by University of Ottawa professor Ivan Katchanovski. Essentially, it looks like the US employed Ukrainian nationalist combatants and foreign mercenary snipers (mainly from Georgia) to escalate the situation in Kiev and achieve a second revolution or regime change.”

A no-nonsense analysis of the ongoing Ukraine war and its global impact. (120 days in)

You, me, our children and grand children will be paying the debt for these geopolitical games for power the rest of our lives while the major players don’t give a damn how many they have to kill to achieve their agendas and power.

The fake president in the first stage of Altzheimer’s, life-long crook, Joe Biden, continues to rape We the People with phantom money being shipped to Ukraine. Phantom money because there is none; the people’s purse is overdrawn more than $30 TRILLION dollars. Nothing but more unpayable debt heaped on our backs stolen from your paycheck, for what?

To protect Biden’s son’s business dealings with crooks in Ukraine which come right back to old Uncle Joe and “American” and foreign millionaires and billionaires who’ve been in bed with corrupt Ukraine over the decades.

Detailed Proof of the Breathtaking Graft and Corruption of Joe Biden, March 7, 2022 – “On or before June 22, 2020, a joint press conference was held with Interfax Ukrainian News Agency, during which a member of the Ukrainian Parliament, Andrii Derkach, and the head of a group of Ukrainian prosecutors in the General Prosecutor’s Office of Ukraine (GPO), Konstantin Kulyk, explained in detail the evidence of bribery and corruption against Joe Biden and his son, Hunter Biden, acting as his front-man.

“They uncovered kickback payments from Burisma of $3.4 million dollars to the Morgan Stanley account of Rosemon Seneca Bohai LLC, a company controlled by Hunter Biden. That was only part of the payments made to Hunter Biden who was the conduit and front-man for Joe Biden.”

Do take the time to read that piece. All hidden and covered up to protect (during 2020) a dementia addled old man the king makers behind the scenes needed to get into the WH. Biden never wanted to run but he knew getting into the WH – even in his befuddled mind – he should be able to protect his gutter trash son and himself from prosecution with a new corrupt Attorney General. Biden Was Fed Pills to Function During Campaign, Supervised by Dr. Jill; Before Dosing Biden Was ‘Like a Small Child’: Tucker Carlson Source, July 16, 2022. (The DNC knew they were running a mentally impaired crook incapable of performing duties as president of these United States, but Biden was just what the shadow government needed – NOT Donald Trump.)

It’s become obvious to a huge portion of the American people Biden is mentally gone, his illegitimate administration is being run by FOOLS, IDIOTS and IMBECILES who don’t know what the Hell they’re doing – except destroying this country with their “green” climate change bull sh*t and incompetence.

The “talk of the town” is usurper, Biden, will not last his first illegitimate term. One can see the prostitute media has started turning on Biden. The thought of that whore who advanced her career on her back, Kamala Harris – another one with little brain matter – sitting in the oval office is almost more than most of us can stomach. The first candidate to drop out of the presidential race because no one wanted her except voters who voted skin color and female anatomy.

Calls to Replace Kamala ‘Intensify’, July 12, 2022 – “And Kamala? Biden’s first (and only) priority was to choose a “woman of color.” Never mind that Harris’s mindblowing ineptitude and ridiculous word salads have become humiliatingly legendary.” *End* I believe the shadow government will try to keep Biden upright until November and then we’re going to see a constitutional crisis.

NATO on my mind

Afghanistan is the TENTH massive failure by the U.S. sticking our military where we don’t belong. Many are too young to remember what happened with the ‘Balkan War’ from 1992-1995, a steaming pile America’s favorite adulterer, Bill Clinton, stepped right into. (If you haven’t seen the movie, Wag The Dog (1997), by all means, watch it. Amazon and a dozen other streaming platforms. Clinton was drowning in the semen stains on Monica Lewinsky’s little blue dress; his DNA was confirmed. So, to distract the American people, a Hollywood producer simply invented a war, filmed it and sold it to the American people. Wag the Dog. Amazing. It takes years to get a major movie into theaters. Wag the Dog was done in 90 days.)

The Balkan Wars drew my attention to NATO, really for first-time research so I could better understand. 1990s Balkan Conflicts – “The involvement of NATO, during the 1995 Operation Deliberate Force against the positions of the Army of Republika Srpska internationalized the conflict, but only in its final stages. The war was brought to an end after the signing of the General Framework Agreement for Peace in Bosnia and Herzegovina in Paris on 14 December 1995. Peace negotiations were finalized on 21 December 1995. The accords are known as the Dayton Agreement.

“Despite this agreement the situation in Kosovo remained largely unaddressed and by 1996 the Kosovo Liberation Army (KLA), had started offering armed resistance to Serbian security forces, resulting in early stages of the Kosovo War. By 1998, as the violence had worsened and displaced scores of Albanians, Western interest had increased. The Serbian authorities were compelled to sign a ceasefire and partial retreat, monitored by OSCE observers according to an agreement negotiated by Richard Holbrooke. However, the ceasefire did not hold and fighting resumed in December 1998.

“The Račak massacre in January 1999 in particular brought new international attention to the conflict. Within weeks, a multilateral international conference was convened and by March had prepared a draft agreement known as the Rambouillet Accords, calling for restoration of Kosovo’s autonomy and deployment of NATO forces. The Serbs found the terms unacceptable and refused to sign the draft. Between March 24 and June 10, 1999, NATO intervened by bombing Yugoslavia aimed to force Milošević to withdraw his forces from Kosovo. Ultimately by June Milošević had agreed to a foreign military presence within Kosovo and withdrawal of his troops.”

If you think the bloody, God-awful killing going on right now in the Russia-Ukraine war is bad, Lord, the butchering that went on in the Balkan Wars was simply horrifying – a mirror image of the slaughter in Rwanda. And yes, Clinton sent in American troops who spilled their blood – for what?

While I am no fan of the CATO Institute in DC by any stretch of the imagination, don’t throw out the baby with the bathwater. Ted Galen Carpenter wrote a superb book titled, Beyond NATO: Staying Out of Europe’s Wars published by CATO. And while it dealt with the post-Cold War European Security, (published in 1994), it is even more relevant today regarding the Russia-Ukraine war going on.

There are too many Republicans who continue to serve in Congress who’ve never met a war they didn’t love. Neo-cons believe interventionism across the “great pond” is absolutely essential for America’s national security completely ignoring the wisdom of President George Washington in his Farewell Address: “The great rule of conduct for us in regard to foreign nations is in extending our commercial relations, to have with them as little political connection as possible. So far as we have already formed engagements, let them be fulfilled with perfect good faith. Here let us stop. Europe has a set of primary interests which to us have none; or a very remote relation. Hence she must be engaged in frequent controversies, the causes of which are essentially foreign to our concerns. Hence, therefore, it must be unwise in us to implicate ourselves by artificial ties in the ordinary vicissitudes of her politics, or the ordinary combinations and collisions of her friendships or enmities.”

And the Monroe Doctrine message conveyed by President James Monroe: “During the president’s customary message to Congress on December 2, 1823, Monroe expressed the basic tenets of what would later become known as the Monroe Doctrine. According to Monroe’s message (drafted largely by Adams), the Old World and the New World were fundamentally different, and should be two different spheres of influence. The United States, for its part, would not interfere in the political affairs of Europe, or with existing European colonies in the Western Hemisphere.”

The U.S. needs to get out of NATO. It is a war machine which produces unimaginable wealth for those who peddle war equipment of every sort. Let Europe take care of their own squabbles and keep killing each other instead of working together for actual peace among nations. War is big business (fighter jet manufacturers, munitions, outside civilian contractors and the list goes on – a lot of US jobs) and it sure as hell was BIG business for Iraq & Afghanistan. Left Behind: Billions in U.S. Equipment for the Afghanistan Taliban to Use Against… Us – $83 BILLION BORROWED dollars in military equipment from planes, tanks, you name it. Biden’s Blunder not only got 13 Americans killed, we left behind a massive amount of military hardware that WILL be used against us, make no mistake about that.

Oh, I can hear the wailing and gasps from GOP neo-cons and even members of the Democrat/Communist Party USA in Congress and think tanks. OMG, we can’t pull out of NATO! It’s a critical component of our national security!

Bollocks I say. Take time to listen to a video by Maj. Gen. Smedley D. Butler. It’s his audio book free: War is a Racket and he would know. Americans Who Tell the Truth: “At the time of his death, Major General Smedley Darlington Butler, also known as “The Fighting Quaker”, was the most decorated Marine in US history; he was the only person to be awarded a Marine Corps Brevet Medal and a Medal of Honor for two separate military actions. He had also become an unrelenting voice against the business of war.

“I served in all commissioned ranks from second lieutenant to Major General. And during that period I spent most of my time being a high-class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and for the bankers. In short, I was a racketeer for capitalism. I suspected I was just part of the racket all the time. Now I am sure of it.”

Now so here we are again, using BORROWED DEBT to send to a corrupt regime in Ukraine. For God’s sake, we’re borrowing some of this new debt from our mortal enemy, the Communist Chinese! Sen Rand Paul: “We actually borrow money from China to send it to Ukraine” – short video. How do you feel about that insanity?

How much has the illegitimate brain-dead puppet in the WH taken it upon himself to send to a corrupt foreign president, Zelensky, for his war with Russia? Well, back in March, Biden pulled BILLIONS of phantom money out of his arse: The U.S. has moved a massive amount of arms into Ukraine since Russia’s invasion, but the window is closing

“Within 48 hours of President Biden approving a $350 billion security aid package for Ukraine on Feb. 26, two days after Russia invaded the country, the first shipment of U.S. weapons were arriving at airfields near Ukraine’s border, ready for transfer to Ukrainian Soviet-era transport planes, U.S. officials tell The New York Times. “In less than a week, the United States and NATO have pushed more than 17,000 antitank weapons, including Javelin missiles, over the borders of Poland and Romania,” to Kyiv and other major cities.”

But old Joe didn’t stop there. Biden to Send Yet Another ‘Large’ Military Aid Package Into ‘Black Hole’ in Ukraine, April 20, 2022 // Biden Wanted $33B More For Ukraine. Congress Quickly Raised it to $40B. Who Benefits?, May 12, 2022 / / Biden Commits Another $400 Million Of Your Taxpayer Dollars To Ukraine, July 9, 2022 (See short list of Republicans who voted no. Thankfully, one is my congressman, Jodey Arrington. I took the time to call his office and remind him NO WHERE in Art. 1 Sec. 8 of the U.S. Constitution does it authorize Congress to rape We the People for all this spending debt for a foreign country.)

Biden To Spend $1.7 Billion For Healthcare…In Ukraine!, July 13, 2022 // Obvious agenda: Biden forces hospitals in the US to fire unvaccinated nurses while sending American taxpayer dollars overseas to pay the salaries of Ukrainian nurses, July 14, 2022

We are sending our weapon arsenal supplies to Ukraine which is insanity. The war in Ukraine is depleting America’s weapons stocks and the U.S. defense industry is struggling to make replacements, April 25, 2022 // NATO pushing for Kaliningrad CATASTROPHE by provoking Russia into global nuclear war, June 21, 2022 // Pentagon: ‘Vast majority’ of $350M in lethal aid to Ukraine has been delivered, March 4, 2022

Nuclear Sea-Launched Cruise Missile: Badly Needed for Deterrence, June 22, 2022 – “U.S. President Joe Biden, overruling his top generals and military advisors in the Pentagon, has defunded development of the Sea-Launched Cruise Missile-Nuclear (SLCM-N). They warn, correctly, that SLCM-N is vitally necessary for nuclear deterrence.

Throughout the Cold War, and today, in order to prevent nuclear war, it is foundational to the concept of deterrence that the U.S. should allow no nuclear adversary to achieve significant advantages in the balance of nuclear power.
Indeed, the U.S. under President Biden is not willing to risk nuclear escalation on behalf of Ukraine, which is why Russian nuclear blackmail is succeeding.”

Americans really need to understand the area, the history and what really set Putin off. Many do, but most adults in this country by the millions only watch the manufactured lies on ABC, CBS, NBC, MSNBC and, increasingly FOX News Network. (Except Tucker Carlson.)

While there are a lot of links in this column, I’m closing with a strong recommendation you watch the video (16:23) linked below. The narrator is not a professional journalist or politician although he did run for office in 2021. Unfortunately, he didn’t win which is not surprising considering his beliefs: IF ELECTED I PLEDGE TO: work for what concerns the citizens of Whitby and the country. I will work to have families pay less tax and make it easier and more affordable to purchase a home. I promise to fight for freedom: conscience, thought, religion and speech. This means Bill C-10 must not pass.” Unfortunately, Androvic wasn’t elected. Canadians have been losing their freedoms even faster than us under puppet Dictator Trudeau.

While Thomas Androvic was born in Canada, his parents were immigrants who fled Czechoslovakia in 1968. He is someone who knows the history of the former Soviet Union, Ukraine declaring independence and Putin’s only concern: NATO on his door step. While I have watched many videos on that horrible war going on, I think Androvic’s video is not too long but filled with historical truth, oil pipelines and bio labs. It is food for thought for everyone, agree with him or not, as this war between Russia and Ukraine must end soon for many reasons. But, as long as We the People continue to be raped sending tens and tens of BILLIONS of BORROWED dollars to Ukraine and NATO doing their war part, the nightmare will only worsen.

Watch here: Putin putting a wrench into WEF agenda – Thomas Androvic talks UKRAINE – RUSSIA – IrnieracingNews

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net (I simply have to say while I really do appreciate emails, I receive several hundred a day except Christmas and New Year’s Day. I simply cannot answer all of them asking for advice, please help me with my case and other requests because it’s just me. I try to work some of the requests and answer questions into my columns but I can only do so much. I thank you for understanding.)

Think pedophile daddy Joe didn’t know? More Details on Hunter’s International Investigation, July 14, 2022 – “Hunter’s payments to a Ukrainian woman linked to an Eastern European trafficking and prostitution ring were flagged by JP Morgan Chase in 2018 in a report filed with the federal government. According to the documents, prosecutors now have a case for federal prostitution against Hunter Biden.”

How Biden’s Sanctions on Russian Energy Are Playing Right into Putin’s Hands, July 1, 2022

BREAKING: Jack Maxey Declares Hunter Biden Laptop Shows ‘Secret Biological Projects’ In Ukraine, March 24, 2022 – “Former War Room Pandemic host Jack Maxey, who is now in Switzerland releasing the entire contents of the Hunter Biden ‘laptop from Hell’ on a private server for the world to see, has declared that evidence on the computer shows the Department of Defense, along with the Biden Crime Family, and Ukrainian organized crime, were running ‘secret biological projects’ in Ukraine.” As the months have gone by, we now know this is fact.

Bosnian War (1992-1995) – Bosnia, Intelligence and Clinton’s Presidency, CIA, State Department, Department of Defense & White House Files

Book: The Road to Kosovo: A Balkan Diary by Greg Campbell, available at the usual book outlets and on line stores.

NYSRPA v. Bruen

By Paul Engel

July 18, 2022

Is your right to self-defense enough “good cause” to carry a concealed weapon?
Does a state like New York have the legal authority to only issue carry licenses if they think it is appropriate?
How will the decision in the case New York State Rifle and Pistol Association v. Bruen effect the other “may issue” states?

Can a state arbitrarily decide whether or not you get to exercise a right protected by the Constitution of the United States? That is the question in the case New York State Rifle and Pistol Association (NYSRPA) v. Bruen, Superintendent of the New York State Police. New York State is a “may issue” state, meaning that you may not get your carry license even if you’ve met all of the legal requirement and you had to show you had a “good cause” to carry a firearm in public. However, self-defense was not considered a “good cause” by the New York courts. You had to show you had a special need for self-defense, greater than the general public. Does that sound like infringement on your right to keep and bear arms to you?

What limits can a state put on a person’s right to keep and bear arms?

The State of New York makes it a crime to possess a firearm without a license, whether inside or outside the home. An individual who wants to carry a firearm outside his home may obtain an unrestricted license to “have and carry” a concealed “pistol or revolver” if he can prove that “proper cause exists” for doing so.

Let’s start with the obvious. The Constitution, as the supreme law of the land, makes this New York State law invalid and void.

A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment II

The Constitution says that your right to keep and bear arms “shall not be infringed.” I cannot understand how making the exercising of a right illegal is not an infringement of it.

To break, as contracts; to violate, either positively by contravention, or negatively by non-fulfillment or neglect of performance.

INFRINGE – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

New York, and other states, claim that it is not an infringement because you can get a permission slip from the government to exercise your right, but New York State law is quite clear: The keeping and bearing of arms is illegal. Then the State of New York furthers the infringement by placing special conditions on the issuing of that permission slip and makes you show “proper cause”.

Petitioners Brandon Koch and Robert Nash are adult, law-abiding New York residents who both applied for unrestricted licenses to carry a handgun in public based on their generalized interest in self-defense. The State denied both of their applications for unrestricted licenses, allegedly because Koch and Nash failed to satisfy the “proper cause” requirement.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

Why did the state of New York deny both Koch and Nash their carry licenses? Because they did not show that they had a “proper cause” to carry in public. But isn’t self-defense a good enough reason to carry a weapon in public? Isn’t the right to defend oneself “proper cause” to be able to use the most effective tool to do so?

An applicant satisfies the “proper cause” requirement only if he can “demonstrate a special need for self-protection distinguishable from that of the general community.”

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruyn

According to New York State, you need to show you have a special need to defend yourself in order to have proper cause to defend yourself or your family. Interestingly, the State of New York recognizes the carrying of large sums of money or valuables as “proper cause”, but not living in a dangerous neighborhood.

This was the core question in this case. Does New York State’s requirement to show a special need for self-protection violate the Constitution of the United States?

Petitioners then sued respondents—state officials who oversee the processing of licensing applications—for declaratory and injunctive relief, alleging that respondents violated their Second and Fourteenth Amendment rights by denying their unrestricted-license applications for failure to demonstrate a unique need for self-defense.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

OK, the Second Amendment seems pretty simple, and I’ve already shown how New York State is violating the right of the people to keep and bear arms. So what does the Fourteenth Amendment have to do with this case?

Strictly speaking, New York is bound to respect the right to keep and bear arms because of the Fourteenth Amendment, not the Second.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

The court has continued to hold that the Bill of Rights is somehow not completely a part of the Constitution. Even though the language of the Second Amendment says nothing about limiting its effect to the federal government, the court has used their doctrine of “selective incorporation” to determine if and when they will hold the states accountable to the supreme law of the land. This is why the Fourteenth Amendment was brought into the case. While the court believes the Bill of Rights does not apply to the states, unless they want it to, Section 1 of the Fourteenth Amendment explicitly says it does:

… No State shall make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States; nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV, Section 1

Which is why, I believe, the court ultimately wrote the holding in their decision the way they did.

Held: New York’s proper-cause requirement violates the Fourteenth Amendment by preventing law-abiding citizens with ordinary self-defense needs from exercising their Second Amendment right to keep and bear arms in public for self-defense.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

The court isn’t wrong; the State of New York was denying its citizens the right to keep and bear arms in public. I would have liked to see the court recognize that the legislature and officials of the State of New York were required to fulfill their oath to support the Constitution of the United States, including the Second Amendment, but that isn’t how they got there. Instead, in the tradition of the court, they used previous opinions to come to their conclusion.

Since Heller and McDonald, the Courts of Appeals have developed a “two-step” framework for analyzing Second Amendment challenges that combines history with means-end scrutiny. The Court rejects that two-part approach as having one step too many. Step one is broadly consistent with Heller, which demands a test rooted in the Second Amendment’s text, as informed by history. But Heller and McDonald do not support a second step that applies means-end scrutiny in the Second Amendment context. Heller’s methodology centered on constitutional text and history. It did not invoke any means-end test such as strict or intermediate scrutiny, and it expressly rejected any interest-balancing inquiry akin to intermediate scrutiny.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

Justice Thomas, who wrote he opinion, pointed out what the court saw as a problem with the two-step process the Courts of Appeals had adopted. The first step, that of looking to the text and history of the Second Amendment did not bother the court. The second step did.

The second of the two-step approach involves a means-ends analysis. “Means-ends” is a problem solving technique whereby the difference between impact of the means when compared to the impact of the ends, is minimized. Put another way, do the ends justify the means? The one problem is that the Constitution of the United States doesn’t say your rights are protected unless the government has a good enough reason not to do so.

One of the objections frequently heard about regulating arms is that the Founding Fathers could never have imagined an AR-15 or other arms popular today. Justice Thomas dealt with that as well.

But the Constitution can, and must, apply to circumstances beyond those the Founders specifically anticipated, even though its meaning is fixed according to the understandings of those who ratified it. … Indeed, the Court recognized in Heller at least one way in which the Second Amendment’s historically fixed meaning applies to new circumstances: Its reference to “arms” does not apply “only [to] those arms in existence in the 18th century.”

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

I’ve always found it foolish when people claim that the Second Amendment meant you only had a right to keep and bear muskets, because they were the arms of the day when the Second Amendment was written. After all, they extended the freedom of speech and press to include the telegraph, then radio, television, and even the Internet. Why not do the same for the right to keep and bear arms? Sure, there were also cannons, swords, and other weapons, but so many have become focused on the firearm that they fail to realize that the Second Amendment protects the right to keep and bear “arms”:

Weapons of offense, or armor for defense and protection of the body.

ARMS – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

The other common claim made by those who wish to strictly regulate firearms is the purpose of the Second Amendment as stated in its opening few words.

A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State,

U.S. Constitution, Amendment II

But this ignores that plain language of the rest of the text.

the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment II

The court recognized that when the Constitution refers to the people, it means the rights of everyday, ordinary, individual people.

It is undisputed that petitioners Koch and Nash—two ordinary, law-abiding, adult citizens—are part of “the people” whom the Second Amendment protects. … And no party disputes that handguns are weapons “in common use” today for self-defense. … The Court has little difficulty concluding also that the plain text of the Second Amendment protects Koch’s and Nash’s proposed course of conduct—carrying handguns publicly for self-defense. Nothing in the Second Amendment’s text draws a home/public distinction with respect to the right to keep and bear arms, and the definition of “bear” naturally encompasses public carry. Moreover, the Second Amendment guarantees an “individual right to possess and carry weapons in case of confrontation,” …, and confrontation can surely take place outside the home.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

Based on these facts, and the court’s predilection for placing government interests above the constitutionally protected rights of the people, the court expects the respondents (in this case the Superintendent Of New York State Police), to prove why their regulations are consistent with history and tradition.

The burden then falls on respondents to show that New York’s proper-cause requirement is consistent with this Nation’s historical tradition of firearm regulation. To do so, respondents appeal to a variety of historical sources from the late 1200s to the early 1900s. But when it comes to interpreting the Constitution, not all history is created equal. “Constitutional rights are enshrined with the scope they were understood to have when the people adopted them.” … The Second Amendment was adopted in 1791; the Fourteenth in 1868. Historical evidence that long predates or postdates either time may not illuminate the scope of the right. With these principles in mind, the Court concludes that respondents have failed to meet their burden to identify an American tradition justifying New York’s proper-cause requirement.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

Here we see why the court’s history and tradition standard is so dangerous. When in history do we look? What traditions do we consider? New York State went all the way back to English history in the 1200s in an attempt to justify their actions. But not only did the American colonies not exist in the 1200s, they declared themselves independent from the crown in 1776.

Respondents’ substantial reliance on English history and custom before the founding makes some sense given Heller’s statement that the Second Amendment “codified a right ‘inherited from our English ancestors.’ ” … But the Court finds that history ambiguous at best and sees little reason to think that the Framers would have thought it applicable in the New World. The Court cannot conclude from this historical record that, by the time of the founding, English law would have justified restricting the right to publicly bear arms suited for self-defense only to those who demonstrate some special need for self-protection.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

The State of New York looked at other pieces of history. The state gave only gave three restrictions on public carry from the colonial era and early republic, but they prohibited the bearing of arms that intended to spread fear. But Koch and Nash were not seeking permission to carry in a way to spread fear, since according to New York law, if they had received their carry licenses, they would be required to carry concealed. Because of that, under New York State law, if they allowed their weapons to become unconcealed while in public they were committing a crime.

After reviewing the Anglo-American history of public carry, the Court concludes that respondents have not met their burden to identify an American tradition justifying New York’s proper-cause requirement. Apart from a few late-19th-century outlier jurisdictions, American governments simply have not broadly prohibited the public carry of commonly used firearms for personal defense. Nor have they generally required law-abiding, responsible citizens to “demonstrate a special need for self-protection distinguishable from that of the general community” to carry arms in public.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

In short, the State of New York did not make its case. They showed no history, tradition, or even good reason for their requirement that an individual needed to demonstrate a special need for self-defense.

The constitutional right to bear arms in public for self-defense is not “a second-class right, subject to an entirely different body of rules than the other Bill of Rights guarantees.”… The exercise of other constitutional rights does not require individuals to demonstrate to government officers some special need. The Second Amendment right to carry arms in public for self-defense is no different. New York’s proper-cause requirement violates the Fourteenth Amendment by preventing law-abiding citizens with ordinary self-defense needs from exercising their right to keep and bear arms in public.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Thomas Opinion

Probably my favorite phrase from Justice Thomas’ opinion is that the right to keep and bear arms is not a second-class right. It must be treated like any other right protected by the Bill of Rights.

Dissent

As is so often the case, not all of the justices agreed.

In 2020, 45,222 Americans were killed by firearms. See Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Fast Facts: Firearm Violence Prevention (last updated May 4, 2022) (CDC, Fast Facts), https://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/ firearms/fastfact.html. Since the start of this year (2022), there have been 277 reported mass shootings—an average of more than one per day. See Gun Violence Archive (last visited June 20, 2022), https://www.gunviolence archive.org. Gun violence has now surpassed motor vehicle crashes as the leading cause of death among children and adolescents. J. Goldstick, R. Cunningham, & P. Carter, Current Causes of Death in Children and Adolescents in the United States, 386 New England J. Med. 1955 (May 19, 2022) (Goldstick).

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Breyer, Sotomayor, and Kagan Dissent

The dissent here sounds more like they are making an argument on the floor of Congress rather than debating the legality of the law in question. The judicial power of the United States extends to deciding the controversies of cases, not developing the policies of the nation. This appeal to people’s emotions rather than the law did not get past Justice Alito in his concurrence:

What is the relevance of statistics about the use of guns to commit suicide? … Does the dissent think that a lot of people who possess guns in their homes will be stopped or deterred from shooting themselves if they cannot lawfully take them outside?

The dissent cites statistics about the use of guns in domestic disputes, … but it does not explain why these statistics are relevant to the question presented in this case. How many of the cases involving the use of a gun in a domestic dispute occur outside the home, and how many are prevented by laws like New York’s?

The dissent cites statistics on children and adolescents killed by guns, … but what does this have to do with the question whether an adult who is licensed to possess a handgun may be prohibited from carrying it outside the home? Our decision, as noted, does not expand the categories of people who may lawfully possess a gun, and federal law generally forbids the possession of a handgun by a person who is under the age of 18, 18 U.S.C. §§922(x)(2)–(5), and bars the sale of a handgun to anyone under the age of 21, §§922(b)(1), (c)(1).

The dissent cites the large number of guns in private hands—nearly 400 million—but it does not explain what this statistic has to do with the question whether a person who already has the right to keep a gun in the home for self-defense is likely to be deterred from acquiring a gun by the knowledge that the gun cannot be carried outside the home. … And while the dissent seemingly thinks that the ubiquity of guns and our country’s high level of gun violence provide reasons for sustaining the New York law, the dissent appears not to understand that it is these very facts that cause law-abiding citizens to feel the need to carry a gun for self-defense.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Alito Concurrence

The dissenting justices also noted the importance of the case:

The question before us concerns the extent to which the Second Amendment prevents democratically elected officials from enacting laws to address the serious problem of gun violence. And yet the Court today purports to answer that question without discussing the nature or severity of that problem.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Breyer, Sotomayor, and Kagan Dissent

Does the Constitution prevent “democratically elected officials” from enacting laws contrary to its language? This is exactly the point. The question before the court is not how severe a problem gun violence is, but does the state law violate the supreme law of the land? It seems the dissent wants to ignore the Constitution as long as it’s an attempt to deal with a truly severe problem. But if We the People wanted states to be able to restrict our right to keep and bear arms if gun violence got really bad, we would have said so when we had the states ratify the Second Amendment.

Indeed, the Court’s application of its history-only test in this case demonstrates the very pitfalls described above. The historical evidence reveals a 700-year Anglo-American tradition of regulating the public carriage of firearms in general, and concealed or concealable firearms in particular. The Court spends more than half of its opinion trying to discredit this tradition. But, in my view, the robust evidence of such a tradition cannot be so easily explained away.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Breyer, Sotomayor, and Kagan Dissent

May I remind the dissenters that this is not the Anglo-American States of America, but the United States of America. As I’ve already pointed out, we fought a war to get away from much of the first 450 years of the Anglo-American tradition that the court wishes to subject us to. In fact, one of the grievances listed in that document in which we declared our independence from the Anglo-American tradition of monarchal rule was:

He has combined with others to subject us to a jurisdiction foreign to our constitution, and unacknowledged by our laws; giving his Assent to their Acts of pretended Legislation:

Declaration of Independence

It appears, the dissenters of this court are also willing to subject us to jurisdictions foreign to our Constituiton and unacknowledged by our laws.

The historical examples of regulations similar to New York’s licensing regime are legion. Closely analogous English laws were enacted beginning in the 13th century, and similar American regulations were passed during the colonial period, the founding era, the 19th century, and the 20th century. Not all of these laws were identical to New York’s, but that is inevitable in an analysis that demands examination of seven centuries of history. At a minimum, the laws I have recounted resembled New York’s law, similarly restricting the right to publicly carry weapons and serving roughly similar purposes. That is all that the Court’s test, which allows and even encourages “analogical reasoning,” purports to require.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Breyer, Sotomayor, and Kagan Dissent

Funny, I did not know that three examples constitute a “legion”. Yes, there were ancient English laws that restricted the carrying of arms, but we a no longer an English colony, neither are we part of the English commonwealth. As for the regulations from the colonial period to the early 20th century, as Justice Alito noted, they regulated the use of firearms in public, and none of them required a special need for self-defense to bear arms in public.

Conclusion

In sum, the Courts of Appeals’ second step is inconsistent with Heller’s historical approach and its rejection of means-end scrutiny. We reiterate that the standard for applying the Second Amendment is as follows: When the Second Amendment’s plain text covers an individual’s conduct, the Constitution presumptively protects that conduct. The government must then justify its regulation by demonstrating that it is consistent with the Nation’s historical tradition of firearm regulation. Only then may a court conclude that the individual’s conduct falls outside the Second Amendment’s “unqualified command.”

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Thomas Opinion

In other words, it is up to the state to prove that the ends justify the needs, not the courts. But this places the states above not only the Constitution, but the people themselves. It also places, supreme over all, the very court Justice Thomas sits on. This time, the court decided that the state did not justify the need to infringe on people’s rights protected by the Constitution. I can only hope that future justices would uphold their oath to the Constitution, as the supreme law of the land, above the perceived “needs” of the state.

Finally, we come to the biggest question brought up by this court.

New York is not alone in requiring a permit to carry a handgun in public. But the vast majority of States—43 by our count—are “shall issue” jurisdictions, where authorities must issue concealed-carry licenses whenever applicants satisfy certain threshold requirements, without granting licensing officials discretion to deny licenses based on a perceived lack of need or suitability. Meanwhile, only six States and the District of Columbia have “may issue” licensing laws, under which authorities have discretion to deny concealed-carry licenses even when the applicant satisfies the statutory criteria, usually because the applicant has not demonstrated cause or suitability for the relevant license. Aside from New York, then, only California, the District of Columbia, Hawaii, Maryland, Massachusetts, and New Jersey have analogues to the “proper cause” standard. All of these “proper cause” analogues have been upheld by the Courts of Appeals, save for the District of Columbia’s, which has been permanently enjoined since 2017.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Thomas Opinion

What will the officials in these six states and the District of Columbia do? Will they recognize their mistake, that placing discretionary requirements on the exercise of a constitutionally protect right is both arbitrary and capricious? Will they learn from this opinion and begin to correct their infringements on the rights of the people they purport to serve? Based on what I’ve seen in the news so far, my guess is the answer is no. That these states will only recognize the Second Amendment if and when the citizens of their states force them or the other states in the compact punish them for their violation of the agreement. I’m not holding my breath for either solution to be tried in the near future.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

We’ve Lost Our Moral Footing: Hang Them All In The Public Square

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 18, 2022

With my last column titled, “America’s Ethicality, Morality and Decency Quotient Spiraling Into The Toilet” July 14, 2022, your responses dropped in like paratroopers landing in France during WWII. Many of you expressed your fury as to what’s happening to our country. Others felt saddened. All of you “see” what’s happening to the United States, and it’s not pretty. Half of America stands at odds with the other half. Liberal versus Conservative.

On Friday, July 15, 2022, FOX NEWS’ Tucker Carlson spoke out directly to the fact that Joe Biden suffers from severe dementia and is incapable of leading this country. Carlson showed where Biden exhibited his dementia in 2019. His wife gave him pills of some sort to pump him up when he gave speeches. Today, not even pep pills can help his addled mind. He’s clearly on his last legs both mentally and physically. He shakes hands with the air after he steps away from the podium. If not for the teleprompter, he would not be able to give a coherent speech.

What’s disgusting remains the fact that Biden’s wife, Jill, concealed it, his handlers hid it, and the mainstream media continues to hide Biden’s dementia. The 25^th Amendment needs to be brought into play. Even if it gives us that “willy-nilly” and totally incompetent Kamala Harris, something must be done. Biden stands at the doorstep of a stroke, heart attack or simply total exhaustion.

Biden’s entire cabinet cannot solve our nation’s problems. They are all standing at the door of the Peter Principle, i.e., people in the Western world keep getting promoted to their highest level of incompetence. Whether it’s Pete Buttigieg, Kamala Harris, that transgender guy pretending to be a woman by wearing dresses in the Department of Human Services, or Mr. Mayorkas of DHS who will not stop the invasion of our southern border. It has topped 2,000,000 illegal migrants as of Sunday, July 17, 2022.

One reader said, “Like you I see the same “news” and it is NOT pleasant. I only differ in one area…HANG THEM ALL IN THE PUBLIC SQUARE and start with the lawless criminals of Washington, DC…work from the top down!

“It is VERY hard to vote anyone in/out with nationwide voter fraud and I know they are ramping it up. These people are surely not coming clean or arrest themselves.”

We are losing our moral footing

Another reader said, “The question is: Whose ethics, morality and decency? Every worldview holds a position on these topics but those positions of one worldview are usually at great odds against those of another worldview. What you described about the crimes in the cities and the criminal behaviors of our elected officials match the acceptable ethics, morality and decency of cultural Marxism…they are all relative and match the agenda for anarchy. What you have hinted at should be restoration of the ethics, morality and decency found in the Judeo/Christian based Western Civilization.” Richard

Our second president, John Adams said it best:

While our country remains untainted with the principles and manners which are now producing desolation in so many parts of the world; while she continues sincere, and incapable of insidious and impious policy, we shall have the strongest reason to rejoice in the local destination assigned us by Providence. But should the people of America once become capable of that deep simulation towards one another, and towards foreign nations, which assumes the language of justice and moderation while it is practicing iniquity and extravagance, and displays in the most captivating manner the charming pictures of candor, frankness, and sincerity, while it is rioting in rapine and insolence, this country will be the most miserable habitation in the world; because we have no government armed with power capable of contending with human passions unbridled by morality and religion. Avarice, ambition, revenge, or gallantry would break the strongest cords of our Constitution as a whale goes through a net. Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other. (….11 October, 1798)

As we lose the “rule of law” because of such people like Chicago’s Mayor Lightfoot, or AG Kim Foxx, or AG George Gascon in LA or Alvin Bragg in NYC…we’re in BIG trouble. One African-American judge said, “I don’t like to be around cops.” That’s not a good indication that she supports law and order. But it doesn’t end with “black” because “white” AG Gascon in LA is pathetically anti-laws.

Another reader wrote, “Thank you for your article on accountability.

I believe and many more believe …Until justice is implemented on criminals at ALL levels and our police forces are allowed to do their job according to our laws, we will continue to slide into hell.” J.

Another wrote, “I am a Christian Conservative Black female, and I just read your article. I agree in part and disagree in part.

“I agree that evil and crime are running rampant in America, and too Black Attorney Generals’ are doing absolutely nothing to help solve the crime problem. In fact, many are directly contributing to it.

“I disagree that, at this point, criminals are intimidated by jail time. Many brag that they have a free bed, and free meals, in an air-conditioned building. Anything less in America, would be considered, maltreatment of prisoners.

“I believe the death penalty needs to be used more against these menaces to society. They need to be put to death, many of them, and only then will you see the crime rate drop. Criminals will never take American laws seriously because the laws are too lenient on criminals.”

A reader wrote, “You did it again! You hit that nail square on the head again, with your article, America’s Ethicality, Morality and Decency Quotient Spiraling Into The Toilet! In that article, you make it so plain that anyone with even a half a brain could understand what’s happening in our country. Except, I think we’re buttin’ our heads against a wall – ‘cause there’s not enough people getting to read your article! I don’t know how to get it out to all of the nation, and all of the nation needs to read it. This is another one of your articles that needs to go viral – nationwide. Then we all need to band together – maybe it would be in mind, only, but that would be good enough – and then hit the poles with knowledge of what those we’re voting for, stand for. How do we make it all happen? We’re going to hell in a handbasket!”

In the final analysis, we need to impose strict law enforcement, and the harshest jail terms to get those lawless animals off the streets. We start very strict educational standards to bring our kids up to understand their obligations toward their own society. We must indoctrinate them to be “good citizens” by making sure they understand that if they break our laws, they will severely pay a very severe price.

Do we want to continue down this current path? Will we survive this division within our country? If you have better ideas on how to “right” our ship of state, please come forward.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

‘Toxic Masculinity’ – The Lie

By Rob Pue

July 16, 2022

There’s a new “buzz phrase” going around these days — and it’s catching on; becoming another MOVEMENT — promoted by Leftist, “Progressive,” feminist activists. I’m sure you’ve heard of it. It’s called “Toxic Masculinity.” “Toxic Masculinity” is a new mindset these “progressive” feminists are attempting to force into the cultural talking points, which vilifies traditional manhood and all things “masculine.”
——
The Leftists have been incredibly successful over the past few years in pushing their crazy ideas. What was once UNTHINKABLE in America has now become the “norm.” Good has become “bad,” and BAD has become “good.” While most of these ideas are only accepted now by a small, but VOCAL minority, if things do not change, it won’t be long before this nonsense is embraced by an overwhelming majority…like everything else they’ve come up with.

So what IS ‘Toxic Masculinity?’ According to FEM Magazine,“toxic masculinity harms all genders. It promotes sexism, misogyny, violence and rape culture, while enforcing dangerous sterotypes of masculinity and femininity. It is a fundamental pillar in the patriarchy and its normalization throughout cultures demands action. Next time you hear comments that promote toxic masculinity, remember to call them out; taking actions to disband this mentality are necessary in order to dismantle the patriarchal structure.”

There you have it, in their own words…. the ultimate goal is the demise of manhood, the dismantling of what they call the ‘patriarchal structure.” In other words, “Men BAD, women GOOD.” More division. You see, the Left is not content to divide us by ethnicity, religion, or political ideology. Now they must ALSO divide us by gender, which I find ironic, because it is these same Leftists who want us to accept as fact that there are now as many as 13 different “genders” — an insane idea which they insist we must all embrace as truth. And WOE to the poor soul who makes the “mistake” of calling someone by the “wrong” pronoun!

FEM Magazine goes even further in their fight to destroy manhood. In an article from December of 2016, they wrote, “Machismo leads to homophobia, sexual harassment and murder, as violence becomes a channel through which to acquire control.” And so these radical feminists are now portraying men as sexists, misogynists, rapists and murderers. It was not long ago that it would have been unthinkable for people to accept the idea of “transgenderism,” much less the idea that there are now THIRTEEN distinctly, different “genders.” But now, “transgenderism” is being forced upon an unsuspecting, but largely apathetic populace under the force of law… “Get your mind ‘right’ and accept all these different genders or you will pay the consequences.”

Isn’t it interesting, though, that the same people who want to vilify males as rapists and murderers are the same ones who want to do away with the TRUTH of the matter, which is, there REALLY ARE only TWO genders: male and female. For goodness’ sake, even the ANIMAL world understands this. You do not see male dogs confused over their gender. You don’t see male birds confused over their genders. God made all created things male and female. One is not “better” or “worse” than the other. On the contrary, the TWO (and there ARE only TWO) different genders were designed by God to COMPLIMENT one another.

Are there men who abuse women and act wickedly? Absolutely, and that is behavior that we have NEVER accepted in civilized society. Abusers of women and children and those who are bullies have NEVER been considered “good” men. They have been looked at as the rude, crude JERKS that they are. But the same can be said of women. If you have any doubt, just look at the recent Womens’ marches that have been taking place around the nation, ostensibly to support “womens’ rights.” Consider the foul-mouthed speakers at their rallies and the mean-spirited hateful vitriol that flows from their mouths as they proudly wear their “vagina hats!” Most of these feminist activists are more vulgar than any men I have ever known. Yet THEIR actions are considered just fine — simply because they are female….

But wait a minute: I thought we were not supposed to focus on gender. I thought there were 13 different “genders,” and all of them were “equally good.” But it turns out, I guess, TWELVE of them are “good,” but ONE is very, very BAD. It is very, very BAD to be male or “masculine.” That just cannot be tolerated any longer. Masculinity, they say, MUST BE DISMANTLED, along with our “traditional patriarchal structure.” The clear and obvious hypocrisy of the Left never ceases to amaze me.

There is no question that manhood is under full assault in America today. Just like the LGBT movement, the idea of “toxic masculinity” is now becoming more and more widely accepted. And as usual, it starts with the indoctrination of young boys in preschool, grade-school, middle school, high school… and then this idea that masculinity is a horrible, awful thing is solidified in their young minds in college. This is why we are seeing more and more young “men” embracing feminism; dressing —and acting — more and more like women. I dare say that MANY young men in our public colleges today are, in many cases, more feminine in their behavior than the young women are. They have been indoctrinated WELL by the propaganda that has been drilled into their heads all their lives.

Let me ask you a question: if you wanted to bring down a nation; if you wanted to DESTROY a nation from within, how would you start? By destroying the natural family. By twisting the truth and deceiving the minds of milllions of young people over a period of just 12-16 years, the time it takes for a child to go through public school and college. Drill your lies into their heads for just 16 years and you can fundamentally change an entire culture and society. Mission accomplished.

This is what has taken place in America. The first step in destroying the natural family was to bring down the HEAD of the family, the Dad. And so, not so long ago, we began seeing fathers portrayed in TV sitcoms and movies as bumbling fools and idiots. Not so long ago, we began drugging our children — mostly young BOYS — to alleviate the “problem” of ADHD. (By the way, have you noticed there aren’t many young GIRLS who have ADHD and must be drugged with Ritalin?) No… it’s always the BOYS who suffer from this malady. If they act too masculine or display too many male traits in school, that is simply unacceptable. And “for the good of the child,”they tell us, “they must be treated for ADHD.” And so we drug our children, on the advice of the so-called “professionals.”

We’ve been lied to, folks. We’ve turned our children over to the mercy of the almighty State and after 12 years of public school and 4 years of college, and much medication, our boys finally manage to “get their minds right.” Now our young men eagerly join the Womens’ marches, the “pride” parades, and embrace transgenderism. Not to mention the holocaust known as “a woman’s right to choose.” Now they dress like women, act like women, speak like women. These are not the young men of that Greatest Generation that fought for freedom in World War II. My own Dad left school at the age of 17 and enlisted in the US Navy. He was among our fighting men in the South Pacific and HE WAS THERE when we liberated the Phillipines. Can you imagine a 17-year-old boy doing such a thing today? Or, are they more likely to join ANTIFA and wreak havoc on their own country? Or simply sit at home and watch porn and play video games in their Mom’s basement while wearing their “skinny jeans,” painting their toenails and poofing up their hair? You tell me.

It goes without saying, they have also abandoned the God of the Bible. If they have any “faith” at all, it’s in some weird religion. Many young people today worship the Earth. Many worship the pagan “goddess” of feminism — or as they are now calling it, the “Gynarchy.” Many seek out satanism, eastern mysticism or ancient demons masquerading as “angels.” And many are simply atheist or agnostic. This is the easiest route, because it gives them the perceived “freedom” to do as they please. Like the satanist Aleister Crowley wrote, inspired by the devil himself, “Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the law.”

So to bring down a nation without firing a shot, first you destroy the family, and you start that by destroying the head of the family — the Dad. Then you feminize the boys, and confuse their minds, so that many of them actually believe they were meant to be girls. Those who still have a little common sense left find themselves in deep, dark turmoil in their souls. They instinctively KNOW they are male, yet they are not allowed to BE male. Everything all around them in the culture tells them: “masculinity is BAD!” They are so conflicted in their spirits…. and then we wonder why we’ve seen such a dramatic spike in the suicide rate — especially among young men and boys.

There is NO SUCH THING as ‘Toxic Masculinity,’ friends. God made us male and female. And make no mistake: there are only TWO genders, designed by God Himself to compliment one another. Even our physical anatomy proves this out. DIFFERENT, but equal… and BOTH ARE NEEDED to procreate AND to raise spiritually, mentally and physically healthy children to be responsible, well rounded adults. When my children were young, they would walk BETWEEN my wife and I and each of us would hold one of their hands. My wife would hold our kids’ left hand, and I would hold their right. Because a child NEEDS BOTH PARENTS to feel safe and secure, and to grow up healthy in mind, body and spirit. Two men cannot do that. Nor can two women. It takes a Mom AND a Dad.

“Toxic Masculinity” is a lie from the pits of hell. It is so sad for our young men. They are ashamed of themselves, just because they are male… and if they happen to be WHITE males, then they’re even more ashamed, because as we all know now, the Leftist mantra has been: “white males are BAD, ‘people of color’ — especially ‘WOMEN of color’ — are oppressed victims, who must be PROFUSELY apologized to and then celebrated, worshiped and adored.”

Meanwhile, our families disintegrate, relationships between fathers and sons are destroyed, the minds of our young people are radically confused and twisted, and suicide rates are increasing exponentially. ‘Toxic Masculinity’ is a lie. It’s just another brick in the wall the Leftists are building to further divide us and separate us from the truth, from rational thinking, from God’s natural order and design. When a nation no longer accepts and follows God’s natural design, it reaps the consequences, which are too many to mention, but suffice to say, we are seeing all those consequences play out in living color before our very eyes this very day. So how’s that working for us?

But what IS true masculinity? What is the role of the man in God’s natural order? First, the man is to submit to God, his Creator, follow His commandments, and with the guidance and counsel of the Holy Spirit, take up his cross daily and follow Christ. He’s to be the husband of one wife, taking every thought captive to the obedience of Christ. Once united to his wife in Holy Matrimony, he is then to be the MINISTER of his home — the spiritual leader. He is to SERVE his wife, protect his wife, and provide for her. He is NOT to use his authority as head of the household as a tyrant, but rather as a SERVANT.

Then, together, the husband and wife are to be fruitful and multiply. As the wife follows her husband as he follows Christ, the children then see modeled for them how to “do life right.” They grow up with a Mom and a Dad in the home, actively involved, guiding, nurturing and training them up in the fear and admonition of the Lord…. as Jesus said, “teaching them to obey all He commanded.” THIS, my friends, is what makes for a strong, solid FAMILY, and the family is the FOUNDATION of a civilized nation. Destroy the family and you’ve destroyed the nation. The first step is taking down the head of the home, the man… the husband and father.

So men: do not let the agenda of pop culture shame you because of your gender. STAND UP! BE the MAN God created you to be, with all the attributes and virtues of a REAL man of God. Remember, it only took 12 men — Jesus’ 12 disciples — to turn the whole world upside down. So embrace the freedom you have in Christ — or perhaps a better way to state it — embrace the DUTY you have been given by God Himself, to be counter-cultural, world changers, watchmen on the walls and truth tellers.

I can tell you, this will not make you “popular” or well-liked by most; especially those in your own home, your own church. But as you life out and model true masculinity, those around you will begin to “get it.” Real men love babies, real men stand up for those unjustly led to slaughter. Real men push back and fight evil. Real men protect, lead, provide for — and SERVE — their wives and families. Real men have a PURPOSE, ordained by God. Be a REAL man.

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at (715) 486-8066 or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com. Ask for message number 247.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

America’s Fight To Stay Free, Part 4

By Roger Anghis

July6 17, 2022

When our Founders established our nation they set it on a foundation of integrity and honesty. Our government today is far from what they gave us. We have what is called the Deep State which is nothing but a bunch of power-hungry and greedy elites that believe they have the right to control everything you do. We no longer have the representative government the Founders gave us. Because we have not paid the proper attention to who we have put into office we have allowed serious lowlifes to sit in places of authority. Patrick Henry warned us: Bad men cannot make good citizens. It is impossible that a nation of infidels or idolaters should be a nation of freemen. It is when a people forget God that tyrants forge their chains. A vitiated state of morals, a corrupted public conscience, is incompatible with freedom. No free government, or the blessings of liberty, can be preserved to any people but by a firm adherence to justice, moderation, temperance, frugality, and virtue; and by a frequent recurrence to fundamental principles.

Samuel Adams gave us a warning as well: “The public cannot be too curious concerning the characters of public men.” We have not been curious enough in the last hundred years. Our freedoms have been eroded to where our First Amendment has been restricted to only what Big Tech agrees with. Our religious freedoms are restricted to inside the walls of the church building and even in the last couple of years, we haven’t even been allowed to do that. George Washington warned about power-hungry men: “Cunning, ambitious, and unprincipled men will be enabled to subvert the Power of the People and to usurp for themselves the reins of Government, destroying afterwards the very engines which have lifted them to unjust dominion.” Washington also stated: “No compact among men … can be pronounced everlasting and inviolable, and if I may so express myself, that no wall of words, that no mound of parchment can be so formed as to stand against the sweeping torrent of boundless ambition on the one side, aided by the sapping current of corrupted morals on the other.”

We will not maintain our freedoms nor the free nation the Founders gave us until we get back to what they built this nation on. We are allowing one of the most inept world organizations, the United Nations, to control everything on the planet. Here is the Preamble of the UN’s Agenda 2030: This Agenda is a plan of action for people, planet and prosperity. It also seeks to strengthen universal peace in larger freedom. We recognize that eradicating poverty in all its forms and dimensions, including extreme poverty, is the greatest global challenge and an indispensable requirement for sustainable development. All countries and all stakeholders, acting in collaborative partnership, will implement this plan. We are resolved to free the human race from the tyranny of poverty and want and to heal and secure our planet. We are determined to take the bold and transformative steps which are urgently needed to shift the world onto a sustainable and resilient path. As we embark on this collective journey, we pledge that no one will be left behind. The 17 Sustainable Development Goals and 169 targets which we are announcing today demonstrate the scale and ambition of this new universal Agenda. They seek to build on the Millennium Development Goals and complete what these did not achieve. They seek to realize the human rights of all and to achieve gender equality and the empowerment of all women and girls. They are integrated and indivisible and balance the three dimensions of sustainable development: the economic, social and environmental.

The Goals and targets will stimulate action over the next fifteen years in areas of critical importance for humanity and the planet.[1]

Everything in this declaration is to control agriculture, transportation, manufacturing, housing, and healthcare. Their plan is to redistribute the wealth of rich nations and make all people equal. That’s nothing less than communism and our elected officials have swallowed this line of BS hook line and sinker and are willing to give up the sovereignty of America to these world dictators. Their declarations seem noble but are impossible with destroying the lives of many people. In their Declaration #3 they state: We resolve, between now and 2030, to end poverty and hunger everywhere; to combat inequalities within and among countries; to build peaceful, just and inclusive societies; to protect human rights and promote gender equality and the empowerment of women and girls; and to ensure the lasting protection of the planet and its natural resources. We resolve also to create conditions for sustainable, inclusive and sustained economic growth, shared prosperity and decent work for all, taking into account different levels of national development and capacities.[2] Without forced labor and the removal of wealth from people who have earned that wealth, this will never happen. Keep in mind this is only eight years away.

Under the Biden administration as under the Obama administration, we are seeing the opposition being attacked by the FBI and Department of Justice. The people involved in the so-called insurrection of January 6^th are being treated like foreign terrorists instead of American citizens. Our Constitution gives us the right to a speedy trial. Those arrested for simply being on the grounds of the capital have been held in solitary confinement and are held with being charged with anything. This is the action of a dictatorship, not a constitutional republic.

Governor Gretchen Whitmer (D) of Michigan had the Republican candidate running against her arrested just for being on the grounds of the Capital on January 6^th. Biden has had several of Trump’s inner circle arrested in obvious attempts to intimidate his opposition. When the leak from the Supreme Court came out and protestors surrounded the homes of the Supreme Court Justices, which is illegal, not one person was arrested except the one that announced that he wanted to kill Kavanaugh. Even Harry Truman knew that this behavior would lead us down a path we, as a people, don’t want to go. In a special message on August 8, 1950, to Congress on the Internal Security of the United States, he said: “Once a government is committed to the principle of silencing the voice of opposition, it has only one way to go, and that is down the path of increasingly repressive measures, until it becomes a source of terror to all its citizens and creates a country where everyone lives in fear.” Nixon did this, Bill Clinton did this, Obama did this, and now Biden is doing this.

There is a two-tiered justice system with Democrats not having to abide by the laws and Republicans having to obey the law to the letter. If you doubt ask yourself why is Hillary still free when she deleted 30,000 emails AFTER they were subpoenaed, she paid for the Steel dossier illegally bringing foreign involvement into the election. Why is Joe Biden free when he used the pay to play to protect his son from his involvement in the corrupt oil company in Ukraine. By the way, Pelosi’s son, John Kerry’s son, and Mit Romney’s son are all involved in businesses in Ukraine. We have proof that Joe Biden was involved in shady dealings with the Communist Chinese government. How about Obama’s involvement in the spying on the Trump campaign AND the Trump presidency.

They raided Roger Stone’s house with a swat team, Paul Manaforts’s house with a swat team, and Jeffery Clark’s home was hit with a pre-dawn raid: The head of the Center for Renewing America, where Clark is a fellow, in a statement called the visit “a pre-dawn raid” by “more than a dozen DOJ law enforcement officials” who seized Clark’s electronic devices as he stood outside on the street in his pajamas.[3] But no raids on Democrats no matter how their actions prove that they are traitors. We are on the path Harry Truman warned us about.

We can no longer let things be run as they have been for the last hundred years. We have term limits for the president but we need it more for Congress and the Senate. The Great Reset we need is to get back to what the Founders gave us not what the corrupt UN wants. Only the citizens of this great country can accomplish that and accomplish that we must.

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Footnotes:

Mother of all Famines on the Horizon as World Food Production Falters From the Green New Fraud

By Sidney Secular

July 16, 2022

World food production is projected to decline precipitously in 2022. The wheat harvest alone is expected to drop by 10 million metric tons from last year while other grains and food staples are in similar dire straits. A record 45 million people are on the brink of starvation and a further 800 million lack a reliable source of daily food. Farmers in the world’s leading farm belts outside of Russia and the Ukraine as well as the US, Canada, Europe and India are being forced to protest simply for the right to produce this much needed food. Earlier in 2022 there were reports that American farmers would be offered subsidies if they destroyed their crops and farmers in the Netherlands are now blocking streets in protest over the situation as have farmers in Germany for the past 3 years.

The food crisis is the direct result of the “Green agenda” in which productive investment in water, power, and other infrastructures essential to agriculture are blocked by governments acting on the part of the mega food cartels, Goldman Sachs, hedge fund managers, and the billionaire royal-elitist class. The plutocrats are fronted by the World Wildlife Fund and other major environmental groups to which money is funneled by deep pocket leftists and foundations. “Carbon-concerned” cultivation and climate change clamor are causing money to flow into Green finance swindles while farmers and ranchers are ruined! Of course, the result is that people are now or will be starving by the millions in a government policy akin to Stalin’s genocide in the Ukraine in which statistics say over nine million starved in what the Ukrainians called the Holodomore (the Hunger). As happened then, this matter is being blacked out by the blackguards of the mainstream media in the US and around the world, the same liars who messed up the minds of the masses with the concocted COVID coverage.

The control over food production and the attempted control of humanity in toto began with the 1992 Rio Earth Summit which introduced the institutional version of the ongoing green fraud. This was followed by the reinforcement and implementation of resolutions coming under the aegis of the North Atlantic Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) in 1994 and the World Trade Organization in 1995 and was further facilitated by the 2008 repeal of the Glass-Steagall Act of 1933. The latter event was a major factor in the meltdown of the housing market that year as the result of unscrupulous lending practices. People were being quietly induced to return to urban areas as they sought to escape from the foreclosures forced upon them. The said 1992 Rio Earth Summit unleashed the global warming/climate change bugaboo and its accompanying campaign for the maintenance of biological diversity and population limitation.

From that time, the New World Eco-order has dominated the international dialog calling for the restriction of human activity ostensibly to prevent the emission of too much greenhouse gases supposedly in the fear that the Earth’s climate will skyrocket! These “environmental” folks have also called for severely restricting the areas of the planet occupied by humans lest the “wilderness” and its animal and plant species go extinct. The “stack and pack” campaign that sought to further concentrate people within cities resulted in ever increasing urban sprawl without concern or restriction even of the ecological kind. Of course, the sprawl itself was the result of increases in population almost entirely due to the unrestricted inflow of refugees and immigrants from the third world who were needed, we were assured, to increase our “diversity.” Parenthetically, the increase certainly didn’t arise from native citizen birth rates as every Western country including the US did not present with even a replacement population birthrate much less an increase.

Unfortunately for the nations of the West, far from these Third World “blessings” being appreciative of their welcome, they were demanding of the rights of citizens including welfare and other government goodies. On the other hand, these “imports” could do no wrong according to our government and were to be coddled and appeased lest they have reason to complain about anything. In this as in all other stupid leftist policies, liberals have been permitted to “have it both ways” while American citizens are permitted to notice or say nothing about the destruction of our culture and the nullification of our laws. The simple fact is that as long as a policy “feels good” to our leftist leaders and their minions, the rest of us are “left” to accept whatever consequences ensue.

International conferences to promote the aforesaid goals have been held regularly over the years. These include the noteworthy “COP26” “climate summit” conference in Scotland in November 2021, the 15th biodiversity summit in China held in October 2015 (COP15), and the COP21 conference held in Paris also in 2015 in which dozens of nations agreed to provide “Nationally Determined Contributions” or plans to reduce those nations’ output of “greenhouse” gases. The predictable results of these confabs are now seen in worsening electricity and fuel crises resulting from the takedown of coal and nuclear power generating stations as well as the buildup of unreliable wind and solar power and the deregulation of energy prices. More Texas-type freezes such as occurred in January 2021 can be expected to topple power grids dependent upon unreliable solar and wind sources.

Of course, these policies affect more than the electrical power used in homes and businesses. Two of our leading grain states – Iowa for corn and Kansas for wheat – depend heavily upon unreliable solar and wind for half of their electricity. European agriculture has also been hit hard. Farmers can’t afford or obtain reliable fuel for their machinery or for drying crops and other necessary agricultural functions. Also, with the rising price of fuel, large numbers of high-yield Dutch greenhouses can’t afford electricity. In what is rapidly becoming a world-wide disaster, rising fuel prices have crippled nitrogen fertilizer production. It’s feedstock is natural gas whose price has soared and whose supply is uncertain. Farmers can neither afford nor obtain if they were able to afford, the fertilizer essential for good yields of corn and wheat. The EU is actually decreasing their food output on purpose! In May 2020, the EU enacted the “Farm to Fork” Green Deal calling for the reduction of land use for agriculture by 10%; fertilizer use by 20%; and the use of pesticides by 50% even though these measures would eliminate the food needed by an estimated 185 million people. One has to wonder if the “kill rate” of COVID “vaccines” is not what is driving the use of such policies! After all, if enough people die by “healthcare” the food output reduction becomes far less a threat! In another idiocy, the British government has declared that the main function of farmers will now be enhancing the environment [!] while the production of food will become a secondary “benefit.” Of course, rewards and punishments will be utilized to force the implementation of these new policies. It is at times like this that the old Greek saying demands a restatement: “Whom the gods would destroy, they first make mad!”

Illegitimate “President” Biden, immediately upon taking office issued Executive Order 14008, in which Section 216 requires that by 2030, 30% of US lands and waters must be removed from any human use! At present, some 13% of US lands and waters are under some form of government limitation. Agriculture is directly threatened as can be seen by the state of New Mexico setting aside 30% of its land for removal from human use. In Montana, a billionaire is promoting the “American Serengeti” whereby the new “American Prairie Reserve” would bring back bison and ban cattle and sheep grazing in an area the size of Lebanon. In the US, 85% of all meatpacking is controlled by just a few transnational entities– Cargill, Tysons, Smithfield [a company that has been purchased by China!], Marfrig and JBS. A pilot program is in place called the Ranch Systems and Viability Planning Project (RSVP) which will dictate a program for cattlemen to sharply reduce carbon emissions by removing the cattle that produce it. Meanwhile, Bill Gates is promoting a program for all “rich countries” to move to 100% synthetic beef! Many carbon curbing programs are also being initiated. Cargill is in charge of a program called “Regenerative Agriculture” to capture carbon in the soils of six states. Farmers will be surveilled remotely for compliance through the program that is known as “Regrow.”

“Biofuels” are a longstanding swindle begun by G.W. Bush and promoted by every president since. Now 40% of the US corn crop which itself constitutes one-third of the world’s corn harvest, goes into ethanol production. It is a major diversion of agricultural capacity to an unworthy effort to make energy “vegan.” So much soy oil is going for biodiesel that bakers and food processors are appealing for government intervention because of the shortage of vegetable oils with the resultant soaring prices of those oils. Internationally, edible oil prices have gone up 60% in one year. The British Crown think tank Chatham House bluntly states that depopulation is the goal to save the planet and asserts that food production is harmful since it degrades or destroys natural habitat and contributes to species extinction. Of course, OUR extinction apparently is less problematic than that of the buffalo or the butterfly.

The methodology of these “well meaning” bio-fascists is to change dietary patterns to reduce the demand for certain foodstuffs, including meat! If the US switched from beef to beans (or bugs!), the claim is that such a program would free up former cropland for other uses such as eco-system restoration. But taking out the “inputs” to farming will make farming unfeasible – with all that means to human survival. The dietary preferences of most cultures of the world relate to one or another of the top grains, e.g., corn (tortillas), wheat (bread or pasta), rice (alone or as noodles), etc. The majority of humanity’s caloric intake comes from grains. Outside of China, India and Russia, there is essentially no attempt being made to guarantee an adequate food supply. Instead, with the blessing of world governments, the transnational food cartels will get to decide who can – and cannot – afford to eat. All of Sub-Saharan Africa depends on imports for 40% of its people’s grain consumption. Under the emerging circumstances, a future of major famine looms there. Remember, this area of Africa is the only area of the world with an exploding population! You can bet they will be swarming across the borders of their more fortunate neighbors soon! We are looking at a stark dark and savage future ahead for all mankind if this wickedness is not stopped.

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

The Intellectual Suicide of Academia and Corporate Media

By Steven Yates

July 16, 2022

-The Khiara Bridges Chapter–

Just recently, an exchange between Josh Hawley (R.-Mo.) and a law professor at UC-Berkeley named Khiara Bridges at a Senate Judiciary Committee meeting in the wake of the overturning of Roe v Wade went viral. The exchange went like this:

JOSH HAWLEY: Professor Bridges, you said several times, you’ve used a phrase I want to make sure I understand what you mean by it. You’ve referred to people with a capacity for pregnancy. Would that be women?

KHIARA BRIDGES: Many women, cis women, have the capacity for pregnancy. Many cis women do not have the capacity for pregnancy. There are also trans men who are capable of pregnancy, as well as non-binary people who are capable of pregnancy.

J.H.: So this isn’t really a women’s rights issue, it’s a—

K.B.: We can recognize that this impacts women, while also recognizing that it impacts other groups. Those things are not mutually exclusive, Senator Hawley.

J.H.: So your view is that the core of this right then is about what?

K.B.: So I want to recognize that your line of questioning is transphobic and it opens up trans people to violence by not recognizing them.

J.H.: Wow, you’re saying that I’m opening up people to violence by asking whether or not women are the folks who can have pregnancies?

K.B.: So I’m— I want to note that one out of five transgender persons have attempted suicide. So I think it’s important—

J.H.: Because of my line of questioning?

K.B.: Because—

J.H.: So we can’t talk about it?

K.B.: Because denying that trans people exist and pretending not to know that they exist—

J.H.: I’m denying that trans people exist by asking—

K.B.: Are you?

J.H.: —if you’re talking about—

K.B.: Are you? Are you?

J.H.: —about women—

K.B.: Are you?

J.H.: —having pregnancies?

K.B.: Do you believe that men can get pregnant?

J.H.: No, I don’t think men can get pregnant.

K.B.: So you are denying that trans people exist! Thank you!

J.H.: And that leads to violence? Is this how you run your classroom? Are students allowed to question you—

K.B.: Absolutely!

J.H.: —or are they also treated like this where—

K.B.: No, no, no, they’re allowed to question!

J.H.: —they’re told they’re opening up people to violence by questioning?

K.B.: We have a good time in my class! You should join!

J.H.: I bet!

K.B.: You might learn a lot!

J.H.: Wow, I would learn a lot. I’ve learned a lot—

K.B.: I know!

J.H.: —just in this exchange.

K.B.: Absolutely!

J.H.: Extraordinary.

K.B.: Yep.

So what did Sen. Hawley learn? Judging from the look on his face, I would surmise he left the exchange convinced he was dealing with a certifiable nutjob. With a nose ring at that, symbolic of the regression to tribalism heralded by identity politics.

He might also have inferred: one of many, in American academia. For obviously Professor Bridges did not hire herself. Academic hiring (which I saw up close a few times, back in the day) is a lengthy, bureaucratic process. Numerous higher-ups must sign off on permanent appointments. Many of these higher-ups have agendas. Filling quotas of “underrepresented groups” — women, ethnic minorities, and more recently, sexual minorities — has been one of them for quite a while now.

We see the result, with bizarre neologisms like cis women and trans men (now common in academia), and the wild, impulsive leaps Professor Bridges makes from seemingly banal questions like, Are we talking about women? to insinuations of violence and suicide.

American academia has fallen to the point where one is not allowed to state openly that those capable of normal pregnancy are biological women.

That’s intellectual suicide.

Also of interest is how corporate media handled the exchange. The idea that Sen. Hawley somehow lost the encounter, or engaged in a “transphobic” line of questioning, was picked up. The mental confusion over who can get pregnant was missed.

This is corporate media suicide.

Just the titles of the various reports are enough.

From the initial article I ran across (Yahoo, aggregating from ultra-left HuffPo): Professor Schools Sen. Josh Hawley for His Transphobic Questions During Abortion Hearing.

Or, from the same source: Law Professor Takes Down Josh Hawley.

Really? Did whoever wrote these headlines actually view the exchange?

From Yahoo News itself: Professor Scolds Sen. Josh Hawley During Abortion Hearing: ‘Your Line of Questioning Is Transphobic’.

From the hard-left The Advocate (also courtesy of Yahoo’s news feed): Watch Law Professor Khiara Bridges Blast Josh Hawley’s Transphobia.

From Vox (picked up by MSN and other feeds): Josh Hawley’s Viral Transphobic Comments Explained.

From NBC News: Law Professor Khiara Bridges Calls Senator Josh Hawley’s Questions About Pregnancy ‘Transphobic’.

From Business Insider: Berkeley Law Professor Tells Josh Hawley He’s Paving the Way for Violence Against Transgender People By ‘Denying That Trans People Exist’ and Can Be Pregnant.

Those should do. If you are so inclined, gentle reader, you can find more accounts of how major news media online and offline reported this incident here.

Lemmings could not do better.

It should go without saying, Hawley was not “denying that trans people exist” or can get pregnant. He was denying, by implication at least, that “trans men” are really men. If they can get pregnant, it is because they are not men but women. Period.

This should not be rocket science, but this is where we are in 2022, when a national senator is no longer allowed to say that only women can get pregnant without getting “schooled” for it (interesting word, that!), and when intellectually suicidal law professors deny biological reality in order to use “inclusive language.”

And when corporate media, given its leftward leap into wokery over the past couple of decades, describes an exchange such as this as “taking down” one of the few political figures who seems to have a grip on reality.

I recently explained this to a friend, who finally interrupted with something like, “How can someone get to be a law professor and be that stupid?!”

My response may have sounded, at first glance, like I was coming to Khiara Bridges’ defense. I pointed out that she has a doctorate in anthropology as well as a law degree. She’s written a couple of books, even if one of them is on critical race theory.

The point isn’t easy to grasp at first, but this isn’t about intelligence. It’s about your basic worldview and the direction you take it. Your reasoning — good, bad, or indifferent — and the lens through which you see the world, will follow your worldview.

Some philosophical materialists, for example, are brilliant thinkers — and if their thinking is brilliant enough it will take them into a mental cul-de-sac, which they may recognize as such or not. An example is the British-born philosopher Colin McGinn (b. 1950), who spent much of his career trying to answer, “How can human consciousness exist in a material universe?” He eventually concluded that the human brain isn’t “wired” to understand itself. Some call this the “new mysterianism.” It is a way of throwing up one’s hands in a gesture of despair. Most academic philosophers feel compelled to see everything through the lens of materialism, just like most academic scientists.

I thought it a good idea to toss a nonpolitical example in here, because readers can consider it dispassionately. For if someone begins with the political premise behind, say, critical race theory (that racism has been built into the structure of the American Constitutional political and legal system from the start, and so permeates American life whether we know it or like it or not), that person will see every situation through that lens, never question it, and hit a parallel cul-de-sac: how could the best-intentioned social engineers end racism from American society without ending American society itself? (Which may, of course, be the real goal of critical race theory.)

That such considerations are over the heads of cultural leftists is to be expected. I would be interested in a survey of how many of Professor Bridges’ students could get the year of the U.S. Constitution’s ratification right, or what they would come up with if asked to write about — for example — Federalist Papers 10 or 51. Or, more broadly, how they would respond to queries about the influence of various strains of Christianity on the history of the legal system in the U.S.

In short, if her students are learning anything.

Have they been taught anything except case law and how to view the American legal system through any lens other than race and sexual confusion?

This is the seemingly unstoppable train American academia has been on at least since the late 1980s, and when we watch exchanges such as the above, we see that train going over an intellectually suicidal cliff. When viewing how corporate media has reported the exchange to the public, we see that cliff broadening, as like lemmings, woke-era presstitutes mindlessly follow the academic “experts.”

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

This stands in contrast to the major threat of our time: a sociopathic superelite using technology and financialization to gain world domination, unleashed by secular materialism and the latter having collapsed all forms of valuation other than money and power. Globalists see themselves as answering only to each other. They do not believe in a Higher Power. They are the culmination of the materialist / secularist / liberal worldview.

This last had been rising, but over the past few months has fallen dramatically! I have no theories why, except that I am not one of their “creatives” consistently dispensing “infotainment” on the site. Nor is the site especially truth-teller friendly.

Where this is going: the lights on this project could go out at any time, and just when they are needed most! If you value what I do, please consider becoming a Patron or arranging some other means of support to help keep this project alive (I accept donations via PayPal). Do not do it for me. Do it for you. Do you want to help spread truth, or do you prefer to live in a fake reality based on official narratives steeped in lies?

We all benefit from helping disseminate truth, and from furthering the idea that persons and freedom have intrinsic value because we were created in God’s image. These things will not preserve and defend themselves. So please consider becoming a Patron today by going to the site linked to above and making a small pledge. If just 100 people reading this were to pledge $5/mo., that would be $500 extra each month in defense of truth-telling!

The Emasculation of the American Male

by Servando Gonzalez

July 15, 2022

According to what it was reported in the press, as soon as they heard about the ongoing situation at the Uvalde school, some of the mothers ran to the place in an effort to protect the lives of their children. Unfortunately, the Uvalde police did not treat them well.

We saw dramatic scenes of Uvalde police mistreating and harassing desperate mothers. Some of them were gassed, tased, handcuffed and treated as criminals. It was a shameful day for America.

Anyway, as in the classic Sherlock Holmes novel, the dog that didn’t bark is the key to understand what really happened there. Evidently most Americans failed to notice the absence of key actors in this tragedy: the fathers. Where were they?

The events at the Uvalde school extended for close to an hour and a half. Even if some of the fathers were at work, there was enough time for some of them to go home, grab their AR-15s and extra mags, get their sidearms, and run to the school to save their children. At least, that is what I expected true American men would have done if one of their children had been taken hostage at the school.

Once there, they would have located the perpetrator, shoot him and rescue the children. Moreover, they would have shot anybody, and I mean anybody, who have tried to stop them from rescuing their children. Unfortunately, American men, the most armed population on planet Earth, do not act like men anymore. Seemingly, they lack what makes men act like men.

What has happened to the American men? Why the most heavily armed group of men in the world are currently acting like sissies? Well, there might be some answers to such questions.

Scientific evidence indicates that, particularly after the Covid shots, there has been a substantial decline on sperm count in American males.[1] Moreover, Some studies show that American men’s testosterone levels have been declining for decades. The most prominent, a 2007 study in the Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, revealed a “substantial” drop in U.S. men’s testosterone levels since the 1980s, with average levels declining by about 1% per year.[2]

According to these studies, this dramatic decline in testosterone levels is almost certainly linked to higher rates of obesity (which suppresses testosterone) and may be linked to lower rates of smoking in men. In the 2007 study, however, the age-matched declines persisted after controlling for these variables. Many observers put more weight on increased exposure to environmental toxins, such as pesticides, and chemicals common in household products like phthalates and bisphenol A, as well as bST hormone on milk.

Moreover, some other scientists have found that residues of birth-control pills are adding 10 millions of hormones to our wastewater every single day. Most likely, some of that estrogen ends up in our drinking water and may be the cause of lowering testosterone levels in American males.[3]

But there is more than meets the eye that seemingly those studies have failed to acknowledge: what if some of these changes in testosterone levels in American men have been intentionally provoked? May it be that the globalist conspirators are intentionally destroying masculinity in the U.S.? Well, maybe they are.

According to some U.S. government documents, it was known that since 1994 the U.S. military had been developing what they called a “gay bomb”, which would made enemy soldiers “sexually irresistible” to each other.[4] The plan for a so-called “love bomb” envisaged an aphrodisiac chemical that would provoke widespread homosexual behavior among troops, causing what the military called a “distasteful but completely non-lethal” blow to morale.

The so-called “gay bomb” is the name for a non-lethal psychochemical weapon that a United States Air Force research laboratory speculated about producing. The idea was discharging sex pheromones over enemy forces in order to make them sexually attracted to each other. In 1994 the Wright Laboratory in Ohio, a predecessor to today’s United States Air Force Research Laboratory, produced a three-page proposal on a variety of possible nonlethal chemical weapons, which, according to official sources, were never developed.

But, what if they lied about it, as they usually do? Why if the globalist conspirators who fully control our armed forces actually gave the green light and they developed the “gay bomb” and have been using it against their potential domestic enemies: American men?

It is known that the CIA conducted experiments on LSD and other drugs on unaware American citizens in San Francisco and New York’s subways. So, it would not be farfetched to think that there be more reasons apart from propaganda and indoctrination explaining why American men are nor acting like men anymore.

Obviously, the globalist conspirators who are working hard to push their New Word Order upon us don’t like real men. Eventually real men may rebel and violently respond to these attacks on their country, their way of living, their family and their masculinity. This explains why the strong promotion of femininity and anti-masculinity has become a key part of the globalist conspirators’ agenda.

Currently, the globalist conspirators are devoting a lot of their time and money to push women and unmanly men into positions of political power. This is not, as they claim, because they want to give women an equal role in society, but because they think that women are easier to manipulate and control than real men. Unfortunately, examples such as Hillary Clinton, Nancy Pelosi, Liz Cheney, Chicago’s mayor and The Squad prove they are right.

As a result of the social law that any political vacuum of power is rapidly occupied, we are experiencing a situation in which women and non-acting men are more and more grabbing that political power. Seemingly, the only real man left in this country is Tom Cruise. Unfortunately, I have the feeling that most of his macho man acting is just that: acting.

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

Oprah’s Next Candidate for President

By Cliff Kincaid

July 15, 2022

Oprah Winfrey’s last major foray into politics was backing Barack Hussein Obama, who promised a fundamental transformation of America and delivered. Now, Oprah is backing Wes Moore for governor of Maryland. He is supposed to be the next Obama, assuming he can win the July 19 primary. In a campaign ad, she says, “The type of transformational leader that these times demand – that’s Wes Moore for Maryland governor.”

Moore promises to legalize dope in Maryland and once served on the board of a marijuana company, which paid him more than $1.6 million.

Remember that Obama started out as an Illinois State Senator before he was elected to the United States Senate and then ran for president.

“This moment that we’re in demands of different type of leader,” says Oprah, who is reportedly an occasional user of the drug. “For governor in Maryland, you have one in my friend Wes Moore.”

Of course, Democrats are now clamoring for a “different type of leader” on the national level.

Even if Moore doesn’t win the Democratic Party nomination for Maryland governor and the general election, he could easily surface as a Democratic Party presidential candidate in 2024. Oprah, a billionaire, carries a lot of clout.

Moore is a very controversial character, having served on the board of a marijuana company, Green Thumb Industries, as people are gradually becoming aware of marijuana’s link to mental illness and some of America’s mass shootings in recent months and years.

Of course, this isn’t of any concern to politicians trying to make money from this deadly addiction, which generates a “consumer” who comes back for more until the psychosis causes the stoner to go haywire, become homeless on the streets, or enter a mental ward.

Oprah’s endorsement of Wes Moore, a cannabis industry mouthpiece, should remind us of her own flirtation with the drug culture.

In my book about Obama, Permanent Revolution, New Age expert Constance Cumbey examined Oprah Winfrey’s career, explaining how she had gone beyond promoting kooky New Age ideas to recommending drugs for her mostly female readers. The April 2018 edition of her “Oprah Magazine” featured the article, “Is Marijuana the New Merlot?” Another article, “Mom’s Guide to Not Getting Busted,” advised women how to use dope “without getting into trouble.”

Nevertheless, Oprah still remains an icon. “Watching Oprah,” an exhibition at the Smithsonian’s National Museum of African American History and Culture, presented the billionaire as a role model (Oprah gave the museum $21 million) and noted she has received eight awards from GLAAD for “LGBTQ acceptance” and positive portrayals of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer people.

Moore is committed to a “green” economy in ways other than legalizing marijuana. He wants a “climate corps” to implement a “green energy economy.”

Al Hunt, the former executive editor of Bloomberg News, admits, however, that there are a “few controversies” involving this super star candidate but then tries to dismiss them. One is that “he implied — and allowed others misleadingly to claim — that both grew up in Baltimore. He was born in another part of Maryland, moved to the Bronx and came to Baltimore for college.” Another is that he “is under some criticism for not correcting interviewers who said that he won a Bronze Star in Afghanistan.”

We are supposed to look beyond these issues.

But why would one of the major marijuana businesses in the world reach out to hire Wes Moore and put him on its board? As noted by Capital news Service, “In 2018, Moore was awarded more than $1.6 million in stocks in a marijuana company that does extensive business in Maryland and served on its board while a candidate. His connection to Chicago-based Green Thumb Industries (GTI), one of the largest cannabis companies in the world, represents a possible conflict of interest if he becomes governor as the office appoints the commission overseeing the state’s medical marijuana industry.”

Similar questions are being raised in Florida, where, as noted by the Daily Caller, Democratic Florida gubernatorial candidate Nikki Fried, who pledged to legalize marijuana if elected, “owns a sizable stake in a pot dispensary company, according to a financial disclosure.” She is so committed to dope that a Tampa newspaper labeled her as the politician who “wants to be the marijuana governor.” A local journalist by the name of Brian Burgess has raised serious questions about her “secret” connections to the marijuana industry and unexplained personal wealth.

But most journalists, who probably smoke the mind-altering substance for “recreational” purposes, don’t bother to report the political influence of Big Marijuana.

Dope is clearly a big part of the new “green” economy that Democrats have planned for the United States as a whole. Indeed, marijuana is the Soma of America’s Brave New World and the plan is to go far beyond marijuana. For those who didn’t read the Aldous Huxley classic, Spark Notes provides this information: “Soma is a drug that is handed out for free to all the citizens of the World State. In small doses, soma makes people feel good. In large doses, it creates pleasant hallucinations and a sense of timelessness.”

It also makes people believe things that are not true, such as that men can become pregnant and that more federal spending will lower inflation.

Mass murderer Nikolas Cruz blamed marijuana and other drugs for the 2018 massacre in Florida that killed 17 people.

At an America’s Survival conference in 2017, Dr. Tina Trent explained how the movement to legalize drugs now wants to make “mind-expanding” drugs more available, even mandatory, in order to erase traditional Christianity and transform consciousness through “New Age” practices.

Indeed, Measure 110 (also known as Initiative Petition 44) passed in Oregon, with the support of George Soros, Mark Zuckerberg, and the Oregon Democratic Party, and decriminalized dangerous drugs like meth, cocaine, Oxycodone and heroin. As a result, to no one’s surprise, substance abuse is rising.

This seems to be the plan.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

Big Government, Small Liberty

by Lee Duigon

July 14, 2022

You’ll own nothing, have no privacy… and you’ll be happy! Such is the promise offered to humanity by Klaus Schwab, Mr. World Economic Forum.

How’s that promise shaping up for us?

In Sri Lanka, ham-fisted government policies reminiscent of our own Green New Deal have exasperated the people beyond their means to tolerate it—booming inflation, shortages of food and other necessaries. They can’t stand it anymore; so they stormed the presidential palace and have chased their lunatic “president” out of the country. He was to have departed yesterday.

In the Netherlands the government’s goons are shooting at farmers who have been protesting equally insane new policies that will destroy their livelihoods. All in the service of Saving The Planet, dontcha know. There’s no indication that this mess will calm down anytime soon.

And in Canada, libs allied to the Trudeau Regime want the government to monitor “private communications” (which won’t be private anymore—so there!) so they can come down on anyone who has a difference of opinion with the rulers. Dissent in Canada has a new name: “misinformation.” We have not been told how they plan to control what is said in private communications. Will they steam open people’s letters? Create algorithms that will rat them out for any discouraging words posted on the social media? They’ll come up with something.

Is this whole world sliding into tyranny? Is freedom an endangered species?

Our Declaration of Independence, our country’s founding document, states that we “are endowed by [our] Creator with certain inalienable rights.” That means our rights are God-given and cannot and may not be sold or taken away from us. Not even by the government.

Oh, but they try! If they can’t buy our rights, they’ll use force. They’ll use fear—and chaos. Riots and all that. So they have the FBI spy on parents who don’t like what the teachers’ unions and race-baiting educators are “teaching” their children. Our national border is ruptured—on purpose. And the Biden Regime still has its sights set on establishing some kind of “Disinformation Governance Board” which would come down on anyone whose mind’s not right. It seems we don’t need no stinkin’ inalienable rights.

They want a world government, run by themselves, so passionately, they can taste it. And they don’t care who they have to hurt to get it.

As Plutarch observed some two thousand years ago, it’s not hard to impose a tyrannical regime on a city or a nation. The hard part is keeping it in being. He also remarked that tyranny is a nice lofty perch—but there’s no safe way down from it.

(And to think that all that King George III wanted was a stamp tax…)

They’ve thoroughly enjoyed subjecting us to mandates, lockdowns, an invasion of illegal immigrants, hysterical warnings of “insurrection,” Critical Race Theory, and transgender mania. Enjoyed every minute of it. This has to stop. If we can stop it with an election, good for us. But it does have to stop.

Let freedom ring! And when they try to stifle us… sing louder! And appeal to a righteous God who sets up nations and sets them down as He sees fit.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit… while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

America’s Ethicality, Morality and Decency Quotient Spiraling Into The Toilet

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 14, 2022

Have you noticed what’s happening across our country every time you read or watch a news broadcast? Countless acts of cruelty, crime, and mayhem erupt in our cities from California to Boston. Chicago to Miami. Houston to Denver, et al.

Last night in Portland, Oregon, an 82 year old waited at a bus stop to be beaten to death by a four-time felon.

“Multnomah County District Attorney Mike Schmidt said the elderly men, Donald Pierce and Edward Lichenstein, were waiting for a bus at SW 5^th Street and Hall when they were attacked. Keffer J. White approached them, began to yell, made fun of them for being older and became more aggressive.

“’White headbutted Lichenstein and shoved him to the ground,’ the DA said. ‘Pierce, using a cane for balance, was pushed into the street and onto the ground where White kicked him in the head and face several times. Both men tried to get up and get away but, Schmidt said, ‘White continued his attack on both. Lichenstein died of his injuries.’” (Source: CBS News, COIN News 6, Portland)

June 29, 2022, New York City, another lady pushing her child in a stroller suffered death from a black guy coming up from behind to shoot her in the back of the head. Child instantly without a mother!

As reported in the previous column, 220 shooting deaths and 589 wounded during the 4^th of July weekend…all in our big cities. Most of the shootings from minorities over turf, drugs, family quarrels, car jackings, and robberies.

Not to be left out, we’ve got a plethora of mass shootings at our elementary and high schools. From Uvalde to Columbine to King Soopers in Boulder to the next killing event…and there will be another massacre somewhere in America.

Our big cities: war zones! What else would you call that much killing? Why can’t these people talk things over, talk things out, compromise, and then, choose to live?

While a bunch of useless politicians try to make January 6^th something more than it was, they ignored the $2 billion in burning, looting and killings from the summer of 2021. Why? It didn’t fit their narrative.

We have attorney generals in Chicago like Kim Foxx, who is an affirmative-action law graduate and totally incompetent. We’ve got AG Gascon in Los Angeles who is clearly corrupt. Oh, and don’t forget AG Alvin Bragg in NYC who doesn’t know a law book from a comic book—literally pushing felons back onto the streets within hours, what do you expect?

In San Francisco, street thieves rob cars on every block. They break windows and steal suitcases, cameras and anything of value. You cannot leave your car parked on Fisherman’s Wharf because it WILL be broken and smashed when you return. How did I know? It happened to my wife and me last summer.

Yesterday, police discovered a homeless cave in San Jose, California with $100,000.00 in shoplifted goods. Police arrested six homeless thieves.

But that’s only the tip of the iceberg. Another $52 billion in mercantile goods will be shoplifted out of American stores in 2022 just like $52 billion was shoplifted out of stores in 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018…etc.

We’re talking a LOT of stealing by a LOT of people. They steal from grocery stores, clothing, sports, convenient stores, Home Depot, just about any store that doesn’t monitor who goes out the doors with what. We’ve got immigrant gangs stealing in groups because that’s what they did back in Somalia, Mexico, India, South Africa, Columbia, et al.

We’ve got inner-city (ghetto) kids stealing as a way of life. They steal and deal drugs. They steal and sell Air Jordan’s. They steal anything they can find.

Last year, thieves stole $50,000.00 worth of goods from my brother’s and my farm in LeRoy, Michigan, population 500. We worked hard all our lives for that gear, and in a few trailer loads, they were gone…never to be caught. Where? We bet all our gear made it to flea markets in Ohio or other states where there was not chance for us to catch them.

In a bodega this past week, an African-America multiple felon robbed and beat a convenient store clerk in NYC. Only this time, the clerk stabbed the felon, who ultimately died, and AG Bragg brought murder charges against the clerk. If he had not defended himself, he would have been dead at the hands of the felon. You can see it on the video.

Our own president breaks our laws daily. He invites, houses, and transports illegal border jumpers to all part of the country. He’s up to his ears in complicity with oil deals with his son Hunter who is a drug addict, sex addict and totally filthy human being. Our own president invites drug cartels to move their drugs into our country to addict our children and kill 100,000 Americans annually. That’s President Joe Biden. He’s a criminal. He’s a liar. He should be impeached. He should be sent to an assisted living resort for senior citizen criminals suffering from dementia.

So, what does all that say about morality, ethics and decency in America?

It means that we are losing the foundation of basic honesty, integrity, personal accountability and personal responsibility in America—in a growing percentage of our citizens…and non-citizens. It means we’re losing the basic tenants of bringing up our children to be responsible, honest and contributing adults in America. It means that we all pay for that $52 billion in stolen goods annually. It means that anyone of us can get killed by felons let back onto the streets. It means we are importing crime, drugs and criminals as a way of life from other countries.

We cannot keep going forward into this lawless, defund the cops, future. We cannot become a lawless civilization. We’ll be no better than Somalia, Congo, Sudan, Mexico or Ethiopia.

What do we average Americans do to save ourselves?

We need to vote AG’s, Mayors, Governors and top lawyers into positions to enforce our laws, period. Give criminals big, fat, long jail sentences.
We need TV ad campaigns showing criminals the jail times for petty shoplifting, carjacking, driving while drunk, stealing of any kind. We’ll be happy to pay for their three squares and a cot. It would be a savings over losing $52 billion in shoplifting losses.
We need to put the fear of God into every criminal by showing them on TV what they face in prison for every crime they might commit.
Hire and pay police offers top salaries for serving the public. Make sure they have AG’s and the best support from their communities.
Teach respect for law and order in schools. Give sobering classes to students as to what it’s going to cost them to live a life of crime. And, what’s it like in prison. Make them watch real-life videos of prison life.
Especially show what it’s going to cost them to drink and drive. Loss of car, loss of license for 10 years, jail time, charges dramatically increased for insurance. Make it much worse for them to drink and drive. Same with drugs! Same with texting. Make it really hurt to break our laws.
Whatever it takes, short of public hangings, we need to enforce our laws to maintain a civil society.

Because if we don’t, this current nightmare will accelerate. You want that?

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

To the Ends of the Earth: Lost White Migrations and Civilizations, Part 2

By Sidney Secular

July 13, 2022

THE LOST KINGDOMS OF THE ANASAZI AND HOHOKAM

Up until recently, the origination and racial derivation of the culturally advanced civilization of the Anasazi and Hohokam peoples who lived in the American Southwest around 1,000 years ago were basically obscure but they were assumed to be just “Native American” tribes who were ancestors to the Hopi, Navaho and other pueblo Indian peoples who today reside in that area. The two peoples in question inhabited a large swath of the desert Southwest but their settlements were more or less were centered in the Four Corners region where Utah, New Mexico, Arizona and Colorado meet.

That these peoples were “Native Americans” in the accepted meaning of that term could not be further from the truth! Indeed, the folklore “history” of the resident “Indians/Native Americans” readily admit to that fact, acknowledging that the Anasazi and Hohokam were ancient enemies of their own people at a time when those civilizations were ending. As a matter of fact, the Native American populations were instrumental in destroying both cultures in a sort of precursor of the same fate of those “Indians” at the hands of the white man in the American west of the 1870s! What goes around, comes around, they say.

From what is known, the Anasazi and Hohokam peoples arrived seemingly out of nowhere, dominating their areas of settlement from just before 1,000 AD until approximately 1,250 AD. Racially, both peoples were white as indicated by the fact that a majority of both “tribes” were red-headed! This physical fact alone puts to rest any claim that they were “Native Americans!” Furthermore, both groups were far more advanced than their “native” neighbors, a fact that continues to feed the myth that Native Americans were at one time far more advanced since by arbitrary decree and definition all Pre-Columbian cultures in the Americas are deemed to be Native American – that is, Indian, a Mongoloid race of people.

Conventional archeologists just can’t seem to let go of their out-of-date paradigm that non-Native American advanced civilizations in North America could not have existed before Columbus arrived in the New World. They willingly acknowledge “Native American” civilizations such as the Aztec, Inca, Maya and Nazca,* all of whom are considered far advanced. But even in that acknowledgement there is more recent evidence of a much deeper understanding of astronomy and the cosmos – all of which was gained without the telescope and modern instrumentation. (*The Nazca Lines are a collection of giant geoglyphs—designs or motifs etched into the ground—located in the Peruvian coastal plain about 250 miles south of Lima, Peru. Created by the ancient Nazca Indians in South America and depicting various plants, animals, and geometric shapes, the 2,000-year-old Nazca Lines can only be fully appreciated when viewed from the air [!] given their massive size. Despite being studied for over 80 years, these geoglyphs are still a mystery to researchers.

Some authors in the field such as Erich Von Däniken, believe that this “knowledge” was brought to Earth by “extra-terrestrials” in that historic period and that these civilizations were, in turn, consumed in the attempt to understand where they fit into the overall scheme of creation and to live in accordance with universal principles. Living in accordance with the natural order and conducting religious ceremonies to curry the favor of those whom they considered “the gods” was more important to these supposedly culturally “primitive” people than is the case with our present godless materialistic modern society! The Anasazi and Hohokam were fanatically (by our standards) consumed with such spiritually oriented practices and employed highly developed technologies to implement their visions in a practical manner that included advanced understandings of the use of herbs, natural cures, earth energies, trance-inducing plants, shamanism and esoteric practices usually associated with stone age peoples (like the Indians) but in addition were extremely competent agriculturalists with a knowledge of how to grow plentiful crops, introduce new crops where they had never grown in a particular area before, and conduct bio-engineering to create new varieties of food plants including the strain of blue corn we still consume today.

These people were not hunter-gatherers as were the great majority of those “Native Americans” who either moved from place to place following their food source or farmed on a far more primitive level. Both the Anasazi and Hohokam were able to make barren landscapes productive and had developed an urban style of structured settlements far more advanced than that of the Pueblo Indians who replaced them. They also developed extremely sophisticated canal and irrigation systems to fully utilize the precious and often sparse availability of water in their areas of settlement.

The Anasazi set up their main base of operations in the Chaco Canyon in Arizona. They created edifices of superb masonry known as “great houses,” lofty affairs sometimes five stories high with extensive horizontal additions over time that could add up to hundreds of rooms, all according to formalized floor plans. Finely plastered, high-ceiling rooms were organized into suites. These structures spread across the canyon floor in a leveled area two miles wide by nine miles long. For every twenty-nine rooms or so, a ceremonial pit known as a kiva was built. These were geometrically elegant features of plastered dry stone sunk up to fifteen feet into the ground. A bench was fashioned around the inside perimeter of the circular wall. Religious ceremonies and enactments were the primary focus of Anasazi life. A common theme of the enactments was the re-emergence of humanity after the Great Flood, an almost universal pre-occupation of ancient civilizations, which is also, of course, a major theme of our Bible. Anasazi kivas are preserved amongst the remnants of the Anasazi cliff dwellings within Bandelier National Monument in New Mexico. About 16% of the kivas investigated were integrated with underground temples called sipapus. The overall number of these temples is unknown.

At Yellowjacket Canyon, 400 kivas have been excavated, the largest of which is 81 feet in diameter. The Great Houses had walls of dressed sandstone blocks coated with a matrix of clay and mortar, then covered with layers of dried mud within which were inserted surfacing stones in distinctive patterns. The entire Great House complex was tastefully landscaped suggesting that the houses might not have been residences at all but just ceremonial centers on holy ground visited only on religious occasions! This interpretation is supported somewhat by what appear to be residential areas surrounding the Great Houses. The Chaco Canyon complex expanded over time to include 70 or more outlying towns and trading posts covering 25,000 square miles of the San Juan basin. The grandest of all the Great Houses is called Pueblo Bonito, or “Beautiful Village.” It has 5 stories covering 2 acres – 3 times the area of the White House in Washington, DC. and was about the size of the Roman coliseum, containing 800 spacious rooms. The walls were 3 feet thick to support the overall ceiling that weighed 90 tons!

There were no significant trash middens (piles) found in the area, something supporting the idea that the site was ceremonial rather than a housing structure. This belief is also supported by the presence of many kivas within the complex. These Great Houses are curiously D-shaped, apparently denoting part of a sacred architectural canon. Altogether, building all these “great houses” required 900 million stones and a quarter-million conifer trees – and their felling and transportation would not have been an easy affair. After having exhausted all the local stands by the mid-eleventh century, the ponderosa pine, spruce and fir required for construction would have had to come from mountain ranges up to 70 miles away. How this was accomplished was a great mystery made even greater by the fact that none of the lumber used bore a single mar or scratch mark on them! At the least, an extensive road system would have been required and speaking of road systems, Anasazi settlements were connected by six skillfully engineered systems covering 95,000 square miles. The lone surviving example, the Great North Road stretches from the San Juan River to Pueblo Alto where the massive turquoise processing and chert tool production sites were located. In one Great House alone, a pair of richly dressed adult human skeletons lay on a bed of 56,000 pieces of turquoise and other precious grave goods. In one kiva, archeologists removed a turquoise necklace that was 17 feet long!

Anasazi roads had a bed of caliche (hardpan), a natural cement that is still used today in the manufacture of Portland cement. Anasazi roads averaged 30 feet wide and were clearly defined at the edges by earthen beams or rock walls. Because of the type of ground over which they ran, the roads had no shoulders that might lead to a load of valuable material being overturned and thus damaged. Amazingly, the roads ran in unerringly straight lines oblivious to any obstacles in the way. Very large boulders that could not be removed were provided with steps or other means used to get over them while steep cliffs were simply bored through to avoid deviations or detours. While many today ponder how the ancient Egyptians built the pyramids, it would seem that a similar miracle took place in the American West by another “primitive” people.

Being a profoundly religious people, 70 mile-long spiritual pilgrimages were undertaken by large numbers of Anasazi through the worst of the New Mexican deserts. Neither were these haphazard but the pilgrims were provided with support by groups that included food suppliers, medical personnel, and guards. Participants engaged in prayer and meditation in these ancient worship practices in order to create a transcendental experience. Timing for these events was determined by celestial cycles and/or events that had a particular association with the pilgrimage. The Anasazi operated a form of pre-Internet information superhighway. Signal posts were set up at regular intervals along the entire network of roads and during daylight hours, data was passed from one relay station to the next with the use of polished obsidian mirrors. Obviously, this worked very well in the desert climate of the place! At night, bonfires transmitted information. As noted, overcast skies and rain were infrequent and thus not a hindrance to the transmissions.

The full complexity of the Anasazi road system was not apparent until the year 2000 when the known data of the system was fed into high powered computers for analysis. Every land feature – roads, kivas, great houses, rivers, and even prominent geological structures were all deliberately aligned in a sort of sacred landscape. The alignments themselves reflected astronomical alignments with respect to the positions of the sun and moon at the solstices and equinoxes and other astronomical configurations and cycles. This type of activity in trying to align what goes on in the heavens to what is aligned on the earth seems to be a feature of all highly developed ancient civilizations such as Egypt and Mesopotamia, as well as the advanced Mesoamerican civilizations mentioned at the beginning of this article. Julius Evola, in his metaphysical writings, described these correspondences with the formula: “As above, so below.” Ceremonies observing these astronomical alignments and regularities were aimed at establishing a type of peaceful and proper correspondence between the human and natural worlds that would find favor with the gods.

Several engineering feats illustrate the Anasazi’s prodigious mechanical capabilities and the ability to carry out very large-scale operations. A spectacularly huge dam was found in New Mexico’s Animas Valley in 1892 measuring 5.5 miles across with provisions for the creation of a large reservoir. The structure was created from a mind-boggling 8 to 10 million cubic yards of material. As a means of comparison, Boulder Dam is only 1,244 feet across at the top meaning that it would take more than four dams the size of Boulder Dam to match the Animas Valley Dam. Another large scale water management project was the Weritos Dam near Pueblo Alto that created a reservoir to control storm water runoff. That project involved extraction of hundreds of thousands if not millions of tons of quartzite, a hard metamorphic rock beginning as pure quartz sandstone and converted into quartzite through heating and pressure usually related to tectonic compression. A huge complex of Anasazi quarries has been found about 125 miles north of Cheyenne, Wyoming. These vast projects were accomplished with strict adherence to existing guidelines that prevented the marring or polluting the local sites.

As well, Anasazi pottery methodology was in a class by itself compared to the more primitive techniques employed by the local Indians. All of this is beyond amazing since there is no evidence the Anasazi had a written language with the possible exception of the petroglyphs found on rocky surfaces near the cliff dwellings that they occupied during the latter part of their stay in the Southwest. From the civilization’s florescence around 1000 AD until its disappearance 140 years later, there is no indication that they had any recognized defensive measures in place. There were no warriors or walls or fortifications. Neither were there any slaves, prisons or poverty. Evidence of statecraft – that is, governing structure(s) or an existing bureaucracy is largely absent. It appears that when word spread among neighboring tribes that the Anasazi were turning a desert scrub wasteland into a paradise and needed laborers for their immense engineering projects, word spread and the other tribal people of the southwest migrated to Chaco Canyon to fill this need. Unfortunately, allowing these foreigners and non-whites to become integrated into their society was the Anasazi’s downfall. All great white civilizations have perished eventually when that occurred as we see in the West today. It is what doomed ancient Egypt, the Romans, the ancient Persians, the Anasazi and many others.

The Southwest’s climate turned more arid about 1150 AD and the drought was too severe to alleviate especially with the large numbers of people who had to be succored. When one adds the extended period of increased volcanism that consumed the region beginning at that time, the more primitive Indian cultures who had conceived of the Anasazi as gods then saw them as evil spirits who were destroying everything that they in fact had created. The consequences of the falling away of their past worshippers were terminal and the Anasazis paid for their elevated culture, lack of military preparedness and humane naivete with their extermination and the destruction of nearly all they had created so that today there is very little evidence that an advanced civilization ever occupied the region. More details on that eventuality anon.

There was another distinct but complimentary white people who settled a large area south of Chaco Canyon. These people had arrived simultaneously with the Anasazi and were named the Hohokam. Interestingly enough, the Hohokam had been allies of the Anasazi for many generations before they migrated together from South America. What distinguished the two peoples from one another was their fundamentally different approaches to agriculture. The Anasazi were dry land farmers who relied on sufficient rainfall and upon their skills in building reservoirs for the distribution of water to crops. For a period of time matters worked out until, as we have seen, severe drought conditions led to their undoing. Meanwhile, the Hohokam who had settled in extremely dry southern Arizona were sophisticated hydraulic engineers who were able to utilize local river systems to create an amazing irrigation system which curled around to create a 1,000 mile long system of canals comparable in sophistication to anything extant today. To illustrate the size of these systems, had they been laid end to end they would have reached the Canadian border. With this system the Hohokam were able to create a twice annual growing season with a profusion and variety of crops where nothing comparable had grown before or since. Today, all these canals have been obliterated by urban development, modern farming, and the destruction wrought by the Indians. However, two of their canals have been preserved at the Pueblo Grande Museum and Agricultural Park in Phoenix, Arizona. Pueblo Grande (“Big Town”) was the Hohokam’s largest city. Today’s so-called experts, assuming the Hohokam were just another tribe of “Native Americans” assume that the Hohokam had no draft animals and that they would have had to dig through the hard sun-baked soil using hoes, axes, and digging sticks. If that were the case, it would have taken generations to construct their irrigation system. The Hohokam also developed an extensive salt mining system to preserve the superabundant quantities of produce they grew. The wealth produced by trading their prolific quantities of produce and salt allowed for extensive trading with the inhabitants of the Mississippi Valley and the Valley of Mexico (Mexico City area).

The Hohokam decorated their pottery with distinctive variations of the symbol of the swastika, a symbol used by many ancient civilizations to represent sun worship. Hohokam residential areas were comprised of clusters of homes opening on a common, open-air courtyard. Homes were fabricated to standardized measurements. They usually housed spacious workshops for arts and crafts activities, jewelry making, and weaving. Over ten local minerals including turquoise, amethyst and jade were used in these crafts and as a result, the Hohokam undertook extensive turquoise mining operations. They supplied the product in massive quantities to their Anasazi allies and exported it in large quantities to the Indians and to the rest of Latin America from Mexico to Chile. In other significant accomplishments, the Hohokam invented acid etching hundreds of years before it was independently developed in Renaissance Europe, that enabled the creation of remarkable works of art. They were also advanced metal smiths producing silver, copper and bronze bells.

The golden age of “white prehistory” (“white” American history supposedly began with Columbus) in the American Southwest lasted only 140 years. The glittering civilizations of the Anasazi and Hohokam attracted upwards of 250,000 Indians who invaded and inundated the developed area much as the “barbarians” invaded the Roman Empire from its edges. The Southwestern civilizations were very fragile since they were founded upon sophisticated technology and dried up when there wasn’t enough water to sustain the system due to severe and extended “climate change” – and, yes, this was the result of actual “climate change!” As their civilizations failed, the ignorant mass of Indians turned against them with a savagery beyond belief and destroyed those who had been their benefactors as well as nearly all the great creations of those civilizations.

Perhaps these great white cultures did not realize that their more primitive neighbors saw them as “divine” and so, when they failed, they suffered not just from the ordinary problem of “inter-tribal” hostility, but the consequences of blasphemy! For their former worshippers blamed the natural events on the very people they knew to be capable of creating “miracles.” Thus, the very people who had brought them wonders were now believed to be evil spirits that had to be destroyed in order to save what little could be saved. Violence raged through Chaco Canyon incinerating the Great Houses and many of their “elitist” occupants. The entire fabric of civilized life was torn apart. The remaining Anasazis and Hohokam understood that their formally successful experiments in advanced civilization on the Colorado Plateau had come to an end and organized evacuation was the only option. A trek of 400 miles south to the thriving commercial center of Paquimé in Mexico was considered, but they decided to employ a less risky strategy – retreat to higher elevations such as Mesa Verde and Canyon de Chelly where they could live free from fear of attack in unassailable cliff dwellings while protecting the farmers working the fields below. Defensively, stone towers of refuge constructed in the fields would afford immediate protection to those same farmers. For though none believed that the massive drought would last forever, yet the real question is why these advanced peoples believed that the Indian menace would cease or, in the alternative, could be overcome. However, not having any military tradition or training is a good indication these were peaceful people who suffered from a lack of understanding of the hostility of others as do many of today’s clueless liberals.

Nonetheless, they were not totally unthinking for besides the cliff dwellings, there were several other developments in their mountain strongholds that can be seen as the equivalent of today’s gated communities. But the strength of these strategies was a mirage as it took less than 40 years for the Indians to overcome them, one by one. The lack of any military background certainly facilitated their destruction. The Anasazi had one castle-like defensive fortification which is preserved today at Hovenweep National Monument in Utah. It is pointless to go into the gory details of how the “Native Americans” dealt their former benefactors! Simply put, these peaceful, intelligent, cultured people were killed, mutilated, and burned and all traces of their civilized cultures obliterated to the greatest extent possible. On the other hand, it does provide an interesting comparison to the howls of rage against the white man and his interaction with the Plains Indians in the 1870s when those Indians were seen purely as victims of the evil and greedy whites. It’s not that the claim was altogether wrong, but the matter was not nearly so one-sided. For by 1970, some 500 cannibalized skeletal remains had been assembled from forty Anasazi locations. And while some of these advanced people managed to escape to Mexico, at least 40,000 were savagely killed, the networks of roads they built destroyed and covered over and the temples built for their religious practices turned into banquet halls for cannibal feasts. Almost all traces of the engineering marvels built by the Anasazi and Hohokam have been buried by the sands in their former kingdoms.

The Anasazi and Hohokam were not native to the American Southwest. They had already developed their engineering and artistic skills when they were known as the Huari and the Moche peoples, prosperous pre-Inca civilizations in Peru. The time in which these people were forced to leave South America by their enemies in that place was coincidental with the sudden rise of the Anasazi and Hohokam peoples in the Southwest thus leading us to connect the groups. The Huari, Moche, Anasazi and Hohokam shared enough cultural traits to reveal their common roots.

Today, the Southwest continues to suffer from an extended drought and shrinking water reserves while nothing is being done about it. It can be properly asked is this a prelude to a scenario where the illegals and never-do-wells take over California despite the high tech Silicon Valley culture that rules it today? If that becomes the case, the parallels with the fate of the Anasazi and Hohokam are there for us to contemplate.

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

If YOU Can’t be Trusted to Protect Your Own Child

By Lex Greene

July 13, 2022

Isn’t it ironic that it’s only the most critical questions of all, that are deemed politically incorrect to ask?

If YOU can’t be trusted to protect your own child, can you be trusted with anything else? If you have demonstrated no regard for human life at all, should any human anywhere trust you with their life? If you don’t believe in the most foundational Right to Life, what other Rights could you possibly believe in?

Allow me to continue…

Since none of the experimental CV19 so-called “vaccines” can prevent catching CV19, prevent severe illness or death related to CV19, what is the purpose of the jab? Since more people have taken ill or died after the “vaccines” than from CV19 itself, should we still be forcing people to get the “vaccines?”

Since no amount of social distancing or mask wearing prevented CV19 from infecting people regardless of these measures, what is the purpose of these measures?

Since the 2020 elections violated State Election Laws in every State of the Union, how could the results of that unlawful election process, be lawful?

Why do you think democrats are on your side when it was Republicans who freed the slaves and advanced every Civil Rights law in the USA, while the democrat party fought against both, every step of the way?

Why do you think Republicans are “racist” when it’s democrats who started and operate the KKK, including the Senate hero for all democrats, Senator Robert KKK Byrd?

Now that Jeffrey Epstein’s key human pedophile trafficker Ghislaine Maxwell has been convicted for these crimes, shouldn’t every JOHN who participated in the rape and abuse of these young girls also be prosecuted to the full extent of the law? Is it right for our federal government to protect the identity of these horrific pedophiles? Do you really think the news media doesn’t already have the real list of rapists and pedophiles?

Unless we ask the right questions, we will never get the right answers… shall I continue?

Why do you believe that conservatives or republicans are “warmongers” when history shows us that it has been democrats who started nearly every war since our nation’s founding?

Why should anyone believe in socialism and communism when both have failed everywhere they have ever been tried?

If socialism is such a great idea, why are people from socialist countries invading our southern border to escape it, and why has the USA sent foreign aid to all socialist countries for decades? Has any foreign nation ever sent aid to the USA because capitalism failed?

Why do we fight amongst ourselves when our government is the common enemy of us all, constantly working around the clock to divide our people beyond repair? Have you never heard of “divide and conquer?”

If Trump was to blame for everything that happened during his four year tenure, why isn’t Biden to blame for everything that has happened during his tenure?

88% of people recently polled in the USA agree that the USA is on the wrong track and headed for total collapse, and they are right. But do you expect this reality to change how they vote in November? Shouldn’t it?

If democrats make better government leaders, why are all of the worst, most deadly, most corrupt cities in the USA, all run by democrats?

Do you really think the same party that has already destroyed every major city in the USA, can somehow make all of America anything better?

Do you really expect people who refuse to even protect the lives of their own children, to protect you or your loved ones?

How much have you been lied too? How long have you been lied to? We have all been lied to, repeatedly, for many years. Are we now no longer able to discern truth from lies?

If you don’t trust politicians, lawyers, judges, news media, doctors, or scientists, why do you place your faith in man at all? Our Founders knew better, why don’t you?

Do you even grasp the difference between inalienable Natural Rights of every human being vs. negotiable privileges temporarily granted by some government official, usually to benefit their own power and wealth?

Everyone and their cousin is trying to tell you what to think and what to do, from politicians to judges, news anchors to social media addicts. Instead, I’m desperately trying to get you to think. I want to know what YOU think this time.

Instead of telling you what I think and why I think it, which I have done many times for many years, I’m asking you the most critical questions of the era and hoping you will take the time to answer these most critical questions.

I look forward to your answers… WRITE ME AT: nwvlexgreene@gmail.com

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

Bloodguiltiness: It Isn’t Over Yet- There Will Be Recompense On The Heads Of The Guilty

By Bradlee Dean

July 13, 2022

“Let justice be done though the heavens fall.” –The Maxim signifies the belief that justice must be realized regardless of consequences.

Blood Guiltiness: The guilt or crime of shedding blood.

After the Roe vs Wade decision made by the Supreme Court of the United States came down, it was interesting to see the ignorance displayed by the American people (Hosea 4:6).

It was almost, as if to suggest, it was ever legal to murder their own baby in the first place.

The government in this country has no business whatsoever giving permission to the people, under the guise of “choice,” to murder the fruit of their wombs. It is the government’s purpose to condemn such an act, not to advocate for it (Proverbs 17:15).

What is more disturbing than this is when the American people somehow saw it their way to advocate the murder of the innocent in the first place especially, when it comes to those who pretend to be what they clearly are not (Titus 1:16; 1 John 2:4)!

Some might say, Well, I didn’t have an abortion.” I respond with 63 million babies have been murdered since 1973. I have to ask you, where have you been?

Maybe you have forgotten that you are your brother’s keeper.

Simply put, if you are not standing against it, then you are guilty of it! Their blood is on your hands (Proverbs 6:17).

One professor posted an arrogantly, flippant statement: “Prayers heard,” as if that was enough. “Faith without works is dead” (James 2:14-26).

Friends, Scripture tells us: “He that turneth away his ear from hearing the law, even his prayer shall be abomination” (Proverbs 28:9).

God’s law states, “Thou shalt not murder” (Exodus 20:13), and if these biblically ignorant ones understood what this meant, they would have understood that the Lord does not hear their prayers. Why, you may ask? They did not enforce the law against those who were doing the murdering (Deuteronomy 19;19). In other words, these bystanders were made accomplices of the crimes that were being committed.

Another woman went on and said, “Praise God, the curse has been removed.” Once again, this comes from an individual who has not taken the time to search the Scriptures to know the heart of God (2 Timothy 2:15). Friends, I am here to tell you that there will be recompense bestowed on this nation for every single drop of innocent blood that has been shed… every drop (Nahum 1:13).

Their blood cries from the ground.

Genesis 4:10: “…the voice of thy brother’s blood crieth unto me from the ground.”

“Whoso sheddeth man’s blood, by man shall his blood be shed.” -Genesis 9:6

Numbers 35:33 also tells us: “So ye shall not pollute the land wherein ye are: for blood it defileth the land: and the land cannot be cleansed of the blood that is shed therein, but by the blood of him that shed it.”

Also, read 2 Samuel 21:9, 2 Kings 21, Galatians 6:7, etc.

In conclusion: This woman making unbiblical posts in response to me calling her out, even went on to say that what I am saying only applies to the wicked.

I, of course, responded that the wicked, as defined in Websters 1828 Dictionary, are those that have deviated from the divine law (Exodus 20), and you know who that is (Jeremiah 5:28).

‘Ludicrous’: Illegal aliens arrested for trespassing sue Texas governor, other officials for “violating their rights”, May 5, 2022

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Being BlackRocked = Being Cancelled by a Global Public Private Partnership

by Kathleen Marquardt

July 12, 2022

While most of us thought that we had a government of the people, by the people and for the people, we do not and have not had one for many decades. The transformation has been in the works for over 100 years, but the final weapon to take us to a one-world government was the two-part President’s Council on Sustainable Development/National Partnership for Reinventing Government. The first part embedded Agenda 21 into even the most minor areas of government — from federal to Podunkville. The second, while we heard even less about it, is the dangerous “focus on leading a fundamental culture change in the government”, that transfers(ed) power from Congress to the bureaucracy; from representatives of the people to unelected bodies (and thus we have no ability to oust them) who “ultimately control international finance, all corporate & business activity, government policy, and international relations.” And thus, they “have constructed a system that will enable them to seize the “global commons (ed: control of the entire world). ”[1]

This transfer of power “destroyed the check and balances in the Constitution at the local level, and therefore destroy(ed) representative government. This power shift is a philosophical shift to a completely new form of government. It is a merger between government, corporations, and non-governmental organizations.[2] This established Public/Private Partnerships (PPP) to become the new nucleus of the government. The Preamble to the Earth Summit/Agenda 21, stated flat-out that Public Private Partnerships were the future. And the Earth Summit/Agenda 21, p. 15 tells us that “Government, business and industry, including transnational corporations, strengthen partnerships to implement the principles and criteria for sustainable development.”

Now that 30-some years have passed since the Globalists began putting this into effect, we are seeing the results – and they are hideous and overwhelming. The PPPs have morphed into one Global Public/Private Partnership (GPPP), too big to fail — they hope. The term “too big to fail” is used to describe a company that’s “so entwined in the global economy that its failure would be catastrophic” If it doesn’t fail, it will be the end of civilization on this earth. But it will fail. There are too many power-hungry maniacs running things; there will be fights on who’s “king of the mountain”, who’s in charge today. When it fails, it will still be an ugly and dangerous world, but not one in which tyrants will be in control of every area of our lives. But let’s look at what the GPPP is now.

The Global Public/Private Partnership is a network of the world’s stakeholder capitalists. What is stakeholder capitalism? It is the notion that “a firm focuses on meeting the needs of all its stakeholders: customers, employees, partners, the community, and society as a whole”. Dream on. You and I, and the customers, employees, the community, and society as a whole (if that were even possible), are not, and never will be, stakeholders. The stakeholders are those rich men and women, those who run the central banks and a few government leaders. No ordinary people allowed! Think about it; it is impossible to meet the needs of all its stakeholders that they list – unless those stakeholders are told what they want, i.e., “you will own nothing and be happy”. That is the only way this can work; there are too many competing interests with that large a sphere of categories to cater to.

The stakeholders of the GPPP are global corporations, central banks, governments, billionaire foundations, think-tanks, major academic and scientific institutions, non-governmental organizations, and even labor unions. What entity did they leave out? Uh, we citizens. We will have no say (not that we have much now). Not that the governments that are considered their stakeholder partners have any say either. If you look at the U.S., you can see that the government bureaucrats hold all the power of Congress; while the executive branch is controlling those entities, the Globalists (with the Deep State) are controlling the executive.

Free-market capitalism has been dominant in the Western world since the breakup of feudalism, in which most means of production are privately owned, production is guided, and income is distributed largely through the operation of markets. And history shows that free-market capitalism has been the best economic system ever yet devised. We have not been living under a free-market system for decades; it has been gradually morphed into what we have today, a corrupted, manipulated, and controlled mess with no central structure and a monetary system with nothing to back it. And most or all of the world’s economic systems are on the verge of collapse. A planned collapse so the GPPP can step in and take over. “Since the creation of the US Federal Reserve over a century ago, every major financial market collapse has been deliberately triggered for political motives by the central bank. . .. today the US Fed is acting with its interest rate weapon (another tool of asymmetrical warfare) what is the greatest speculative financial bubble in human history, a bubble it created) [3]. All to create globalism.

Right now, we are dealing with severe land-use and housing regulations that are forcing people into cities (now called human habitats – as opposed to the rural areas which are to become part of the animal habitat). Single-family homes are considered damaging for the environment (see Sustainable by Tom DeWeese) so people need to be urged (driven) out of them and into Stack-n-Pack housing (see The Ideal Communist City). [4] Calling suburbia “sprawl” to denigrate big yards and neighborhoods with yards, barbeques, and lots of kids running around, is another tool of asymmetrical warfare. But many, if not most, of those living in suburbia in their single-family homes are middle class; the backbone of America building on the American Dream. Those desiring to own a home are finding fewer available, so they are losing a chance to build equity. Economic freedom is at stake, and with it free-market capitalism – a cornerstone of American liberty.

Now, let’s look at probably the most dangerous Global Public Private Partner, BlackRock. It is the world’s single most powerful financial institution with assets now at 9.6 trillion dollars. As Tucker Carlson said, “… that fact gives the CEO, Larry Fink, unparalleled control over the U.S. economy”. Not a pleasant thought that one person has so much power. BlackRock advises central banks and has connections with state leaders of the world. Apple and Microsoft are just two of their investments. BlackRock established a new investment fund in China; the first owned entirely by a foreign firm. Chinese investors have put a billion dollars into it. It has already attracted over 111,000 investors.

But I want to focus on BlackRock’s investing here in the U.S. – pensions and property. Re pensions: Consumers’ Research is warning that BlackRock is taking pension funds that are invested through BlackRock and putting that money into investments in China. As Consumers’ Research states, “What we’ve seen is that while BlackRock is virtue signaling[5] in the U.S., they’re aiding our adversaries with American pension dollars.” They also list the ten states whose “public pension funds are most deeply invested in Blackrock: Washington, Florida, New York, Nevada, South Carolina, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Montana, and West Virginia.”

What about property? We at American Policy Center have been writing and speaking for years about how the world’s bureaucrats have been making laws, regulations, rules, and reinventing governments to establish Agenda 21 through the U.N., World Economic Forum (WEF), and the GPPP. One of the many outcomes of a completed Agenda21/2030 world would be “no private property”.

The federal government (i.e., Deep State and Globalists running D.C.) incentivized Wall Street to get into the housing market. “In early 2012, it launched a pilot program that allowed private investors to easily purchase foreclosed homes by the hundreds from the government agency Fannie Mae. These new owners would then rent out the homes, creating more housing in areas heavily hit by foreclosures.” [1]

Sounds great; government has the answer. Wait. The renters of these single-family homes have discovered that a big, deep-pocket company as landlord isn’t all it’s cracked up to be. And the companies are finding out that, while they may consider these homes are, basically, cookie cutter homes and the tenants are cookie cutter tenants, life may work that way in technocracy, but it doesn’t in real life. But the tenants are the ones paying for the glitches. (See the Atlantic article on Wall Street landlords. [6] That was last year; then BlackRock was a minor figure in real estate.

BlackRock is now aiming to become one of the largest landlords in the U.S.; they already own $34 billion in real estate here. And more than half of our country’s properties are owned by institutional investors (BlackRock and other stakeholders of the GPPP). According to the New York Times, BlackRock is buying every single-family house they can find, paying 20-50% above asking price and outbidding usual home buyers.” (And before you ask, BlackRock is connected to Black Stone, but that is another story.)

BlackRock and one of the other GPPPs are also “. . . taking over centralized food production technologies and will have near-total control over the future food supply in America”. [7] They also largely own the world’s top ten food companies. And owner, Larry Fink, says it is time to force people’s behavior to change. What behavior is that? Where we live, what we eat, if we procreate? Those are the general Agenda21/GPPP/Great Reset points. To “build back better” in Marxism means to destroy everything of moral value and individual freedom and leave a rotten, fallow, world behind. Marxism cannot build back anything; it is built on the Hegelian Dialectic which tears down step after step – with no reconstruction. So, according to the GPPP, building back better means taking full control of the global commons. The global commons used to mean “those parts of the planet that fall outside national jurisdictions and to which all nations have access”. Now they mean “and all the other parts of the planet, too”.

Will they succeed? In my opinion, no. They have rushed their plan in attempt to complete it – it being Agenda 21 and one-world government – by 2030, rather than their 2050 initial date. There are other factors that will undo them, including that no matter how big your computer, you cannot factor in every variable necessary to build that tyrannical rule. In fact, there are schisms amongst the players right now. And the biggie – we Americans who still have functioning brains and moral compasses are not ready to be serfs or be composted for fertilizer.

We will prevail, but because so many waited so long to wake up, it will be an ugly, dystopian world because the “building back better” only builds, at best, brownfields.

Being BlackRocked is a dream of the GPPP and a “nightmare of all nightmares” for sane, rational, moral people.

The Lion may be battered and bruised, but he will still Roar.

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

[1] https://www.theatlantic.com/technology/archive/2019/02/single-family-landlords-wall-street/582394/

[1] Iain Davis, “Seizing Everything: the Theft of the Global Commons, Pt. I https://off-guardian.org/2021/11/08/seizing-everything-the-theft-of-the-global-commons-part-2/

[2] Joan Veon, The United Nations’ Global Straitjacket, p. 88

[3] https://qoshe.com/new-eastern-outlook-en/f-william-engdahl/global-planned-financial-tsunami-has-just-begun/140959347

[4] https://americanpolicy.org/2019/04/02/form-based-codes-replacing-the-everyday-american-city-with-the-ideal-communist-city/

[5] Real Clear energy: Virtue signaling is defined as the act of publicly expressing opinions in order to demonstrate that you are a good person. However, this has become muddied with placing more importance on the appearance of moral correctness, than the correctness itself.

[6] https://www.theatlantic.com/technology/archive/2019/02/single-family-landlords-wall-street/582394/

[7] https://www.naturalnews.com/2022-05-01-blackrock-vanguard-controlling-america-centralized-food-production.html

The Great Reset is Communism’s Final Solution

By Kelleigh Nelson

July 12, 2022

We will see how contact tracing has an unequalled capacity and a quasi-essential place in the armory needed to combat COVID-19, while at the same time being positioned to become an enabler of mass surveillance. —Klaus Schwab, Founder and Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum

The theory of Communism may be summed up in one sentence: Abolish all private property. —Karl Marx

I consider that the Communist Party of the United States is one of the few Communist Parties to which history has given decisive tasks from the point of view of revolutionary movement. You must forge real revolutionary cadres and leaders of the proletariat, who will be capable of leading millions of American workers toward the revolutionary class wars. —Joseph Stalin in his speech to the American Communist delegation in Moscow, May 6, 1929

The 19^th Century Victorian scholar of freedom, Lord Acton, made it plain to the people when he said, “Socialism is slavery.” It is also starvation and death.

“Terror By Starvation” is Charles Scaliger’s latest article in the June 13^th issue of the New American Magazine. He states, “The practice of deliberate starvation as a tool of war and oppression was fine-tuned by communists in the 20^th Century.”

Vladimir Ilyich Ulyanov, better known by the pseudonym Lenin, died on the 21^st of January 1924, having killed an estimated 3 million of his people and that’s beyond the six million who died in the civil war with the Marxists gaining power. He had built a totalitarian horror, and it fell to a monster after his death.

The communist state took the place of God. Under the rhetoric of liberation, Lenin’s Red Terror plundered the rural middle class, known as Kulaks, and when they resisted, it slaughtered. The confiscation and redistribution of grains from Kulaks in Ukraine and Russia led to starvation on an epic scale. The urban middle classes in general, and free-thinkers in particular, suffered a similar fate.

Other mass murderers followed Lenin. Stalin, who through mass starvation murdered at least 20 million, and Chairman Mao, most prominent among them, who starved at least 45 million Chinese. Scaliger writes, “Mao Tse-tung’s Great Leap Forward, which resulted in the deaths of tens of millions of Chinese, primarily by starvation, was a deliberate imitation of Stalin’s Great Turn.”

Millions upon millions died of starvation when communism’s collectivism took over farms, production and ultimately property. By the time the Soviet Union collapsed the engineered famines and sweeping purges of Lenin and Stalin had murdered from 40 to 60 million, probably even more.

Remember the truckers of Canada and now the farmers of the Netherlands. We’re seeing the beginning “tools of oppression” ultimately leading once again to mass starvation. It was the key in the 20^th Century and it’s now the 21^st Century plan for the entire world and it started long, long ago.

Communists Emigrate to America

In previous articles, I’ve mentioned the 48ers, European communists who emigrated to America in 1848. The 48ers left Europe after a series of revolutions, including Germany where Marx and his colleagues worked and fought. Bourgeois liberals and communists fled their countries and emigrated to various countries across the world, including the United States. The 48ers played a large roll in American leftist movements in the middle and late 1800s.

But they weren’t the first communists to come to the US. There is a tradition of socialism and communism in the United States tracing back almost to the very origins of the movements and much further back than many of the things we consider “American” today. Matthew Britt, author of The First Communists in the United States writes, “Only a selective reading of American history will tell you that socialism and communism don’t have a place in America’s history or society today.”

Not long after America’s founding, members of the first Marxist organization known as the Communist League moved to the states to avoid political persecution in Europe. Robert Owen, a socialist from Wales, emigrated to America in 1824.

Owen created the Utopian Socialist Society of New Harmony, Indiana in 1825. He tested some of his writings and speeches in both Scotland and Indiana and his experiments were very influential on Marx, Engels, and other socialists and communists at the time and later on. This led to Owen being mentioned in the Communist Manifesto and would lead to the creation of other utopian societies around the country.

Robert Owen’s influence reached key members of society. In February and March of 1825, Owen gave two speeches to Congress when figures such as John Adams, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, James Monroe, John Quincy Adams, and others were present. Wouldn’t you love to know what our early presidents and founders thought of Owen’s speeches!

One of Owen’s sons later became a member of Congress from Indiana. Robert Dale Owen was a Democrat steeped in his father’s utopian socialism. Later in life, he was into spiritualism as were President Lincoln and his wife, Mary.

Many of the early American communists were figures in history and have been mentioned in numerous books and articles. Let’s take a look at just a few of the many.

Edward Bellamy, born in 1850 in Massachusetts, was another latter 19^th century utopian socialist. His claim to fame was his best-selling book, Looking Backward. His book, still popular today, is nothing more than a socialist polemic promoting a communist society for America. Charles Beard and John Dewey (the famous Dewey of progressive/leftist education, no relation to the John Dewey of the decimal system) considered Bellamy’s book to be the second most important book of the 19th century. The book cited by Beard and Dewey as the most influential book of the 19^th century was Marx and Engels’ Das Capital.

On page 16 of Crimes of the Educators by Samuel Blumenfeld and Alex Newman, the authors state, “Even after the rise of Hitler’s National Socialism in Germany and the Marxist-Leninist communism in Russia, Dewey still clung to Bellamy’s vision of socialist America.” On page 17 of Crimes of the Educators, the authors write, “Dewey, who spent his professional life trying to transform Bellamy’s fantasy into American reality, is responsible for the dysfunctional public education we have today—a minimal interest in the development of intellectual, scientific, and literacy skills, and a maximal effort to produce socialized, politically correct individuals who can barely read.”

Education was a massive target of the early communists.

Francis Bellamy was the socialist minister cousin of Edward Bellamy and the original author of the Pledge of Allegiance. Francis believed the Civil War was the defining event in American history and desired a pledge that would reinforce the meaning of the North’s victory over the south, (and the centralized federal government). On page 292 of Lincoln’s Marxists, the author Al Benson Jr. and Walter Donald Kennedy write, “His pledge was designed to incorporate into the mind-set of all Americans the views of Abraham Lincoln, Daniel Webster, and the radical abolitionists, who he believed held the correct view of what America should be.” (One nation, indivisible.)

Joseph Weydemeyer was one of the first major figures to arrive as a forty-eighter. He was part of the League of Communists and headed its Frankfurt chapter before moving to the US. Prior to emigrating, Weydemeyer participated in the 1848 revolution and was a close friend of Marx and Engels. In 1852, Weydemeyer founded the first Marxist organization in the US called the American Workers League.

In 1860, he became involved in the campaign to elect Abraham Lincoln. Weydemeyer joined the army soon after Lincoln was elected, and during the Civil War, he led volunteer units from Missouri. With his socialist faith in strong central government, he was an avid supporter of the Union cause.

Marx even wrote a letter to Lincoln on behalf of the International Workingmen’s Association congratulating him on his second electoral victory, which you can read here.

Weydemeyer stayed politically active, which continued after the end of the war, even handing out copies of Marx’s Inaugural Address of the International Working Men’s Association to troops under his command. In his post-war career, he was elected as a county auditor in Missouri.

August Willich was a Brigadier General in the Union Army and was often referred to as “the Reddest of the Red 48ers.” He fought in the 1848 Revolution in Germany and Friedrich Engels was his aide-de-camp, which is basically the highest-level personal aide. Marx called Willich a “communist with a heart,” even though Willich had publicly insulted him and called him too conservative. Willich was actually more “radical” than Marx, and was part of the opposition group against Marx when the Communist League split. He wasn’t fond of Lincoln’s close ties with big-business interests, but he still supported the Republican Party and the Union’s war efforts against the South.

William Tecumseh Sherman – On page 296 of Al Benson Jr. and Walter Donald Kennedy’s book, Lincoln’s Marxists, is the following:

While doing research for this book, the author came across Sherman’s name in a list of “approved” socialists/communists in America. The press of the Communist Party of the United States published the book from which this name, as well as the names of other leading socialists/communists, was taken. The editor of this communist book noted that Sherman was an “outstanding” general of the Union Army. It should be noted that the co-founder of modern-day communism, Fredrick Engels, also held this opinion. Both Gen. William Sherman and Sen. John Sherman, his brother, believed in a strong, indivisible, central government.

General William Tecumseh Sherman’s Union “Army of the West” marched from Atlanta, Ga., to the seaport of Savannah. Enroute, Sherman’s forces intentionally devastated a 60-mile-wide swath of countryside. Sherman’s March to the Sea was a hideous five-week destruction of “total war.” Sherman’s engineers and foraging “bummers” — were scorched-earth devils, burning Atlanta and then plundering the countryside.

Sherman’s order was clear: Thoroughly destroy every building and every piece of equipment that might be militarily valuable. Lincoln’s army, especially those under the command of Sherman, left a swath of destruction. Congressman Zachariah Chandler said this about the rights of Southerners, “A rebel has sacrificed all his rights. He has no right to life, liberty, property, or the pursuit of happiness. Everything you give him, even life itself, is a boon which he has forfeited.” (Congressional Globe, 37th Congress, 1^st sess.)

Horrors were visited on the civilian population of the South, even upon women and children; mass starvation, pillaging of homes and churches, rapes of both white and black, yes, raped and murdered, thousands of citizens, both white and black, left homeless and forced to forage for whatever morsel of food they could find in the rubble left desolate after the slaughter. Destruction of all means of production, even of medicines and medical supplies, cemeteries were looted, colleges and libraries were obliterated, a massive blight on the land and her people.

Sherman, upon hearing in 1864 that continued attacks on his army were being conducted by Southern partisans, said this, “There is a class of people (Southerners) men, women and children, who must be killed or banished before you can hope for peace and order.” Sherman wasn’t the only one, Grant was in on the murder of non-combatants. Grant stated, “It is our duty to weaken the enemy by destroying their means of subsistence, withdrawing their means of cultivating their fields, and every other way possible.” And it was an order from on high, Lincoln did not dissuade his Union Army from these atrocities on Southern Americans.

With the blessing of President Abraham Lincoln, General Sherman and his 62,000
battle-hardened Union troops fulfilled his promise, raping, pillaging and burning their way through South Carolina and Georgia.

General Henry Halleck, Army Chief of Staff wrote to General Grant the order to annihilate the south, “…make all the valley south of the Baltimore and Ohio road a desert.”

Sherman obliterated the ability for men, women and children, and the elderly and infirm to sustain life. One need only search, “The War Crimes of William T. Sherman.”

Sherman didn’t retire after the war. He took his “scorched earth” tactics to the American Indians and wiped out their food supply. In the late 1860s and early 1870s, nearly every Buffalo herd of the plains was slaughtered by Sherman and his men. In an 1867 letter to Grant, Sherman referred to his policy against the native Americans as “the final solution to the Indian problem,” the same sentence Hitler said some 70 years later.

Nationwide Infiltration

In the late 1940s and early 1950s, Wisconsin Senator Joseph McCarthy tried to warn the American people that communists had infiltrated every branch and department of government, and society.

Hollywood romanticized communism by promoting “world peace” in the 1933 movie, Gabriel Over the White House. The movie was a promotion for the 1945 United Nations Charter and was funded by William Randolph Hearst.

The pulpits of America were slowly infiltrated with black churches being the first targets for subversion.

But the real quarry was education.

As Lenin stated so long ago, “Give me just one generation of youth, and I’ll transform the whole world.”

John Dewey’s plan to dumb down America was launched in 1898 and today it is alive, well, and flourishing with communist propaganda. Academic education is gone, a collective utopia runs in the veins of every public school and most private and religious schools. Dewey has destroyed the literacy of millions upon millions of American children, most of whom have attained only a third-grade level of reading. Phonics is long gone, English literature is a thing of the past, simple math has become a nightmare.

Dr. Theodore Brameld, an avowed communist, was professor of education at New York University and right-hand man of Dean Ernest 0. Melby. Dean Melby was perhaps the most conspicuous champion of progressive education, and also was most vocal in his criticism of any investigation of subversion in education.

The Turning of the Tides by Paul W. Shafer and John Howland Snow was first published in 1953. It is an expose of the destruction of academic education in America by the communists. On Page 47, the authors expose Dr. Brameld’s device for circumventing opposition via slyness and outright deception.

In 1935, Brameld said, “Teachers favorable to the collectivist philosophy and program must influence their students, subtly, if necessary, frankly, if possible, toward acceptance of the same position.”

It is the method referred to in the May 1937 issue of The Communist: Only when teachers have really mastered Marxism-Leninism will they be able skillfully to inject it into their teaching at the least risk of exposure, and at the same time to conduct struggles around the schools in a truly Bolshevik manner.

They trained the teachers. And we willingly gave them our children!

Homeschool your babies and grandbabies!

Conclusion

The tentacles of socialism/communism are deeply ensconced in our culture, but the Great Reset is nothing new. It has been around from the beginning of time, the desire of man to eliminate opposition and subjugate survivors into slavery. It’s the same serpent from the Garden and his fallen minions. The Great Reset may be communism’s final solution, but an all-powerful Creator is still in control.

We’ve recently seen breathtaking answers to prayer. We must keep working in our local communities, keep praying, and as my friend Roger Anghis says, “God has everything in control. It’s time to get the popcorn.”

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

It’s Trump Versus Obama/Biden/Hogan in Maryland

By Cliff Kincaid

July 12, 2022

In the deep blue state of Maryland, as primary elections approach, an anti-Trump Republican governor, Larry Hogan, is attempting to curry more favor with Democrats by passing the baton to Kelly Schulz, another liberal anti-Trump Republican regarded as the RINO-anointed heir to Hogan. Hogan, considered a major RINO, is term-limited. On the other hand, the Democrats are offering what some observers are calling “another Obama,” a black advocate of marijuana legalization by the name of Wes Moore.

Attempting to disrupt this pitiful choice is the Trump-endorsed state Delegate Dan Cox, running in the Republican primary against Schulz on July 19. If he can win Maryland, Trump-backed candidates can win anywhere.

Maryland is an example of what’s happening nationally – Democrats and RINOs are teaming up to defeat and destroy Trump Republicans.

Kelly Schulz is running commercials on Fox News claiming that she is a conservative candidate for Governor in Maryland. But on her website she touts her endorsement from the liberal Washington Post. The paper, a long-time voice of the national Democratic Party and the Deep State, claims Schulz’ win in the primary on July 19 against conservative Dan Cox would make Maryland into “a vibrant two-party system” when she has backed out of several debates with Cox because she knows her views are unpopular with conservatives.

But she has RINO money, just like Liz Cheney.

The real story, which should be of interest to Fox viewers, is that some “Republicans” such as Schulz and Hogan are working to destroy the Trump movement in the party. What’s more, Maryland Democrats have intervened in the race, running commercials and producing fliers claiming that “Dangerous Dan Cox is Too Conservative for Maryland.” Schulz claims those efforts are meant to elect Cox, not defeat him.

Sounding like Liz Cheney attacking Trump, Schulz has accused Cox of being “QAnon” and a “fringe” candidate because he dares question Biden’s election.

In fact, however, Cox was not alone in calling for election integrity. Thousands of people from his home state of Maryland attended the January 6, 2021, rally to protest Biden’s “election.” A leader of the Frederick County (Maryland) Conservative Club, Seth Eisenberg, reported that members filled 3 buses and headed to Washington D.C. to exercise their first amendment rights. “No other club in Frederick has ever accomplished getting that many people together to attend a rally in DC before,” he said.

None participated in any violence.

But after he posted a video of the crowd, on January 8, “I woke up to find an official Facebook notice calling the video a ‘violation of community standards on dangerous individuals and organizations.’”

A similar thing happened to me, but in much bigger form, as YouTube terminated my channel, with 500 videos, because I questioned the legitimacy of the Biden and Obama presidencies.

I don’t take positions in political contests, being a journalist, but I covered a recent Cox for governor rally and saw no evidence of “QAnon or “conspiracy” theories. What I found was a group of over 500 people concerned about their rights, the miseducation of their children in Maryland schools, and high crime in the cities.

Cox, a State Delegate who is backed by former President Trump, has been relentlessly attacked by liberal elements in the Maryland Republican Party and the liberal Big Media.

“Kelly Schulz has five times the cash I do, and has paid her team around $800,000 in salaries, has spent $1.3 million at least on negative ads against me, and yet our campaign for Freedom is beating her,” says Cox, who is leading in the polls.

Showing his backbone, Cox, a state delegate, had filed impeachment charges against Hogan himself over the governor’s handling of Covid-19 and related matters. He demonstrated that he will hold both political parties “accountable” for the mess we’re in.

Having introduced a parental rights bill in the state legislature, Cox is also standing up for the fundamental rights of parents to direct their child’s medical needs, education, religion and family morals.

During Covid, Hogan closed down churches and left pot shops open. Indeed, “medical cannabis growers, processors, and dispensaries” were considered public heath establishments.

Like many states, Maryland is home to a booming “medical marijuana” industry that developed under Hogan and Schulz. Yet, on marijuana legalization, Schulz said “she doesn’t yet have a policy position,” one report indicated. Cox is opposed.

Like many areas of the nation, drug use in Maryland is out of control, thanks in part to the increasing availability of marijuana, domestically grown and imported from Mexico by the cartels.

Under RINO Governor Larry Hogan, Maryland’s medical cannabis industry has hit $600 million in revenue. Marijuana can trigger paranoia and violence and primes the brain for opioid addiction. A “Review of Cases of Marijuana and Violence” exposed the danger in all of this, finding numerous cases of marijuana linked to violence and mass murder.

On May 24, 2022, Salvador Ramos fatally shot nineteen students and two teachers and wounded seventeen others at Robb Elementary School in Uvalde, Texas. Earlier that day, the perpetrator shot his grandmother in the face, severely wounding her. It appears he was another mass murderer who used pot. He said he hated his mother and grandmother who restricted his marijuana use.

Robert “Bobby” Crimo, who killed seven people and wounded more than 40 in a July 4th parade, was described by friends as an “isolated stoner” into “alternate reality.” Police reports document his drug use, including marijuana.

RINO Governor Hogan went so far as to direct his Governor’s Office of Minority Affairs (GOMA) to initiate a “disparity study” of Maryland’s “regulated medical cannabis industry,” in order to identify and ensure “appropriate opportunities for minority participation.”

In other words, rather than save blacks from this drug scourge, he wants some blacks to make money by getting other blacks hooked on the dope.

On the Democratic Party side, Wes Moore, who leads the fundraising pack, wants to go further, advocating full-blown legalization. This would be payback to Green Thumb Industries, one of the largest marijuana companies in the world, on whose board he served. However, he has to win the Democratic Party nomination on July 19 and is competing against nine other Democrats.

House Majority Leader Steny Hoyer has endorsed him, even though questions have been raised about Moore’s claims regarding his own military service and background.

“I’m inspired by the leadership of President Obama and President Biden and forever grateful for their service to our country,” says Moore.

This is Maryland’s future, unless Dan Cox can vanquish Kelly Schulz on July 19 and then defeat the Democrats in November.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

Illegals Invasion: Sheriff Says Enough

By: Devvy

July 11, 2022

The open border invasion – because that’s EXACTLY what’s been going on for decades -continues destroying this country as I thoroughly covered in my column, Illegal Aliens Stealing Our Jobs, Food, Housing, Water, Clogging the Courts & Health Care System, June 20, 2022. Illegals are counted in the census (despite Trump’s efforts to stop it) so they can get a chunk of YOUR paycheck.

The minute illegitimate president and life-long crook, Joe Biden, was sworn into office, border governors should have immediately declared the hordes an invasion and put the National Guard – armed – on the border. At hot spots and the Rio Grande. Do not try to step on U.S. soil. Turn around and go back to Mexico and let them deal with you.

In AZ, where I have been on the border and seen the destruction myself, our brave Border Patrol know the established runs and paths used by illegals, coyotes and the drug cartel. Same for Texas. Forget California. My beautiful home state wrecked by freeloaders, leeches and criminals will now get free healthcare paid for by California taxpayers, many who can barely afford their own health care premiums or are going without. Violation of federal immigration laws about aiding and abetting but California has become nothing but a lawless free-for-all thanks to their legislature and governor Gavin Newsom: California Gives Free Healthcare To Illegal Immigrants, July 2, 2022

Along came President Trump who had to fight RINO’s as well as maggots in Congress, the Democrat/Communist Party USA and partisan judges who did everything they could to keep “the wall” from being built.

Biden’s handlers have done a good job having their puppet destroy just about everything Trump did to keep illegals on the Mexican side of the border. Dirty filthy traitor: DHS Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas is vowing an end to the “Remain in Mexico” program despite its success in drastically cutting asylum fraud, July 1, 2022

Well, one sheriff and God bless him, took matters into his own hands in his own county:

Texas sheriff takes migrant crisis into own hands, drives detainees back to border, June 30, 2022 – “Kinney County, Texas Sheriff Brad Coe said he had no choice but to take matters into his own hands at the southern border as the influx of illegal immigrants continues…

“I’ll always place the safety of the residents of Kinney County, the residents of Texas, above the comfort of anybody that’s illegally entered this country,” he said. “My job is, as an elected official in Kinney County, is to protect these people. And that’s my job and that’s what I will continue to do until further notice.”

“According to the sheriff, Biden’s open border policies are anything but compassionate and tragedies like the 53 migrants killed in a human trafficking operation will continue to happen until the administration begins to enforce border laws.”

Oh, you can’t do that! The federals are the ones who enforce immigration laws! The human invasion has been political from the moment Ronald Reagan sold out this country when he signed an immigration “reform” bill that would end the illegals invasion once and for all! What he did was open the door and invite millions to come on in and suck off hard working Americans. Thousands and thousands of dead Americans at the hands of illegals since then while guns and drugs flood across the border every day of the week.

DHS anticipates an average of 441 unaccompanied children per day at border this year, a new record – President Biden’s DHS expects between 148,000 and 161,000 encounters, dwarfing the previous record, July 10. 2022

Art. 1, Sec. 8, Clause 15 of the U.S. Constitution says: To provide for calling forth the militia to execute the laws of the union, suppress insurrections and repel invasions

As Dr. Edwin Vieira has written so many times in his superb columns it’s a legitimate president’s job to protect these united States of America and that includes repelling an invasion. How the President Can Secure the Borders by Dr. Edwin Vieira, Jr., Ph.D., J.D.,
August 18, 2015

Of course, we have no constitutional militia in any state of the Union. Second Amendment: A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed.

Too bad no one on the U.S. Supreme Court pays any attention to the true meaning of the Second Amendment. Gun owners in this country READ: True vs. False Militia and Why the Difference Matters by Dr. Edwin Vieira, July 30, 2007

Our governor, Greg Abbott (who I did NOT vote for in our March primary) has taken some actions long after the cows were out of the barn and at the slaughterhouse:

To build Abbott’s border barrier, Texas will use surplus wall panels from the federal government, Feb. 15, 2022 – “The 1,700 unused wall panels are being stored in Eagle Pass. Texas didn’t have to explain its plans for the panels when it secured the federal donation.”

EXCLUSIVE VIDEO: Texas Restarts Border Wall Project Cancelled by Biden, Says Governor, March 14, 2022 – “EAGLE PASS, Texas — The State acquired a large quantity of 30-foot wall panels from the Biden Administration to utilize in the construction of a border wall. The materials came from federal contracts cancelled in January 2021.

“Texas is the first state ever to build a border wall,” Governor Abbott began in an exclusive interview. “A lot of the border wall is being built by border wall material that there was a contract for, Texas bought it from contractors who built the wall for President Trump. We’re building the exact same wall.”

Abbott, however, refuses to declare an invasion underway to the delight of the president of Mexico. Watch: ‘One of the Largest Groups We’ve Ever Seen’ – Mob of 500 Illegals Swarms Texas – Enormous horde of illegals followed by another enter Eagle Pass hours apart, July 7, 2022

JUST IN: Governor Abbott Authorizes Texas National Guard, State Troopers to Apprehend Illegal Aliens and Return Them to Ports of Entry, July 7, 2022 – “Texas Governor Greg Abbott (R) on Thursday authorized the Texas National Guard and state troopers to apprehend illegal aliens and return them to ports of entry. This is the first time the state has ever done something like this.

LONG overdue, but oh, wait! Gov. Abbott Allows Illegals to Be Taken to Border, But Not Removed – “No significant changes to current policy. This is still catch and release.” – Ken Cuccinelli, July 7, 2022

“This authorization by the governor follows several South Texas counties’—Kinney, Goliad, Uvalde, Val Verde, Terrell, and Zavala—announced intent to declare the border crisis an invasion themselves, as well as the Republican Party of Texas calling Abbott to declare an invasion and invoke Article I, Section 10, Clause 3 of the U.S. Constitution to protect Texans.

“Additionally, National Border Patrol Council Vice President Art Del Cueto called out Abbott earlier this week for his hesitancy in declaring the crisis an invasion, stating Texas “should’ve declared an invasion a long time ago.”

No doubt the illegitimate Biden Administration will have their illegitimate Attorney General, buffoon Merrick Garland, file a lawsuit. But, there’s the problem of losing tens of thousands of National Guard who refuse to have their human rights violated by being forced to take those deadly experimental gene therapy injections being passed off as vaccines.

Army Reserve and Guard members who refused COVID vaccine now banned from drills, training, July 1, 2022 – “Guard officials told CBS News they hope that missing a paycheck for drill weekends will change the minds of the vaccine holdouts. Over time, those who remain unvaccinated will not only forfeit paychecks by missing weekend drilling, but they could also lose their proficiency, no longer be able to perform their mission, and face a discharge.”

Exclusive: Vaccine Mandate Will Force Over 700 Pilots, 40,000 National Guard Troops to Be Discharged, July 4, 2022 – So many who’ve served 18, 19 years will lose all their benefits. Short video to watch. Absolutely disgusting.

The solution to the human and drug invasion has been sitting since 1993. I’ve been pounding on this since 2014. Below is a letter I sent last week to Gov. Ron DeSantis [R-FL) as neither Abbott or our AG are remotely interested. Encluded was page one of the bill so he can have his staff look it up. I also sent a copy with a short cover letter to Rep. Thomas Massie [R-KY] who is the most constitutionally grounded member of the U.S. House asking him to introduce the bill – along with the bill name, number and page one.

Dear Gov. DeSantis:

I saw recently you said “Enough is enough” regarding the illegals invasion. This planned nightmare could have been over by 2017. In 1993, (now deceased) Senator Dirty Harry Reid introduced the strongest most constitutionally effective and legal bill that will force millions of illegals to self-deport.

That bill, 76 pages, covers everything and one very important section blows the “legal” myth called “anchor babies” right out of the water. I’m dead serious when I say that bill IS the permanent solution. Of course, later Dirty Harry changed his mind purely for political gain and became a champion of illegal aliens.

The big magnet is welfare in all forms. Reid’s bill wipes it all out including very clearly the asylum issue. It was NOT meant to give asylum for domestic violence and while one can be sympathetic to the conditions in El Salvador, Honduras, Guatemala and Mexico, abuse of our asylum laws is just an excuse to come suck off the government teat paid for by working Americans who can barely make it every month.

Three months after President-Elect Trump was sworn in (2017), I sent him a letter (overnight express mail) along with the bill; also a copy to Stephen Miller who was Trump’s Senior Advisor and very vocal against illegals and supported “build the wall”. Not even a canned letter response.

I also sent the information to six GOP reps and six GOP senators who claim to be fighting to close the border. Rep. Louis Gohmert, Ted Cruz, Rand Paul, etc.

I told them to introduce Dirty Harry’s old bill. You own Congress and Trump will sign it, of that I have no doubt. I never received a response from any of them. I waited three more months and repeated my efforts. To this day, not a peep from any member of Congress about the permanent solution. I have NO doubt China’s lapdog, crook Mitch McConnell will never support the bill.

No doubt in my mind Dirty Harry did NOT write that bill. It was likely written by their top attorneys to withstand court challenges. Reid wasn’t very intelligent but he was a cunning scoundrel.

Our governor owned by big money here in Texas has refused to do what needs to be done so he’s been putting a Band Aid on a patient hemorrhaging on the operating table. Greg Abbott is NOT the big hero people think he is or a great conservative. Rubbish.

I’m sending a copy of this to Rep. Thomas Massie [R-KY] who is the most constitutionally grounded member of Congress. A true warrior who fights like a lion against the RINOs in Congress who care nothing for the Constitution.

You, Gov. DeSantis, make things happen and I don’t say this lightly having nothing but contempt and disgust for Congress – especially Republicans. They had control of both chambers of Congress for 17 months under Trump and could have gotten Reid’s bill passed and onto Trump’s desk.

I hope you will use your considerable power in the Republican Party to get this bill, not only in front of Republican governors, but to the public. I’ve been trying since 2014 through my weekly column. I know tons of my readers have written or emailed their GOP reps and senators about Reid’s bill and receive either no response or some canned BS email response.

Hoping also Rep. Massie will re-introduce the bill even though the communists currently control both chambers of Congress for now. But, that bill should be the talk of America and rub it in the face of dementia addled Nancy Pelosi, Schumer and the rest of the scum in the Democrat/Communist Party USA.

Attached is the announcement by Reid back in 1993 for his bill. *End*

To read Dirty Harry’s press release on booting out illegals, here’s my column. A Bill: Stop All Public Welfare in Any Form for Illegal Aliens, August 24, 2014. If you can’t read it now, book mark and read later because not only is it the strongest bill to self-deport millions of illegals, I discuss an important court case.

DeSantis has tremendous pull in the GOP. If the “big red wave” does happen in November, hopefully Rep. Massie will introduce it again and that’s when the big push by the American people needs to be heard around the world. Unless and until ALL forms of welfare and illegal minors are removed from OUR schools, the wall sections will help some, but it won’t stop the hordes until they’re caught. And NO AMNESTY. Rewarding those who break our laws to get into this country only invites more illegals. Time has shown that to be a fact.

If there is a super majority in the House and enough votes in the Senate (and tell Mitch McConnell to go to Hell) they can over ride a veto penned by whoever is stinking up the White House by January 2023. OUR HOUSE.

There is one consideration which I’ve written about before and I focused on the ag belt in California. Yes, there are workable programs that can fairly benefit seasonal workers and Americans the right way.

If the solution isn’t signed into law and enforced America will no longer be America. As planned, our sovereignty will be dead, over run with tens more millions of illegals from more than 100 countries.

If you live in Florida, call or write a letter to DeSantis encouraging him to pursue this with every GOP house member and senators in his state: Make that bill the talk of his state. If you live in Rep. Thomas Massie’s district [KY], call or send him a short letter about Harry Reid’s bill and ask him to re-introduce it now and in January.

Of course, one of the big problems is the same incumbents who haven’t cured the problem – both parties – allegedly winning their primaries, will likely win in November and go right back to DC to do nothing unless We the People demand that bill get passed by both chambers of Congress.

One senator will have to introduce Reid’s bill. It won’t be this POS: Republican John Thune Asks Biden for More Foreign Workers to Fill U.S. Jobs as Millions of Americans Jobless, July 6, 2022. “Senate Minority Whip John Thune (R-SD) is joining Democrats, as well as the big business lobby, in asking President Joe Biden for more legal immigration to the United States to fill American jobs.”

Thune allegedly won his primary and will likely win in November. He is the quintessential example of why the Seventeenth Amendment must be abolished. It’s a damn shame Rep. Mo Books [R-AL] allegedly lost his bid for the senate in Alabama while a poltroon like Thune wins.

We are the solution but not if we don’t act so get involved here. Keep up to date on the illegals invasion here. Encourage your border sheriffs to do the same as Kinney County, Texas Sheriff Brad Coe mentioned at the top. Want a show down with the federals? Bring it on.

Call talk radio and make that bill the discussion instead of more Biden this or that. The American people can see he’s nothing but a brain impaired old man manipulated by his wife and handlers. We either go for the solution or we, our children and grandchildren are doomed. America is turning into a third world sh*t hole and if you think it won’t affect you or your family, you’re in denial. Take a look at the two illegals in the photo below.

Take a look at this long list of very young to seniors killed by illegal aliens. Think it can’t happen to you or your family? I can guarantee you their families are still grieving and today another 12-14 Americans will die at the hands of an illegal alien.

Related:

Short video to watch: Tomi Lahren: This is why Democrats are allowing the border crisis to continue, July 8, 2022

CBP finds ‘no evidence’ Border Patrol agents whipped Haitian migrants, but still seeks to discipline them, July 8, 2022. We must remember what Biden, now in the first stages of Altzheimer’s, said, reading from his first grade instruction card: “To see people treated like they did, horses barely running over, people being strapped — it’s outrageous,” Biden told reporters, making a whipping motion with his hand. “I promise you, those people will pay. There will be an investigation underway now and there will be consequences. There will be consequences.”

Illegal Aliens Plotted July 4th Mass Shooting, Thwarted by ‘Hero Citizen’, July 7, 2022 – “The pair of suspects arrested for allegedly plotting to “shoot up” a Fourth of July celebration in Richmond, Virginia — thwarted by an American citizen — are illegal aliens, court records state.

“On Wednesday, as Breitbart News reported, the Richmond Police Department announced the arrests of Guatemalan nationals 52-year-old illegal alien Julio Alvardo Dubon and 38-year-old illegal alien Rolman Balacarcel Ac for allegedly plotting a mass shooting at the city’s July 4th celebration.”

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health

By Paul Engel

July 11, 2022

After almost 50 years, the Supreme Court opinions in Roe and Casey have been overturned.
The right to obtain an abortion is not in the language of the Constitution, neither is it in the history of this country before 1973.
While this decision has certainly caused an uproar, this is an opportunity to review the court’s opinion.

After almost 50 years, a landmark decision of the Supreme Court has been overturned. Will it be remembered with other decisions like Dred Scott or Plessy v. Ferguson? Only time will tell. After all of the furor when a draft of the opinion was leaked, we finally get a chance to review that actual opinion in Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health in its final form.

At 213 pages, the opinion and dissents in Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Heath is not only large in size but in scope. There are so many quotable phrases, it can easily become overwhelming. For that reason, and my own sanity, I’ve focused mainly on the syllabus and the summary of the opinion, adding quotes from the opinion, concurrences, and dissent only as necessary. As with all cases before the Supreme Court, this one started with a question.

Mississippi’s Gestational Age Act provides that “[e]xcept in a medical emergency or in the case of a severe fetal abnormality, a person shall not intentionally or knowingly perform . . . or induce an abortion of an unborn human being if the probable gestational age of the unborn human being has been determined to be greater than fifteen (15) weeks.” Miss. Code Ann. §41–41–191. Respondents—Jackson Women’s Health Organization, an abortion clinic, and one of its doctors—challenged the Act in Federal District Court, alleging that it violated this Court’s precedents establishing a constitutional right to abortion, in particular Roe v. Wade, 410 U. S. 113, and Planned Parenthood of Southeastern Pa. v. Casey, 505 U. S. 833.

The framing of a question is just as important as the question itself. Mississippi passed a law that limits abortions after fifteen weeks gestation. Jackson Women’s Health Organization and one of its doctors believed that the law “violated this Court’s precedents establishing a constitutional right to abortion.” Notice two very important things in that statement. Jackson Women’s Health did not claim that Mississippi’s law violated federal law or the Constitution of the United States, but judicial precedent. Judicial precedent is not law, neither is it recognized by the Constitution as supreme over the laws and constitutions of the states.

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

Jackson Women’s Health is asking the court to place a previous opinion of the court above the supreme law of the land. That really isn’t surprising, since the court has been doing that for decades, though please notice the second part of the original plaintiff’s statement. The court, through its precedent, established a constitutional right to abortion. I have not reviewed the Planned Parenthood v. Casey opinion, but I have reviewed the Roe v. Wade opinion, and you know what I did not find: A claim of a “constitutional right to abortion”. Rather, the court claimed that the decision to have an abortion was private between the woman and her doctor, and that Texas’ law criminalizing abortion represented an unreasonable seizure of her body. For almost 50 years, courts have used the precedent set in Roe and Casey, frequently referring to this so called constitutional right to abortion. If the Supreme Court said there was a right to abortion, then there’s a right to abortion.

However, in the Dobbs case, the majority of the court, rather than relying on the opinions of previous justices, looked at the Constitution and made a startling discovery.

Held: The Constitution does not confer a right to abortion; Roe and Casey are overruled; and the authority to regulate abortion is returned to the people and their elected representatives.

Most people I’ve read or heard discuss this opinion, have rightly focused on the overruling of Roe and Casey. But did you notice the Tenth Amendment undertones in the holding? If the Constitution does not confer a right to abortion, then it’s not within the judicial power of the court to protect it. It’s therefore reserved to the people and their elected representatives.

How did the court come to such a decision?

(a) The critical question is whether the Constitution, properly understood, confers a right to obtain an abortion. Casey’s controlling opinion skipped over that question and reaffirmed Roe solely on the basis of stare decisis. A proper application of stare decisis, however, requires an assessment of the strength of the grounds on which Roe was based. The Court therefore turns to the question that the Casey plurality did not consider.

As I’ve already pointed out, the Constitution, not court precedent, is the supreme law of the land. The Casey court, like so many others, placed the idea of “stare decisis” (Latin for “Let the decision stand”), above all other considerations. Since judges and justices are human, there must be a recognition of their fallibility. Courts get things wrong. If a court opinion could not be reviewed, courts would still enforce segregation laws and the concept of separate but equal. So are the grounds of Roe and Casey strong enough to survive a constitutional review?

The Constitution makes no express reference to a right to obtain an abortion, but several constitutional provisions have been offered as potential homes for an implicit constitutional right. Roe held that the abortion right is part of a right to privacy that springs from the First, Fourth, Fifth, Ninth, and Fourteenth Amendments. … The Casey Court grounded its decision solely on the theory that the right to obtain an abortion is part of the “liberty” protected by the Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment IX

The Ninth Amendment to the Constitution makes it quite clear:

The enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights, shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people.

So, is the right to an abortion among those that while not enumerated in the Constitution, are still protected by it? To find out, the court needed to look at the history of this so called right to abortion.

Next, the Court examines whether the right to obtain an abortion is rooted in the Nation’s history and tradition and whether it is an essential component of “ordered liberty.” The Court finds that the right to abortion is not deeply rooted in the Nation’s history and tradition. The underlying theory on which Casey rested—that the Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause provides substantive, as well as procedural, protection for “liberty”—has long been controversial.

Ordered Liberty, Encyclopedia.com

Let’s start by asking what is this “ordered liberty” the court is so concerned about?

A loosely used term, diversely applied in scholarly literature and judicial opinions, “ordered liberty” suggests that fundamental constitutional rights are not absolute but are determined by a balancing of the public (societal) welfare against individual (personal) rights.

The concept of “ordered liberty” is itself a violation of the Constitution of the United States. Remember when I quoted Article VI, Clause 2?

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

The Constitution is the supreme law of the land, not a court’s attempt to balance your constitutionally protect rights against a public interest. “Ordered liberty” is the court usurping the role of supreme law of the land.

What did the court find in America’s history and traditions around abortion?

For the first 185 years after the adoption of the Constitution, each State was permitted to address this issue in accordance with the views of its citizens. Then, in 1973, this Court decided Roe v. Wade, … Even though the Constitution makes no mention of abortion, the Court held that it confers a broad right to obtain one. It did not claim that American law or the common law had ever recognized such a right, and its survey of history ranged from the constitutionally irrelevant (e.g., its discussion of abortion in antiquity) to the plainly incorrect (e.g., its assertion that abortion was probably never a crime under the common law). After cataloging a wealth of other information having no bearing on the meaning of the Constitution, the opinion concluded with a numbered set of rules much like those that might be found in a statute enacted by a legislature.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Opinion of the Court

The court looked at the history and traditions of abortion in the United States and did not find it sufficient to establish as a right that was not enumerated in the Constitution, and therefore protected by the Ninth Amendment. It was not considered a constitutionally protected right for the first 185 years of the Constitution, and it was not recognized under either American law or common law. Although the Roe court attempted to come up with a history to justify their preferred outcome, their reasoning used both the irrelevant and the incorrect to find this missing right.

Which leaves us with a simple question. What will govern our nation, the Constitution of the United States or the previous opinion of justices?

The doctrine of stare decisis does not counsel continued acceptance of Roe and Casey. Stare decisis plays an important role and protects the interests of those who have taken action in reliance on a past decision. It “reduces incentives for challenging settled precedents, saving parties and courts the expense of endless relitigation.” …. It “contributes to the actual and perceived integrity of the judicial process.” … And it restrains judicial hubris by respecting the judgment of those who grappled with important questions in the past. But stare decisis is not an inexorable command,

Stare decisis does have its place, but not at the expense of the law. When looking at a case, is it wise for judges and justices to look at the opinions of their predecessors? Yes. But to place the opinions of judges above the laws of our land is not only a violation of the judges’ oath of office, but an attack on self-government and an imposition of a dictatorial oligarchy on the American people. I’m not saying that precedent should be ignored, merely kept in proper perspective. And a majority of the court agrees.

The dissent argues that we have “abandon[ed]” stare decisis, … but we have done no such thing, and it is the dissent’s understanding of stare decisis that breaks with tradition. The dissent’s foundational contention is that the Court should never (or perhaps almost never) overrule an egregiously wrong constitutional precedent unless the Court can “poin[t] to major legal or factual changes undermining [the] decision’s original basis.”

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Alito Opinion

So when precedents as poorly founded as Roe and Casey are challenged, the court must act, or violate the very reason for their existence.

Like the infamous decision in Plessy v. Ferguson, Roe was also egregiously wrong and on a collision course with the Constitution from the day it was decided. Casey perpetuated its errors, calling both sides of the national controversy to resolve their debate, but in doing so, Casey necessarily declared a winning side. Those on the losing side—those who sought to advance the State’s interest in fetal life—could no longer seek to persuade their elected representatives to adopt policies consistent with their views. The Court short-circuited the democratic process by closing it to the large number of Americans who disagreed with Roe.

As I said, Roe and Casey substituted the opinions of oligarchs for the rule of law.

Without any grounding in the constitutional text, history, or precedent, Roe imposed on the entire country a detailed set of rules for pregnancy divided into trimesters much like those that one might expect to find in a statute or regulation. … Roe’s failure even to note the overwhelming consensus of state laws in effect in 1868 is striking, and what it said about the common law was simply wrong.